Bell- John Deere315sk Training Manual.pdf
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Bell- John Deere315sk Training Manual.pdf as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 250,896
- Pages: 1,192
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
OPERATION AND TEST MANUAL Backhoe Loaders (T3/S3A) models 315SK (PIN: 1T0315SK**D229820-; 1T0315SK**C219607-) TM12471 27 DEC 15 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see: 315SK Backhoe Loader (PIN: 1T0315SK_ _D229820-) (PIN: 1T0315SK_ _C219607-)
TM12472
JDLink (MTG) Technical Manual
TM114519
PowerTech E 4.5 and 6.8L Diesel Engines Level 16 Electronic Fuel System With Denso HPCR
CTM502
PowerTech 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines Level 12 Electronic Fuel System With Stanadyne DE10 Pump
CTM331
Super Caddy Oil Cleanup Procedure
CTM310
120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM120519
120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM114319
125 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM109319
PowerTech 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines Tier 1/Stage I, Tier 2/Stage II, CTM104 Tier 3/Stage IIIA, Tier 3/Stage IIA Tier 3/Stage III, (Base Engine) 100 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM103519
COOLANT HEATER SERVICE MANUAL
CTM10090X19
John Deere Construction and Forestry Pinted by Belgreen
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Table of contents FOREWORD MANUAL IDENTIFICATION—READ THIS FIRST! Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 01 - Safety Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure Section 9010 - ENGINE Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 05 - System Information Group 10 - System Diagrams Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics Group 16 - Monitor Operation Group 20 - References Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 25 - Tests
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. CAUTION: This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes.
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST! IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for your specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere backhoe loaders are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations. When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of backhoe loader manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for your machine. Product Identification Number
PIN Plate Location
Example of PIN Plate LEGEND: 1 PIN Plate 2 17 Digit PIN The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on the left-side of machine on the loader frame. Each machine has a 17 digit PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
GENERAL INFORMATION
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number. PIN Identification Table 17 Digit PIN Example (3)
(4)
1
T
0
3
1
5
(5)
(4)
S
K
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
C
2
1
9
6
0
7
(3)—World Code —Identifies location where machine is manufactured. (4)—Machine Model Identifier —Identifies model number. (5)—Machine Option Code —Identifies which major machine option is equipped. This digit will change from one machine to another. (6)—Check Letter —This is a random character assigned by the factory. This is not used in machine identification. (7)—Manufacturing Year Code —Identifies year of machine manufacture. (8)—Engine Emission Code —Represents engine emission certification. (9)—Machine Serial Number —Identifies machine serial number. This digit will change from one machine to another.
The following is an example for a 315SK machine that meets Tier 2 and Stage II emission levels:
PIN Identification 1T0315SK_ _C219607 1T0 ..........
World Code (manufacturing location) 1DW ..........
Davenport Works
1T8 ..........
Thibodaux Works
1T0 ..........
Dubuque Works
315_K ..........
Machine Model Identifier
S ..........
Machine Option Code X ..........
Base Machine
S ..........
Super Duty
E ..........
Easy Power (EP)
T ..........
Total Machine Control (TMC) Configuration
_ ..........
Check Letter (variable)
_ ..........
Manufacturing Year Code (variable) C ..........
2012
D ..........
2013
E ..........
2014
F ..........
2015
G ..........
2016
C ..........
Engine Emission Code C ..........
Tier 2 and Stage II
D ..........
Tier 3 and Stage III A
E ..........
Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B
F ..........
Tier 4
G ..........
Interim Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-56 kW)
219607 ..........
<- Go to Section TOC
Machine Serial Number
Section 9000 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION Table of contents Group 01 - Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1 Recognize Safety Information ............................................................................................................... 1 Follow Safety Instructions ..................................................................................................................... 1 Operate Only If Qualified ...................................................................................................................... 2 Wear Protective Equipment .................................................................................................................. 3 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications .......................................................................................... 3 Inspect Machine ................................................................................................................................... 3 Stay Clear of Moving Parts ................................................................................................................... 4 Avoid High-Pressure Oils ...................................................................................................................... 4 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ................................................................................................................... 5 Work In Ventilated Area ........................................................................................................................ 5 Prevent Fires ........................................................................................................................................ 6 Prevent Battery Explosions ................................................................................................................... 7 Handle Chemical Products Safely ......................................................................................................... 7 Decommissioning: Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ..................................... 7 Prepare for Emergencies ...................................................................................................................... 8 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ..................................................................................................... 9 Start Only From Operator′s Seat ........................................................................................................... 9 Use and Maintain Seat Belt .................................................................................................................. 9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement .............................................................................................. 9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls ......................................... 10 Avoid Work Site Hazards .................................................................................................................... 10 Keep Riders Off Machine .................................................................................................................... 11 Avoid Backover Accidents .................................................................................................................. 12 Avoid Machine Tipover ....................................................................................................................... 13 Add and Operate Attachments Safely ................................................................................................ 13 Use Special Care When Operating ...................................................................................................... 13 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads ............................................................................................. 14 Inspect and Maintain ROPS ................................................................................................................. 15 Park and Prepare for Service Safely ................................................................................................... 15 Service Cooling System Safely ........................................................................................................... 16 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ........................................................................................... 16 Make Welding Repairs Safely ............................................................................................................. 17 Drive Metal Pins Safely ....................................................................................................................... 17 Service Tires Safely ............................................................................................................................ 18
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Group 01 - Safety Recognize Safety Information
Safety alert Symbols
Safety Alert Symbols This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards. On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.
Follow Safety Instructions
Safety Messages Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator′s manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life. If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator′s manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction. Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Wear Protective Equipment
Protective Clothing Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses. Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability.
Inspect Machine
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Inspect Machine Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting. Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.
Stay Clear of Moving Parts
Stay Clear of Moving Parts Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.
Avoid High-Pressure Oils
Avoid High Pressure Oils
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Oils This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system. If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
High Pressure Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion, blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signs of wear or damage. Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately with John Deere approved replacement parts. Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
Work In Ventilated Area
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Engine exhaust fumes Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.
Prevent Fires
Handle Fuel Safely
Clean Machine Regularly
Carry A Fire Extinguisher Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use extinguisher properly.
Prevent Battery Explosions
Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).
Handle Chemical Products Safely
Material Safety Data Sheet Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.)
Decommissioning: Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Recycle Waste Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following: Use appropriate tools and personal protective equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. Follow instructions for specialized components. Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid); filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste.
Prepare for Emergencies
First Aid Kit Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly
Use Handholds And Steps Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
Start Only From Operator′s Seat
Operate Only From Operators Seat Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator′s seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.
Use and Maintain Seat Belt
Use and Maintain Seat Belt Use seat belt when operating machine . Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly. The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement LEGEND: 1
Park Brake Switch
SSM Always press park brake switch (1) on the sealed switch module (SSM) to engage park brake before leaving the operator′s seat for any reason . Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or other controls. Engage park brake and lower work equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop the engine before allowing anyone to approach the machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving the operator′s station.
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls
Pilot Enable Switch Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before allowing anyone to approach machine.
Avoid Work Site Hazards
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Avoid contact with gas lines
Avoid collapsing banks Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. Prepare work site properly . Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires. Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse on machine. Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.
Keep Riders Off Machine
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Keep Riders Off Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off. Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
Avoid Backover Accidents
Avoid Backover Accidents Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection systems to determine if personnel are behind the machine. The system has limitations due to maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Avoid Machine Tipover
Avoid Machine Tipover Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in these conditions. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.
Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion.
Use Special Care When Operating
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Man Falling From Bucket
Tipover Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform. Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load. Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised loads. Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize loads. Never lift an object above or near another person.
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacon lights, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.
Inspect and Maintain ROPS A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused. The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. To maintain the ROPS: Replace missing hardware using correct grade hardware. Check hardware torque. Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or wear; replace them if necessary. Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
Park and Prepare for Service Safely
Do Not Operate Tag
Support Machine Properly Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment to the ground. Engage park brake. Stop engine and remove key. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator′s station. Securely support machine or attachment before working under it. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated tools or attachments. Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush. Do not support machine with a single jack or other devices that may slip out of place. Always install boom lock before working on or around this machine with the loader boom raised. Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.
Service Cooling System Safely
Cooling System Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
Toxic Fumes Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Remove paint before heating: Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place. Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Make Welding Repairs Safely
Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.
Drive Metal Pins Safely
Hardened Metal Parts Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
DIAGNOSTICS
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Service Tires Safely
Explosive Tire and Rim Parts Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS Table of contents Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................... 1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................................................... 1 Engine Speed Control Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 2 Engine Speed Control Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 4 Engine Speed Control Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 5 Engine Speed Control Pedal Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 7 Engine Speed Control Pedal Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 9 Engine Speed Control Pedal Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 10 Air Filter Restriction Switch Malfunction Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 12 Engine Overspeed Severely High Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................... 14 Engine Overspeed Moderately High Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................. 14 Invalid VIN Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................................ 16 Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 16 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................ 18 Fuel Lift Pump Relay is Above Normal Operating Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................ 21 Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................... 23 Starter Relay Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................... 25 Power Shutdown Check ...................................................................................................................... 26 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 27 Can Communication Lost with VCU Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 28 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 29 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 29 Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 31 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................................... 31 Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 32 Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 35 Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 36 Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 38 Software Revision Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 40 VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 40 VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 41 VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 42 Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 43 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................... 43 Monitor Alarm Output Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 44 NO CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 45 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine .................................................................... 47 NO CAN From TCU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 54 NO CAN From VCU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 54 NO CAN From SSM Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 55 NO CAN From HVC Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 56 NO CAN From MTG Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 57 Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 58 Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 61 Monitor Button Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... 62 Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 64 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................................... 64 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................................... 65 Trans Oil Temp Diagnostics Procedure ............................................................................................... 67 Trans Oil Temp Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. 68 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 69 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 71 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 73 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 74 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 76 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 78 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 80 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 82 TCL Neutral SW Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 84 Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 86 Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 89 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................... 91 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 92 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 94 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 96 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 98 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 100 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 102 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 104 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 106 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 108 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 110 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 112 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 114 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 116 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 118 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 120 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 122 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 124 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 126 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 128 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 130 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 132 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 134 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 136 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 137 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 139 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 141 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 143 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 145 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 147 Brake Light Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 149 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine .................................................................. 151 NO CAN From SDM Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 158 No CAN From AVC Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 158 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 159 NO CAN From JSR Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 160 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 161 Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 163 Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 165 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. MWFD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. TCL Selector Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... Park Brake Pressure Switch Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................... Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................... Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Controller Fault Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Starter Relay Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Engine Shutdown Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Oil Restriction Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................ Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... No CAN from HVC Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... EH Watchdog Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents
167 169 171 173 175 177 179 181 183 185 187 190 192 194 196 198 199 200 200 201 202 204 206 208 210 211 211 211 213 215 215 216 217 217 218 219 221 223 224 226 228 230 232 233 235 237 240 242 244 246 248 250 251
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 254 Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 256 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 258 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 261 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 264 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 266 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 268 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 271 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 273 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 275 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 278 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 280 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 282 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 285 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 287 Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 289 Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 292 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 294 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 296 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 299 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 301 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 303 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 306 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 308 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 311 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 314 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 317 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 319 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 321 Hazard Wakeup Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. 323 Turn Signal Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 325 Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 327 Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 329 Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 331 Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 333 Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 335 Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 337 Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 339 Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 341 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 343 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 345 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 347 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 349 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 351 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 353 Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 355 Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 357 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 361 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 363 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 365 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 367 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 370 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 372 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ........................................................................................... HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ........................................................................................... Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Bucket Level Indicator Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Hi Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Hydraulic Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .......................................... Auxiliary Valve Controller (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .............................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents
374 376 378 380 382 384 387 391 393 395 397 399 401 403 405 407 409 411 413 415 417 419 421 422 424 426 428 430 432 434 436 438 440 442 444 446 448 450 451 452 454 456 458 458 459 460 463 463 464 466 467 468 470
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Left Joystick Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................................... CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Valve Power 2 Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 524204.03 - Loader Aux Switch ........................................................................................................ 524204.05 - Loader Aux Switch ........................................................................................................ Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................... Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ................................................................... Watchdog Timeout Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Ignition Relay Out Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Ignition Relay Out Current Low Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents
472 474 475 477 479 481 482 483 485 488 490 492 494 496 498 500 502 504 506 508 510 512 514 516 517 518 519 519 519 520 522 523 523 524 525 525 526 527 527 528 529 529 530 531 531 532 533 533 534 535 535 536 537
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................................................................
<- Go to Global Table of contents
537 538 539 539 540 541 541 542
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 002047.09 , 002047 is the SPN and 09 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all ECU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.03- Hand Throttle 17
Engine speed control dial (B21) is above normal operating voltage. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control dial (B21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Measure resistance between pins A and B on speed control dial (B21). Does resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control dial (B21) malfunction. Replace engine speed control dial. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check for voltage at: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed dial connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect the following connectors: Disconnect engine harness to cab/canopy harness connector (X20). ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin A3 wire P051 RED of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin C3 wire R051 BLK of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin F3 wire E021 WHT of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.04- Hand Throttle 17
Engine speed control dial (B21) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control dial (B21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Measure resistance between pins A and B on speed control dial (B21). Does resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control dial (B21) malfunction. Replace engine speed control dial. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control dial (B21) connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector and pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector and pin F3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin B wire E021 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 000029.14- Hand Throttle 17
Engine speed control dial is out of range high or low. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Dial (B21) Reset
Action: Switched power ON. Reset the engine speed control dial (B21) by: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Turning switch to the minimum throttle value and then back to full throttle value. Setting throttle to mid-position and turning ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds and then back ON. Is ECU code 000029.14 present?
Result: YES:Go to Code Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Check for active diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for the following engine control unit (ECU) codes: 000029.03—Hand Throttle or 000029.04—Hand Throttle. Are either of these codes active?
Result: YES:Correct active ECU codes first. See 000029.03—Hand Throttle or see 000029.04—Hand Throttle . (Group 9001-10.) NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.03- Foot Throttle 17
Engine speed control pedal (B20) is out of range high. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control pedal connector (B20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Test engine speed control pedal (B20). See Engine Speed Control Pedal Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control pedal (B20) malfunction. Replace engine speed control pedal. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire E020 WHT of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin B wire R051 BLK of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire E020 WHT of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire R051 BLK of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect engine harness to cab/canopy harness connector (X20). Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Check for continuity between: Pin A3 wire P051 RED of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin A4 wire E021 WHT of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin C3 wire R051 BLK of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.04- Foot Throttle 17
Engine speed control pedal (B20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control pedal (B20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Test engine speed control pedal (B20). See Engine Speed Control Pedal Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control pedal (B20) malfunction. Replace engine speed control pedal. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Switched power ON. Check pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal (B20) connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector and pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin B wire E020 WHT of engine speed dial connector and pin A4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin B wire E020 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 000091.14- Foot Throttle 17
Engine speed control pedal (B20) is out of range high or low. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20) Reset
Action: Reset the engine speed control pedal (B20) by depressing pedal to maximum and then releasing pedal back to the minimum value, or setting pedal to mid-position and turning ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds and then back ON. Is ECU code 000091.14 present?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Code Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Check for active diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for the following engine control unit (ECU) codes: 000091.03—Foot Throttle or 000091.04—Foot Throttle. Are either of these codes active?
Result: YES:Correct active ECU codes first. See 000091.03—Foot Throttle or see 000091.04—Foot Throttle . (Group 9001-10.) NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000107.00- Engine Air Filter 213
Air filter restriction switch (B109) indicates a blockage in the air inlet system. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Air Filter Restriction Switch Malfunction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Air Filter Check
Action: Check air filter. See Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . (Operator’s Manual.) Is air filter restricted with debris?
Result: YES:Replace air filter. See Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . (Operator’s Manual.) NO:Go to Air Inlet System Check. ( 3 ) Air Inlet System Check
Action: Check air inlet system for debris. See Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Is air inlet system restricted?
Result: YES:Remove restriction from air intake system. See Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Air restriction switch (B109). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 5 ) Component Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B109). Start engine. Check switch for continuity between pins A and B on switch connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace air filter restriction switch (B109). NO:Go to Voltage Check. ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire P031 RED of air filter restriction connector for machine voltage. Pin B wire M009 PUR of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect alternator D+ terminal. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire P031 RED of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire M009 PUR of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 8 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Alternator D+ terminal disconnected. Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Check for continuity between pin B wire M009 PUR and the remaining pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000190.00- Engine Speed 17
Engine has exceeded overspeed specification of 3000 rpm. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Overspeed Severely High Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Diagnostic Trouble Code Check. ( 2 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Action: See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for active engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes. 000190.00 000636.02 000636.10 000637.02 000637.07 Are any of the above engine control unit (ECU) codes present?
Result: YES:Diagnose and repair active ECU trouble codes. See 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below 130kW (175hp)—Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform. (CTM104.) NO:Program ECU. 000190.16- Engine Speed 17
Engine has exceeded overspeed specification of 2600 rpm. →NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code will not appear within monitor DIAGNOSTIC menu. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Overspeed Moderately High Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Diagnostic Trouble Code Check. ( 2 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Action: See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for active engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes. 000190.00 000636.02 000636.10 000637.02 000637.07 Are any of the above engine control unit (ECU) codes present?
Result: YES:Diagnose and repair active ECU trouble codes. See 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below 130kW (175hp)—Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform. (CTM104.) NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.31- Vehicle ID Number 17
VIN number sent over CAN network to vehicle control unit (VCU) does not match the VIN stored in engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Invalid VIN Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 4 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000628.12- Memory Error <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
17
The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active ECU codes. Is ECU code 000628.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001075.05- Fuel Pump Control 17
The fuel lift pump relay (K17) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel lift pump relay (K17). See Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel lift pump relay harness connector (X86). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel lift pump relay (K17). Apply machine voltage to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Fuel lift pump relay (K17) malfunction. Replace relay.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85, check continuity between pin 30 and pin 87. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuel lift pump relay (K17). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage between pin 85 (wire G040 BLK) and pin 86 (wire E031 WHT). Is machine voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect fuel lift pump (M17). Check for continuity between: Pin 85 wire G040 BLK to pin 1 of fuel lift pump (M17). Pin 86 wire E031 WHT to pin M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Fuel lift pump (M17) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 86 wire E031 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect fuel lift pump (M17). ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check continuity between pim M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001075.06- Fuel Pump Control 17
The fuel lift pump relay (K17) is above normal operating voltage. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Lift Pump Relay is Above Normal Operating Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel lift pump relay (K17). See Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel lift pump relay harness connector (X86). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel lift pump relay (K17). Apply machine voltage to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Fuel lift pump relay (K17) malfunction. Replace relay.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85, check continuity between pin 30 and pin 87. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuel lift pump relay (K17). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 30 wire P021 RED of fuel lift pump relay for machine voltage. Pin 85 wire G040 BLK of fuel lift pump relay for 0.0 V. Pin 86 wire E031 WHT of fuel lift pump relay for machine voltage. Pin 87 wire E030 WHT of fuel lift pump relay for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 86 wire E031 WHT on fuel lift pump relay and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Pin 85 wire G040 BLK on fuel lift pump relay and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.05- Starter Relay 17
Starter relay (K5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Warning Alarm Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply machine voltage to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace relay.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2, check continuity between pin 1 and pin 2. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). Check continuity between both sides of fuse. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) diconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin C1 wire E005 WHT on starter relay (K5) to pin K4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin C2 wire G005 BLK and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.06- Starter Relay 17
Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Warning Alarm Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Starter Relay Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect wires G005 BLK and E005 WHT from starter relay (K5). Apply machine voltage to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace starter.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2, check continuity between pin 1 and pin 2. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). Check continuity between both sides of fuse. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin C1 wire E005 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Disconnect starter (M1). Check for continuity on pin K4 wire E005 WHT and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 001321.16- Starter Relay 17
Starter motor (M1) was engaged for 30 or more seconds. Starter motor needs to be disengaged for 60 seconds to reset engine control unit (ECU) internal timer. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Power Shutdown Check ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: To protect the starter from damage due to overcranking, the engine control unit (ECU) will disengage the starter after 30 seconds of continuous cranking. To reset the ECU and clear this code: Turn ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds. Switched power ON. Is ECU code 001321.16 present?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Go to Engine Crank Check. ( 2 ) Engine Crank Check
Action: Attempt to start engine. Does engine start?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO: See E1 - Engine Cranks/Won′t Start . (CTM331.) 002003.09- No CAN From TCU 17
CAN communication error; engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with VCU. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor. 002047.09- Can Communication Lost with VCU 17
The engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Can Communication Lost with VCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN Resistor. 002071.09- No CAN From VCU 17
The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the hand throttle message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor. 523702.09- Flex Power Message Missing 17
The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the flex power message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SDM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.03- Fuel Level Sensor 276
Fuel level sensor (B8) circuit is open or short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active standard display monitor (SDM) codes. Is SDM code 000096.03 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor (B8). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Open Check. ( 6 ) Open Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R108 BLK) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin F of SDM connector (X4). Pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin N of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.04- Fuel Level Sensor 276
Fuel level sensor (B8) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is SDM code 000096.04 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Check pin N (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM (X4) for continuity to machine ground. Is continuity to machine ground indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 000168.03- Battery Voltage 276
Battery voltage input is above 15.5 V with engine running. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to System Voltage Check. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Program controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04- Battery Voltage 276
Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V with engine running. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Standard display monitor (SDM) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F30) Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (F15) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Relay Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect ignition relay (K10). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of ignition relay (K10). Apply ground to pin 1 of ignition relay (K10). sss: Did ignition relay (K10) “click?” Check for continuity between pin 3 of ignition relay (K10) and pin 5 of ignition relay (K10). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage 12 V or less?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace alternator. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 8 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire P015 RED) of SDM connector (X4) and pin D5 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin L (wire P030 RED) of SDM connector (X4) and pin AA7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin P (wire G001 BLK) of SDM connector (X4) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 000234.02- Software Incorrect 276
The vehicle control unit (VCU) does not have appropriate software version to be compatible with standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Software Revision Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 276
The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: For additional information, See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 276
The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: For additional information, See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.31- VIN Missing 276
The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000628.12- Memory Error 17
The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active ECU codes. Is ECU code 000628.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 000629.12- Controller Fault 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Red Stop Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Cycle switched power. If code still exists, program SDM.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000920.12- Alarm Output 276
The monitor alarm (H1) circuit is open or short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Monitor Alarm Output Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:DTC is intermittent. Check P015 RED and C101 GRY wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check SDM connector (X4) pin E for loose connection. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Monitor alarm connector (H1). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Measure resistance of monitor alarm. Is resistance approximately 1.5 kilo-ohms?
Result: YES:Go to Open Check. NO:Replace monitor alarm (H1). ( 4 ) Open Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Monitor alarm (H1) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire P015 RED) on monitor alarm connector (H1) and pin A of SDM connector (X4). Pin B (wire C101 GRY) on monitor alarm connector (H1) and pin E of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect monitor alarm (H1). Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire R015 RED) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to OFF. Monitor alarm (H1) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire P015 RED) on SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit P015 RED is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 001196.11- Antitheft 276
Door lock status message from ECU is not received by SDM. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002000.09- No CAN from ECU 189
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with engine control unit (ECU). →NOTE: Diagnostic procedures for Stage II and Tier 3 engines provided. Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Stage II Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Connector Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect ECU connector (X10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to connector terminals. Use correct size male terminal pin for checking female terminals. Inspect pins and terminals on ECU connector (X10) and ECU (A2) for wear or damage. Do pins or terminals show signs of wear or damage?
Result: YES:Repair or replace damaged pins or terminals. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 5 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 6 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 7 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 8 ) Voltage Drop Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F10). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 9 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at pin J2 (wire G002 black) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 11 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 12 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Go to ECU Check. ( 13 ) ECU Check
Action: Program ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Continue check.
Action: Replace ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace engine harness (W10). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Battery Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 4 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 5 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 7 ) Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 8 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L2, L3, and M2 (wires G002 black). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the following pins: L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Program ECU. 002003.09- No CAN from TCU 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with transmission control unit (TCU). For more information: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From TCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002071.09- No CAN from VCU 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO CAN From VCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002141.09- No CAN from SSM 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with sealed switch module (SSM). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002228.09- No CAN from HVC 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with hydraulic valve controller (HVC). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From HVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002251.09- No CAN from MTG 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with modular telematics gateway (MTG) module. For more information: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From MTG Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 276
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active standard display monitor (SDM) codes. Is SDM code 000096.03 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor (B8). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Open Check. ( 6 ) Open Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R108 BLK) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin F of SDM connector (X4). Pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin N of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 276
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is SDM code 000096.04 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Check pin N (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM (X4) for continuity to machine ground. Is continuity to machine ground indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 524082.07- Display Buttons 276
Button on standard display monitor (SDM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Monitor Button Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Button Check. ( 2 ) Button Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power ON. Press all buttons on standard display monitor (SDM). Check for active SDM codes. Is code 524082.07 present?
Result: YES:Go to Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is code 524082.07 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000070.04 , 000070 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000070.14- Park Brake 44
Transmission control unit (TCU) lost CAN communication with sealed switch module (SSM) or invalid ground speed. TCU automatically applied the park brake after a 15 second delay. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active TCU diagnostic trouble codes. Are any TCU DTCs active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU DTCs. NO:Go to Intermittent Check. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 3 ) Pressure Check
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park Brake Pressure Switch (B13). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace connector.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.00- Trans Oil Temp 44
Transmission temperature high. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Overheats . (Group 9020-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-15.) See Transmission Filter Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Trans Oil Temp Diagnostics Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Cooler Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Cooler Check
Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Was test successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose and repair transmission cooler.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.04- Trans Oil Temp 44
Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) short to ground. (Below 0.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Overheats . (Group 9020-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-15.) See Transmission Filter Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Trans Oil Temp Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). Check torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Does torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). Is voltage above 0.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and pin 43 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire R038 BLK) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and pin L2 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and machine ground. Pin B (wire R038 BLK) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000191.00- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) is reading above 4000 rpm. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for any active TCU or VCU codes. Are any TCU or VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU and VCU codes. NO:Program controller. ( 2 ) Machine Operation Check
Action: Clear active diagnostic trouble codes. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all gear ranges. Check for active TCU code 000191.00—Transmission Speed. Is code active?
Result: YES:Go to Equipment Check. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/operator of proper machine operations. ( 3 ) Equipment Check
Action: Check machine tires for proper inflation and size. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) Are tires properly inflated and correct size?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Inflate tire to specification or replace with appropriate size.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000191.03- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) out of range high. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission output speed sensor (B14). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission output speed sensor (B14). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin A (wire M014 PUR) of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Pin B (wire R014 BLK) of transmission output speed sensor (B14). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is voltage above 4.95 V?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other connectors to VCU. Pin 17 (wire M014 PUR) of VCU connector 2 (X12) and all other connectors to VCU. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000191.04- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) out of range low. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission output speed sensor (B14). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission output speed sensor (B14). Switched power ON. Check voltage at pin A of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Is voltage above 0.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin B of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Pin 17 (wire M014 PUR) of VCU connector 2 (X12) and pin A of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire M014 PUR) of transmission output speed sensor (B14) and machine ground. Pin B (wire R014 BLK) of transmission output speed sensor (B14) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000191.16- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) is reading above 3600 rpm. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for any active TCU or VCU codes. Are any TCU or VCU codes active? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU and VCU codes. NO:Program controller. ( 2 ) Machine Operation Check
Action: Clear active diagnostic trouble codes. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all gear ranges. Check for active TCU code 000191.16—Transmission Speed. Is code active?
Result: YES:Go to Equipment Check. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/operator of proper machine operations. ( 3 ) Equipment Check
Action: Check machine tires for proper inflation and size. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) Are tires properly inflated and correct size?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Inflate tire to specification or replace with appropriate size.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.02- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) inputs have invalid combination. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed below and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.03- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) inputs shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.04- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Check for continuity between pins listed below and machine ground. Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.05- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000604.04- TCL Neutral SW 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) input short to ground. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
TCL Neutral SW Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Check for continuity between pins listed below and machine ground. Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000617.07- Park Brake Circuit 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) inputs conflict with park brake pressure switch (B13). Park brake release solenoid (Y7) is stuck, indicating low pressure. Alarm Level: Park Brake Indicator Displayed Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 2 ) Pressure Check
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check switch for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check switch for continuity between: Pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000618.07- Park Brake Circuit 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) inputs conflict with park brake pressure switch (B13). Park brake release solenoid (Y7) is stuck, indicating low pressure. Alarm Level: Park Brake Indicator Displayed Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 2 ) Pressure Check
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check switch for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check switch for continuity between: Pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X13). Pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X13). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. 000629.12- Controller Fault 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has detected an internal error. Cycle switched power. If code still exists, program VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.03- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) high side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin M4 (wire T001 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.04- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission control solenoid (Y1) high side driver shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin M4 (wire T001 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.05- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) circuit is open. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 4 ) Continuity Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and pin M4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R001 BLK) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and pin F4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.06- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) low side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R001 BLK) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin F4 (wire R001 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R001 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.03- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction Solenoid (Y2) high side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin J4 (wire T002 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.04- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction Solenoid (Y2) high side driver shorted to ground. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin J4 (wire T002 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.05- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and pin J4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R202 BLK) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and pin A4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.06- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) low side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R202 BLK) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin F4 (wire R202 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R202 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 107
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000736.03- Y3 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 108
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 14 (wire T003 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T003 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 109
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000736.05- Y3 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 110
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3) and pin 14 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 111
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000736.06- Y3 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 112
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 113
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000737.03- Y4 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 114
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 16 (wire T004 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T004 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 115
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000737.05- Y4 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 116
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and pin 16 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 117
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000737.06- Y4 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 118
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 119
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000738.03- Y5 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 120
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y5). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 40 (wire T005 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T005 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 121
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000738.05- Y5 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 122
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and pin 40 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 123
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000738.06- Y5 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 124
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 125
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000739.03- Y6 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 126
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y6). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 15 (wire T006 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T006 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 127
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000739.05- Y6 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 128
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and pin 15 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 129
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000739.06- Y6 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 130
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 131
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000746.03- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock solenoid (Y10) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 132
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 11 (wire W110 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire W110 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 133
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000746.05- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock solenoid (Y10) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 134
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and pin 11 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 135
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000746.06- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock solenoid (Y10) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 136
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000746.31- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock switch was engaged while engine or transmission speed was too high to allow engagement. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active TCU DTC 523689.07—Diff Lock Switch. Is TCU DTC 523689.07—Diff Lock Switch active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear code. NO:Go to Machine Operation. ( 2 ) Machine Operation
Action: Clear active TCU DTCs. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all transmission speeds. Do NOT engage differential lock switch. Is 000746.31—Differential Lock TCU DTC active?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 137
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/ operator on proper differential lock usage. See Differential Lock Operation . (Operator’s Manual.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 138
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000767.05- TCL Reverse SW 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 139
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 140
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000880.03- Brake Lights 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) measured voltage ≥ 7.4 V for 1 second when driver was commanded OFF. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right tail brake/tail light (E10). Is 0 V indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 141
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X14). Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 41 (wire L046 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 142
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000880.05- Brake Lights 44
Brake lights circuit open. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity between: Pin A and pin C of left brake/tail light (E9). Pin A and pin C of right brake/tail light (E10). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 143
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Switched power ON. Apply one of the brake pedal. Check voltage at: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right tail brake/tail light (E10) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and pin 41 of VCU connector (X13). Pin C (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and machine ground. Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) and pin 41 of VCU connector (X13). Pin C (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 144
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000880.06- Brake Lights 44
Brake lights circuit short to ground. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check for continuity between pin A of both left brake/tail light (E9) and right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to next check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 145
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for resistance between pins A (L046 BRN) and G (G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right brake/tail light (E10). Is resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Light is internally short to ground. Replace light.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 146
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000903.05- TCL Forward SW 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 147
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector(X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 148
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001045.04- Brake Light SW 44
Brake light switch 1 (S26) or brake light switch 2 (S27) detected as closed for 10 minutes. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Light Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake light switch 1 (S26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake light switch 2 (S27). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Brake light switch 1 (S26) disconnected. Brake light switch 2 (S27) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin F3 (wire N005 YEL) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 149
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 150
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002000.09- No CAN from ECU 44
The engine control unit (ECU) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). →NOTE: Diagnostic procedures for Stage II and Tier 3 engines provided. Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Stage II Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Connector Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 151
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect ECU connector (X10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to connector terminals. Use correct size male terminal pin for checking female terminals. Inspect pins and terminals on ECU connector (X10) and ECU (A2) for wear or damage. Do pins or terminals show signs of wear or damage?
Result: YES:Repair or replace damaged pins or terminals. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 5 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 6 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 7 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 8 ) Voltage Drop Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 152
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F10). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 9 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at pin J2 (wire G002 black) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 153
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 11 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 12 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Go to ECU Check. ( 13 ) ECU Check
Action: Program ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Continue check.
Action: Replace ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace engine harness (W10). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 154
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Battery Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 4 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 155
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 5 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 7 ) Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 8 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 156
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L2, L3, and M2 (wires G002 black). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the following pins: L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 157
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Program ECU. 002023.09- No CAN From SDM 44
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From SDM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002034.09- No CAN From AVC 44
The auxiliary valve controller (AVC) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 158
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
No CAN From AVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002071.09- No CAN From VCU 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 159
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002213.09- No CAN From JSR 44
The right joystick controller (JSR) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From JSR Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 160
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002392.03- Brake Lights 44
Backup light circuit is short to power. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear Frame Harness connector(X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 161
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect Backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Brake light(s) disconnected. VCU connector 3 (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 3 (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit (wire L017 BRN) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 162
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002392.05- Backup Lights 44
Backup light circuit is open. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 163
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Remove backup light(s) and check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace backup light(s). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Note: 710K Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of backup light (E22). Note: 315SK & 325SK Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of left backup light (E23). Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of right backup light (E24). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 164
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002392.06- Backup Lights 44
Backup light circuit is short to ground. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 165
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Remove backup light(s) and check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace backup light(s). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Note: 710K Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Note: 315SK & 325SK Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 166
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002612.03- MFWD Solenoid 44
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire W111 BLU) of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 167
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. VCU connector 3 (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 13 (wire W111 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit (wire W111 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 168
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002612.05- MFWD Solenoid 44
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
MWFD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 169
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. MFWD solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire W111 BLU) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and pin 13 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 170
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002612.06- MFWD Solenoid 44
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 171
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire W111 BLU) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 172
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.02- TCL Selector 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs have invalid combination. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
TCL Selector Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 173
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 174
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.03- TCL Selector 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 175
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 176
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.05- TCL Selector 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 177
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 178
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.06- TCL Direction Driver 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 179
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin A3 (wire T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 180
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.03- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) high side driver circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 181
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 182
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.04- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) high side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 183
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 184
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.05- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 185
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 186
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.06- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) low side driver short to power and high side driver circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 187
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Interchange Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). ( 6 ) Component Interchange Check
Action: Exchange park brake solenoid (Y7) with differential lock solenoid (Y10). Does problem follow solenoid?
Result: YES:Solenoid is internally shorting under load. Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R007 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 188
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 189
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522382.03- Reverse Alarm 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) measured voltage ≥ 7.4 V for 1 second when driver was commanded OFF. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Backup alarm (H3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup alarm (H3). Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11). Is voltage ≥ 7.4?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 190
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. VCU connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 191
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522382.06- Reverse Alarm 44
Backup alarm (H3) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Backup alarm (H3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup alarm (H3). Apply approximately 12 V to the positive (+) terminal and machine ground to negative (-) terminal of backup alarm (H3). Did backup alarm (H3) become active?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace backup alarm (H3). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 192
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between pin H3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. VCU connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 193
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522405.03- PB Pressure Switch 44
Park brake pressure switch (B13) circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Pressure Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake pressure switch (B13). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake pressure switch (B13). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin A (wire M513 PUR) of park brake pressure switch (B13) for 0.0 V. Is 0.0 V indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 194
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to VCU Connector Check. ( 4 ) VCU Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake pressure switch (B13) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin D1 of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connector (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake pressure switch (B13) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11 and X13) Check for continuity between pin D1 (wire M513 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 195
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523689.04- Diff Lock Switch 44
Differential lock switch (S10) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock switch (S10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock switch (S10). Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of differential lock switch (S10) in OFF position. Is continuity indicated in OFF position?
Result: YES:Replace differential lock switch (S10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 196
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock switch (S10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire W010 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 197
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523689.07- Diff Lock Switch 44
Differential lock switch (S10) has been closed for more than 10 minutes or for 20 seconds after power up. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock switch (S10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock switch (S10). Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of differential lock switch (S10) in OFF position. Is continuity indicated in OFF position?
Result: YES:Replace differential lock switch (S10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 198
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock switch (S10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire W010 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 523702.07- Flexpower 44
The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the flex power message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 199
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523702.08- Flexpower 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has received a message from the engine control unit (ECU) indicating the ECU has not received the torque limit message from the VCU. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523702.09- Flexpower 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) is not receiving the flex power message from the engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 200
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523702.10- Flexpower 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has received a message from the engine control unit (ECU) at an abnormal rate of change. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 201
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523769.07- MFWD Switch 44
MFWD switch conflicting CAN data. Momentary and Maintained switch status. Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 202
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 203
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524172.03- Clutch Disconnect 44
Clutch disconnect switch stuck or circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 204
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: sss: Is clutch disconnect switch stuck ON? Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of clutch disconnect switch in OFF position. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace clutch disconnect switch. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 23 (wire T008 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 205
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524172.04- Clutch Disconnect 44
Clutch disconnect switch circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 206
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between: Pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58) and machine ground. Pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 23 (wire T008 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 207
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524172.07- Clutch Disconnect 44
Clutch disconnect switch circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 208
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Check fuse for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: sss: Does clutch disconnect switch move freely? Switched power OFF. Disconnect clutch disconnect switch. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of clutch disconnect switch in ON position. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace clutch disconnect switch. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 209
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check for continuity between: Pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58) and pin 23 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) and pin C7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 524172.09- Clutch Disconnect 44
CAN communication lost between the JSR & TCU. Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 210
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000168.04 , 000168 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. 000168.03- Battery Voltage 328
Battery voltage input is above 15 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 211
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 212
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04- Battery Voltage 328
Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-20.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 213
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F33) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Apply ground to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Did accessory relay (K20) “Click” Check for continuity between pin 3 of accessory relay (K20) and pin 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace accessory relay (K20). ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power ON. Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Go to Alternator Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 214
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace alternator. ( 8 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin L1 (wire P017 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin D8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin M1 (wire P033 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin AA8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 000234.02- Software Incorrect 328
The software on the controllers are not compatible. Install the latest payloads. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Check software version numbers for VCU and SDM. Do controllers have the same major revision number?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 328
Software data erratic, intermittent or incorrect. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 215
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 328
Messages are missing or other controllers in CAN network are not completed in the required time. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace circuit. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 216
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software. 000237.31- VIN Missing 328
The model number and VIN number is missing in the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO: ( 2 ) Program Controller
Action: Program the vehicle control unit (VCU). Is DTC 000237.31 still active?
Result: YES:Replace vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Checks complete. 000628.12- Memory Error 17
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 217
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active EMU codes. Is EMU code 000628.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 000629.12- Controller Fault 328
The vehicle control unit (VCU) is faulty. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Fault Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Action: Check diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are other CAN communication diagnostic trouble codes present?
Result: YES:Correct other diagnostic trouble codes and recheck. NO:Replace vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 218
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000677.03- Start Relay 328
Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to power. (IT4 only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Start Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of starter relay (K5). sss: Does starter relay (K5) “Click”? IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 219
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Connect negative battery terminal. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503). Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. ECU connector 3 (X5503) disconnected. Disconnect ECU Connector 1 (X5501). Disconnect ECU Connector 2 (X5502). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 220
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000677.05- Start Relay 328
Start relay (K5) control circuit is open. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Start Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of starter relay (K5). sss: Does starter relay (K5) “Click”? IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 221
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and terminal C2 of starter relay (K5). Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and terminal C1 of starter relay (K5). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program Controller. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 222
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000677.06- Start Relay 328
Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to ground. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 223
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Replace starter relay (K5). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and machine ground. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. ECU connector 3 (X5503) disconnected. Disconnect ECU Connector 1 (X5501). Disconnect ECU Connector 2 (X5502). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller. 001237.31- Engine Shutdown 328
Delayed engine shutdown was not properly completed. During turbocharger cool down period (120 seconds maximum) engine was shut down before the proper amount of cool down time was allowed to pass. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Engine Shutdown Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Code Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 224
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Run machine at slow idle for 5—10 minutes. Turn machine Off. IMPORTANT: If “ENGINE SHUTDOWN” is displayed on monitor, do not abort. Switched power ON. Check for active VCU DTC 001237.31—Engine Shutdown. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 225
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.16- Starter Relay 328
Starter motor (M1) was engaged for 30 or more seconds. Starter motor needs to be disengaged for 60 seconds to reset engine control unit (ECU) internal timer. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Active Code Check. ( 2 ) Active Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU diagnostic trouble code 000677.03—Start Relay. Is code active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active code 000677.03. NO:Go to Connector Check ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter motor (M1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Start Relay Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 226
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect starter motor (M1). Switched power ON. Check wire (E009 WHT) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Repair or replace starter.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 227
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.00- Hyd Temp Sensor 328
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) measured temperature exceeding 230ºF (110ºC). (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release test. (Group 9025-25.) Does hydraulic circuit pressure release test OK?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Check. NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic circuit. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check
Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001638.00—Hyd Temp Sensor. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 228
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 229
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.04- Hyd Temp Sensor 328
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) circuit voltage is out of range low. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Measure hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Does hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 230
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). ( 4 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between Pin 31 (wire X010 YEL) of VCU connector (X13) and pin A of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK ) of VCU connector (X11) and pin A of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 231
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.16- Hyd Temp Sensor 328
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) is measuring temperature is rising and exceeds 210ºF (99ºC). (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Check. NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check
Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001638.16—Hyd Temp Sensor. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 232
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001713.00- Hyd Oil Restriction 328
Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) is closed. (Restricted.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Oil Restriction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switch Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switch Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) connector. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short in hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). Replace switch. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 233
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). Check for continuity between pin 1 of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). NO:Go to Circuit Check. ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire N112 YEL) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 7 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check
Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001713.00—Hyd Oil Restriction. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 234
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.03- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) circuit is short to power. (Above 4.5 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 235
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14) Seat position sensor (B9). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 13 (wire N030 YEL) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 236
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.04- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) circuit is open or short to ground. (Below 0.4 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) connector. Switched power ON. Check pin 2 (wire P055 RED) for voltage above 0.4 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 237
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins 2 (wire P055 RED) and 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin H2 of VCU connector X11. Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin J2 of VCU connector X11. Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin 13 of VCU connector X12 . Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. VCU connectors X11 and X12 disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 238
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14) Seat position sensor (B9). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 13 (wire N030 YEL) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 239
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.16- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) data above maximum values during calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Calibrate Machine Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Calibrate Machine Check
Action: Calibrate machine hydraulics. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Does machine pass hydraulic calibration?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO: See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 240
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 241
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.18- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) data below minimum values during calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Calibrate Machine Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Calibrate Machine Check
Action: Calibrate machine hydraulics. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Does machine pass hydraulic calibration?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO: See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 242
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 243
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002141.09- No CAN from SSM 328
Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F17) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit P017 RED for voltage at pin 1 on SSM connector (X40). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 244
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit G001 BLK for ground at pin 2 on SSM connector (X40). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit G001 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program sealed switch module (SSM). NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 245
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002142.09- No CAN from SSM 328
Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F17) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit P017 RED for voltage at pin 1 on SSM connector (X40). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 246
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit G001 BLK for ground at pin 2 on SSM connector (X40). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit G001 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program sealed switch module (SSM). NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 247
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002228.09- No CAN from HVC 328
Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with hydraulic valve controller (HVC). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
No CAN from HVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) HVC Sensor Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect to OFF. Wait 5 seconds and turn battery disconnect to ON. View hydraulic valve controller (HVC) monitored sensor outputs, by accessing the Diagnostics submenu on the standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Are all hydraulic valve controller sensor values displayed on the SDM?
Result: YES:Program hydraulic valve controller (HVC). NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuses (F14 and F32). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuses (F14 and F32) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect HVC connector (X16). Ignition ON. Check circuit P014 RED for voltage at pins L1 on HVC connector (X16). Check circuit P032 RED for voltage at pin M1 on HVC connector (X16). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 248
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect HVC connectors (X16). Check circuit G007 BLK for ground at pins G1, K4, L2, and M2 on HVC connector (X16). Check circuit G007 BLK for ground at pin H4 on HVC connector (X15). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit G007 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Replace the hydraulic valve controller (HVC). NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 249
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002228.12- EH Watchdog 328
The VCU is not receiving the HVC messages. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Watchdog Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 250
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002350.03- Drive Lights 328
Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 251
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check circuit L047 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E11, E12, E13, and E14) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN or L048 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left front turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 252
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN or L048 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 253
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002350.05- Drive Lights 328
Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 254
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Check for continuity from pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 255
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002350.06- Drive Lights 328
Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 256
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground.Pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 257
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002354.03- Front Work Lights 328
Left front drive light (E7), right front drive light (E8), left brake/tail light (E9), or right brake/tail light (E10) circuit is short power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 258
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front drive light (E7) or left brake/tail light (E9). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L043 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E7, E8, E9, and E10) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L043 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 5 (wire L043 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L043 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 259
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 260
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002354.05- Front Work Lights 328
Left front drive light (E7), right front drive light (E8), left brake/tail light (E9), or right brake/tail light (E10) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 261
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front drive light (E7) or left brake/tail light (E9). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left front drive light (E7) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front drive light (E7) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right front drive light (E8) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front drive light (E8) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 262
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left front drive light (E7) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front drive light (E7) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right front drive light (E8) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front drive light (E8) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 5 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 263
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002354.06- Front Work Lights 328
Left front drive light (E7) or right front drive light (E8) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 264
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front drive light (E7). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin 5 (wire L043 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 265
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002356.03- Front Work Lights 328
Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 266
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L042 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E5 and E6) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L042 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L042 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L042 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 267
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002356.05- Front Work Lights 328
Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E6). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 268
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L042BRN) of left front work light (E5) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front work light (E5) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of right front work light (E6) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front work light (E6) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of left front work light (E5) and pin 4 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of right front work light (E6) and pin 4 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front work light (E5) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front work light (E6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 269
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 4 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 270
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002356.06- Front Work Lights 328
Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E6). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 271
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin G2 (wire L042 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 272
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002360.03- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 273
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L040 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E1 and E4) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L040 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 274
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002360.05- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 275
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of left rear work light (E1) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E1) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of right rear work light (E4) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E4) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E1) disconnected. Right front work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of left rear work light (E1) and pin 2 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of right rear work light (E4) and pin 2 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E1) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 276
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 2 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 277
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002360.06- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 278
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 2 (wire L040 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 279
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002362.03- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E2). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E2). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 280
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E2). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E3). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E3). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L041 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E2 and E3) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L041 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L041 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 281
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002362.05- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E2). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E2). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 282
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E2). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E3). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E3). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E2) disconnected. Right front work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) and pin 3 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) and pin 3 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 283
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 3 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 284
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002362.06- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 285
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 17 and 53 (wires L044 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 286
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002366.03- Rear Work Lights 328
Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left docking light (E15). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right docking light (E16). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 287
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L044 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E15 and E16) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L044 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 17 and 53 (wire L044 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L044 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 288
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002366.05- Side Work Lights 328
Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left docking light (E15). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right docking light (E16). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 289
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of left docking light (E15) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left docking light (E15) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of right docking light (E16) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right docking light (E16) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) and pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) and pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 290
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 291
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002366.06- Side Work Lights 328
Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 292
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 17 and 53 (wires L044 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 293
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002368.03- Left Flasher 328
Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. All driving lights, work lights, and beacon light (if equipped) switched ON. Check circuit L048 BRN for power at pin 30 of VCU connector (X12). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 294
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L048 BRN is short to power with circuit not on VCU connector 2 (X12). Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E39) (S.N. —232969) or left rear light assembly (E45) (S.N. 235590— ) disconnected. VCU connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) and all other pins of VCU connector 2 (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L048 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 295
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002368.05- Left Flasher 328
Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Visual Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Visual Check
Action: Switched power ON. Activate left turn signal. sss: Is one turn signal (front or rear) flashing?
Result: YES:Malfunction in circuit with light not flashing. Go to Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 296
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Open in shared supply voltage circuit (between pin 30 of VCU connector 2 [X12] and splice L048 BRN [X591] of cab harness [W14]). Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Only disconnect light that is not functioning. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace light. ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Non-functioning light disconnected: Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector Switched power ON. Check for system voltage (approximately 12 V) at: Pin 5 (wire L048 BRN) of left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Pin 1 (wire L048 BRN) of left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 6 (wire L048 BRN) of left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Ground Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace supply circuit. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Ground Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Non-functioning light disconnected: Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 297
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire G020 BRN) of left rear drive light/turn signal (X32) and machine ground. or (S.N. —232969): Pin 5 (wire G033 BLK) of left rear turn signal (E39) connector and machine ground. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 4 (wire G031 BLK) of left rear light assembly (E45) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program VCU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 298
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002368.06- Left Flasher 328
Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity from pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector 2 (X12) to machine ground. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 299
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace circuit with continuity. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 300
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002370.03- Right Flasher 328
Right rear turn signal (E38) or right front turn signal (E36) is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. All driving lights, work lights, and beacon light (if equipped) switched ON. Check circuit L047 BRN for power at pin 18 of VCU connector (X12). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 301
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to power with circuit not on VCU connector 2 (X12). Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E38) (S.N. —232969) or right rear light assembly (E46) (S.N. 235590— ) disconnected. VCU connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) and all other pins of VCU connector 2 (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 302
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002370.05- Right Flasher 328
Right front turn signal (E36) or right rear turn signal (E38) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pint fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Visual Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Visual Check
Action: Switched power ON. Activate right turn signal. sss: Is one turn signal (front or rear) flashing?
Result: YES:Malfunction in circuit with light not flashing. Go to Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 303
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Open in shared supply voltage circuit (between pin 18 of VCU connector 2 [X12] and splice L047 BRN [X592] of cab harness [W14]). Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Only disconnect light that is not functioning. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace light. ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Non-functioning light disconnected: Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector Switched power ON. Check for system voltage (approximately 12 V) at: Pin 5 (wire L047 BRN) of right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Pin 2 (wire L047 BRN) of right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 6 (wire L047 BRN) of right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Ground Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace supply circuit. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Ground Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Non-functioning light disconnected: Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 304
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire G020 BRN) of right rear drive light/turn signal (X31) and machine ground. or (S.N. —232969): Pin 5 (wire G033 BLK) of right rear turn signal (E38) connector and machine ground. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 4 (wire G033 BLK) of right rear light assembly (E46) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program VCU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 305
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002370.06- Right Flasher 328
Right rear turn signal (E38) or right front turn signal (E36) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity from pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector 2 (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 306
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Repair or replace circuit with continuity. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 307
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002378.03- Marker Light 328
Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is short to power. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Front Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 308
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E34). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check circuit L055 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 309
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L055 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 310
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002378.05- Marker Light 328
Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is open. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 311
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E34). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E32) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 312
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Right front marker light (E33) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E32) disconnected. Right front marker light (E33) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 8 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 313
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002378.06- Marker Light 328
Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is short to ground. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 314
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E44). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Radio (A9) connector disconnected Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Radio (A9) connector disconnected Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 315
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 5 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 316
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
0002641.03- EH Horn 328
Horn relay (K40) circuit is short to power. (TMC machines ONLY.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace horn relay (K40). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 317
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 for system voltage. (Approximately 12 V.) Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Horn relay (K40) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14) Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 318
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
0002641.05- EH Horn 328
Horn relay (K40) circuit is open. (TMC machines ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). →NOTE: Horn relay (K40) contains a diode between terminals 85 and 86. Apply system voltage (approximately 12 V) to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85. sss: Does Horn relay (K40) “click”? Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 319
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace horn relay (K40). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin B10 (wire A140 GRY) of horn relay (K40) and pin 7 of VCU connector X13. Pin D9 (wire G001 BLK) of horn relay (K40) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 320
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
0002641.06- EH Horn 328
Horn relay (K40) circuit is short to ground. (TMC machines ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace horn relay (K40). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 321
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Horn relay (K40) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14) Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 322
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002875.03- Hazard Wakeup 328
Sealed switch module (SSM) to vehicle control unit (VCU) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hazard Wakeup Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Sealed switch module (SSM) connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Sealed switch module (SSM) connector (X40). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin 4 (wire L011 BRN) of SSM connector (X40). Pin F2 (wire L011 BRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 323
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13 and X14). Check for continuity between pin F2 (wire L011 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 324
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002876.07- Turn Signal Switch 328
Turn signal switch (S30) data is conflicting. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Turn Signal Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Turn signal switch (S30). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect turn signal switch (S30). Turn signal switch (S30) in the OFF position. →NOTE: Turn signal switch (S30) contains two diodes. One diode is located between pins 7 and 8, the other diode is located between pins 7 and 10. Check for continuity between: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 325
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 2 of turn signal switch (S30) and all other pins of turn signal switch (S30). Pin 7 of turn signal switch (S30) and all other pins of turn signal switch (S30). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace turn signal switch (S30). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Turn signal switch (S30) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L147 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire L148 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 8 (wire L048 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 10 (wire L047 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with voltage is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn signal switch (S30) disconnected. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D3 (wire L147 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin E2 (wire L148 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 326
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003416.03- Right Door Sw 328
Right door switch (S99) circuit is short to power. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right exit bar (B100). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Move exit lever into the UP position. Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Move exit lever into the DOWN position. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 327
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Right exit bar switch (S100) malfunction. Replace switch. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Switched power ON. Check circuit M199 PUR for voltage at pin 1 on switch (S100) connector. Check circuit M099 PUR for voltage at pin 2 on switch (S100) connector. Is system voltage present on either circuit?
Result: YES:Circuit with system voltage present is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check—Input Circuits. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—Input Circuits
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) and right exit bar switch (S100). Check for continuity between pin 2 (circuit M099 PUR) on switch (S100) connector and pin 1 (circuit M199 PUR) on switch (S100) connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuits M099 PUR and M199 PUR are short to each other. Repair circuits or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 328
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003416.04- Right Door Sw 328
Right door switch (S99) circuit is short to ground. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Move exit lever into the UP position. Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Move exit lever into the DOWN position. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Right exit bar switch (S100) malfunction. Replace switch. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) and right exit switch (S100). Check circuit M199 PUR for ground at pin 1 on switch (S100) connector. Check circuit M099 PUR for ground at pin 2 on switch (S100) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit with ground present is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 3 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X13) and right exit bar switch (S100). Check for continuity between pin 22 (circuit M199 PUR) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 329
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 46 (circuit M099 PUR) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated to another circuit is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 330
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 328
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.03 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 331
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Check voltage on VCU side of connector. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 332
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 328
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.04 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 333
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) on seat position sensor (B9) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 334
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.03- Sensor Supply 2 328
Sensor supply voltage 2 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever (X58). Switched power ON. Check pin 9 (wire P053 RED) of loader control lever (X58) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Go to Harness Check to determine which circuits are shorted. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 335
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Loader control lever (X58) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 336
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.04- Sensor Supply 2 328
Sensor supply voltage 2 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pin 9 (wire P055 RED) on loader control lever (X58) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 337
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Loader control lever (X58) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 338
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003511.03- Sensor Supply 3 328
Sensor supply voltage 3 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check. ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520654.03 - Brake Charge Press. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 339
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove cap of brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35). Switched power ON. Check pin 1 (wire P059 RED) of brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35) for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Go to Harness Check to determine which circuits are shorted. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P059 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 340
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003511.04- Sensor Supply 3 328
Sensor supply voltage 3 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520654.04 - Brake Charge Press. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake Pressure Sensor Harness Connector (X35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 341
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for ground at pin K1 (wire P059 RED) on vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P059 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P059 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 342
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.03- Accessory Relay 328
Accessory relay (K20) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 343
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect VCU connectors ( X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 344
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.05- Accessory Relay 328
Accessory relay (K20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 345
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program Controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 346
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.06- Accessory Relay 328
Accessory relay (K20) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 347
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect VCU connectors ( X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 348
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520416.03- Valve Power 328
Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply voltage from VCU connector 4 (X14) is above 15.5 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.03—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.03—Battery Voltage active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC code 000168.03—Battery Voltage. See 000168.03—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Battery Voltage Check. ( 2 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 3 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 4 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 349
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 350
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520416.04- Valve Power 328
Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply voltage from VCU connector 4 (x14) is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC code 000168.04—Battery Voltage. See 000168.04—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Battery Voltage Check. ( 2 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 3 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 4 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 351
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 352
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520416.05- Valve Power 328
Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply circuit on VCU connector 4 (X14) is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Main 250 A fuse (F1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Fuse Check
Action: Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity through fuse. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 353
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Negative terminal disconnected. Main 250 A fuse (F1) removed. Disconnect VCU connector (X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire P001 RED) of VCU connector (X14) and main fuse terminal. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 354
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520546.03- Pilot Enable Switch 328
Pilot enable switch (S52) is stuck or circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable switch (S52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot enable switch harness connector (X53). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable switch (S52). →NOTE: Does pilot enable switch (S52) move freely between Enable and Disable?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 355
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pilot enable switch (S52) in “Disable” position. Check for continuity between: Pin 2 and 3. Pin 2 and 6. Pin 5 and 3. Pin 5 and 6. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace pilot enable switch (S52). NO:Got to Voltage Check. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 34 (wire H252_H019 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 47 (wire H152_H103 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 356
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520546.07- Pilot Enable Switch 328
Pilot enable switch (S52) inputs are conflicted. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable switch (S52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot enable switch harness connector (X53). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable switch (S52). →NOTE: Does pilot enable switch (S52) move freely between Enable and Disable?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 357
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pilot enable switch (S52) in “Disable” position. Check for continuity between: Pin 2 and 3. Pin 2 and 6. Pin 5 and 3. Pin 5 and 6. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace pilot enable switch (S52). NO:Got to Voltage Check. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check the following for system voltage: (Approximately 12 V.) Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Power. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—Power
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Ground. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Short Circuit Check—Ground
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 358
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52) and machine ground. Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check NO:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Check fuse (F35) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 8 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check continuity between: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) and pin 5 of switch (S52). Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin D7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin 34 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin 47 of VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 9 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 34 (wire H252_H019 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 47 (wire H152_H103 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 359
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 360
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.03- Pilot Enable Driver 328
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)
Resistance
7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 361
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Pin 2 (wire G031 BLK) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 28 (wire H019 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 362
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.05- Pilot Enable Driver 328
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)
Resistance
7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 363
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and pin 28 of VCU connector X13. Pin 2 (wire G031 BLK) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 364
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.06- Pilot Enable Driver 328
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)
Resistance
7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 365
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 28 (wire H019 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 366
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520696.03- Pattern Select Driver 328
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 367
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y58). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y58). Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y59). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y59). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 368
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 369
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520696.05- Pattern Select Driver 328
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 370
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y58) and pin 6 of VCU connector (X12). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y58) and machine ground. Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y59) and pin 6 of VCU connector (X12). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y59) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 371
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520696.06- Pattern Select Driver 328
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 372
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 373
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520697.03- Loader Coupler Press 328
Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 374
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check pin A (wire H008 GRN) of pressure solenoid (Y30) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 375
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520697.05- Loader Coupler Press 328
Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 376
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. 60 Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and pin A of loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 377
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520697.06- Loader Coupler Press 328
Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 378
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 379
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520708.03- HVC Valve Power 328
Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) input is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.)(TMC ONLY) Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Chassis harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X74). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 380
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 381
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520708.06- HVC Valve Power 328
Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) input is short to ground. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Chassis harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X74). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 382
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check for continuity to machine ground on the following:. Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 383
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.03- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) circuit is short to power. (Above 4.50 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Seat position sensor (B9). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 384
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications:
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 385
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire R055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 386
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.04- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) circuit is short to ground. (Below 0.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check the following for voltage above 0.4 V: Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9). Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 387
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 388
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 7 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 389
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 390
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.07- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) is reading an angle that is out of range for the seat position. (Sensor measured 0º-25º or 220º-240º) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect all connectors. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 391
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 392
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.12- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) inputs are out of range. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Power. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Power
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Seat position sensor (B9). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 393
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Ground. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—Ground
Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 6 ) Component Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 394
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9). 520713.13- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) calibration is invalid. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 395
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 520713.03—Seat Position 520713.04—Seat Position 520713.07—Seat Position 520713.12—Seat Position Are VCU seat position codes active?
Result: YES:Clear active VCU seat position codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check
Action: Calibrate seat position. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) Was seat position successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 396
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520714.06- Bucket Level LEDs 328
Bucket position indicator (E75) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Bucket Level Indicator Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Bucket position indicator (E75). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect bucket level indicator (E75). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace bucket level indicator (E75). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 397
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Bucket level indicator (E75) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin L3 (wire M150 PUR) of VCU connector (X11) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 398
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522426.03- Rear Wiper Park 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) circuit is short to power or open. (Rear wiper park switch is showing park position for more than 10 seconds while wiper is on.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on rear wiper motor (M14). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 399
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit A014 GRY for ground at pin 3 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 20 (circuit A014 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 400
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522426.04- Rear Wiper Park 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) circuit is short to ground. (Rear wiper park switch is not showing park position for more than 10 seconds while wiper is on.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on rear wiper motor (M14). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 401
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check circuit A014 GRY for ground at pin 3 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 20 (circuit A014 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 402
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522427.03- Front Wiper Park 328
Front wiper motor (M13) circuit is short to power or open. (Front wiper park switch is showing the park position for more than 1 second while wiper motor is active.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M13). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 403
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit A713 GRY for ground at pin 3 on front wiper motor (M13) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 21 (circuit A713 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A713 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 404
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522427.04- Front Wiper Park 328
Front wiper motor (M13) circuit is short to ground. (Front wiper park switch is not showing the park position for more than 10 seconds.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace front wiper motor (M13). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 405
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check circuit A713 GRY for ground at pin 3 on front wiper motor (M13) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit A713 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 21 (circuit A713 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 406
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.03- Rear Wiper 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Ignition ON. Verify rear wipers are off. Check circuit A414 GRY for voltage between pin 4 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) present?
Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 407
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 4 (circuit A414 GRY) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 408
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.05- Rear Wiper 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pins 1 and 2 of rear wiper motor (M14). Ground pin 3 of rear wiper motor (M14). Does rear wiper motor (M14) function?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 409
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Rear wiper motor (M14) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 1 (wire A414 GRY) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Rear wiper motor (M14) disconnected. Window wipers 10 A fuse (F18) removed. Disconnect fuse box 1 connector (X25). Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H1 (wire A15 ORG) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 2 of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Pin C8 (wire P18 RED) of fuse box 1 connector (X25) and pin 1 of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Pin 3 (wire G09 BLK) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Open in circuit. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuse box 1 connector (X25) connected Right door wiper motor (M7) disconnected. Window wipers 10 A fuse (F18) removed. Vehicle control unit (VCU) 48-pin connector (J2) (X21) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P18 RED) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Pin 2 (wire A15 ORG) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Pin 3 (wire G09 BLK) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 410
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.06- Rear Wiper 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pins 1 and 2 of rear wiper motor (M14). Ground pin 3 of rear wiper motor (M14). Does rear wiper motor (M14) function?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 411
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Switched power ON. Verify rear wipers are OFF. Check circuit A414 GRY for voltage between pin 4 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) present?
Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 5 (circuit A414 GRY) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A12 ORG is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 412
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.03- Front Wiper Low 328
Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 4 (A413 GRY) of motor (M13). Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 5 (A213 GRY) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 413
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Diode Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 414
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.05- Front Wiper Low 328
Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 volts to pin 4 (A413 GRY) and ground pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) . Does motor operate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 415
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Diode Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). ( 5 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and pin B of front wiper diode (V13). Pin 4 (wire A413 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin A of front wiper diode (V13). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin 21 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) and machine ground. Pin 6 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 416
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.06- Front Wiper Low 328
Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 417
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. VCU connectors (X12 and X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 418
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522435.03- Front Wiper Hi 328
Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Hi Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 4 (A413 GRY) of motor (M13). Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 5 (A213 GRY) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 419
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Diode Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 420
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522435.05- Front Wiper Hi 328
Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Apply 12 volts to pin 4 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor operate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Front wiper motor is faulty. Replace motor. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location Check circuit A213 GRY for continuity between pin 4 on front wiper motor (M13) harness connector and pin 5 on VCU connector (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Circuit A213 GRY open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 421
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522435.06- Front Wiper Hi 328
Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 422
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. VCU connectors (X12 and X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 423
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522438.03- Loader Coupler 328
Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 424
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit H007 GRN for voltage at pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 51 (circuit H007 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 425
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522438.05- Loader Coupler 328
Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 426
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit H007 GRN for continuity between pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector and pin 51 on VCU connector X13. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Circuit H007 GRN is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 427
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522438.06- Loader Coupler 328
Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 428
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y24) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Check circuit H007 GRN for ground at pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 51 (circuit H007 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 429
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.03- Front Washer Pump 328
Front washer motor (M15) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 430
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace front washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front washer pump (M15). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 19 (circuit A515 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 431
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.05- Front Washer Pump 328
Front washer motor (M15) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 432
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace front washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 1 of front washer motor (M15) connector. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Battery disconnect switch OFF. Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between:
Pin 19 (wire A515 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and pin 1 of front washer motor (M15) connector. Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front washer motor (M15) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Open in circuit. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire A515 GRY) of front washer motor (M15) connector 0.0 V. Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front washer motor (M15) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 433
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.06- Front Washer Pump 328
Front washer motor (M15) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front and rear washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front and rear washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 434
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace front and rear washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front and rear washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 19 of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 435
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523597.03- Beacon Light Driver 328
Beacon light (E17) circuit is short to power Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does beacon light come on?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 436
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit L045 BRN for power at pin 1 of beacon light (H17) harness connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 437
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523597.05- Beacon Light Driver 328
Beacon light (E17) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rotating beacon (H17). Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does rotating beacon come on?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 438
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon (H17). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L045 BRN for continuity between pin 1 on VCU connector (X13) and pin 2 on rotating beacon (H17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L06 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 439
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523597.06- Beacon Light Driver 328
Beacon light (E17) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does rotating beacon come on?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 440
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Check circuit L045 BRN for ground at pin 1 of rotating beacon (H17) harness connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L06 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 441
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.03- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 442
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 443
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.04- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 444
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 445
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.05- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of solenoid (Y56). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of solenoid (Y56). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 446
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 447
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.06- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) high-side driver circuit is shorted to ground or low-side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hydraulic Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 of solenoid (Y56). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 448
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 449
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.13- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) out of calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 523911.03—Pump Control 523911.04—Pump Control 523911.05—Pump Control 523911.06—Pump Control 523911.07—Pump Control 523911.14—Pump Control Are VCU pump control codes active?
Result: YES:Clear active VCU pump control codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check
Action: Calibrate machine. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Was machine calibration successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 450
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.14- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) out of calibration. (Relief setting incorrect during calibration. Check that load sense relief is correct and repeat calibration.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 523911.03—Pump Control 523911.04—Pump Control 523911.05—Pump Control 523911.06—Pump Control 523911.07—Pump Control 523911.13—Pump Control Are VCU pump control codes active?
Result: YES:Clear active VCU pump control codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check
Action: Calibrate machine. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) Was machine calibration successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 451
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.03- Ride Control 328
Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check for power on circuit H050 GRN at pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 452
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 42 (circuit H050 GRN) of VCU connector (X21) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 453
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.05- Ride Control 328
Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit H050 GRN for continuity between pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors and pin 42 on VCU connector (X13). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 454
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 455
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.06- Ride Control 328
Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Check Service Code Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Check for ground on circuit H050 GRN at pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 456
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 42 (circuit H050 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 457
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Auxiliary Valve Controller (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000234.02 , 000234 is the SPN and 02 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all AVC diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 458
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.03- Battery Voltage 286
Battery voltage input is above 15 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to System Voltage Check. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Program controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 459
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04- Battery Voltage 286
Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 460
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F33) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Apply ground to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Did accessory relay (K20) “Click” Check for continuity between pin 3 of accessory relay (K20) and pin 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace accessory relay (K20). ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power ON. Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Go to Alternator Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 461
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator. ( 8 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin L1 (wire P017 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin D8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin M1 (wire P033 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin AA8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 462
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000234.02- Software Incorrect 286
The HVC (if TMC tractor), VCU, and SDM have a software checking routine that runs at power up. This routine ensures that the appropriate version of software is installed on each controller for compatibility. If this fault occurs, it means the controller that has triggered this fault sees one of the other controllers as being incompatible. The technician should record the software version numbers for the VCU, SDM, and HVC and make sure they are the same MAJOR revision number. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Check software version numbers for HVC, SDM, and VCU. Do controllers have the same major revision number?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 286
VIN security mismatch. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 463
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 286
VIN security option bytes are not configured (equal to 0). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software Version Check. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 464
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 465
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.31- VIN Missing 286
Messages are missing or other controllers in CAN network are not completed in the required time. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair or replace circuit. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN resistor test. Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace failed resistor(s). ( 4 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 466
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software. 000629.12- Controller Fault 286
The controller has experienced a JDOS Watchdog Timeout. This points to a software error and will automatically reset the controller. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Cycle switched power. If code still exists, reprogram VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 467
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.03- Ldr Aux Roller 286
One of loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) circuits is shorted to power. (Above 4.75 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 468
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 469
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.04- Ldr Aux Roller 286
One of loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) circuit is shorted to ground. (Below 0.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Switched power ON. Check pin 9 (wire P053 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) for voltage above 0.25 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 470
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors X13 and X14. Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 471
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.07- Ldr Aux Roller 286
Opposing channels on the loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) do not agree. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 10 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 9 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 12 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 11 of loader control lever connector (X58). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 472
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors X11 and X12 disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13) and (X14). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Replace loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Reprogram controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 473
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.12- Ldr Aux Roller 286
Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is faulted and invalid. Machine Response: Loader Auxiliary Function is Disabled. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 10 of loader control lever connector (X58). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 474
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 9 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 12 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 11 of loader control lever connector (X58). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11) and X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors X13 and X14. Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Replace loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Reprogram controller. 002724.07- Left Joystick 286
The left joystick rocker switch (S95) data is logically not valid. Switch inputs do not match. Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 475
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Joystick Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Repair or replace left joystick rocker switch (S95).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 476
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 286
Sensor power supply 1 voltage is above 5.25 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.03 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 477
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Check voltage on VCU side of connector. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 478
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 286
Sensor power supply 1 voltage is below 4.75 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.04 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 479
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) on seat position sensor (B9) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 480
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520542.03- CAN Bus 286
CAN high line test voltage above threshold. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Reprogram controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 481
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520543.04- CAN Bus 286
CAN low line test voltage is below threshold. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Reprogram controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 482
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523404.00- Loader Aux Press 286
Loader auxiliary calibration did not see a pressure drop when command was reduced. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 2 ) Loader Auxiliary Operation Check
Action: View hydraulic system pressure in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Activate loader auxiliary, hold function over relief in the direction that calibration did not pass, then release. Does hydraulic system pressure ramp up then go back down to hydraulic tank return pressure when loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is returned to neutral position?
Result: YES:Loader auxiliary calibration software error. Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 3 ) Solenoid Check
Action: →NOTE: Rolling loader auxiliary flow switch (B44) forward activates loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Rolling auxiliary flow switch backward activates loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Check malfunctioned solenoid resistance. For location of solenoids, see Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Does solenoid (Y20 or Y21) meet resistance specifications? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace solenoid valve. ( 4 ) Stuck Solenoid Check
Action: Apply power (12V) and ground to appropriate loader auxiliary solenoid (Y20 or Y21). Is there an audible click when applying and removing power, indicating the valve is shifting?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 483
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Solenoid valve is sticking. Replace solenoid valve. ( 5 ) Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check
Action: Check loader auxiliary spool operation. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool binding or stuck?
Result: YES:Repair spool. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 484
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523404.01- Loader Aux Press 286
Loader auxiliary calibration does not see a stall during the current ramp. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 2 ) Loader Auxiliary Operation Check
Action: View hydraulic system pressure in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Activate loader auxiliary, hold function over relief in the direction that calibration did not pass, then release. Does hydraulic system pressure reach loader auxiliary circuit relief pressure, then return to hydraulic tank return pressure when loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is released to neutral position? See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump for pressure specification. (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Loader auxiliary calibration software error. Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 3 ) Solenoid Check
Action: →NOTE: Rolling loader auxiliary flow switch (B44) forward activates loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Rolling auxiliary flow switch backward activates loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Check malfunctioned solenoid resistance. For location of solenoids, see Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Does solenoid (Y20 or Y21) meet resistance specifications? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace solenoid valve. ( 4 ) Stuck Solenoid Check
Action: Apply power (12V) and ground to appropriate loader auxiliary solenoid (Y20 or Y21). Is there an audible click when applying and removing power, indicating the valve is shifting? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 485
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Solenoid valve is sticking. Replace solenoid valve. ( 5 ) Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Check
Action: Check loader auxiliary circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Did the loader auxiliary circuit relief valve test good?
Result: YES: Go to Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check . NO:Go to next check. ( 6 ) Supply Circuit Check Valve Check
Action: →NOTE: This check only applies to machines equipped with manual backhoe controls. LEGEND: 1 Supply Circuit Check Valve
Backhoe Control Valve Check supply circuit check valve. Does the valve move and operate properly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace check valve. ( 7 ) Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Filter Screen Check
Action: LEGEND: 1
Screen
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Check screen (1) on loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) and loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 486
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Are screens clean and free of debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean screen or replace solenoid. ( 8 ) Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check
Action: Check loader auxiliary spool operation. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool binding or stuck?
Result: YES:Repair spool. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 487
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523571.04- Valve Power 2 286
Power input voltage 2 for vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. See 000168.04—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Intermittent Check. OK: ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 488
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Main 250 A fuse (F1). VCU switched power 5 A fuse (F33). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace fuses. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) and vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11) disconnected. Check continuity between: Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU (X11) and pin 9 of X58. Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU (X11) and pin 10 of X58. Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU (X12) and machine ground. Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU (X12) and machine ground. Pin J1 (wire G030 BLK) of VCU (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 489
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523769.03- MFWD Switch 286
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36) stuck closed at start-up for more than 20 seconds. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. sss: Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36) stuck ON? Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between pin 5 (DK BLU wire) and pin 7 (DK GRN wire) of loader control lever connector (X58). Do not press MFWD switch (S36). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 490
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Repair or replace MFWD switch (S36). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for 0.0 V at pin 38 (wire T011 BLU) of VCU connector (X13). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 38 (wire T011 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and pins of all VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 491
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523769.04- MFWD Switch 286
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37) stuck closed at start-up for more than 20 seconds. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. sss: Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37) stuck ON? Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between pin 4 (GRY wire) and pin 8 (LT GRN wire) of loader control lever connector (X58). Do not press MFWD momentary switch (S37). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 492
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Repair or replace MFWD momentary switch (S37). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between pin 43 (wire T111 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 43 (wire T111 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and remaining pins of all VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is shorted. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 493
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.03- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) high side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 494
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 495
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.04- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) low side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 496
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 497
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.05- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 498
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 499
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.06- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) low side driver circuit shorted to power or high side driver circuit shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 500
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connectors (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 501
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.03- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) high side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 502
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 503
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.04- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) low side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 504
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 505
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.05- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 506
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 507
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.06- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) low side driver circuit shorted to power or high side driver circuit shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 508
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 509
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.03- Selective Flow 17
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20. See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins A and B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace selective flow control solenoid (Y53). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 510
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 511
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.04- Selective Flow 286
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) low side driver is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 512
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 513
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.05- Selective Flow 286
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is open circuit. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin A of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 514
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 515
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.06- Selective Flow 17
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is shorted to ground on high side drive or shorted to power on low side drive. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins A and B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Replace selective flow control solenoid (Y53). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 516
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. 524204.03- Loader Aux Switch 286
Loader auxiliary control enable switch (S51) circuit is short to power. (Low level only) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 517
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) 524204.05- Loader Aux Switch 286
Loader auxiliary control enable switch (S51) circuit is open. (Low level only) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 518
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000629.12 , 629 is the SPN and 12 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SSM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. 000629.12- Controller Fault 194
Sealed switch module (SSM) has timed out.
Watchdog Timeout Diagnostic Procedure Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator ( 1 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 000629.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 519
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.04- Ignition Relay 194
Ignition relay (K10) circuit is shorted to ground or overloaded. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Ignition Relay Out Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20). NO:Go to Ignition Relay Check. ( 2 ) Ignition Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across the coil (pins 1 and 2) of relay (K10). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect the SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit U110 RED for ground at pin 3 on connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit U110 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). Disconnect ignition relay (K10) connector. Check for continuity between pin 3 (circuit U110 RED) on SSM connector (X40) and all other pins of ignition relay connector (K10). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 520
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 5 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) will not store diagnostic trouble codes; when ignition is cycled, the SSM will reset and all codes will be lost. Document all diagnostic codes. Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Ignition ON. Is DTC 002634.04 present?
Result: YES:Replace SSM. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 521
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.05- Ignition Relay 194
Ignition relay (K10) circuit is open or shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Ignition Relay Out Current Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20). NO:Go to Ignition Relay Check. ( 2 ) Ignition Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across the coil (pins 1 and 2) of relay (K10). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect the SSM connector (X40). Disconnect the ignition relay (K10) connector. Check circuit U110 RED for continuity between pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) and pin 1 of ignition relay connector (K10). Check circuit G001 BLK for continuity between pin 2 of ignition relay connector (K10) and ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Reset Controller. NO:Circuit without continuity indicated is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) will not store diagnostic trouble codes; when ignition is cycled, the SSM will reset and all codes will be lost. Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 522
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Wait 20 seconds. Ignition ON. Is DTC 002634.05 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 523850.04- SSM Button 15 194
Ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523850.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523850.09- SSM Button 15 194
No LED response for ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 523
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523850.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523852.04- SSM Button 14 194
Backhoe control pattern switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523852.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 524
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Checks complete. 523852.09- SSM Button 14 194
No LED response for the backhoe control pattern switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523852.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523854.04- SSM Button 13 194
Auxiliary hydraulic switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 525
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523854.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523854.09- SSM Button 13 194
No LED response for auxiliary hydraulic switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523854.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 526
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523855.04- SSM Button 12 194
Rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523855.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523855.09- SSM Button 12 194
No LED response for rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 527
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523855.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523856.04- SSM Button 11 194
Front washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523856.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 528
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523856.09- SSM Button 11 194
No LED response for the front washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523856.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523857.04- SSM Button 10 194
Front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 529
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523857.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523857.09- SSM Button 10 194
No LED response for front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523857.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 530
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523858.04- SSM Button 9 194
Rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523858.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523858.09- SSM Button 9 194
No LED response for rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 531
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523858.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523860.04- SSM Button 8 194
Front work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523860.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 532
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523860.09- SSM Button 8 194
No LED response for the front work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523860.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523861.04- SSM Button 7 194
Keypad 1 switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 533
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523861.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523861.09- SSM Button 7 194
No LED response for the keypad 1 switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523861.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 534
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523862.04- SSM Button 6 194
Loader coupler switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523862.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523862.09- SSM Button 6 194
No LED response for the loader coupler switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 535
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523862.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523863.04- SSM Button 5 194
Hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523863.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 536
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523863.09- SSM Button 5 194
No LED response for hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523863.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523864.04- SSM Button 4 194
Park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 537
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523864.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523864.09- SSM Button 4 194
No LED response for the park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523864.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 538
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523865.04- SSM Button 3 194
Auto shift switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523865.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523865.09- SSM Button 3 194
No LED response for auto shift switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 539
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523865.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523867.04- SSM Button 2 194
Engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523867.04 present?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 540
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523867.09- SSM Button 2 194
No LED response for the engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523867.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523868.04- SSM Button 1 194
Engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 541
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523868.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523868.09- SSM Button 1 194
No LED response for the engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 542
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523868.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 543
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE Table of contents Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure ....................................................................................... 1 Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ............................................................................................... 1
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout Procedure Use this check to make a quick check of machine operation by doing a walk-around inspection and performing specific checks from operator’s seat. Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout. Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, etc.) before performing checkout. Most checks will require machine systems to be at normal operating temperatures and a level area with adequate space to operate machine. Some checks may require varied surfaces. If no problem is found, go to the next check. If a problem is indicated, an additional check or repair procedure will be suggested. No special tools are necessary to perform the checkout.
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check ( 1 ) Display and Clear Trouble Codes
Action: Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using two methods: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Service ADVISOR ™ Check for diagnostic trouble codes. sss: Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
Result: YES:Correct all diagnostics trouble codes before proceeding. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Proceed with operational checkout.
Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks ( 1 ) Periodic Maintenance Decal Check
Action: Periodic maintenance decal check. sss: Is periodic maintenance decal legible?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace decal. ( 2 ) Cab Doors and Window Seals Check
Action: Open and close doors and windows. Inspect seals. sss: Do cab doors and windows seal properly? sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Do cab doors latch properly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Adjust doors and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary. NO:Adjust or replace latches as necessary. ( 3 ) Battery and Hour Meter Check
Action: Switched power OFF position.
Hour and Voltage Press SELECT button on standard display monitor (SDM), and hold until battery voltage and hour meter are displayed. sss: Does battery volts read a minimum of 12 volts?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Test battery. ( 4 ) Dome Light Check
Action: Press the outside edge of dome light lens to turn the dome light on. sss: Is dome light on?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulb. Check wiring. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Horn Check
Action: Press horn button. sss: Does horn activate?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check horn circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 6 ) Seat Belt Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action: Does seat belt function correctly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Use and Maintain Seat Belt . (Operator’s Manual.) ( 7 ) Seat Control Checks
Action: →NOTE: For seat adjustment procedures, see Seat Controls . (Operator′s Manual.) Does seat raise and lower? Does seat move forward and rearward easily and lock in position? Does seat rotate from loader to backhoe position easily and lock in position? Does seat back tilt forward and rearward easily and lock in position?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Inspect linkage and repair. ( 8 ) Service Brake Pedal Stop Check
Action:
Pedal Stop Unlock brake pedals. Lift left and right brake pedals individually. sss: Does each pedal have a minimal amount of travel before cap screws contact stop? →NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should be 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in). This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened and brakes are released.
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Switched Power ON, Engine OFF Checks ( 1 ) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Check
Action: →NOTE: For full display of indicators and menu see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator’s Manual.) Press and release engine start switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) to energize machine (switched power on, engine off). Observe monitor and note changes (bulbs, indicators, and gauges). sss: Does the display show the correct model number for a few seconds? Does the display show FASTEN SEAT BELT for a few seconds? Do all lights and backlighting come on? Does the display show the voltage and hours symbol? Do all gauge indicators point to maximum travel position and then move to their normal operating position?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: Does the display show gear, engine speed, and hour meter?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: Does the display show gear, engine speed, and voltage?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check SDM circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Does the display show gear, engine speed, and job timer hours?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check SDM circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 2 ) Battery Disconnect Switch Check—If Equipped
Action:
Battery Disconnect Switch Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position. Switched power ON. sss: Do monitor indicator lights come on?
Result: YES:Switch is malfunctioning. Check battery disconnect switch. NO:Continue check.
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position. Switched power ON. sss: Do monitor indicator lights come on?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Switch is malfunctioning. Check battery disconnect switch. ( 3 ) Front Wiper and Washer Circuit Check
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Front Wiper Switch
Front Washer Switch Switched power ON. Press front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in intermittent mode? Press wiper switch again and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in slow mode? Press wiper switch again and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in fast mode? IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continually operated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank. Press washer switch on SSM and release to enable. sss: Does front wiper continue to operate? sss: Does front washer pump operate?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check washer hose for kinks or obstructions. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
NO:Washer fluid reservoir may be empty. ( 4 ) Rear Wiper Check
Action:
Rear Wiper Switch Switched power ON. Press rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Does rear wiper operate intermittently? Press wiper switch on SSM again and release (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Does rear wiper operate in regular mode?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Drive Lights Check
Action:
Drive Lights Switch Switched power ON. Press drive light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are two front drive lights and two rear red lights on? Press drive light switch on SSM again and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Are four front drive lights and two rear red lights on? Press drive light switch on SSM again and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Are all lights off?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 6 ) Rear Work Lights Check
Action:
Rear Work Lights Switched power ON. Press rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are two rear work lights on? Press rear work light switch the second time and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Are four rear work lights on? Press rear work light switch the third time and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Are four rear work lights and two side lights on? Press rear work light switch fourth time and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are the two side work lights on? Press rear work light switch fifth time and release (no LED’s illuminated). sss: Are all rear work lights off?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location and see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
( 7 ) Turn Signal Light Check
Action: Switched power ON. Press right side of turn signal light rocker switch down on steering wheel column. sss: Is right amber light flashing? Does right LED indicator flash in the rocker switch? Press left side of turn signal light rocker switch down. sss: Is left amber light flashing? Does left LED indicator light on steering column flash?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 8 ) Brake Light Switch Check
Action: Switched power ON. Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. sss: Does brake light come on when either pedal is depressed with switched power on?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Beacon Light Check—If Equipped
Action: Switched power ON. Turn beacon light switch ON. sss: Is beacon flashing? Turn beacon light switch OFF. sss: Is beacon light off?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Hazard Warning Signal Light Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Hazard Warning Signal Light Switch Switched power ON. Press the hazard warning signal light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). sss: Are four amber lights flashing (two front and two rear)? Are both turn light indicator arrows flashing in turn signal rocker switch?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) Blower Switch and Function Check—If Equipped
Action: LEGEND: 1 Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch 2 Blower Speed Control Switch 3 Temperature Control Knob
Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Controls Switched power ON. Turn blower speed control switch (2) to LOW, MED, HIGH, and PURGE. sss: Does blower speed change as each different speed is selected?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check blower fuse (F44). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO: Perform Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.) If blower switch is good, perform Blower Motor Resistor Test . (Group 9031-25.) ( 12 ) Ride Control Electrical Check—If Equipped <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Ride Control Switch Switched power ON. Press ride control switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) to turn enable ride control (LED illuminated in switch). sss: Does the ride control indicator symbol illuminate in the standard display monitor (SDM)? Turn ride control switch OFF (LED not illuminated in switch). sss: Is the ride control LED indicator light symbol turned off in the SDM?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check ride control SSM switch and circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend , see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram , and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Check ride control circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend and see Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)
Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ( 1 ) Loader Boom Lock Check
Action: Raise loader boom and install boom lock. sss: Does boom lock work properly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace if necessary. ( 2 ) Park Brake Indicator and Switch Check
Action: Fasten seat belt. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
sss: Is the park brake indicator displayed on the standard display monitor (SDM)? sss: Is the park brake switch LED illuminated? Release park brake. sss: Is the park brake indicator off on the SDM? sss: Is the park brake switch LED off? Apply park brake. Stop the engine.
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check SDM park brake pressure switch circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location and see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram and see Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 3 ) Start Circuit Check
Action:
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Fasten seat belt. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to first gear forward (1F). Apply service brakes. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. →NOTE: The engine will start with TCL in forward (F) or reverse (R) but the controller will automatically shift the transmission to neutral (N). sss: Does the engine start? Does standard display monitor (SDM) show RETURN TCL TO NEUTRAL? Apply service brakes. Release park brake.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Neutral on Display Move TCL to neutral. →NOTE: SDM will not show forward (F) or reverse (R) until the TCL is cycled to neutral and the park brake has been released. sss: Does SDM show neutral (N)?
1F TCL to first gear forward. sss: Does SDM show first forward (1F)?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check TCL gear range switch (S6) circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation and see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 4 ) Reverse Warning Alarm Check
Action:
1R Transmission Control Lever (TCL) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
1R Display Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Release Park Brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to first gear reverse (1R). sss: Does display show correct gear and direction? Does the reverse warning alarm sound?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check reverse warning alarm circuit. See Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram and see Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Transmission Gearshift Detent Check
Action:
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) into forward (F). Turn TCL to shift into each gear. sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Does gear number align with pointer in each speed detent position? Does twist handle remain in detented positions? Does display indicate correct gear and direction?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace TCL switch. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Remove and Install . (Group 0315.) ( 6 ) Autoshift Transmission Check—If Equipped
Action:
Autoshift Transmission Switch →NOTE: Autoshift Transmission mode allows the machine to automatically shift in gear range two through highest gear range in forward and two through three in reverse but the transmission control lever’s (TCL) current position determines the highest range or shift band autoshift will operate in. If the TCL is in forward (3F), autoshift will only shift automatically between gears two and three. Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Press autoshift transmission switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (4). Drive machine at various travel and engine speeds in forward. sss: Does the gear range show on the SDM? sss: Does machine automatically shift up and down in gears two through highest forward gear? Move transmission control lever (TCL) to reverse (4). Drive machine at various travel and engine speeds in reverse. sss: Does the gear range change on the SDM? sss: Does machine automatically shift up and down in gears two through three in reverse?
Result: YES:Go to next check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
NO:Check autoshift circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 7 ) Park Brake Function Check
Action: Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position. Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to third gear forward (3F). Slowly increase engine speed just enough to allow machine to start to move a few feet. Apply the park brake. →NOTE: Transmission will shift to neutral (N) as soon as park brake is applied. sss: Does park brake engage when park brake switch is pushed and does the machine stop?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check park brake circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 8 ) Pilot Control Tower Operating/Stored Position Check—If Equipped
Action: Move pilot control towers into operating position. Release towers. sss: Do towers stay in operating position? Move pilot control towers into stored position. sss: Do towers stay in stored position?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Inspect pilot control towers. See Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install . (Group 3315.) ( 9 ) Pilot Enable Switch Check—If Equipped
Action: Run engine at slow idle. Disable pilot controls and move control levers. sss: Do activated functions move?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Result: NO:Continue with check. YES:Check pilot control circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Pilot Control Pattern Select Switch Check—If Equipped
Action:
Pilot Control Pattern Select Switch Enable pilot controls. Select backhoe option (LED illuminated) on the pilot control pattern select switch on the standard switch module (SSM). Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. sss: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated? Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?
Result: YES:Continue with check. NO:Check pattern select circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)
Action: Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch. Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. sss: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated? Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check pattern select circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Check—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Selective Flow Control Momentary Switch Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Enable the following modes: FOOT SWITCH MODE sss: Does backhoe auxiliary function with use of foot switch only? CONTINUOUS MODE sss: Does backhoe auxiliary function continuously without use of foot switch? OFF sss: Does backhoe auxiliary stop continuously functioning? sss: Is backhoe auxiliary foot switch function disabled?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 12 ) Pilot Control Valve Check—If Equipped
Action: Enable pilot controls. Move pilot control levers in all directions. sss: Do levers move freely in all directions? sss: Do levers spring back to neutral when released?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:If pilot control levers bind during travel or do not return to neutral position, inspect controls and towers. See Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install . (Group 3315.) ( 13 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action: Run engine at 1500 rpm. Operators seat in backhoe position. Enable pilot controls. Disengage boom from boom lock. Hold boom up function over relief for 10 seconds. Turn engine off and switched power ON. →NOTE: Pilot enable switch must be cycled after switched power is turned back ON. Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position. Activate boom down function. sss: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check pilot control manifold valve. See Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) ( 14 ) Backhoe Stabilizer Check
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing backhoe position. Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise left stabilizer. Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise right stabilizer. sss: Do both stabilizers raise and lower?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) ( 15 ) Stabilizer Cylinder Check
Action: Engine speed at approximately 1500 rpm. Position loader bucket off the ground. Operator′s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Lower stabilizers to raise rear of machine off the ground. sss: Do cylinders extend and hold machine up? Raise stabilizers. sss: Do cylinders retract and remain up?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Inspect stabilizer valve section and stabilizer solenoids. ( 16 ) Brake System Leakage Check
Action:
Brake Pedals Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. sss: Brake pedal must not feel spongy (caused by air in the system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0 in) per minute?
Result: YES:Bleed brake system. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-15.) NO:Go to next check. ( 17 ) Brake Drag/Park Brake Check
Action:
Machine Position Operator′s seat in loader position and locked. Position machine on a gradual slope with front of machine facing downhill. Lift loader bucket off the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral. Differential lock not actuated. Release park brake. Release service brakes. Let machine coast freely for several feet. Apply park brake. sss: Did machine stop? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Release park brake. →NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive the machine for 5 minutes. Feel axle housing area to locate which brake is dragging. sss: Did machine coast freely?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Perform Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 18 ) Engine Speed Control Dial Check
Action:
Engine Speed Control Dial Engine speed at slow idle. Auto-idle off. Lower all equipment to the ground. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Move engine speed control dial to slow idle, then to fast idle position. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). sss: Does tachometer read 900 rpm (slow idle) and 2400 rpm (fast idle)?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. Move speed control dial to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Lower stabilizers to raise machine off the ground. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) not actuated. Move TCL to first gear forward. sss: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing loader position. TCL in neutral. Move speed control dial to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm. Apply service brakes. sss: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Release service brakes. sss: Does engine speed return to 1200 rpm?
Result: NO:Go to next check. YES:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 19 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Check
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Lower all equipment to the ground. Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Move the foot throttle from slow idle to fast idle. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). sss: Does tachometer read 900 rpm (slow idle) and 2400 rpm (fast idle)?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-10.) ( 20 ) Auto-Idle Circuit Check—If Equipped
Action: Enable auto-idle function in the standard display monitor (SDM) menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup . (Operator’s Manual) Lower all equipment to the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Hydraulic functions in neutral. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Engine speed fast idle. Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) sss: Does engine speed decrease after 4—6 seconds?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:See engine control unit (ECU) circuit theory of operation (for machine engine type). (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)
Action: Slowly actuate any boom backhoe function. sss: Does engine speed return to its original setting?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:See engine control unit (ECU) circuit theory of operation (for machine engine type). (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 21 ) Loader Return-to-Dig Check
Action: Lower all equipment to the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Raise loader boom to full height. Lower loader boom by pulling the loader control lever all the way to left and let go of control lever to enable return-to-dig. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
sss: Does bucket roll back from dump position to dig position and control lever return to neutral position?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Loader Operation . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 22 ) Transmission Clutch Disconnect Circuit Check
Action: Fasten seat belt. Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Engine speed approximately 2000 rpm. Raise loader bucket off the ground. Shift transmission into fourth gear. Release park brake. Shift transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (3). sss: Does engine rpm drop (approximately 50 rpm) when the TCL is shifted into forward (F)? Press clutch disconnect switch on loader control lever and note sound of engine. sss: Does engine rpm increase when the clutch disconnect button is pressed?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check harness circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram and See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 23 ) Differential Lock Check
Action:
Differential Lock Check Raise machine off the ground with loader and stabilizers. Unlock the brake pedals. Turn mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch OFF (if equipped). Release park brake. Press differential lock foot switch. →NOTE: Differential lock speed limit option limits engagement (enabling the option) when engine is operated over 1000 rpm. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup . (Operator’s Manual.) Operate machine at 1000 rpm maximum in first forward (1F). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Apply one brake pedal. sss: Do both rear wheels stop?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check differential lock pressure. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 24 ) Front Wheel Alignment (Toe-In) Check
Action:
Toe-In Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with loose material. sss: Is material from behind front wheels thrown excessively inward or outward?
Result: YES: See Toe-In Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 25 ) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Driving Check—If Equipped
Action:
MFWD Switch Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing loader position. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise machine off the ground using loader and stabilizers. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Release park brake. Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position. Turn on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch. sss: Do the front wheels turn? Turn OFF MFWD. sss: Do the front wheels stop turning?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) or see No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . (Group 9020-15.) ( 26 ) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Check—If Equipped
Action:
MFWD Switch CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise machine off the ground using loader and stabilizers. Operator’s seat facing loader position. Release park brake. Shift transmission in first gear forward (1F). Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). Lower front wheels to just contact ground. sss: Does at least one front wheel turn?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) or see No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . (Group 9020-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
( 27 ) Sideshift Frame Lock Check
Action:
Side Shift Frame Lock Check Operate engine at slow idle. Lock backhoe in transport position. Depress sideshift lock foot switch. sss: Does sideshift frame drop slightly as locking pistons retract?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Sideshift frame lock does not release. Check fuse (F47). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Inspect wiring from switch to valve solenoid. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram and see Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Action: Release switch to ON position. Hold boom up function over relief. sss: Does sideshift frame raise slightly when backhoe valve is held over relief?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Sideshift frame will not lock. Remove and inspect check valve and solenoid seals. See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.
Action: Return boom lever to neutral position. sss: Does sideshift frame remain locked in position for 1 minute minimum?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Sideshift frame does not remain locked. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 28 ) Boom Lock Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Boom Lock Switch Engage park brake. Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral (N). Operate engine at slow idle. Move boom control back in the boom raise (over relief) position. Depress boom lock foot switch. sss: Are both locks in the raised and released position?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check fuse (F47). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check sideshift switch (S34), solenoid (Y34), and circuit. See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram and see Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Action:
Release Boom Lock Foot Switch Release boom lock foot switch. sss: Are both locks in the engaged position?
Result: YES:Go to the next check. NO:Inspect and repair boom lock cylinder return springs. ( 29 ) Steering System Checks
Action: Operator’s seat facing loader position. Raise the loader bucket off the ground with the bottom level with the ground.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise rear of machine off the ground using stabilizers. Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn the steering wheel full left to full right several times. →NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to continue to move after steering wheel is stopped. sss: Did the front wheels move smoothly in both directions? When the steering wheel was stopped, did the wheels stop moving?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Wheels did NOT move smoothly in both directions. Wheels continued to move after steering wheel was stopped. See Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral . (Group 9025-15.) ( 30 ) Cylinder Cushion Check
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise rear of machine off the ground. Boom must be lowered from the transport position. Activate backhoe swing left and right. Make a note of the sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke. sss: Does swing speed decrease near the end of the cylinder stroke? Repeat check using backhoe boom raise function.
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Remove and repair cylinder cushion. ( 31 ) Backhoe and Loader Function Drift Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine. →NOTE: All systems must be warmed up to operating range to get accurate test results.
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine speed at slow idle. Position backhoe fully extended with bucket at a 45° angle to the ground. Lower boom until the bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in) off the ground. Position loader bucket the same distance off of the ground as backhoe bucket. Observe both bucket cutting edges for 1 minute. sss: Are both bucket cutting edges still off the ground after 1 minute?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: Perform Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) ( 32 ) Ride Control System Check—If Equipped
Action:
Ride Control Switch Run engine at fast idle. Press ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable ride control ON (LED illuminated). Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Raise loader boom to maximum height. Power boom down half way to the ground. Stop suddenly by releasing the joystick. sss: Is boom cushioned when joystick is released?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check accumulator charge. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) ( 33 ) Cycle Times Check CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine. IMPORTANT: Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.
Action: Engine at fast idle. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). Record cycle time for each function. Does machine perform within specifications? Item
Measurement
Loader Boom Raise (bucket flat on ground-to-full height)
Maximum Cycle Time (seconds) 5.5 (seconds)
Specification
Loader Boom Lower—Powered (full height-to-bucket flat on ground)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.2 (seconds)
Loader Boom Lower—Float (full height-to-bucket flat on ground)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.2 (seconds)
Loader Bucket Dump (boom just above ground
Maximum Cycle Time
2.4 (seconds)
Loader Bucket Curl (boom just above ground)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.6 (seconds)
Backhoe Boom Raise (backhoe at maximum reach, bucket teeth on ground-to-boom at cushion)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.9 (seconds)
Backhoe Boom Lower (backhoe at maximum reach, bucket teeth on ground-to-boom at cushion)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.9 (seconds)
Crowd In (boom in transport position)
Maximum Cycle Time
3.1 (seconds)
Crowd Out (boom in transport position)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.7 (seconds)
Backhoe Bucket Dump
Maximum Cycle Time
2.4 (seconds)
Backhoe Bucket Curl
Maximum Cycle Time
2.8 (seconds)
Backhoe Swing (boom raised to cushion, bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to ground cylinder-cushion-to-cylindercushion [180°])
Maximum Cycle Time
3.3 (seconds)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Extendible Dipperstick Extend—If Equipped
Maximum Cycle Time
2.4 (seconds)
Extendible Dipperstick Retract—If Equipped
Maximum Cycle Time
2.6 (seconds)
Right Stabilizer Down (full up-to-ground level)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Right Stabilizer Up (ground level-to-full up)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Left Stabilizer Down (full up-to-ground level)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Left Stabilizer Up (ground level-to-full up)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Steering Right to Left
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering Left to Right
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering Right to Left (MFWD)
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering Left to Right (MFWD)
Turns
2.3 to 3
Does machine perform within specifications?
Result: YES:Operational checkout complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
ENGINE
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
NO:Check hydraulic oil level. NO: See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9010 - ENGINE Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................... 1 Engine Cooling System Operation ........................................................................................................ 1 Cold Start Aid System Operation—If Equipped ..................................................................................... 3 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ........................................................................................................ 4 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................... 4 Engine Identification ............................................................................................................................. 5 Engine Cooling System Component Location ....................................................................................... 8 Engine Fuel System Component Location .......................................................................................... 10 Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location ............................................................................... 14 Group 20 - Adjustments ........................................................................................................................ 18 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................. 18 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 19 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................. 19 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped .............................................................................................. 20 Engine Speed Check ........................................................................................................................... 24 Air in Fuel Test .................................................................................................................................... 25 Engine Thermostat Test ..................................................................................................................... 25 Thermal Bypass Valve Test ................................................................................................................ 26 Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost .................................................................................. 27
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
Engine Cooling System Operation The machine’s cooling package contains: Radiator Hydraulic/transmission radiator Air conditioner condenser The radiator is mounted behind the hydraulic/transmission radiator in the cooling package. It is first to receive fan air. It also has higher coolant flow than the hydraulic/transmission radiator. The machine is equipped with a direct drive fan. Direct drive fans operate at a consistent speed with the engine at all times. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Direct drive machines must increase engine speed in order to increase cooling performance. The engine cooling system shares coolant with the hydraulic and transmission cooling systems. Hydraulic and transmission oil cooling is accomplished by means of fluid-to-fluid coolers. The hydraulic and transmission oil coolers are remote mounted away from the cooling package, below the operator′s station. The water pump circulates coolant through the engine. Once achieving normal operating temperature, a thermostat opens to allow coolant to pass through the radiator, back to the water pump. The thermal bypass valve speeds hydraulic warm-up, maintains the oil at a more consistent set point, and makes for quicker stabilization of engine, transmission, and hydraulic temperatures. It works similarly to a thermostat but is not contained in the engine. When the thermal bypass valve opens, coolant flows from the water pump through the hydraulic/transmission radiator to remote mounted hydraulic and transmission oil coolers located on the right side inner frame rail. Coolant returns from the hydraulic and transmission oil coolers to the water pump. For additional information, see the following: Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.) Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation . (Group 9031-05.)
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 Machines with engine model 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 add a fuel cooler and a charge air cooler to the cooling package. The fuel cooler is an air-to-fluid cooler. Fuel from the fuel tank is circulated through the fuel cooler before it arrives at the high pressure fuel pump. The lower fuel temperatures help reduce overall combustion temperatures and emissions. The charge air cooler is an air-to-air cooler. Charge air from the turbocharger is forced through the charge air cooler where it is cooled before it reaches the intake manifold. This cooler air increases horsepower while assisting in the reduction of emissions.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Cold Start Aid System Operation—If Equipped
Auto-Ether Injection System LEGEND: 1 2 Y15
Intake Manifold Ether Canister Start Aid Solenoid
The cold start aid system used on this machine is auto-ether injection. Ether injection helps to start the engine in cold weather by injecting a specific amount of ether into the intake manifold (1). When the ignition is ON and the engine control unit (ECU) detects the fuel temperature is below a specified temperature, the start aid solenoid (Y15) energizes, and ether flows from the canister (2) to the intake manifold (1) and mixes with intake air. For more information on the electrical control of auto-ether injection, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When the ether/air mixture reaches the combustion chamber, it mixes with diesel fuel. Ether ignites at a lower temperature than diesel fuel, therefore, inside the combustion chamber the ether ignites first, heating the diesel fuel and aiding combustion.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Identification This machine is equipped one of the following engine models: 4045HT054, 4045HT086, and 4045TT096. Use the following information to identify engine model.
Engine Serial and Model Number Identification LEGEND: 1 Engine Serial Number Plate 2 Engine Serial Number 3 Engine Model Number
Engine Serial Number Plate Location
Engine Serial Number Plate Example Engine serial number plate (1) is located on right rear of engine block. Fifth character of engine model number (3) can be used to identify engine aspiration method. Engine Model Number Engine Model Number 4045 H T054
Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled
4045 H T086
Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled
4045 T T096
Turbocharged, no aftercooling
Engine Component Identification LEGEND: 4
Charge Air Cooler
4045HT054 and 4045HT086 Engine (front view)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
4045TT096 Engine (front view) Machines equipped with 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 engines utilize a charge air cooler (4) located near top front of cooling package. Machines equipped with 4045TT096 engines do not utilize a charge air cooler in the cooling package. Engines 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 are very similar. Key differences between the two engines are: LEGEND: 5 Exhaust Manifold
4045HT054 Engine
4045HT086 Engine Camshaft Turbocharger Exhaust Manifold Fuel Injectors Software <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
The exhaust manifold geometry is the only external component that visually distinguishes these two engines.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Cooling System Component Location Engine Model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
Engine Cooling System Component Location (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Thermal Bypass Valve Upper Radiator Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Thermal Bypass Valve Hose Surge Tank Overflow Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Surge Tank Hose Surge Tank Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Thermostat Housing Hose Surge Tank-to-Coolant Pump Housing Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Radiator Fan Lower Radiator Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Oil Cooler Housing Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Coolant Pump Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Transmission Oil Cooler Hydraulic Oil Cooler
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Model 4045TT096
Engine Cooling System Component Location (engine model 4045TT096) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Thermal Bypass Valve Upper Radiator Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Thermal Bypass Valve Hose Surge Tank Overflow Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Surge Tank Hose Surge Tank Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Coolant Pump Housing Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Radiator Fan Lower Radiator Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Oil Cooler Housing Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Coolant Pump Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Transmission Oil Cooler Hydraulic Oil Cooler
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Component Location Engine Model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 23 25 26 27
Fuel Cooler-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Hose High Pressure Fuel Pump Final Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector (4 used) Fuel Injector-to-Fuel Injector Line (3 used) High Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Injector Line High Pressure Common Rail-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-High Pressure Common Rail Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Line Final Fuel Filter Fuel Cooler Fuel Sender-to-Fuel Cooler Hose Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Breather Hose Fuel Sender-to-Auxillary Fuel Filter Hose Auxillary Fuel Filter Auxillary Fuel Filter-to-Primary Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Fuel Leak-Off Line High Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Leak-Off Line High Pressure Common Rail
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 1 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Fuel Cooler-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Hose Final Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Line Fuel Tank Breather Final Fuel Filter Fuel Cooler Fuel Sender-to-Fuel Cooler Hose Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Vent Fuel Sender Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Breather Hose Fuel Sender-to-Auxillary Fuel Filter Hose Auxillary Fuel Filter Auxillary Fuel Filter-to-Primary Fuel Filter Hose Primary Fuel Filter-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Primary Fuel Filter
Engine Model 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045TT096) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 16 17 18
High Pressure Fuel Pump Primary Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector Leak-Off-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector (4 used) Fuel Injector Leak-Off Line Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Final Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Fuel Sender-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Fuel Injector Line (4 used) Fuel Injector-to-Fuel Injector Line (3 used)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045TT096) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Primary Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector Leak-Off Line Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Primary Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Transfer Pump Line Final Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Fuel Tank Breather Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Vent Fuel Sender Fuel Sender-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
<- Go to Section TOC
Charge Air Cooler Air Cleaner Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Intake Tube Exhaust Stack Muffler Exhaust Manifold Turbocharger Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Charge Air Cooler Tube
Section 9010 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10
Charge Air Cooler Air Cleaner Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Intake Tube Exhaust Stack Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Charge Air Cooler Tube Air Intake
Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045TT096) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6
<- Go to Section TOC
Exhaust Manifold Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner Exhaust Stack Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube
Section 9010 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 20: Adjustments
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045TT096) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
<- Go to Section TOC
Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner Exhaust Stack Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Air Intake Tube Air Intake
Section 9010 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Group 20 - Adjustments John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz.
Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz.
This procedure is recommended for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Sample fluid systems at the following intervals: Each system at every oil change before changing oil Engine oil: 250 hours (125 hours for machines above 1829 m (6000 ft.) elevation) Engine coolant: 500 hours Hydraulic oil: 500 hours Transmission oil: 500 hours Power train oil (axles, gear cases): 500 hours
Machine Preparation [1] - Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system. [2] - Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[3] - Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve before removing dust cap, to reduce fluid sample contamination. See Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped. (Operator′s Manual.) [4] - Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve.
Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure that a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The amount of waste oil is the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz.), be purged from a remotely mounted valve before collecting the sample. [1] - Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
System Fluid Purge (excavator shown) Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Item
Measurement
Specification
System Fluid Purge
Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz.
[3] - Properly dispose of collected waste fluid. [4] - To increase the oil flow and obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to fast idle.
Obtaining Fluid Sample [1] →NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.
Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag [2] -
Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible. When collecting hydraulic or power train oil samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
the bottle. Keep the protective plastic in place when the lid is taken off. [3] →NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in.) into the sample bottle.
Puncture Plastic Bag with Cap Probe Line [4] -
Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown) Hold the cap probe line inside the bottle. Press, and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle. [5] - Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid. Item
Measurement
Specification
Fluid Sample
Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz.
[6] - After a representative sample is obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container. Leave the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil is warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. [7] <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
→NOTE: Use cap probes for only one sampling procedure. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe. [8] - Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing. Service Equipment and Tools Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number
Description
AT317904
Engine Test Kit
AT303189
Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit
AT180344
Diesel Fuel Test Kit
AT183016
Coolant Test Kit
TY26349
6 mm (1/4 in.) Suction Pump Tubing, 30 m (100 ft.).
AT308579
120 mL (4 oz.) Sample Bottle
AT315231
Poly Cap Probe
AT321211
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-ring
AT306111
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-ring
TY26363
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4"-20 NPT
AT306133
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
AT320593
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female
AT312932
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female
TY26364
90° Push Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
TY26365
Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe
Not applicable
Plastic Bag
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Engine Speed Check LEGEND: 27
Display Monitor Screen
Display Monitor Screen Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Temperature
80°C 176°F
Engine Slow Idle Speed
880—900 rpm
Engine Fast Idle Speed
2350—2400 rpm
[1] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in standard display monitor (SDM) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - View engine coolant temperature in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - Run engine until engine coolant is to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Coolant
Temperature
80°C 176°F
[4] - Run engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Slow Idle
Speed
880—900 rpm
[5] - Check display monitor screen (27) to see if slow idle rpm is within specification. [6] - Run engine at fast idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Fast Idle
Speed
2350—2400 rpm
[7] - Check display monitor screen (27) to see if fast idle rpm is within specification. [8] →NOTE: Engine slow idle and fast idle settings cannot be adjusted. If slow or fast idle is out of specification, check the following: Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check air cleaner elements. See Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty Secondary and Primary Element . (Operator′s Manual.) Check for kinked or pinched fuel hoses (supply and return). See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Check fuel tank breather filter and hose. See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Check fuel filter and system. See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Check throttle position sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) To identify engine as a 4045HT054, 4045HT086, or 4045TT096 see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15). For machines with 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 engines: Check engine control unit (ECU). See Electronic Control Unit (ECU) System Operation . (CTM502.) For machines with 4045TT096 engines: Check engine control unit (ECU). See Electronic Control Unit (ECU) . (CTM331.)
Air in Fuel Test To identify engine as a 4045HT054, 4045HT086, or 4045TT096 see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15). For machines with 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 engines: To check for air in fuel, see Test for Air in Fuel . (CTM502.) For machines with 4045TT096 engines: To check for air in fuel, see Test for Air in Fuel . (CTM331.)
Engine Thermostat Test Test opening temperature of the engine thermostat. See Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening Temperature . (CTM104.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Thermostat
Initial Opening Temperature—Range
79.5—83.5°C
Thermostat
Full Open Temperature—Nominal
175—182°F 94.5°C 202°F
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Thermal Bypass Valve Test
Thermostat Opening Temperature Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Thermostat Initial Opening Temperature—Range
70—78°C 158—172°F
Thermostat Full Open Temperature—Nominal
88°C 190°F
[1] - Remove thermostat from thermal bypass valve. [2] - Heat water in a container. [3] CAUTION: DO NOT allow thermostat or thermometer to rest against the side or bottom of container when heating water. Either may rupture if overheated. Suspend thermostat and a thermometer in the container of water. [4] - Stir the water as it heats. Observe opening action of thermostat and compare temperature with specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Thermostat
Initial Opening Temperature—Range
70—78°C
Thermostat
Full Open Temperature—Nominal
158—172°F 88°C 190°F
[5] - Remove thermostat and observe its closing action as it cools. In ambient air the thermostat will close completely. Closing action will be smooth and slow. [6] - Replace thermostat if operation does not meet specification. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Rated Speed
2200 rpm
Turbocharger Boost Pressure (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
83—103 kPa 0.83—1.03 bar 12—15 psi
Turbocharger Boost Pressure (engine 4045TT096)
48—62 kPa 0.48—0.62 bar 7—9 psi
Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit
IMPORTANT: On power shift transmissions ONLY, never operate machine equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) will occur. →NOTE: Boost specifications are based on use of No. 2 fuel. If using No. 1 fuel, reduce boost specifications by 7%.
Start Aid Tube (shown installed)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test LEGEND: 1 2 3
Starting Aid Tube Adapter (JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit) Gauge (JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit)
[1] - Identify engine model number. See Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) [2] - Remove plug or starting aid tube (1) if equipped. [3] - Install adapter (2) and gauge (3). Turbocharger Boost Test Kit JT07248 Used to check turbocharger boost pressure. [4] - Apply park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Run engine until it is at normal operating temperature. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[5] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Machine Options or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Run engine at fast idle using loader hydraulics to load engine down to rated speed. Read turbocharger boost pressure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Rated Speed
2200 rpm
Turbocharger
Boost Pressure (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
83—103 kPa 0.83—1.03 bar 12—15 psi
Turbocharger
Boost Pressure (engine 4045TT096)
48—62 kPa 0.48—0.62 bar 7—9 psi
[7] - If engine speed does not drop to specification, use following procedure to apply additional load to engine. a. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) b. Lower stabilizers and loader to raise wheels off ground. c. Put machine in second gear and transmission control lever (TCL) in forward or reverse. IMPORTANT: Possible damage to machine may occur if brakes are applied too long. Circulate hydraulic fluid if temperature exceeds 99°C (210°F). Run engine at fast idle. Apply service brakes to load engine down to rated speed.
[8] - Record highest boost pressure at rated speed. [9] - Repeat test several times. [10] - If boost pressure is too high, remove and test fuel injection pump for high fuel delivery. [11] - If boost pressure is too low, check for the following: Restricted air filter elements. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Restricted fuel filter elements. Incorrect fast idle adjustment. Incorrect injection pump timing. Exhaust manifold leaks. Intake manifold leaks. Malfunctioning fuel transfer pump. Low compression pressure. Malfunctioning fuel injection nozzle. Carbon buildup in turbocharger. Turbocharger compressor or turbine wheel rubbing housing. Low fuel injection pump fuel delivery. Remove and test fuel injection pump for low fuel delivery.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Table of contents Group 05 - System Information ............................................................................................................. 1 Electrical Diagram Information ............................................................................................................. 1 Electrical Schematic Symbols ............................................................................................................... 5 Group 10 - System Diagrams ................................................................................................................. 8 Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications ......................................................................................... 8 System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend ............................ 11 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend ............................................................................ 15 Engine Harness (W10) Component Location ...................................................................................... 57 Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram .............................................................................................. 62 Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location ............................................................................ 67 Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................... 69 Cab Harness (W14) Component Location ........................................................................................... 71 Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................... 74 Roof Harness (W17) Component Location .......................................................................................... 83 Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................. 85 Radio Harness (W18) Component Location ........................................................................................ 87 Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................ 88 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location ....................................................... 89 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 90 Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location .......................... 91 Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram .................................. 93 Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location ............................................... 95 Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 97 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location ................................................................. 99 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram ....................................................................... 100 Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location ...................................................................... 101 Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram .............................................................................. 102 Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location ............................................................. 103 Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 104 Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .......................................................... 105 Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 106 Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location ....................................................... 107 Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 108 Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location ............................................ 109 Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram .................................................... 111 Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location ................................................................. 112 Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram ......................................................................... 113 Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location .......................................................................... 114 Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................. 115 Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location—(S.N. —232969) ................................... 116 Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969) ........................................... 118 Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location ............................................................................. 119 Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 122 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location ......................................... 126 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram ................................................. 127 Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Component Location ........................................................ 127 Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 128 Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) ....................... 128 Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— ) ............................... 129 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location ................................... 130 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram ........................................... 132 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Component Location ..................................................................... 133 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram ............................................................................. 134 Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics ................................................................................................. 135 Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 135 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation ............................................................. 144 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation ..................................................................... 149 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................... 158 Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation ............................................................................ 167 Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 172 Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 176 Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation ................................................................................ 180 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation ........................................................... 182 Group 16 - Monitor Operation ............................................................................................................ 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu .............................................................................. 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes ................................................................................. 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics ................................................................................. 185 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu Visible or Hidden ....................................................... 188 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults ............................................................ 188 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options ......................................................................... 190 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Setting Hour Meter ...................................................................... 194 Security System Enable-Disable ....................................................................................................... 196 Security System Configuration ......................................................................................................... 198 Security System Operation ............................................................................................................... 201 Group 20 - References ......................................................................................................................... 202 Electrical Component Specifications ................................................................................................. 202 Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure ....................................................................................... 204 JDLink™ Connection Procedure ........................................................................................................ 205 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) ....................................................................................... 206 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor Messages ........................................................................... 209 Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics ................................................................. 211 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...................................................................................... 213 Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test .................................................................................... 221 Alternator Test .................................................................................................................................. 222 Wire Harness Test ............................................................................................................................ 223 Sensor Circuit Test ........................................................................................................................... 223 Crank Position Sensor Test ............................................................................................................... 225 Transmission Control Circuit Test ..................................................................................................... 226 Transmission Solenoid Circuit Test ................................................................................................... 227 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test ............................................................................................. 228 Transmission Solenoid Check ........................................................................................................... 229 Throttle Position Sensor Test ............................................................................................................ 230 Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 231 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test ............................................................................................ 232 Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install .......................................................................................... 233 Controller Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 234
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05: System Information
Group 05 - System Information Electrical Diagram Information Explanation of Wire Markings →NOTE: All system functional schematics, circuit schematics, and wiring diagrams are shown with key switch in the OFF position.
System Functional Schematic Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05: System Information
System Functional Schematic Example LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Continuity Chart Power Wires Routing Location Information Wire Identification Ground Wires Section Number Section 9015 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8 9 10 11 12 13
Group 05: System Information
Component Name Component Identification Number Component Schematic Symbol Connector Identification Number Connector Connector Pin Information
The system functional schematic is made up of equal sections to simplify searching the schematic. Each section of the system functional schematic is assigned a number (7). The system functional schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown near the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) near the bottom. The schematic may contain some harness or connector information. When connector information is shown, it will be displayed as a double chevron (12) with a component identification number (11) corresponding to the connector identification number. Connector pin information (13) will be displayed in a text size smaller than that of the connector identification number. Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and a component identification number (9). A component identification number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (schematics, wiring diagrams, and component location). Routing location information (3) is presented to let the reader know when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going “To” or coming “From” a component in a different location. The section and component identification number are given in the first line of information and any pin information for the component is given in parenthesis in the second line. In this example, power is going TO section 23, component B14 on pin C4.
Wiring Diagram
Wiring Diagram Example LEGEND: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Group 05: System Information
Component Identification Number Connector Connector End View Wire Harness Wire Number Wire Splice Wire End #1 Termination Location Wire Number Wire Color Wire End #2 Termination Location
Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses. (W6, etc.) The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches. A component identification or connector number (1) identifies each component. The wire harness (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a harness side connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated. An “X” component identification number of 100 or higher identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from. A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the “END #1” column (7) to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire. In the center, the wire number (8) and wire color (9) are listed. A component identification number in the “END #2” column (10) identifies the opposite end of the wire.
Component Location Diagram The component location diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.
Connector End View Diagram The connector end view diagram is a pictorial end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05: System Information
Electrical Schematic Symbols
Electrical Schematic Symbols
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 <- Go to Section TOC
Group 05: System Information
Battery Wire Splice Fuse Circuit Breaker Fusible Link Power Outlet Alternator Air Conditioner Compressor Compressor Liquid Pump Antenna Diode Zener Diode Capacitor Magnet Flasher Buzzer Horn Alarm Electromagnet Internal Ground Single Point Ground External Ground Sensor Sensor with Normally Open Switch Speed Sensor Rotary Sensor Single Element Bulb Dual Element Bulb Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve with Suppression Diode Solenoid Normally Open Solenoid Normally Closed Starter Motor Starter Motor DC Motor DC Stepping Motor Wiper Motor Blower Motor Servo Motor Speedometer Tachometer Temperature Gauge Liquid Level Gauge Gauge Hourmeter Resistor Variable Resistor Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor Multi-Pin Connector Single Pin Connector Connector 4 Pin Relay 5 Pin Relay 5 Pin Relay with Internal Suppression Diode 5 Pin Relay with Internal Suppression Resistor Key Switch Temperature Switch Normally Open Temperature Switch Normally Closed Pressure Switch Normally Open Pressure Switch Normally Closed Liquid Level Switch Normally Open Liquid Level Switch Normally Closed Momentary Switch Normally Open Momentary Switch Normally Closed Toggle Switch Normally Open Toggle Switch Normally Closed Section 9015 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Open 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Closed Manual Switch Operation Push Switch Operation Pull Switch Operation Turn Switch Operation Toggle Switch Operation Pedal Switch Operation Key Switch Operation Detent Switch Operation Temperature Sensor Solar Sensor Pressure Sensor Liquid Level Sensor
Section 9015 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Group 10 - System Diagrams Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications
Fuse and Relay Box LEGEND: F11 F12 F13 F15 F17 F18 F20 F30 F31 F33 F34 F35 F42 F43 F44 F45 F47 X1
Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Radio 10 A Fuse Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Return-To-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse Air Seat 15 A Fuse Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload. The fuse panel is located in right-hand console of operator’s station.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Load Center—Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 The engine load center is located on left side of the engine along the frame rail.
Engine Load Center (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) LEGEND: F3 F4 F21 F22 K25 V4
Key Switch 10 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Start Aid Relay Alternator Excitation Diode
Engine Load Center—Engine 4045TT096 The engine load center is located on left side of the engine along the frame rail.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Load Center (4045TT096) LEGEND: F3 F4 F22 F23 K25 K26 V4
Key Switch 10 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse (if equipped) Start Aid Relay Fuel Filter Heater Relay (if equipped) Alternator Excitation Diode LEGEND: F1
Main 250 A Fuse
Main 250 A Fuse Location LEGEND: F71
JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse
JDLink ™ Fuse Location <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 ) A2—Engine Control Unit (ECU) ( SE5 , SE8 )( W10 ) A3—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) ( SE15 )( W14 ) A9—Radio ( SE30 )( W18 ) A74—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) ( SE13 )( W14 ) A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit ( SE4 )( W6002 ) A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit ( SE5 )( W6003 ) B2—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch ( SE27 )( W19 ) B3—Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch ( SE27 )( W19 ) B6—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor ( SE18 )( W13 ) B7—Engine Oil Pressure Switch ( SE7 )( W10 ) B8—Fuel Level Sensor ( SE14 )( W13 ) B9—Seat Position Sensor ( SE19 )( W14 ) B10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor ( SE20 )( W13 ) B12—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch ( SE20 )( W13 ) B13—Park Brake Pressure Switch ( SE18 )( W13 ) B14—Transmission Output Speed Sensor ( SE18 )( W13 ) B15—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B17—Fuel Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B18—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B19—Crankshaft Position Sensor ( SE8 )( W10 ) B20—Engine Speed Control Pedal ( SE6 )( W14 ) B21—Engine Speed Control Dial ( SE6 )( W14 ) B26—Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor ( SE20 )( W13 ) B30—Right Speaker ( SE30 )( W18 ) B31—Left Speaker ( SE30 )( W18 ) B44—Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch ( SE19 )( W14 ) B60—Water-in-Fuel Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B61—Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch ( SE9 )( W10 ) B109—Air Filter Restriction Switch ( SE7 )( W10 ) E1—Left Rear Work Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E2—Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E3—Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E4—Right Rear Work Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E5—Left Front Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E6—Right Front Work Light (if equipped) ( SE23 )( W17 ) E7—Left Front Work Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E8—Right Front Work Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E15—Left Docking Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E16—Right Docking Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E17—Beacon Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E20—Dome Light ( SE30 )( W14 ) E23—Left Backup Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E24—Right Backup Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E31—Left Front Drive Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E32—Right Front Drive Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E33—Left Front Marker Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E34—Right Front Marker Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E35—Left Front Turn Signal ( SE23 )( W17 ) E36—Right Front Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W17 ) E37—Left Brake/Tail Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E38—Right Rear Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W38 ) E39—Left Rear Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W38 ) E40—Right Brake/Tail Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E41—License Plate Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E45—Left Rear Light Assembly ( SE22 )( W38 ) E46—Right Rear Light Assembly ( SE22 )( W38 ) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
E47—Left Tail Light ( SE22 ) E48—Right Tail Light ( SE22 ) F1—Main 250 A Fuse ( SE1 )( W10 ) F4—ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse ( SE5 ) F11—Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE1 ) F12—Horn/Service ADVISOR Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse ( SE1 ) F13—Optional Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F15—Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F17—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F18—Radio 10 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F20—Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse ( SE25 ) F22—Start Aid 15 A Fuse ( SE6 ) F23—Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse ( SE9 )( W10 ) F30—Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F31—Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F33—VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F34—Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F35—Transmission Control 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F42—Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F43—Air Seat 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F44—Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F45—Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F47—Boom and Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) ( SE3 )( W14 ) F47—Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Lights/Optional Equipment 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590—) ( SE3 )( W14 ) F71—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse ( SE4 )( W6002 ) G1—Battery 1 ( SE1 ) G2—Battery 2 ( SE1 ) G4—Alternator ( SE1 )( W10 ) H1—Monitor Alarm ( SE14 )( W14 ) H3—Backup Alarm ( SE18 )( W13 ) H40—Horn ( SE28 )( W10 ) K5—Starter Relay ( SE1 )( W10 ) K10—Ignition Relay ( SE3 )( W14 ) K13—Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay ( SE22 )( W38 ) K20—Accessory Relay ( SE2 )( W14 ) K25—Start Aid Relay ( SE6 )( W10 ) K26—Fuel Filter Heater Relay ( SE9 )( W10 ) M1—Starter Motor ( SE1 )( W10 ) M9—Temperature Control Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M10—Blower Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M11—Blower Mode Door Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M13—Front Wiper Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M14—Rear Wiper Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M15—Front Washer Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M45—Air Seat Motor ( SE28 )( W14 ) R5—CAN Termination Resistor 1 ( SE4 )( W10 ) ( W6002 ) R6—CAN Termination Resistor 2 ( SE15 )( W14 ) R10—Blower Motor Speed Resistor ( SE25 )( W14 ) R20—Temperature Control Resistor ( SE25 )( W14 ) R26—Fuel Filter Heater ( SE9 )( W10 ) S2—Battery Disconnect Switch ( SE1 ) S5—Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S6—Gear Select Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S8—Clutch Disconnect Switch ( SE17 )( W14 ) S9—Air Conditioner Mode Switch ( SE26 )( W14 ) S10—Differential Lock Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S11—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch ( SE17 )( W14 ) S12—Return-to-Dig Switch ( SE29 )( W32 ) S14—Rear Wiper Enable Switch ( SE27 )( W14 ) S19—Drive Light High/Low Switch ( SE23 )( W14 ) S26—Brake Light Switch 1 ( SE22 )( W14 ) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
S27—Brake Light Switch 2 ( SE22 )( W14 ) S30—Turn Signal Switch ( SE22 )( W14 ) S34—Sideshift Lock Switch ( SE29 )( W37 , W42 ) S35—Boom Lock Switch ( SE29 )( W37 , W42 ) S36—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S37—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S38—Clutch Disconnect Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S40—Horn Switch ( SE28 )( W14 ) S42—Blower Motor Speed Switch ( SE25 )( W14 ) S45—Air Seat Switch ( SE28 )( W14 ) S46—Start Aid Switch ( SE6 )( W24 ) S47—Beacon Switch ( SE22 )( W14 ) S52—Pilot Enable Switch ( SE19 )( W31 ) S54—Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch ( SE19 )( W14 ) V4—Alternator Excitation Diode ( SE1 ) V12—Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode ( SE28 )( W32 ) V13—Front Wiper Motor Diode ( SE27 )( W14 ) V19—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode ( SE26 )( W39 ) W1—Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ( SE1 , SE5 , SE6 , SE9 , SE18 , SE26 , SE28 )( W10 , W13 ) W2—Operator Station Floor Ground ( SE2 , SE13 , SE15 , SE16 , SE19 , SE22 , SE25 , SE27 , SE28 , SE30 )( W14 ) W3—Roof Ground ( SE24 )( W17 ) W4—Battery Ground ( SE1 ) X1—Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector ( SE15 )( W14 ) X4—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector ( SE15 )( W14 ) X9—Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector ( SE30 )( W14 , W18 ) X10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector ( SE5 , SE8 )( W10 ) X11—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 )( W14 ) X12—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 )( W14 ) X13—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 )( W14 ) X14—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 ( SE14 )( W14 ) X20—Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ( SE1 , SE3 , SE5 , SE6 , SE13 , SE26 , SE28 )( W10 , W14 ) X21—Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ( SE14 , SE17 , SE20 , SE28 )( W13 , W14 ) X26—Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X31—Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X32—Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X33—Rear Frame Harness Connector ( SE22 , SE29 )( W14 , W38 ) X34—Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector ( SE29 )( W38 ) X38—Left Power Port ( SE30 )( W14 ) X39—Right Power Port ( SE30 )( W14 ) X40—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ( SE13 )( W14 ) X46—Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector ( SE26 )( W14 , W19 , W24 ) X47—Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector ( SE25 )( W14 , W40 ) X48—Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector ( SE16 )( W14 ) X49—Start Aid Switch Harness Connector ( SE6 )( W10 , W24 ) X52—Pilot Control Console Harness Connector ( SE19 , SE20 )( W14 )( W30 ) X53—Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector ( SE19 )( W30 , W31 ) X54—Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 , W28 ) X58—Loader Control Lever Connector ( SE16 , SE19 )( W14 ) X60—Side Console Option Connector ( SE28 )( W14 ) X62—Operator Station Option Connector ( SE29 )( W14 ) X66—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector ( SE26 )( W10 ) X67—Return-to-Dig Harness Connector ( SE28 )( W13 , W32 ) X68—Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W27 ) X81—Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 , W26 ) X82—Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 ) X101—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector ( SE4 )( W10 ) X102—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector ( SE4 )( W10 ) X123A—Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A ( SE29 )( W42 ) X123B—Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B ( SE29 )( W42 ) X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector ( SE4 ) X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector ( SE5 ) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Y1—Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y2—Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y3—Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y4—Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y5—Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y6—Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y7—Park Brake Release Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y10—Differential Lock Solenoid ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y11—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y12—Return-to-Dig Solenoid ( SE28 )( W32 ) Y15—Start Aid Solenoid ( SE6 )( W10 ) Y16—Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid ( SE8 )( W10 ) Y19—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid ( SE26 )( W39 ) Y20—Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid ( SE21 )( W29 ) Y21—Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid ( SE21 )( W29 ) Y29—Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid ( SE21 )( W26 ) Y30—Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid ( SE21 )( W26 ) Y34—Sideshift Lock Solenoid ( SE29 )( W37 ) Y35—Boom Lock Solenoid ( SE29 )( W37 ) Y50—Ride Control Solenoid 1 ( SE21 )( W27 ) Y51—Ride Control Solenoid 2 ( SE21 )( W27 ) Y52—Pilot Enable Solenoid ( SE20 )( W30 ) Y53—Selective Flow Control Solenoid ( SE21 )( W28 ) Y56—Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid ( SE20 )( W13 ) Y58—Pattern Select Solenoid 1 ( SE20 )( W30 ) Y59—Pattern Select Solenoid 2 ( SE21 )( W30 )
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend →NOTE: SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit “SE1” indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. “Starting and Charging Circuit” indicates circuit name. SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit SE2—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE3—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE4—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Circuit SE5—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Circuit SE6—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE7—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE9—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE13—CAN/Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Circuit SE14—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE15—Service Advisor/Standard Display Monitor Circuit SE16—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE17—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE18—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE19—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE20—Pilot Enable Circuit SE21—Loader Coupler/Single Lever Loader Control with Auxiliary/ Selective Flow/Ride Control Circuit SE22 (S.N.—232969)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE22 (S.N 235590—)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE25—Blower Motor Circuit SE26—Air Conditioner Circuit SE27—Wiper/Washer Circuit SE28—Air Seat/Return-to-Dig Circuit SE29—Boom Lock/Sideshift Lock Circuit SE30—Power Port/Radio Circuit
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
LEGEND: F1 Main 250 A Fuse F11 Radio/Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F12 Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F13 Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F15 Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F17 Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse F18 Radio 10 A Fuse F30 Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse F31 Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse F33 VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse F34 Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse F35 Transmission Control 5 A Fuse F42 Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse F43 Air Seat 15 A Fuse F44 Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse F45 Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Light/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590— ) G1 Battery 1 G2 Battery 2 G4 Alternator K5 Starter Relay K10 Ignition Relay K20 Accessory Relay M1 Starter Motor S2 Battery Disconnect Switch V4 Alternator Excitation Diode W1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor W2 Operator Station Floor Ground X20 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 A2 A6000 A6002 B20 B21 F4 F22 F71 K25 R5 S46 W1 X20 X41 X42 X49 X101 X102 X6014 X6015 X6016 Y15
Group 10: System Diagrams
Without JDLink ™ With JDLink ™ Engine Control Unit (ECU) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid Relay CAN Termination Resistor 1 Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F21 K17 M17 W1 X41 X42 X50 X86 Y17 Y41 Y42 Y43 Y44
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Suction Control Valve Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 1) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 2) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 3) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 4)
Section 9015 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A3 A74 B8 H1 R6 W2 X1 X4 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X40
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (OC3) Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Alarm CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector
Section 9015 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S10 S11 S36 S37 S38 W1 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Section 9015 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE19—SE21)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B9 B10 B12 B26 B44 S52 S54 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. —232969) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Not Used
Section 9015 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 235590— ) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E45 E46 E47 E48 K13 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake Light License Plate Light Left Rear Light Assembly Right Rear Light Assembly Left Tail Light Right Tail Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Not Used
Section 9015 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B2 B3 F20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 R10 R20 S9 S14 S42 V13 V19 W1 W2 X12 X13 X20 X46 X47 X66 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Rear Wiper Enable Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9015 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE28—SE30)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 E20 H40 M45 S12 S34 S35 S40 S45 V12 W1 W2 X9 X20 X21 X33 X34 X38 X39 X60 X62 X67 X123A X123B Y12 Y34 Y35
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Dome Light Horn Air Seat Motor Return-to-Dig Switch Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Horn Switch Air Seat Switch Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) Return-to-Dig Solenoid Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Engine 4045HT096 →NOTE: SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit “SE1” indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. “Starting and Charging Circuit” indicates circuit name. SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit SE2—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE3—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE4—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Circuit SE5—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Circuit SE6—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE7—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE9—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE13—CAN/Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Circuit SE14—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE15—Service Advisor/Standard Display Monitor Circuit SE16—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE17—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE18—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE19—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE20—Pilot Enable Circuit SE21—Loader Coupler/Single Lever Loader Control with Auxiliary/ Selective Flow/Ride Control Circuit SE22 (S.N.—232969)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE22 (S.N 235590—)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
SE25—Blower Motor Circuit SE26—Air Conditioner Circuit SE27—Wiper/Washer Circuit SE28—Air Seat/Return-to-Dig Circuit SE29—Boom Lock/Sideshift Lock Circuit SE30—Power Port/Radio Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
LEGEND: F1 Main 250 A Fuse F11 Radio/Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F12 Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F13 Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F15 Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F17 Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse F18 Radio 10 A Fuse F30 Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse F31 Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse F33 VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse F34 Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse F35 Transmission Control 5 A Fuse F42 Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse F43 Air Seat 15 A Fuse F44 Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse F45 Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Light/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590— ) G1 Battery 1 G2 Battery 2 G4 Alternator K5 Starter Relay K10 Ignition Relay K20 Accessory Relay M1 Starter Motor S2 Battery Disconnect Switch V4 Alternator Excitation Diode W1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor W2 Operator Station Floor Ground X20 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 A2 A6000 A6002 B20 B21 F4 F22 F71 K25 R5 S46 W1 X10 X20 X49 X101 X102 X6014 X6015 X6016 Y15
Group 10: System Diagrams
Without JDLink ™ With JDLink ™ Engine Control Unit (ECU) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid Relay CAN Termination Resistor 1 Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F23 K26 R26 W1 X10 Y16
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch Air Filter Restriction Switch Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater Relay Fuel Filter Heater Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Section 9015 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A3 A74 B8 H1 R6 W2 X1 X4 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X40
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (OC3) Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Alarm CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector
Section 9015 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S10 S11 S36 S37 S38 W1 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Section 9015 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE19—SE21)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B9 B10 B12 B26 B44 S52 S54 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. —232969) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 235590— ) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E45 E46 E47 E48 K13 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake Light License Plate Light Left Rear Light Assembly Right Rear Light Assembly Left Tail Light Right Tail Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B2 B3 F20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 R10 R20 S9 S14 S42 V13 V19 W1 W2 X12 X13 X20 X46 X47 X66 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Rear Wiper Enable Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9015 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE28—SE30)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 E20 H40 M45 S12 S34 S35 S40 S45 V12 W1 W2 X9 X20 X21 X33 X34 X38 X39 X60 X62 X67 X123A X123B Y12 Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Dome Light Horn Air Seat Motor Return-to-Dig Switch Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Horn Switch Air Seat Switch Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) Return-to-Dig Solenoid Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Component Location Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 M17 R5 V19 W1 W10 W39 X18 X20 X41 X42 X49 X50 X66 X86 X101 X102 Y15 Y17 Y19
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump CAN Termination Resistor 1 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Start Aid Solenoid Suction Control Valve (SCV) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Component Location (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 R5 R26 V19 W1 W10 W39 X18 X20 X49 X66 X101 Y15 Y16 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor CAN Termination Resistor 1 Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9015 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (4045HT054 and 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 M17 R5 W1 X18 X20 X24 X41 X42 X49 X50 X66 X86 X101 X102 X630 X631 X632 X633 X634 X635 X636 X637 Y15 Y17
Group 10: System Diagrams
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump CAN Termination Resistor 1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Engine Load Center Power Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector G002 BLK Splice G040 BLK Splice M012 YEL Splice M013 LT GRN Splice P004 RED Splice P031 RED Splice R002 BLK Splice R054 BLK Splice Start Aid Solenoid Suction Control Valve (SCV)
Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 R5 R26 W1 X10 X18 X20 X24 X49 X66 X101 X640 X641 X642 X643 X644 X645 Y15 Y16
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor CAN Termination Resistor 1 Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ECU Connector Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Engine Load Center Power Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector G040 BLK Splice M012 YEL Splice M013 LT GRN Splice P031 RED Splice R002 BLK Splice R051 BLK Splice Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Section 9015 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location
Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B6 B8 B10 B12 B13 B14 B26 H3 W1 W13 X21 X67 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Not Used Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Backup Alarm Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Transmission Harness Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9015 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram
Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B6 B8 B10 B12 B13 B14 B26 H3 W1 X21 X67 X685 X686 X687 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Not Used Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Backup Alarm Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector G011 BLK Splice 1 R038 BLK Splice G011 BLK Splice 2 Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9015 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Component Location
Cab Harness (W14) Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A3 A74 B9 B20 B21 B44 E20 H1 K10 K20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 M45 R6 R10 R20 S5 S6 S8 S9 S10 S11 S14 S19 S26 S27 S30 S36 S37 S38 S40 S42 S45 S47 S54 V13 W2 W14 W40 X1 X3 X6 X9 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X26 X33 X38 X39 X46 X47 X48 X52 X54 X58 X60
Group 10: System Diagrams
Single Lever Loader Auxiliary Control Lever Configuration Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Seat Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Dome Light Monitor Alarm Ignition Relay Accessory Relay Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Air Seat Motor CAN Termination Resistor 2 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Air Conditioner Mode Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch (without single lever loader control) Rear Wiper Enable Switch Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Horn Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Seat Switch Beacon Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Operator’s Station Floor Ground Cab Harness Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Fuse and Relay Block Cab/Canopy Harness Battery Power Connector Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Side Console Option Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X62 X68 X81 X82
Group 10: System Diagrams
Operator’s Station Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Not Used Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 M13 S30 V13 X47 X48 X550
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 2 Front Wiper Motor Turn Signal Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector P035 RED Splice
Section 9015 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 B9 B20 M15 M45 S10 S26 S27 W2 X6 X20 X21 X33 X54 X58 X68 X81 X82 X548 X549 X551 X552 X553 X554 X555 X556 X557 X558 X559 X560 X561 X562 X563 X564 X565
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 1 Continued on Sheet 3 Continued on Sheet 3 Seat Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Front Washer Motor Air Seat Motor Differential Lock Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Cab/Canopy Harness Battery Power Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Not Used Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector R051 BLK Splice P051 RED Splice U110 RED Splice G001 BLK Splice 3 P013 RED Splice Sensor Return BLK Splice P034 RED Splice P031 RED Splice P001 RED Splice 2 T011 BLU Splice L055 BRN Splice G030 BLK Splice P055 RED Splice R055 BLK Splice G032 BLK Splice G031 BLK Splice G001 BLK Splice 1
Section 9015 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 B21 H1 M9 M10 R6 R10 R20 S9 S11 S19 S40 S42 S45 S47 X1 X3 X13 X14 X38 X39 X46 X60 X62 X566 X567 X568 X569 X570 X571 X572 X573 X574 X575 X576 X577 X578 X579 X580 X581 X582 X586 X587
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 2 Continued on Sheet 2 Continued on Sheet 4 Continued on Sheet 4 Engine Speed Control Dial Monitor Alarm Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor CAN Termination Resistor 2 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Not Used Drive Light High/Low Switch Horn Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Seat Switch Beacon Switch Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Fuse and Relay Block Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Left Power Port Right Power Port Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector R002 BLK Splice 4 M013 LT GRN Splice 4 M012 YEL Splice 4 L039 BRN Splice P001 RED Splice 1 P017 RED Splice M012 YEL Splice 1 M013 YEL Splice 1 R002 BLK Splice 1 P012 RED Splice P015 RED Splice P044 RED Splice A013 GRY Splice A310 GRY Splice R002 BLK Splice 2 M013 LT GRN Splice 2 M012 YEL Splice 2 P001 RED Splice 4 P047 RED Splice
Section 9015 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 4 5 E20 K10 K20 M14 S14 S54 X4 X9 X11 X12 X26 X40 X52 X583 X584 X585 X588 X589 X590 X591 X592 X593 X594 X595
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 3 Continued on Sheet 3 Dome Light Ignition Relay Accessory Relay Rear Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector R002 BLK Splice 3 M013 LT GRN Splice 3 M012 YEL Splice 3 P100 RED Splice P200 RED Splice P001 RED Splice 3 L048 BRN Splice L047 BRN Splice L044 BRN Splice P042 RED Splice L045 BRN Splice
Section 9015 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Roof Harness (W17) Component Location
Roof Harness (W17) Component Location LEGEND: E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E31 E32 E33 <- Go to Section TOC
Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Section 9015 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E34 E35 E36 W3 W17 X26
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Roof Ground Roof Harness Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram
Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: E1 E2 E3 E1 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 W3 X26 X31 X32 X690 X691 X692 X693 X697 X698 X699 X700 X701 X702
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Roof Ground Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector L043 BRN Splice L040 BRN Splice G020 BLK Splice 1 L042 BRN Splice L044 BRN Splice L056 BRN Splice L057 BRN Splice L041 BRN Splice L055 BRN Splice G020 BLK Splice 2
Section 9015 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Harness (W18) Component Location
Radio Harness (W18) Component Location LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 W18 X9
<- Go to Section TOC
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Roof Harness Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram
Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 X9
<- Go to Section TOC
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location LEGEND: B2 B3 W19 X46
<- Go to Section TOC
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: B2 B3 X46
<- Go to Section TOC
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location LEGEND: S50 S53 <- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Section 9015 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
S54 S58 W20 X25 X52 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Pattern Select Switch Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 S58 X25 X52 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68 X730 X731 X732 X733 X734 X735 X736
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Selective Flow Control Foot Switch Pattern Select Switch Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H001 GRN Splice H053 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice P047 RED Splice H013 GRN Splice H014 GRN Splice H019 GRN Splice
Section 9015 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 W21 <- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness Section 9015 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X25 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 X25 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68 X730 X731 X732 X733
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Selective Flow Control Foot Switch Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H001 GRN Splice H053 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice P047 RED Splice
Section 9015 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location LEGEND: K17 W22 X86
<- Go to Section TOC
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Section 9015 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: K17 X86
<- Go to Section TOC
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location LEGEND: S46 W24 X49
<- Go to Section TOC
Start Aid Switch Start Aid Switch Harness Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Section 9015 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S46 X49
<- Go to Section TOC
Start Aid Switch Start Aid Switch Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location LEGEND: W27 X68 Y50 Y51
<- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Solenoid Harness Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X68 X705 X706 Y50 Y51
<- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H050 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location LEGEND: W28 X54 Y53 <- Go to Section TOC
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Section 9015 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X54 Y53
<- Go to Section TOC
Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid
Section 9015 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location
Loader Auxiliary Control Harness (W29) Component Location LEGEND: W29 X82 Y20 Y21
<- Go to Section TOC
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid
Section 9015 page 107
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram
Loader Auxiliary Control Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X82 Y20 Y21
<- Go to Section TOC
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid
Section 9015 page 108
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location
PIlot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location LEGEND: S52 W30 W31 X52 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Enable Switch Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness Pilot Enable Switch Harness Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Section 9015 page 109
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X53 Y52 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 110
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram
Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X52 X53 X277 X278 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector G031 BLK Splice H058 GRN Splice Section 9015 page 111
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Y52 Y58 Y59
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location For Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location, see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 112
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram
Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S52 X53
<- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Enable Switch Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 113
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location LEGEND: S12 W32 X67 Y12
<- Go to Section TOC
Return-to-Dig Switch Return-to-Dig Harness Return-to-Dig Harness-to-Transmission Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Section 9015 page 114
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S12 X67 Y12
<- Go to Section TOC
Return-to-Dig Switch Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Section 9015 page 115
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location—(S.N. —232969)
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: S34 S35 W37 <- Go to Section TOC
Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Section 9015 page 116
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X34 Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 117
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969)
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: S34 S35 X34 Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness-to-Cab Harness Connector Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 118
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location—(S.N. —232969)
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: E23 <- Go to Section TOC
Left Backup Light Section 9015 page 119
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E24 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 W38 X33 X34 X36
Group 10: System Diagrams
Right Backup Light Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Rear Frame Harness Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— )
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location (S.N. 235590— ) LEGEND: 1 E41 E45 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Control Configuration License Plate Light Left Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Section 9015 page 120
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E46 K13 S34 S35 W38 W42 X33 X36 X123A X123B Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Right Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Rear Frame Harness Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (manual controls only) Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls only) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls only) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 121
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 122
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —232969)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 123
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: E23 E24 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 X33 X34 X36 X725 X726 X727 X728 X729
Group 10: System Diagrams
Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector G031 BLK Splice G033 BLK Splice L017 BRN Splice L046 BRN Splice L055 BRN Splice
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— )
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 124
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 235590— )
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 125
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: E41 E45 E46 K13 S34 S35 X33 X36 X123A X123B X723 X724 X725 X726 X727 X728 Y34 Y35
Group 10: System Diagrams
License Plate Light Left Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Right Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) P047 RED Splice L155 BRN Splice G031 BLK Splice G033 BLK Splice L017 BRN Splice L046 BRN Splice Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location For Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location see Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015—10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 126
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: V19 X66 X975 X976 Y19
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector G040 BLK Splice A019 GRY Splice Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Component Location For blower mode door motor harness (W40) component location, see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 127
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram
Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: M11 X47
Blower Mode Door Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector
Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) For Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) see Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 128
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— )
Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— ) LEGEND: S34 S35 X123A X123B
<- Go to Section TOC
Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B
Section 9015 page 129
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 130
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A6000 A6001 A6002 A6003 F71 G1 W6002 W6003 X101 X102 X120 X6014 X6015 X6016
Group 10: System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit GPS/Cellular Antenna Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Antenna JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Battery 1 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness Satellite (SAT) Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 2 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 131
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 132
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: F71 G1 R5 X101 X102 X120 X615 X616 X617 X618 X619 X6014 X6016 X6020 X6021 X6022 X6023
Group 10: System Diagrams
JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Battery 1 CAN Termination Resistor 1 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 2 Connector R002 BLK Splice M013 GRN Splice M012 YEL Splice G071 BLK Splice P013 RED Splice Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Component Location For satellite (SAT) harness (W6003) component location, see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 133
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X6015 X6016
Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 134
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 135
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Start and Charge Circuit Schematic (4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 136
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A2 A3 A74 B19 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F21 F22 F30 F31 F33 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 K17 K25 M1 M17 S2 S46 W1 W2 X4 X11 X20 X40 X41 X42 X49 X86 Y15
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Crankshaft Position Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Start Aid Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Start Aid Solenoid
Unswitched power is supplied to the following components: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse [F17]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU Unswitched Power 40 A Fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Starter Motor (M1) Fuel Lift Pump Relay (K17) (from fuel lift pump 15 A fuse [F21]) Ignition (Switched) Power ON Engine start switch is located on sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from terminal 3 of SSM to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows through ignition relay to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), powering up VCU. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Switched power is also provided to engine control unit (ECU) (A2) and standard display monitor (SDM) (A3). For power-up information on ECU and SDM, see the theory of operation of specific component: For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-15.) For more information on SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When powered up, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to VCU stating engine start switch has been pressed. VCU acknowledges by sending a message back to SSM, causing ignition (switched) power status light emitting diode LED to illuminate. For more information on CAN circuit, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 137
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Security System Upon ignition power-up, VCU sends a request across CAN data line to ECU to check lock/unlock status of ECU. If ECU indicates it is locked, then VCU enables security if not already enabled. If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after ignition power-up, VCU turns off ignition (switched) power. When proper PIN is entered, VCU sends an unlock request to ECU. ECU saves unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges unlock request, and allows engine to start (and run) until ignition (switched) power is turned off using engine stop switch on SSM. When a PIN is required to start engine and security configuration menu is not set to LOCK AT SHUTDOWN, engine can be restarted without re-entering the PIN if the engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping engine. If ignition is powered up, but engine is not started for 60 minutes after turning on ignition (switched) power, VCU removes ignition (switched) power. If ECU indicates it is unlocked and security is not enabled, pressing the engine start switch again starts engine. Engine Start When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. When VCU receives start request and determines message from CAN is valid. VCU then forwards engine start request to ECU. VCU also sends a message back to SSM, causing engine crank status LED to illuminate. Engine crank status LED is only illuminated when engine start switch is held down. →NOTE: VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if engine is running or not running: 300 rpm or less—Not running 600 rpm or more—Running To determine engine speed, VCU uses crankshaft position sensor (B19) information from ECU. To prevent overheating starter motor, ECU is equipped with a timer that affects engine cranking. Timer consists of both a 30second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 60-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle. When ECU receives start signal from VCU, ECU checks status of 60-second timer. It also checks for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) representing engine speed. If engine speed is less than 300 rpm and 60-second timer is not active, current is provided at pin K4 of ECU connector (X42) to coil of starter relay (K5), energizing the relay. With start relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, ECU activates 30-second timer. If engine start switch is held down for more than 30 seconds, ECU interrupts current flow to coil of start relay, which automatically stops cranking of engine. As starter motor cranks engine, crankshaft position sensor (B19) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins D4 and B4 of ECU connector (X41). The ECU uses this signal to verify that crankshaft is turning. ECU then sends a signal from pin M3 of ECU connector (X42) energizing fuel lift pump relay (K17) and allowing current to flow to fuel lift pump (M17). This provides pressurized fuel to electronic fuel injectors. At the same time, ECU allows current to flow to electronic fuel injectors to start fuel injection process and thus, start the engine. For more information on the ECU, fuel lift pump, and electronic fuel injectors, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When ECU detects engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, it interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, automatically stopping cranking of engine. It does this even if engine start switch is still held down (VCU still sends start request to ECU). If engine start switch is pressed and held while 60-second timer is active, ECU prevents current from flowing to the coil of starter relay. Starter cannot be activated until 60 seconds elapses. Engine Stop Once engine stop switch has been pressed, SSM sends a message across CAN to VCU requesting to begin engine shutdown process. VCU then returns a message commanding SSM to turn off left LED on start switch. →NOTE: If SSM stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM removes ignition relay output regardless of VCU command.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 138
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
VCU also observes vehicle speed via transmission speed sensor (B14). If it is determined that vehicle speed is invalid or greater than 0.5 km/h and current gear is not set to neutral, VCU sets current gear to neutral, set a park brake apply timer to 15 seconds and sound an audible alarm. A pop-up appears on SDM showing PARK BRAKE APPLY timer and decrements for 15 seconds. Once timer expires or vehicle speed becomes 0.5 km/h or less VCU sends a shutdown request to SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power. If it is determined that vehicle speed is less than 0.5 km/h and engine stop switch has been pressed. VCU also checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to remove power from ignition (switched) power relay. Cold Start Aid Ether injection is provided as an optional cold start aid for cold weather start-ups. When ignition is in ON or START position (1 or 2 LEDs illuminated on SSM start button) and momentary start aid switch (S46) is pressedd, start aid relay (K25) is energized allowing current to flow through start aid 15 A fuse (F22) to start aid solenoid (Y15). Therefore energizing solenoid and injecting ether into intake manifold. Charge Circuit Alternator (G4) provides power to all machine circuits and charges batteries when engine is running. Terminal B+ of alternator is connected to battery positive (+) terminal at all times. When engine is running, current flows from ignition relay (K10) through alternator excitation/return-to-dig 15 A fuse and alternator excitation diode (V4) to D+ terminal of alternator. Current then flows through alternator field windings, causing excitation of windings. For more information, see Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Battery voltage at pin A of SDM 16-pin connector (X4) is used to display battery voltage. When VCU detects system voltage less than 11.7 volts or greater than 15.5 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, VCU sends a message across CAN data line to SDM, causing engine alternator voltage indicator to appear.
Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation—Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 139
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 140
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A2 A3 A74 B19 B61 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F22 F23 F30 F31 F33 G1 G2 G4 H1 K5 K10 K25 K26 M1 R26 S2 S46 V4 W1 W2 X4 X10 X11 X13 X20 X40 X49 Y15 Y16
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Crankshaft Position Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse (if equipped) Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Monitor Alarm Starter Relay Ignition Relay Start Aid Relay Fuel Filter Heater Relay (if equipped) Starter Motor Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Start Aid Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Unswitched power is supplied to the following components: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse [F17]) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor unswitched power 5 A fuse [F15]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 40 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Starter Motor (M1) Ignition (Switched) Power ON Engine start switch is located on sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from terminal 3 of SSM to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows through ignition relay to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), powering up VCU. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Switched power is also provided to engine control unit (ECU) (A2) and standard display monitor (SDM) (A3). For power-up information on ECU and SDM, see theory of operation of specific component: For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-15.) For more information on SDM, Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When powered up, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to VCU stating that engine start switch has been pressed. VCU acknowledges by sending a message back to SSM, causing ignition (switched) power status light emitting <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 141
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
diode (LED) to illuminate. For more information on CAN circuit, Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Security System Upon ignition power-up, VCU sends a request across CAN data line to ECU to check lock/unlock status of ECU. If ECU indicates that it is locked, then VCU enables security if not already enabled. If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after ignition power-up, VCU remove ignition (switched) power. When proper PIN is entered, VCU sends an unlock request to ECU. ECU saves unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges unlock request, and allows engine to start (and run) until ignition (switched) power is removed using engine stop switch on SSM. When a PIN is required to start engine and security configuration menu is not set to LOCK AT SHUTDOWN, engine can be restarted without re-entering PIN if engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping engine. If ignition is powered up, but engine is not started for 60 minutes after turning on ignition (switched) power, VCU removes ignition (switched) power. If ECU indicates it is unlocked and security is not enabled, then pressing engine start switch again starts engine. Engine Start When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. When VCU receives start request and determines message from CAN is valid. VCU then forwards engine start request to ECU. VCU also sends a message back to SSM, causing engine crank status LED to illuminate. Engine crank status LED is only illuminated when engine start switch is held down. →NOTE: VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if engine is running or not running: 300 rpm or less—Not running 600 rpm or more—Running To determine engine speed, VCU uses crankshaft position sensor (B19) information from ECU. To prevent overheating starter motor, VCU is equipped with a timer that affects engine cranking. Timer consists of both a 30second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 60-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle. When VCU receives start signal from SSM, it checks status of 60-second timer. It also checks ECU for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) representing engine speed. If engine speed is less than 300 rpm and 60-second timer is not active, current is provided at pin 7 of VCU connector (X10) to coil of starter relay (K5), energizing the relay. With starter relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, VCU activates 30-second timer. If engine start switch is held down for more than 30 seconds, VCU interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, which automatically stops cranking of engine. As starter motor cranks engine, crankshaft position sensor (B19) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins D2 and B2 of ECU connector (X10). n The ECU uses this signal to verify that crankshaft is turning. ECU then sends a signal from pin K2 of ECU connector (X10) energizing fuel injection pump solenoid (Y16) and allowing fuel to flow to cylinders. For more information on ECU see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When VCU receives a message from ECU indicating engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, VCU interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, automatically stopping cranking of engine. It does this even if engine start switch is still held down. If engine start switch is pressed and held while the 60-second timer is active, VCU prevents current from flowing to coil of starter relay. Starter cannot be activated until the 60 seconds elapses. Engine Stop Once engine stop switch has been pressed, SSM sends a message across CAN to VCU requesting to begin engine shutdown process. VCU then returns a message commanding SSM to turn off the left LED on start switch. →NOTE: If SSM stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM removes ignition relay output regardless of VCU command. VCU also observes vehicle speed via transmission speed sensor. If it is determined that vehicle speed is invalid or greater than <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 142
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
0.5 km/h and current gear is not set to neutral, VCU sets current gear to neutral, sets a park brake apply timer to 15 seconds and sounds an audible alarm. A pop-up appears on SDM showing PARK BRAKE APPLY timer and decrements for 15 seconds. Once timer expires or vehicle speed becomes 0.5 km/h or less, VCU sends a shutdown request to SSM to remove ignition power. VCU also checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off the ignition (switched) power relay. Cold Start Aid Ether injection is provided as an optional cold start aid for cold weather start-ups. When start switch is pressed (1 or 2 lights illuminated on SSM start switch) and momentary start aid switch (S46) is pressed, start aid relay (K25) is energized allowing current to flow through start aid 15 A fuse (F22) to start aid solenoid (Y15). Energizing the solenoid and injecting ether into intake manifold. Charge Circuit Alternator (G4) provides power to all machine circuits and charges batteries when engine is running. terminal B+ of alternator is connected to battery positive (+) terminal at all times. When the engine is running, current flows from ignition relay (K10) through alternator excitation/return-to-dig 15 A fuse (F31) and alternator excitation diode (V4) to D+ terminal of alternator. Current then flows through alternator field windings, causing excitation of windings. For more information, see Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Battery voltage at pin A of SDM 16-pin connector (X4) is also used to display battery voltage. When VCU detects system voltage less than 11.7 volts or greater than 15.5 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, VCU sends a message across CAN data line to SDM, causing the engine alternator voltage indicator to appear.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 143
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 144
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 145
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X11 X20 X40 X42 X102 X6014
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
Section 9015 page 146
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit (engine 4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 147
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X10 X11 X20 X40 X102 X6014
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
This machine utilizes a controller area network (CAN) on which devices communicate. The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), engine control unit (ECU) (A2), standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), and sealed switch module (SSM) (A74) are connected to the CAN. Operations and functions of these individual devices are covered separately. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For the JDLink ™ MTG, see System Overview in JDLink™ (MTG) Diagnosis and Test Manual. (TM114519.) The devices on the CAN network are communicating at a high-speed frequency, which makes the networks susceptible to interference caused by many electrical sources. The devices on the CAN are connected via three wires weaved together called a twisted triple. The twisted triple consists of a high-voltage signal wire, a low-voltage signal wire, and a ground wire. This method reduces interference and helps the devices communicate with minimal errors. CAN termination resistors R5 and R6 are 120 ohm resistors that are connected on opposite ends of the network to avoid signal errors. The Service ADVISOR ™ diagnostic connector (X1) is provided for machine diagnostic purposes. Additionally, some messages can be viewed on-board using the standard display monitor (SDM). For connection information, see Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 148
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 149
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 150
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 A2 A74 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B23 B24 B60 B109 F4 F21 F31 K5 K17 M17 W1 W10 W14 W15 W22 X20 X40 X41 X42 X50 X86 Y17 Y41 Y42 Y43 Y44
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Unswitched Battery Power Controller Area Network (CAN) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse Starter Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Suction Control Valve (SCV) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 1) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 2) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 3) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 4)
Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) ECU utilizes information received from various sensors to determine the correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input. Some data calculated by ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) system to vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU forwards much of the information across CAN system to standard display monitor (SDM) where it is displayed on appropriate screen. For more information concerning CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For more information concerning CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For information concerning VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For information concerning SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits, or abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-20.) Whenever an engine DTC occurs, information is captured or recorded. Information generated is called a Snapshot. Snapshot information is categorized in two types: Snapshot Capture and Snapshot Recording. For more information, see Snapshot Instructions . (CTM502.) ECU contains a barometric air pressure sensor that is located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine pressure of ambient air at the mounting location of ECU. Barometric air pressure sensor helps ECU determine air density for calculating correct air/fuel ratio. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing ECU. ECU also contains a temperature sensor that is located inside ECU. This sensor is used to determine internal temperature of ECU. If ECU temperature exceeds specification, ECU limits speed of engine in an attempt to protect it from permanent damage. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing ECU. Ground is provided at pins L2, L3, and M2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 151
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Unswitched battery power is available at pins L1, L4, M1, and M4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), through fuse (F4). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to coil of ignition relay and to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), causing ECU to power up. Engine Speed Control Operator controls engine speed with an engine speed control pedal, an engine speed control dial, or a combination of both. When operator is facing forward (loader position), operator primarily uses engine speed control pedal to control engine speed. When operator is facing rear (backhoe position), operator primarily uses engine speed control dial to control engine speed. Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20): ECU observes desired engine speed from engine speed control pedal (B20) based on engine speed control pedal position. ECU supplies 5 volts from pin A3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and a ground reference from pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Engine speed control pedal sends an analog signal representing pedal position to pin A4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly Engine Speed Control Dial (B21): ECU observes desired engine speed from engine speed control dial (B21) based on engine speed control dial position. Engine speed control dial is a potentiometer that receives 5 volts from pin A3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and a ground reference from pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Turning engine speed control dial varies amount of voltage sent to pin F3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. At engine start, regardless of current engine speed control dial position, ECU does not allow engine speed control dial to control engine speed until it receives input from VCU. VCU sends a CAN message to ECU to either disable engine speed control dial or enable engine speed control dial based on certain conditions. For more information, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Turbocharger Cool Down The turbocharger cool down feature allows the turbo to cool before the engine is shutdown. When engine stop switch is pressed VCU checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. →NOTE: If SSM engine stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM turns off ignition relay output even if turbocharger cool down is required. If engine is shutdown before turbocharger cool down timer reaches zero a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (B11) ECU supplies a 5 volt reference voltage and ground to fuel rail pressure sensor at pins E2 and D3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Fuel rail pressure sensor sends an analog signal representing fuel rail pressure to pin E3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU utiilzes this signal to monitor high pressure side of fuel system and apply derate conditions when needed. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, ECU derates engine to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power when fuel rail pressure is in range. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B15) ECU observes resistance from engine coolant temperature sensor at pins D2 and C4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits engine coolant temperature information across CAN system to vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU relays the message to standard display monitor (SDM) so SDM can determine position of needle on engine coolant temperature gauge and moves it accordingly. It also activates a warning indicator when coolant temperature becomes too high. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator′s Manual.) Engine coolant temperature can also be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) ECU utilizes signal from engine coolant temperature sensor to monitor coolant temperature and apply derate conditions when <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 152
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
needed. If engine coolant temperature reaches 111°C (232°F), ECU derates engine 5% per minute to 80% of full power. If coolant temperature reaches 113°C (236°F), ECU derates engine 20% per minute to 40% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when engine coolant temperature drops below derate threshold temperature. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default temperature of 90°C (194°F) is utilized. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Fuel Temperature Sensor (B17) ECU observes resistance from fuel temperature sensor at pins D2 and F4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits fuel temperature information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. ECU monitors signal from fuel temperature sensor (B17) to apply derate conditions when needed. If ECU observes fuel temperature above 100°C (220°F), ECU derated engine 5% per minute up to 80% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when fuel temperature drops below derate threshold temperature. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default temperature of 40°C (104°F) is utilized. High fuel temperature engine protection is disabled. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B18) ECU observes resistance from MAT sensor at pins C2 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits MAT sensor information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) If ECU observes a manifold air temperature above 89°C (192°F), ECU derates engine 5% per minute up to 80% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when manifold air temperature falls below derate temperature. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For more information on MAT sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Crankshaft Position Sensor (B19) ECU detects signal from crankshaft position sensor at pins B4 and D4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU determines when number 1 cylinder is at top dead center. ECU also calculates engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across CAN system to VCU. VCU then forwards this information to SDM to be displayed as engine rpm. If ECU detects an invalid signal (“noisy,” invalid pattern, or missing pulse) from crankshaft position sensor, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at the rate of 20% per minute) when ECU detects a valid crankshaft position sensor signal. For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Camshaft Position Sensor (B24) ECU detects signal from camshaft position sensor at pins A4 and E4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU determines which cylinder is approaching top dead center. For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (B23) ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage and ground to engine oil pressure sensor at pins F3 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Engine oil pressure sensor sends an analog signal representing engine oil pressure to pin A3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits engine oil pressure information across CAN system to SDM. The SDM utilizes this information to determine the position of the needle on the engine oil pressure gauge and moves the needle accordingly. It also activates a warning indicator when oil pressure is too low. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator′s Manual.) The engine oil pressure can also be displayed in monitor service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 153
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
ECU monitors engine oil pressure using engine oil pressure sensor (B23) and applies derate conditions when needed. If oil pressure is below threshold pressure, ECU derates engine. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default pressure of 500 kPa (5 bar) (72.5 psi) is utilized. Low oil pressure engine protection is disabled. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Water-In-Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B60) Water-in-fuel sensor measures amount of resistance of fluid in water separator bowl. Since water is a better conductor of electricity than fuel, and, if water is present in separator bowl, ECU observes a resistance drop between pins B2 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). If ECU observes low resistance, indicating water in fuel, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 20% per minute) when water is no longer dectected in fuel. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Starter Relay (K5) When engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed once to turn on ignition (switched) power, SSM sends current out pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), causing ECU to power up. When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. If VCU determines all conditions are met for engine start, VCU forwards a message to ECU which then applies power to starter relay (K5) from pin K4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). For more information on starting and charging, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Lift Pump Relay (K17) When engine start switch is pressed once to turn on ignition (switched) power, sealed switch module (SSM) sends current out SSM pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). When this signal is detected, ECU sends current from pin M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) to coil of fuel lift pump relay, energizing the relay. The energized fuel lift pump relay allows current to flow from fuse (F21) to fuel lift pump (M17), activating pump and providing fuel from fuel tank to highpressure fuel pump. ECU energizes the relay for 60 seconds to prime fuel system if ignition is on and engine is not running. ECU keeps relay energized while engine is running. For more information on fuel system, see Fuel System Operation . (CTM502.) Suction Control Valve (SCV) (Y17) Suction control valve (SCV) (Y17) regulates delivery of fuel to high-pressure common rail (HPCR). ECU sends a signal out pins H1 and H2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41) to SCV. When the SCV is energized, fuel is allowed to discharge from fuel outlet on high-pressure fuel pump to HPCR. For more information, see High Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502.) For more information on high-pressure common rail (HCPR), see High Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) Operation . (CTM502.) Electronic Fuel Injectors (Y41—Y44) ECU controls injection timing and amount of fuel injected by energizing and de-energizing electronic injectors (Y41—Y44). For more information on the electronic injectors, see Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502.)
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic—Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 154
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 155
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 A2 A74 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B60 B109 F4 F31 K5 W1 W10 W14 W15 X10 X20 X40 Y16
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Unswitched Battery Power Controller Area Network (CAN) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse Starter Relay Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Engine control unit (ECU) (A2) utilizes information received from various sensors to determine correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input. Some data calculated by ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) to other controllers. For more information on controller area network, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits, as well as abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Crankshaft Position Sensor (B19) ECU detects signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) at pins D2 and B2. ECU determines when number 1 cylinder is at top dead center. ECU also calculates engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across CAN to SDM where it appears as engine RPM. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B15) ECU senses resistance from engine coolant temperature sensor (B15) at pins B1 and D3. SDM displays this temperature on engine coolant temperature gauge. ECU monitors signal from engine coolant temperature sensor (B15) to apply engine derate conditions when needed. If engine coolant temperature reaches 113°C (235°F), ECU derates fuel by 2% per minute up to 20%. If coolant temperature drops below this derate threshold temperature, ECU increases fuel delivery by the same rate until full power is restored. Fuel Temperature Sensor (B17) Fuel temperature sensor (B17) is a variable-resistance temperature sensor. ECU senses resistance from a fuel temperature sensor at pins C3 and D3. ECU transmits fuel temperature information across CAN. ECU monitors signal from fuel temperature sensor (B17) to apply engine derate conditions when needed. If ECU senses fuel temperature above 120°C (248°F), ECU derates fuel 2% per minute up to 20%. If fuel temperature falls below derate temperature, ECU increases fuel delivery 2% per minute until full power is restored. Water In Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B60) WIF sensor measures amount of resistance of fluid in water separator bowl. Since water is a better conductor of electricity than fuel, and, if water is present in separator bowl, ECU senses a resistance drop between pins F2 and D3 of ECU connector (X10). If ECU senses low resistance, indicating water in fuel, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 20% per minute) when water is no longer detected in fuel. Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid (Y16) Fuel injection pump solenoid (Y16), located on the end of injection pump, controls movement of pump control valve. ECU applies an electrical signal from pins A3 and K2 to the solenoid. When ECU supplies no current to solenoid, valve does not move. Thus, injection pump delivers no fuel. When ECU supplies current to the solenoid, pump control valve closes off high pressure injection chamber, that allows fuel in the chamber to reach injection pressure. ECU determines quantity of fuel based <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 156
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
on sensor inputs. Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B18) Manifold air temperature sensor (B18) is a variable-resistance temperature sensor. ECU senses resistance at pins D1 and D3. The ECU transmits MAT sensor information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Engine Speed Control Operator controls engine speed with an engine speed control pedal, an engine speed control dial, or a combination of both. When operator is facing forward (loader position), operator primarily uses engine speed control pedal to control engine speed. When operator is facing rear (backhoe position), operator primarily uses engine speed control dial to control engine speed. Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20): ECU senses desired engine speed from engine speed control pedal position sensor (B20) based on engine speed control pedal position. ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage and ground to engine speed control pedal position sensor at pins E2 and D3 of ECU connector (X10). engine speed control pedal position sensor sends an analog signal representing pedal position to pin F3 of ECU connector (X10). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly Engine Speed Control Dial (B21): ECU senses desired engine speed from engine speed control dial (B21) based on engine speed control dial position. Engine speed control dial is a potentiometer that receives 5 volts from pin E2 of ECU connector (X10) and a ground reference from pin D3 of ECU connector (X10). Turning engine speed control dial varies the amount of voltage sent to pin B3 of ECU connector (X10). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. At engine start, regardless of current engine speed control dial position, ECU does not allow engine speed control dial to control engine speed until it receives input from VCU. VCU sends a CAN message to ECU to either disable engine speed control dial or enable engine speed control dial based on certain conditions. For more information, See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Turbocharger Cool Down The turbocharger cool down feature allows the turbo to cool before the engine is shutdown. When engine stop switch is pressed VCU checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. →NOTE: If SSM engine stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM turns off ignition relay output even if turbocharger cool down is required. If engine is shutdown before turbocharger cool down timer reaches zero a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 157
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation—Engines 4045T054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 158
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground (4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 159
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F30 F31 F33 F35 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 M1 S2 S5 S6 V4 W1 W2 W4 W10 W14 W15 X4 X11 X12 X14 X20 X40 X41 X42 X48
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Starter Motor Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Battery Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
Vehicle control unit (VCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions VCU controls include: hydraulic system, transmission control, wiper and washer circuits, and horn, lights and beacons circuits. VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. Operator activates many of these functions using sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. SSM transmits switch selection across controller area network (CAN) to VCU. VCU sends and receives CAN messages at pins A1 and B1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to communicate with other controllers. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU interprets CAN signals and determines if input is valid or not. If input is not valid for machine options available or machine state, input is ignored. If input is valid, appropriate function is activated. SSM then receives confirmation that function is activated and causes appropriate light emitting diode (LED) on switch button to illuminate indicating function has been activated. VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates information with other controllers to display to operator. VCU communicates much information to standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), where information is displayed. For more information about SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU contains digital on/off driver outputs controlled based on inputs from sensors and other controllers on machine. VCU driver output functions include: Ignition and Accessory Relay Operation Backup Alarm Operation Park Brake Transmission Speed and Direction Operation Selective Flow Control Operation <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 160
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Loader Coupler Operation Window Washer Pump Operation Front And Rear Wiper Operation Lights Operation Hazard Warning Signals Differential Lock Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Return To Dig Operation For more information on individual driver outputs: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU also provides diagnostics in form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for systems it controls. For more information about vehicle control unit DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-40.) Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) conditions. Open Circuit—An open circuit condition is detected whenever output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When output is turned on, software continues to drive output so a technician can check voltage. Short to Power—A short to power is detected whenever output is off and feedback circuit detects current. High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever output is turned on and driver detects an overload or over temperature condition. When high current condition has been detected, output turns off and only resets when function or engine start switch is cycled on/off. →NOTE: When output is turned off because of a high current condition, status LED of corresponding function on SSM shows function is still on. For all driver outputs: An open circuit and a short to power look the same. A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same. When VCU detects a DTC, condition must be corrected and function cycled before DTC can be cleared. If first DTC for function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched power is supplied to following components: Starter Motor (M1) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from SSM unswitched power 7.5 A fuse [F17]) VCU receives unswitched battery power from main 250 A fuse (F1) at pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X14) and from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) at pin L1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU ground is provided at pins 3 and 4 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and at pin J1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When engine start switch on SSM is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM, to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows to VCU at pin M1 connector 1 (X11), providing switched power to VCU. At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at following components: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor switched power 5 A fuse [F30]) Forward, Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch (S5) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Gear Select Switch (S6) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) (from alternator excitation diode [V4])
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 161
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
→NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, VCU software for specific machine requires downloading from software delivery system (SDS) to load correct vehicle identification. When VCU software download is completed, switched (ignition) power must be cycled twice for ECU to acquire correct vehicle identification. When control units are powered up, VCU requests vehicle and model information from engine control unit (ECU). VCU then stores vehicle identification in memory and uses saved version upon each power-up. Auto Shutdown This feature allows VCU to automatically turn off ignition power and stop engine if machine has been operating at slow idle for 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, or 45 minutes (depending on setting). Time duration is selectable by accessing SETUP / AUTOSHUTDOWN menu in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) The following conditions are required for activation of auto shutdown: Engine speed less than 910 rpm. Engine coolant temperature is greater than or equal to 58°C (136° F). SSM start button is not pressed. Transmission is in neutral. When engine has been operating at slow idle for a set amount of time (2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, or 45 minutes), VCU starts a countdown on auto shutdown timer. When 30 seconds remains on auto shutdown timer, monitor alarm beeps once and a pop-up displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN 30 PRESS START TO ABORT on SDM, indicating machine is about to shutdown. As long as engine speed stays below 910 rpm and all other auto shutdown parameters are met, auto shutdown timer continues to count down. When timer reaches 0, VCU broadcasts a message across CAN to communicate with SSM and ECU, turning off switched power and stopping engine. Temporarily increasing engine speed or activating a hydraulic function resets auto shutdown timer. For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Economy Mode This feature is provided to reduce fuel consumption and increase machine productivity. →NOTE: Economy mode can only be enabled through service mode menu in monitor. For more information on monitor service menu, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) When enabled via standard display monitor (SDM), VCU sends a request across CAN to ECU for limiting maximum engine speed while in backhoe operation mode and a different limit when in loader operation mode: When in backhoe operation mode, maximum engine speed is limited to 2000 rpm. When in loader operation mode and current transmission gear is N, 1 or 2, maximum engine speed is limited to 2100 rpm. When in loader operation mode and current transmission gear is 3, 4, or 5 maximum engine speed is 2400 rpm. VCU uses seat position and current transmission gear to determine backhoe or loader operation mode. For more information on seat position and transmission control, see Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation and Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation—Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 162
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 163
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F30 F31 F33 F35 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 M1 S2 S5 S6 V4 W1 W2 W10 W14 W15 X4 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X40 X48
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Starter Motor Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
Vehicle control unit (VCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions VCU controls include: hydraulic system, transmission control, wiper and washer circuits, and horn, lights and beacons circuits. VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. Operator activates many of these functions using sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. SSM transmits switch selection across controller area network (CAN) to VCU. VCU sends and receives CAN messages at pins A1 and B1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to communicate with other controllers. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU interprets CAN signals and determines if input is valid or not. If input is not valid for machine options available or machine state, input is ignored. If input is valid, appropriate function is activated. SSM then receives confirmation function is activated and causes appropriate light emitting diode (LED) on switch to illuminate, indicating function has been activated. VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates information with other controllers to display to operator. VCU communicates much information to standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), where information is displayed. For more information about SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU contains digital on/off driver outputs controlled based on inputs from sensors and other controllers on machine. VCU driver output functions include: Ignition and Accessory Relay Operation Backup Alarm Operation Park Brake Transmission Speed and Direction Operation Selective Flow Control Operation Loader Coupler Operation Window Washer Pump Operation <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 164
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Front And Rear Wiper Operation Lights Operation Hazard Warning Signals Differential Lock Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Return To Dig Operation For more information on individual driver outputs: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU also provides diagnostics in form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for systems it controls. For more information about vehicle control unit DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-40.) Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) conditions. Open Circuit—An open circuit condition is detected whenever output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When output is turned on, software continues to drive output so a technician can check voltage. Short to Power—A short to power is detected whenever output is off and feedback circuit detects current. High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever output is turned on and driver detects an overload or over temperature condition. When high current condition has been detected, output turns off and only resets when function or engine start switch is cycled on/off. →NOTE: When output is turned off because of a high current condition, status LED of corresponding function on SSM will show function is still on. For all driver outputs: An open circuit and a short to power look the same. A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same. When VCU detects a DTC, condition must be corrected and function cycled before DTC can be cleared. If first DTC for function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched power is supplied to following components: Starter Motor (M1) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from SSM unswitched power 7.5 A fuse [F17]) VCU receives unswitched battery power from main 250 A fuse (F1) at pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X14) and from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) at pin L1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU ground is provided at pins 3 and 4 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and at pin J1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When engine start switch on SSM is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM, to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows to VCU at pin M1 connector 1 (X11), providing switched power to VCU. At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at following components: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor switched power 5 A fuse [F30]) Forward, Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch (S5) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Gear Select Switch (S6) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) (from alternator excitation diode [V4])
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 165
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
→NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, VCU software for specific machine requires downloading from software delivery system (SDS) to load correct vehicle identification. When VCU software download is completed, switched power must be cycled twice for ECU to acquire correct vehicle identification. When control units are powered-up, VCU requests vehicle and model information from engine control unit (ECU). VCU then stores vehicle identification in memory and uses saved version upon each power-up.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 166
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation
Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 167
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S11 S10 W1 W2 W13 W14 W15 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Differential Lock Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) provides analog voltage to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) at pin 43 of VCU connector 3 (X13). VCU converts voltage to temperature and displays on standard display monitor (SDM). SDM displays torque converter oil temperature anytime temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C) for at least 5 seconds with engine running. Park Brake Park brake is used to prohibit vehicle movement when applied, and allow movement when released. Park brake is a spring applied, hydraulically released brake, requiring hydraulic pressure through park brake release solenoid (Y7) valve to release brake. Park brake button is on sealed switch module (SSM). The light emitting diode (LED) on park brake button indicates status of park brake. When park brake is applied LED is ON solid, when it is released LED is OFF, and when park brake pressure switch (B13) indicates park brake is applied but VCU is commanding release (park brake status invalid), LED flashes. →NOTE: When park brake status is invalid, SDM also flashes park brake indicator although these may not be synchronized or at the same rate. VCU controls park brake and sends a periodic controller area network (CAN) message indicating its current status. VCU applies and releases park brake by controlling park brake release solenoid with both a high side on/off driver connected through pin G4 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and a low side driver connected through pin B4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When park brake switch on SSM is pressed for the first time, a park brake release message is sent via CAN to VCU. Control of park brake solenoid valve is dependent on SSM park brake switch state, engine running state, and park brake pressure switch (B13) status. Park brake status is broadcast over CAN based on current park brake release solenoid (Y7) state and resulting park brake pressure switch (B13) status. Upon initial start up, VCU checks status of park brake pressure switch via pin D1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Status can be inactive (no pressure), active (pressure applied), or invalid (park brake pressure switch does not reflect park break release solenoid state). Park Brake Release: VCU releases park brake by applying current to park brake release solenoid (Y7) when all of the following conditions exist: Engine state is engine running. Park brake release drivers are not shorted. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 168
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Park brake switch state changes from not pressed to pressed. Park Brake Applied: VCU applies park brake by removing current from park brake release solenoid when any of the following conditions exist: Engine start switch state is OFF. Engine state is engine OFF and park brake pressure is applied. SSM park brake switch is pressed. Park brake driver is shorted. VCU removes current from park brake release solenoid if engine state is engine RUNNING and then becomes engine OFF, and park brake pressure switch indicates park brake is applied. By removing current from park brake release solenoid, VCU ensures that park brake is applied if engine quits and pressure switch indicates park brake is on. VCU controls transmission using two high side/low side drivers connected to transmission direction solenoids (Y1 and Y2) and four on/off drivers connected to transmission speed solenoids (Y3—Y6). Transmission solenoid valves control clutches in transmission to select transmission speed and direction. Control of solenoids is dependent on: Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) position Gear select switch (S6) position Park brake status Clutch disconnect status Transmission output speed Engine running state Power to transmission direction solenoids is controlled by a hardware interlock and a software interlock at pins J4 and M4 from VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU periodically checks status of inputs at pins C2, A3, and C1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) from FNR switch and only allows solenoids to be energized if input is determined to be valid. (X) illustrates which inputs are valid for selected FNR position. FNR Selector Logic Forward Switch
Reverse Switch
Neutral Switch
Selected FNR
Status
X
Neutral
Valid
Reverse
Valid
Error
Invalid
Forward
Valid
Error
Invalid
Error
Invalid
Error
Invalid
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
→NOTE: If seat position is not in forward (or loader position) with engine running and FNR is not in neutral, standard display monitor (SDM) displays a RETURN TCL TO NEUTRAL pop-up. VCU receives desired gear range command from gear select switch (S6). Inputs are applied through gear select switch to pins 8, 19, 7, and 20 of VCU connector 2 (X12), depending on gear selected. (X) illustrates which pins are activated for the selected gear range. Gear Select Logic Pin 8-(X12)
Pin 19-(X12)
X X X
Pin 7-(X12)
Pin 20-(X12)
Selected Gear
X
1st Gear
X
2nd Gear X
3rd Gear
X
X
4th Gear
X
X
5th Gear
Any other combinations are considered invalid and VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and places transmission in neutral. VCU activates appropriate solenoids to shift transmission into its requested gear except when park brake is on, in which case no solenoids are active and transmission stays in neutral. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 169
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
(X) illustrates which solenoid is activated for the selected gear. Transmission Solenoid Logic Selected Gear
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
N or Park Brake Applied 1F
X
X
X
2F
X
X
3F
X
4F
X
X
5F
X
X
X X
X
1R
X
X
X
2R
X
X
3R
X
X
X
4R
X
X
X
X
Transmission output speed is monitored by VCU through transmission output speed sensor (B14) and used to control activation of fifth speed function of transmission. Output speed is also be used for auto shift, differential speed lockout, and some hydraulic power controls. When a transmission control solenoid malfunction occurs, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and deactivates all transmission solenoids (putting transmission in neutral). To get transmission out of neutral and into limp home mode FNR switch must be moved to N (neutral) position and then to a desired direction. Any gear can be selected, but only a limited number of gears are available (based on transmission control solenoid malfunction). Backup Alarm (H3) VCU controls backup alarm (H3) by applying power from pin G3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to backup alarm when FNR switch (S5) is placed in reverse. VCU does not power backup alarm based on actual transmission direction, but does based on placement of FNR switch. Maximum Gear Limit VCU can limit maximum gear the transmission allows regardless of TCL input, dependent on operator setting in standard display monitor (SDM). For more information on standard display monitor (SDM). see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Auto Shift VCU has functionality to provide an automatic shift mode in addition to manual shifting. The shift mode is determined based upon input from SSM. VCU selects current gear based upon autoshift mode, engine speed, transmission output shaft speed, and engine speed control position. If autoshift button on SSM is pressed, autoshift mode shall be set to auto 2-D mode and VCU sends a message across CAN indicating left and right LEDs shall be ON solid. When autoshift is in auto 2-D mode and autoshift button on SSM is pressed and released, autoshift mode returns to manual and VCU sends a message across CAN indicating left and right LEDs shall be OFF. While in auto 2-D mode, VCU commands appropriate solenoids to shift when it is required starting with 2nd gear. Maximum gear allowed by autoshift is determined by the operator selected gear on TCL or maximum gear limit set in SDM. Differential Lock Vehicle control unit (VCU) controls differential lock and differential lock speed limit functions based on signal from differential lock switch (S10) at pin 31 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and output to differential lock solenoid (Y10) from pin 11 of VCU connector 3 (X13). Switch is activated by a switch on the floor of operator station. VCU also monitors engine speed to disable differential lock when engine speed is over 1000 rpm. When DIFF LOCK SPEED LIMIT option is enabled in standard display monitor (SDM), VCU sends a signal to SDM to generate an audible alarm in addition to monitor displaying DIFF LOCK DISABLED DUE TO HIGH SPEED to make operator aware that differential lock is being turned OFF because engine speed is over 1000 rpm. If differential lock switch (S10) is held in ON (or closed) position by operator continuously for more than 10 minutes, a time-out occurs that disengages differential lock function. After switch is maintained in open position continuously for 1 second the switch may again be engaged. Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Vehicle control unit (VCU) controls MFWD function through the status of MFWD switch (S11) and output to MFWD solenoid (Y11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 170
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
When MFWD switch is placed in momentary or ON position, voltage is received at pin 38 of VCU connector 3 (X13) and VCU recognizes this as change in MFWD status. VCU then applies power from pin 13 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to MFWD solenoid (Y11). This allows high pressure oil to engage MFWD. If VCU recognizes MFWD solenoid state and MFWD switch state as not matching, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Braking On machines with MFWD, VCU provides an option to engage front wheels whenever braking. MFWD is activated anytime brakes are applied in fourth or fifth gear regardless of option state. If option is enabled via SDM, MFWD activates any time brakes are applied. For more information on setting MFWD braking, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Clutch Disconnect Vehicle control unit (VCU) can remove transmission load from engine in order to utilize all engine power for hydraulics. When clutch disconnect switch is pressed on loader control lever, current is allowed to flow to pin 23 of VCU connector 3 (X13). When VCU recieves current it removes power from direction solenoids, placing transmission in neutral. If VCU and clutch disconnect switch state do not match, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 171
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation
Hydraulic System Circuit Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 172
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 B9 B12 B26 B44 F35 S52 S54 W2 W13 W14 W15 W26 W27 W28 W29 W30 W31 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxilary Flow Control Switch Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (if equipped) Pilot Enable Switch Harness (if equipped) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Vehicle control unit (VCU) receives inputs and provides outputs that control various solenoids which, in turn control and/or monitors hydraulic functions on the machine. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Seat Position Sensor (B9) VCU monitors inputs from a 0—240° dual channel Hall effect seat position sensor (B9). VCU uses inputs from seat position sensor (B9) to enable/disable certain features based on seat position. A 5 V reference is provided from pin J2 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to pins 3 and 6 of seat position sensor. The VCU provides a return at pin H2 of VCU connector 1 (X11) from terminals 1 and 4 of seat position sensor. Two channels are used to communicate seat position to VCU. Channel 1 sends voltage dependent on seat position from terminal 2 of seat position sensor to pin 37 of VCU connector 2 (X12). At the same time Channel 2 sends voltage from terminal 5 of seat position sensor to pin 48 of VCU connector 2 (X12). Voltages sent from channel 1 and channel 2 should be inversely proportional in order to provide a valid signal to VCU. In loader position (full forward), approximately 4 V is supplied to VCU via channel 1 and decreases as seat is rotated toward full rear facing position. At the same time approximately 1 V is supplied to VCU via channel 2 and increases as seat is rotated from loader position to full rear facing position. In full rear facing position, approximately 1 V is supplied to VCU via channel 1 and increases as seat is rotated toward loader position (full forward). At the same time approximately 4 V is supplied to VCU via channel 2 and decreases as seat is rotated toward full rear facing position. At any time, if the sum of channel 1 and channel 2 voltages does not equal the 5 V reference, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is generated by VCU. If voltage is greater than 4.5 V or less than 0.5 V on either channel a DTC is generated. When a DTC is <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 173
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
generated a pop-up stating SEAT SENSOR FAULT is displayed on standard display monitor (SDM). Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B12) Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) is a normally-open switch that applies ground at pin 24 of VCU connector 3 (X13) when closed. The switch closes when hydraulic oil differential pressure at filter is greater than specification. VCU broadcasts a message across the CAN to communicate with SDM causing hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator to illuminate. Loader Coupler Solenoids (if equipped) Loader coupler solenoids allow the front tool to be hydraulically disengaged from tractor by pressing a switch on sealed switch module (SSM). When the loader coupler switch on SSM is pressed for 1 second a message is sent across CAN to VCU indicating the switch has been pressed. VCU applies power to pin 50 of VCU connector 3 (X13) energizing loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) for 5 seconds. VCU also applies power to pin 51 of VCU connector 3 (X13) energizing loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) and disengaging coupler pins. The light emitting diode (LED) on the loader coupler switch illuminates and a popup displays on SDM stating LOADER COUPLER DISENGAGED. An audible alarm sounds for the entire time coupler pins are disengaged. Pressing loader coupler switch a second time causes VCU to energize loader coupler pressure solenoid for 5 seconds and deenergize loader coupler solenoid, engaging loader coupler pins. The LED on loader coupler switch turns OFF. Hydraulic Pump Unload VCU uses engine RUNNING state, engine cranking state, and seat position to control hydraulic load on the engine in order to prevent diesel engine stall. To reduce hydraulic load on engine, VCU applies current through hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) from pin K2 at VCU connector 1 (X11) to pin D4 at VCU connector 1 (X11). When hydraulic pump control solenoid is energized auxiliary pump flow returns back to inlet through the unloading valve spool. Hydraulic pump control solenoid is energized when any of the following conditions occur: Engine cranking. Engine state is RUNNING and seat position is loader. Engine state is RUNNING and selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is energized. For more information on hydraulic pump unload, see Hydraulic Pump Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Auto-Idle (4045TT096 engine only) Auto-idle is used to reduce fuel consumption by automatically reducing engine speed to 900 rpm when hydraulic functions are not being used while in backhoe mode. Auto-idle can be enabled or disabled in the monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Also, the auto-idle threshold pressure setting (hydraulic demand) that sends machine into auto-idle is adjustable in the monitor. VCU receives a signal from hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) at pin 13 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to determine hydraulic demand. If this value is equal or less than the adjustable pressure auto-idle threshold pressure value for a continuous 5 seconds; machine is considered to be in a no hydraulic demand state. VCU sends a signal across CAN to ECU requesting to reduce engine speed when all of the following conditions are met: Engine state is engine running Auto-idle is enabled in the monitor Seat position is backhoe Current gear is neutral Engine coolant temperature is between 50—113° C (122—235° F) or invalid Hand throttle status is enabled An active filter cleaning is not active Valid hydraulic system pressure sensor value No hydraulic demand Engine speed returns to hand throttle setting when hydraulic activity resumes (hydraulic system pressure is greater than autoidle threshold pressure), hand throttle command changes by +2%, or any of the previously listed conditions are not met. Item
Measurement
Specification
Auto-Idle Threshold (adjustable)
Pressure
800—2000 kPa
Threshold (default)
Pressure
116—290 psi 1500 kPa 218 psi
Ride Control (if equipped) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 174
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
When ride control switch is pressed on the SSM, the change in status of switch is communicated over CAN to VCU. The VCU energizes ride control solenoids 1 and 2 (Y50 and Y51) through pin 42 of VCU connector 3 (X13). For more information on ride control, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) Selective Flow Control (if equipped) Selective flow control is an option that allows the operator to control a hammer or other implement installed on machine either continuously or via a momentary auxiliary hydraulic foot switch (S54). When auxiliary hydraulic foot switch is not installed, control of selective flow is done solely by the auxiliary hydraulic switch on SSM and is shared with auxiliary loader hydraulics function. The switch has two modes that can be selected, continuous and proportional. In continuous mode the function operates at maximum flow while solenoid is energized. In proportional mode maximum flow can be set via standard display monitor (SDM). VCU receives inputs from SSM and auxiliary hydraulic foot switch to determine the state of the selecitve flow control solenoid (Y53). If VCU recognizes the state as active it sends current out pin L3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and provides ground at pin E4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch (S54) (if equipped) Auxiliary hydraulic foot switch (S54) is a normally-open foot-actuated switch. When auxiliary hydraulic switch on SSM is in either continuous or proportional mode VCU uses input at pin 26 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to select status of selective flow control function. Pilot Enable (if equipped) If equipped, pilot controls can be enabled or disabled by VCU based on inputs received from pilot enable switch (S52), seat position sensor, or from other controllers. VCU applies current through pin 28 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to pilot enable solenoid (Y52) based on inputs from pilot enable switch (S52) at pins 34 and 47 of VCU connector 3 (X13). VCU also uses operator seat position state, engine running state, and pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59) state to enable or disable pilot control. For more information on pilot control, see Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) Hydraulic Pattern Select (if equipped) If equipped with pilot controls, it is possible to change control pattern of backhoe controls via a push-button on the SSM. With pilot control enabled there are two pattern select modes to toggle between, backhoe mode and excavator mode. While in backhoe mode the left LED is illuminated and pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59) are not energized. If in backhoe mode and pattern select push-button on SSM is pressed, left LED shuts off and right LED illuminates. VCU sends current out pin 6 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and energizes pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59). Each subsequent press toggles between backhoe mode and excavator mode. At shutdown VCU saves pattern select state in memory and retrieves it when powered-up.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 175
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation
Lights and Beacon Circuits Theory of Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 176
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A9 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 W14 W15 W17 W18 W38 X9 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Radio Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Cab Harness Canopy Harness Roof Harness Radio Harness Rear Frame Harness Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector
Drive Lights Drive light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) controls drive lights, marker lights, and tail lights. When switch is pressed for less than 2 seconds VCU turns on left front marker light (E33), license plate light (E41), and both left and right tail lights (E37 and E40) through pin 8 of VCU connector 3 (X13) while illuminating left light emitting diode (LED) on switch. If pressed a second time for less than 2 seconds, VCU turns on left and right front drive lights (E31 and E32) through pins 18 and 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13), while illuminating middle LED on switch. Drive lights have a high and low setting controlled by drive light high/low switch (S19). A subsequent press of drive light switch commands both marker lights and drive lights off. →NOTE: On cab machines power is also supplied to radio (A9) for illumination via marker lights circuit. If front work lights switch is held for more than 2 seconds, VCU removes power from pins 8, 18, and 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13) shutting off marker lights and drive lights. Work Lights and Docking Lights Work lights switch on SSM has six modes: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 177
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Rear Work Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed so only right LED illuminates, VCU sends current out pins 2 and 3 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to rear work lights (E1—E4), causing rear work lights to come on. Docking Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed a second time so right and middle LED illuminates, VCU applies current to pins 17 and 53 of VCU connector 3 (X13), causing left and right docking lights (E15 and E16) to come on. Front Work Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed a third time so only left LED illuminates, VCU shuts off rear work lights and docking lights. VCU also sends current out pins 4 and 5 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to front work lights (E5—E8). Causing front work lights to come on. Front Work Lights and Docking Lights On When work light switch on SSM is pressed a fourth time so left and middle LEDs are illuminated, VCU applies power to pins 17 and 53 of VCU connector 3 (X13), causing left and right docking lights to come on while front work lights remain on. All Work Lights and Docking Lights On When work light switch on SSM is pressed a fifth time so all LEDs are illuminated, VCU sends current out pins 2 and 3 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to rear work lights (E1—E4) in addition to front work lights and docking lights. Lights Off Regardless of current state, if work light switch on SSM is held for 2 seconds or longer, VCU shuts off all work lights, docking lights, and marker lights. Anytime VCU detects a light bulb as faulted a DTC is generated, standard display monitor (SDM) displays a pop-up and an audible alarm sounds. Brake Lights When a brake pedal is pressed and either service brake pressure switches 1 or 2 (S26 or S27) is closed to ground, VCU recognizes circuit being pulled down at pin F3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and sends current out pin 41 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to left and right brake lights (E37 and E40). Anytime VCU detects a brake light as faulted a DTC is generated, SDM displays a pop-up stating BRAKE LIGHT BULB MISSING and an audible alarm sounds. Beacon Light Beacon light (E17) is controlled by VCU via beacon light switch (S47). When VCU is powered-up and beacon light switch is in OFF (open) position, VCU recognizes beacon state as off at pin 45 of VCU connector 3 (X13). With beacon light switch in ON (closed) position, ground is provided to pin 45 of VCU connector 3 (X13) and VCU recognizes beacon state as on. When beacon state is on, current is sent through pin 1 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to beacon light (E17), causing beacon to come on. Turn signals Turn signals are controlled by turn signal switch (S30) and VCU. Left Turn: When ignition (switched) power is ON and turn signal switch is moved to left-turn position, ground is supplied at terminal 3 of turn signal switch, pulling down circuit at pin E2 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When VCU detects system being pulled down at pin E2 of VCU connector 1 (X11), it sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle from pin 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to left rear and left front turn signals (E39 and E36) (respectively), causing left turn signals to flash. Right Turn: When ignition (switched) power is ON and turn signal switch is moved to right-turn position, ground is supplied at terminal 1 of turn signal switch, pulling down the circuit at pin D3 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When VCU detects system being pulled down at pin D3 of VCU connector 1 (X11), it sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle from pin 18 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to right rear and right front turn signals (E38 and E35) (respectively), causing right turn signals to flash. Hazard Warning Signals When ignition (switched) power is ON and hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed, SSM sends a signal across CAN data line to VCU, requesting hazard warning signals. When VCU determines that input is valid, VCU sends a signal back across CAN data line to SSM, causing LED on hazard warning signal switch to come on. VCU then sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle to turn signals (E35, E36, E38, and E39), causing all four lights to flash at the same time. Hazard Warning Signal and Turn Signals Activated at Same Time: If left turn signal is selected when hazard warning signals are active, VCU sends current to turn signals as follows: Pulsing current to left turn signals (E36 and E39). Continuous current to right turn signals (E35 and E38). If right turn signal is selected when hazard warning signals are active, VCU sends current to turn signals as follows: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 178
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Pulsing current to right turn signals (E35 and E38). Continuous current to left turn signals (E36 and E39). VCU Wakeup: Hazard warning signals can be activated when ignition (switched) power is OFF. Pressing hazard warning signal switch on SSM when ignition is OFF causes SSM to send a “wakeup” signal to VCU. When VCU detects this signal, it sends pulsing current to all front and rear turn signals.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 179
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation
Wiper and Washer Circuit Schematic LEGEND: A1 M13 M14 M15 <- Go to Section TOC
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Section 9015 page 180
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
S14 V13 W2 W14 X12 X13
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Rear Wiper Enable Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
Front Wiper Motor (M13) When front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed so one, two, or three light emitting diodes (LEDs) are illuminated, vehicle control unit (VCU) sends current out pin 2 or 5 of VCU connector 2 (X12) depending on wiper mode. Front wiper switch has three modes: Intermittent Low High Wiper Motor Intermittent Speed Mode: When front wiper switch on SSM is pressed once so only left LED illuminates, VCU supplies power at pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to activate the front wiper motor (M13) in low speed. VCU provides power to wiper motor for one complete cycle until VCU detects an open circuit at pin 21 of VCU connector 3 (X13) from a park switch, internal to wiper motor, indicating wiper has returned to the park position. VCU stops current flow out pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) when VCU detects wiper has reached park position. VCU then waits for 2—10 seconds, depending on delay setting, before sending current out pin 2 of VCU connector (X12) again to repeat intermittent cycle. Wiper delay setting can be changed by accessing MAIN MENU—SETUP—WIPER DELAY submenu of SDM menu structure. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Wiper Delay . (Operator’s Manual.) Wiper Motor Low Speed Mode: If front wiper switch on SSM is pressed a second time, VCU applies power to wiper motor via pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) setting wiper motor on low speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating left and center LEDs. Wiper Motor High Speed Mode: If front wiper switch on SSM is pressed a third time, VCU removes power from pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and applies power to pin 5 of VCU connector 3 (X13) turning wiper motor on high speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating all three LEDs. If front wiper switch is pressed while in high speed mode or held for two seconds at any time, VCU removes power from pin 5 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and applies power to pin 2 until park switch is observed as open. When VCU observes park switch as open, power is removed from both pins and SSM is commanded to shut off all LEDs. Rear Wiper Motor (M14) When rear wiper switch on SSM is pressed so one or two LEDs illuminate, VCU sends current out pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12). VCU also reads status of a rear wiper enable switch (S14) at pin 9 of VCU connector 3 (X13). With rear window closed, rear wiper enable switch is closed to ground and wipers are enabled. With window open, switch is observed as open and rear wipers are disabled. Rear wiper switch has two modes: Intermittent Low Wiper Motor Intermittent Speed Mode: When rear wiper switch on SSM is pressed once so only left LED is illuminated, VCU applies power at pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to activate rear wiper motor in low speed. VCU provides power to wiper motor for one complete cycle until VCU detects an open circuit at pin 20 of VCU connector 3 (X13) from a park switch, internal to wiper motor, indicating wiper has returned to park position. VCU stops current flow out pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) when VCU detects wiper has reached park position. VCU then waits for 2—10 seconds, depending on delay setting, before sending current out pin 2 of VCU connector (X12) again to repeat intermittent cycle. Wiper delay setting can be changed by accessing MAIN MENU—SETUP—WIPER DELAY submenu of SDM menu structure. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Wiper Delay . (Operator’s Manual.) Wiper Motor Low Speed Mode: If wiper switch on SSM is pressed a second time, VCU supplies power to wiper motor via pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) turning wiper motor on low speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating left and right LEDs. Front Washer Motor (M15) Pressing windshield washer switch on SSM supplies power to front washer motor (M15) while switch is held down and removes power when switch is released. If front wiper motor is off, power is supplied through pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) while washer switch is held and remains for 3 complete wipe cycles after switch is released. If intermittent wiper function is active, motor turns on in low speed for three complete cycles before returning to intermittent mode. If either low or high speed wiper function is active, wiper motor continues to run at set speed. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 181
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 A3 <- Go to Section TOC
Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Unswitched Battery Power Switched Battery Power Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Section 9015 page 182
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
B8 F15 F30 H1 W2 W13 W14 W15 X4 X21
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Monitor Alarm Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) SDM receives battery power from monitor unswitched power 5 A fuse (F15) at pin A of SDM connector 1 (X4). System ground is available at pin P of SDM connector 1 (X4). SDM receives switched power from monitor switched power 5 A fuse (F30) at pin L of SDM connector 1 (X4). When powered-up, SDM performs a self-test by activating all indicators: lights, gauges, and the monitor display window. SDM contains a menu structure designed for monitoring certain machine functions for operational and/or diagnostic purposes. It provides a means for viewing and clearing diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and also provides a means for adjusting certain machine and monitor settings. For more information on SDM menu structure, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-20.) SDM uses controller area network (CAN) data line to communicate with various controllers on machine. For more information on CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Level Sensor (B8) Fuel level sensor (B8) is a resistive (rheostat) type sensor attached to a float. Changing fuel level causes float to move up and down relative to fuel level. The float moves a wiper in the rheostat causing resistance to change relative to movement of float. Resistance is sensed by SDM at pin N of SDM connector 1 (X4). SDM uses this information to determine position of needle on fuel gauge and moves needle accordingly. Monitor Alarm (H1) Monitor alarm (H1) is activated during monitor self test, during certain monitor selections, and when the STOP indicator is illuminated. Power is provided to monitor alarm and to pin A of SDM connector (X4) from monitor switched power 5 A fuse (F15). SDM provides ground at pin E of SDM connector (X4) to make alarm sound.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 183
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Group 16 - Monitor Operation Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu There are two versions of the standard display monitor (SDM) menu structure: Operator Menu and Service Menu. Operator Menu— is used to change user preferences, view operational settings, and view diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). For additional information, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Normal Display and see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Operation . (Operator’s Manual.) Service Menu— provides additional menu items not available in the operator menu. This feature allows a service technician to change operational settings and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The service menu provides the technician a means to monitor functions and settings for diagnostic and testing purposes. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. →NOTE: When the Service Menu is accessed, the SDM will stay in the service menu even if the SDM display is returned to the operator display. Cycling the switched power to OFF, then back to ON resets the SDM to the Operator Menu.
There are four buttons on the SDM used to navigate the Service Menu: MENU—Provides initial entry into machine settings, diagnostics, and monitor functions. BACK—Display goes back to the last active menu each time the button is pushed. NEXT—Display goes to the next selection within a menu or mode. Press the NEXT button to cycle through all the possible selections in a menu. SELECT—Activates the current highlighted submenu.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes This menu will clear all stored and active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The CLEAR CODES menu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) To Clear DTCs: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until CODES is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - CODES screen is displayed, press NEXT button to display CLEAR CODES screen →NOTE: To exit without clearing codes, press the BACK button. [5] - To clear codes press SELECT button. CODES CLEARED is displayed for 2 seconds before returning to CLEAR CODES screen.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 184
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics The main menu DIAGNOSTICS submenu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) To access Diagnostics submenu: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until desired submenu is highlighted. [4] - Press SELECT to make submenu active in the display. To exit DIAGNOSTICS menu, press BACK button. The following submenus are available from DIAGNOSTICS menu: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
CODES ENGINE ELECTRICAL LIGHTS TRANSMISSION HYDRAULICS SOFTWARE VERSION BUTTONS SENSORS SERVICE ADVISOR INFO TESTS
[1] - CODES— Displays status of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) active and stored. Enables active and stored codes to be cleared. →NOTE: Active and stored codes can be viewed in normal display mode. CODES ACTIVE STORED—Displays status of DTCs that are currently active and stored in the SDM and the source controller (controller reporting the problem). The codes are listed in order, starting with the most recent fault. CLEAR CODES—Clears active and stored codes in the SDM. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - ENGINE— Displays status of sensors and switches monitored by engine control unit (ECU). ECU ELEC POWER—Displays battery and switched voltage to ECU as BATTERY XX.X V and SWITCHED XX.X V. THROTTLE—Displays throttle percentage as measured by engine speed control dial for hand and engine speed control pedal for foot as HAND XXX% and FOOT XXX%. ENGINE COOLANT TEMP—Displays engine coolant temperature as measured by engine coolant temperature sensor as XXX F. WATER IN FUEL—Displays signal from water-in-fuel sensor as WATER DETECTED or WATER NOT DETECTED. FUEL TEMPERATURE—Displays fuel temperature as measured by fuel temperature sensor as XXX F. MANIFOLD AIR TEMP—Displays manifold air temperature as measured by manifold air temperature sensor as XXX F. FUEL RATE—Displays fuel usage in gallons per hour as XXX G/HR. [3] - ELECTRICAL— Displays the status of switches and relays monitored by vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU ELEC POWER—Displays battery and switched voltage to vehicle control unit (VCU) as BATTERY XX.XX V and SWITCHED XX.XX V. VCU VALVE POWER—Displays voltage to VCU valve power as XX.XX V. ALTENATOR STATE—Displays alternator status as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. ACCESSORY RELAY—Displays status of accessory relay as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT WASHER (if equipped)—Displays status of front washer as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT WIPER LOW (if equipped)—Displays status of front wiper low as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 185
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
FRONT WIPER HIGH (if equipped)—Displays status of front wiper high as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR WIPER (if equipped)—Displays status of rear wiper as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. WIPER PARK SWITCHES (if equipped)—Displays status of wiper park switches FRONT and REAR as ON or OFF. BACKUP ALARM—Displays status of backup alarm as ON or OFF and milliamperes drawn as XXXX MA. [4] - LIGHTS— Displays status of VCU (A1) outputs and switches to lights. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH—Displays status of turn signal switch LEFT and RIGHT as ON or OFF. LEFT TURN SIGNAL—Displays status of left turn signal as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. RIGHT TURN SIGNAL—Displays status of right turn signal as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. MARKER LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of marker light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT INNER WORK LT—Displays status of front inner work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT OUTER WORK LT—Displays status of front outer work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR INNER WORK LT—Displays status of rear inner work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR OUTER WORK LT—Displays status of rear outer work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DOCKING LIGHT 1—Displays status of docking light 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DOCKING LIGHT 2—Displays status of docking light 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH—Displays status of brake light switch 1 and brake light switch 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. BRAKE LIGHT—Displays status of brake light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DRIVE LIGHT 1 (if equipped)—Displays status of drive light 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED an amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DRIVE LIGHT 2 (if equipped)—Displays status of drive light 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BEACON SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of beacon switch as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. BEACON LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of beacon light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BACKUP LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of backup light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BUCKET LEVEL LEDS—Displays status of bucket level LEDs ABOVE and BELOW as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. [5] - TRANSMISSION— Displays status of transmission sensors and switches monitored by VCU (A1). GEAR—Current gear of transmission. DIRECTION & GEAR—Displays status of gear selected and engaged as 0 = error, 1, 2, 3, 4 and direction - - - = error, F, N, R. GEAR SWITCHES—Displays status of gear switch B1, B2, B3, and B4 as ON or OFF. PARK BRAKE—Displays status of park brake switch and driver. PARK BRAKE PRESS SWITCH—Displays status of park brake switch as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. PARK BRAKE DRIVER—Displays status of park brake driver as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. TRANS SOLENOIDS—Displays status of transmission solenoids. FORWARD — Y1 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y1 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REVERSE — Y2 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y2 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y3 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y3 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y4 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y4 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y5 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y5 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y6 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y6 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. CLUTCH DISCONNECT—Displays status of clutch disconnect switch as SWITCH and STATUS and ON or OFF. MFWD—Displays status of the MFWD switch and driver. MFWD SWITCH—Displays status of the MFWD switch as ON, OFF or FAULTED. MFWD DRIVER—Displays status of the MFWD driver as ON, OFF or FAULTED an amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DIFF LOCK—Displays status of differential lock and differential lock switch. DIFF LOCK SWITCH—Displays status of differential lock switch as ON or OFF. DIFF LOCK—Displays status of differential lock as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as X.XX A. TRANS CONVERTOR TEMP—Displays transmission convertor temperature as measured by torque converter oil temperature sensor. OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED—Displays transmission output shaft speed in RPMs as measured by the transmission speed sensor. [6] - HYDRAULIC— Displays status of hydraulic sensors and switches. SWITCHES—Displays status of hydraulic switches as ON or OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 186
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
HYD FILTER SWITCH—Displays status of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch as ON or OFF. LOADER AUX SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of loader auxiliary on/off switch CONTINUOUS and PROPORTIONAL as ON or OFF. FOOT SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of auxiliary hydraulic foot switch as ON or OFF. PRESSURES—Displays hydraulic system pressures. HAMMER PRESSURE—Displays backhoe flow control work port pressure by backhoe flow control work port pressure sensor as XXXXX PSI. VALVE DATA—Displays threshold and feedback currents of valve solenoids. LOADER AUX (if equipped)—Displays threshold and feedback currents of loader auxiliary valve solenoid. HAMMER (if equipped)—Displays feedback current of selective flow control valve in milliamperes (mA) as XXXX MA. FEEDBACK CURRENT—Displays loader auxiliary function magnitude and direction in milliamperes (mA) as MAG XXXX MA and DIR XXXX MA. FWD THRESHOLD—Displays loader auxiliary forward function start and maximum threshold current in milliamperes (mA) as START XXXX MA and MAX XXXX MA. REV THRESHOLD—Displays loader auxiliary reverse function start and maximum threshold current in milliamperes (mA) as START XXXX MA and MAX XXXX MA. PILOT ENABLE (if equipped)—Displays status of pilot switch and solenoid. PILOT ENABLE SWITCH—Displays the status of pilot enable switch MOMENTARY and DETENT as ON or OFF. PILOT ENABLE SOL—Displays the status of pilot enable solenoid as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. RIDE CONTROL (if equipped)—Displays the status of ride control solenoid 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. HYD PUMP CONTROL—Displays the status of hydraulic pump control amperage drawn as XX.XX A. PATTERN SELECT—Displays pattern select on = excavator and off = backhoe as ON or OFF. LOADER COUPLER (if equipped)—Displays the status of loader coupler solenoids. LOADER COUPLER—Displays the status of loader coupler unlock solenoid as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. LOADER COUPLER PRESS—Displays the status of loader coupler pressure solenoid as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A . [7] - SOFTWARE VERSION— Displays the software version numbers of installed controllers. VCU SW VERSION—Software version number of vehicle control unit (VCU). ECU SW VERSION—Software version number of engine control unit (ECU). SDM SW VERSION—Software version number of standard display monitor (SDM). SSM SW VERSION—Software version number of sealed switch module (SSM). [8] - BUTTONS— Displays the status of switches on the sealed switch module (SSM). SSM—Displays a grid of dashes that blank out corresponding dash when a switch on the SSM is depressed. [9] - SENSORS— Displays the status of seat, fuel, boom, and bucket sensors. SEAT POSITION—Displays the seat position as measured by seat position sensor as BACKHOE, MIDDLE, FORWARD, or LOADER. SEAT SENSOR—Displays the output voltage of the seat sensor channel 1 and seat sensor channel 2 as CH 1 X.XXX V and CH2 X.XXX V. FUEL GAUGE—Displays the status of fuel gauge percent full and output voltage of fuel level sensor as XX.X% and X.XXX V. [10] - SERVICE ADVISOR INFO— Displays the submenu SYSTEM INFO. SYSTEM INFO—Displays the sub menus for Service ADVISOR ™ system information. CELL STRENGHT—Displays status of cell strength. CARRIER—Displays carrier ID number. REGISTRATION STATE—Displays if system is registered. LATITUDE—Displays GPS latitude. LONGITUDE—Displays GPS longitude. GPS ANTENNA—Displays GPS antenna status as UNKNOWN, OK, SHORT, or OPEN. CELL ANTENNA—Displays cell antenna status. SATELLITE MODEM—Displays satellite modem status as GOOD or NOT GOOD. SATELLITE SIGNAL—Displays satellite signal status as REGISTERED or NOT REGISTERED. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 187
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
SBD REGISTRATION—Displays SBD registration as GOOD or NOT GOOD. TIME STAMP— Displays time stamp as year, month, day, hour (24 hour clock) and minutes as XXXX:XX:XX:XX:XX. [11] - TESTS— Displays the sub menus VCU OUTPUTS and HVC OUTPUTS. VCU OUTPUTS—Displays the submenu for VCU output test. STEP XX—Steps through VCU output test will return CHECK CODES or ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu Visible or Hidden The main menu on the standard display monitor (SDM) can be made accessible or hidden from view using the VISIBLE or HIDDEN options within MENU ACCESS submenu. The MONITOR HIDDEN and MONITOR VISIBLE submenus are functions of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) MAIN MENU HIDDEN [1] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: To exit without hiding main menu, press the BACK button. [5] - Press NEXT button until HIDDEN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - MENU ACCESS HIDDEN displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu. MAIN MENU VISIBLE [1] - Push and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From the MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted , then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: To exit without enabling main menu visibility, press the BACK button. [5] - Press NEXT button until VISIBLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - MENU ACCESS VISIBLE displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults The FACTORY DEFAULTS submenu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Monitor is defaulted to English units, English language, and a visible main menu. To Restore Monitor Defaults: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 188
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
[4] - Press NEXT button until FACTORY DEFAULTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - FACTORY DEFAULTS RESTORE DEFAULTS displayed. →NOTE: To exit without restoring the monitor defaults, press the BACK button. [6] - To reset factory defaults press SELECT. [7] - FACTORY DEFAULTS—DEFAULTS RESTORED displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 189
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options →NOTE: Monitor options listed are dependent on machine model and configuration. If machine is not equipped with option, option will not show up in menu. To access SETUP submenus: [1] - From MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [2] - Press NEXT button until desired submenu is highlighted. [3] - Press SELECT button to make submenu active in the display. To exit SETUP submenu, press BACK button. The following submenus are available from the SETUP menu: MONITOR WIPER DELAY MFWD BRAKING SECURITY (if equipped) AUTO SHUTDOWN AUTO IDLE CALIBRATIONS ECONOMY MODE SELECTIVE FLOW (if equipped) LOADER AUX SPEED (if equipped) BACKHOE AUX SPEED (if equipped) GEAR LIMIT DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT TIRE SIZE BEACON LIGHT (if equipped) MONITOR The following submenus are accessible from the MONITOR submenu: LANGUAGE UNITS CONTRAST JOB TIMER MENU ACCESS FACTORY DEFAULTS LANGUAGE 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until LANGUAGE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button until desired language is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Display will show LANGUAGE SELECTED for 2 seconds then return to MONITOR submenu. UNITS 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until UNITS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight ENGLISH or METRIC, then press SELECT. 3. Display will show UNITS SELECTED for 2 seconds, then return to MONITOR submenu. CONTRAST 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until CONTRAST is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to increase contrast and BACK button to decrease contrast. 3. When display is at desired contrast press SELECT button to store and SDM will return to MONITOR submenu. JOB TIMER 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until JOB TIMER is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight VISIBLE or HIDDEN, press SELECT button to display or hide job timer. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 190
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
3. Display will show JOB TIMER for 2 seconds, then return to MONITOR submenu. MENU ACCESS 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is displayed, then press SELECT button. 3. Press NEXT button to highlight VISIBLE or HIDDEN, press SELECT button to display or hide menu access. 4. Display will show MENU ACCESS for 2 seconds, then return to MONITOR submenu. FACTORY DEFAULTS To set factory defaults, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults . (Group 9015-16.) WIPER DELAY 1. Press NEXT button until WIPER DELAY is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. FRONT WIPER DELAY will be displayed. Enter delay for front wiper in 0.5 second increments with a range of 2 to 20 seconds. Press NEXT button to increment and BACK button to decrement number in the active field, then press SELECT button. 3. Press NEXT button to highlight REAR WIPER DELAY. Enter delay for rear wiper in 0.5 second increments with a range of 2 to 20 seconds. The NEXT button increments the current digit; the BACK button decrements the current digit in the active field, then press SELECT button. MFWD BRAKING 1. Press NEXT button until MFWD BRAKING is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight ON or OFF, then press SELECT button to make choice. 3. Display will show MFWD BRAKING for 2 seconds, then return to SETUP menu. SECURITY (if equipped) To set security options, see Security System Configuration . (Group 9015-16.) AUTO SHUTDOWN— 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until AUTO SHUTDOWN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Press NEXT to highlight one of the following choices: OFF 2 MINUTES 3 MINUTES 4 MINUTES 5 MINUTES 10 MINUTES 20 MINUTES 30 MINUTES 45 MINUTES 4. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. AUTO IDLE 1. Press NEXT button until AUTO IDLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight ENABLE or DISABLE, then press SELECT button to make choice. 3. Display will show SAVING SELECTION <ENABLE/DISABLE> for 2 seconds, then return to SETUP menu. AUTO IDLE SETTINGS 1. 2. 3. 4.
Press NEXT button until AUTO IDLE SETTING, then press SELECT button. Press NEXT button until RESET TO FACTORY is highlighted, then press SELECT button to make choice. Press NEXT button until CHANGE SETTING is highlighted, then press SELECT button. Use keypad on SSM to input desired setting and press SELECT button. Settings range from 800—2000 kPa (116—290 psi) in units of 10 kPa (1.5 psi).
CALIBRATIONS 1. Press NEXT button until CALIBRATIONS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 191
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2. 3. 4. 5.
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Press NEXT button until SEAT SENSOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. Follow the instructions displayed on the SDM. When complete, SDM will display FAILED TO CALIBRATE CHECK CODES or SUCCESSFUL PRESS SELECT TO SAVE. Press SELECT button to save.
ECONOMY MODE 1. Press NEXT button until ECONOMY MODE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight OFF or ON, then press SELECT button to make choice. SELECTIVE FLOW (if equipped) Flow rate may be adjusted manually or electronically depending on type of selective flow control valve section machine is equipped with. This procedure is to adjust flow electronically. For manual adjustment procedure, see Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Adjustment—If Equipped . (Group 9025-20.) →NOTE: Flow rate unit displayed (LPM or GPM) depends on chosen monitor units setup (English or metric). 1. Press NEXT button until SELECTIVE FLOW is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press SELECT button to display the set flow rate input screen. →NOTE: A flow rate between 19—132 LMP (5-35 GPM) may be entered. If a value below 19 LPM (5 GPM) is entered, flow rate will default to 19 LPM (5 GPM). If a value above 132 LPM (35 GPM) is entered, flow rate will default to 132 LPM (35 GPM). 3. Enter desired flow rate using numeric keypad on SSM. 4. Press SELECT button to enable desired flow rate. LOADER AUX SPEED (if equipped) 1. Press NEXT button until LOADER AUX SPEED is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: SLOW MEDIUM FAST 3. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. BACKHOE AUX SPEED (if equipped) 1. Press NEXT button until BACKHOE AUX SPEED is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: SLOW MEDIUM FAST 3. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. MAX GEAR LIMIT 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until GEAR LIMIT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. SET MAX GEAR will be displayed. Press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: OFF 4 3 2 1 4. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 192
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
(Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Press NEXT button to highlight ON or OFF, then press SELECT button to make choice. TIRE SIZE 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until TIRE SIZE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. From TIRE SIZE press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: 19.5L-24 FIRESTONE 19.5L-24 GOODYEAR 21L-24 FIRESTONE 21L-24 GOODYEAR 500/70R24 16.9-28 GOODYEAR 4. When choice is highlighted press SELECT button. 5. Display will show SAVING SELECTION for 2 seconds, then return to SETUP menu. BEACON LIGHT (if equipped) 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until BEACON LIGHT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Press NEXT button to highlight ENABLE or DISABLE, then press SELECT button to make choice.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 193
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Setting Hour Meter IMPORTANT: Machine damage or excessive component wear can result if service intervals are extended or missed due to incorrect hour meter readings. Existing machine hour meter values must be programmed into new display monitor to maintain correct service intervals and warranty. When replacing a controller, hour meter must be capable of being set to value from previous controller. This is accomplished using one of two methods. First method acquires hour meter value from VCU, which stores a copy of hour meter and broadcasts it to replaced standard display monitor (SDM). Second method is only used when first method fails, and allows an operator to enter hours into SDM manually. If hour meter has not yet been set and if value is less than 20 hours, then hour meter shall be considered unlocked, and hour meter Setting Process is enabled. If existing machine hour meter value is not entered during this procedure, SDM hour meter value will reflect time accumulated since installation of new SDM. After machine has operated 20 hours it shall be considered locked and reflect time accumulated since installation of SDM. This procedure is used to transfer current hour meter information to new when installing new SDM. [1] - Record existing hour meter value before removing existing SDM. [2] - Install new SDM. [3] - Turn switched power to ON position. [4] - Using Service ADVISOR ™ , download and install latest SDM software on new SDM as necessary. [5] - After software has downloaded and installed successfully, turn switched power OFF and then ON. [6] - SDM display shows SELECT TO SET HOURS, press SELECT button. [7] - SDM display shows ENTER HOURS. [8] →NOTE: There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric Entry - use numbers on SSM SDM - use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons. SDM Numeric Entry method →NOTE: When SET HOUR screen is active, SSM shall be in Numeric Entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad a. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift to right of value entered. b. After correct hour is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. Next, Back and Select method NEXT - increments current digit BACK - decrements current digit SELECT - submit entry a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value. [9] - SDM display shows VERIFY HOURS XXXXXX.0 (XXXXXX.0 is newly-entered hour meter value). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 194
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
[10] →NOTE: A new SDM only allows one reset to input existing machine hour meter value. Once SELECT or ENTER is pressed hour value is locked and can not be changed. If displayed value is correct, press SELECT or ENTER button to permanently store value. If displayed value is not correct, press BACK button to re-enter existing hour meter value. [11] - Once SELECT is pressed hour meter shall be locked. HOURMETER SAVED displays for 2 seconds, then display will return to normal runtime operation. Any button besides SELECT pressed will abort manual setting process, display will return ENTER HOURS. Then if MENU button is pressed hour meter entry procedure will be aborted and display will return to normal runtime operation.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 195
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Security System Enable-Disable →NOTE: The security setup menu option is only available if machine is equipped with anti-theft security system.
Enable Security System IMPORTANT: Default owner PIN for security system is 1111. Operator and Transport security codes are not set and must be set with master PIN or owner PIN. Using master PIN automatically resets owner PIN to default. [1] - Switched power ON. [2] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place standard display monitor (SDM) in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until SECURITY is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - ENTER OWNER PIN will be displayed. [6] - Enter correct Master or Owner security PIN: →NOTE: A master security PIN can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. Current engine hour meter reading and machine′s serial number are needed to obtain a master security PIN. There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric entry - use numbers on sealed switch module (SSM) SDM - use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons SSM Numeric Entry Method →NOTE: When ENTER PIN screen is active, SSM shall be in numeric entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad. 1. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift right of value entered. 2. After correct PIN is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. →NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process.
Next, Back and Select Method NEXT - increments current digit BACK - decrements current digit SELECT - submit entry a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 196
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
→NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process. [7] - If entered security PIN is correct, SECURITY menu will be displayed. [8] - Press NEXT button until CONFIGURATION is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [9] - There are three options to enable security, press NEXT button to choose, then press SELECT button. LOCK AT SHUTDOWN will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu. LOCK AT 5 MINUTES will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu. LOCK AT 60 MINUTES will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu.
Disable Anti-Theft Security System →NOTE: Security system can be disabled if necessary. When disabled, no theft protection is enabled. Only someone with owner or master security PIN can disable security system. [1] - Perform steps 1—8 of Enable Security System in this procedure. [2] - Press NEXT button until DISABLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. DISABLE SELECTED will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 197
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Security System Configuration →NOTE: The security setup menu option is only available if machine is equipped with anti-theft security system. →NOTE: Default owner PIN for security system is 1111. Operator and transport security codes are not set and must be set with master PIN or owner PIN. Using master PIN automatically resets owner PIN to default. Once security system has been enabled, either as a factory installed option or field installation, security system needs to be configured. Select locking method and change owner, operator and transport security PIN, as necessary. A master security PIN can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. Current engine hour meter reading and machine′s serial number are needed to obtain a master security PIN. The locking method allows four options to set security system Disable—Sets security system to unlock and does not require a PIN to start machine. Lock at shutdown—Sets security system to lock when engine run goes to engine stop, require a PIN to restart machine. Lock at 5 and 60 minutes—Set security system to lock after timer decrements 5 or 60 minutes. Operator display will appear powered down, but will allow machine to be restarted with no PIN until timer expires, after timer expires security system will lock requiring a PIN to start machine
Selecting Locking Method →NOTE: Only someone with owner or master security PIN can configure locking method. [1] - Turn switched power to ON position. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until SECURITY is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - ENTER OWNER PIN will be displayed. [5] - Enter correct master or owner security PIN. →NOTE: There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric entry—use numbers on SSM. SDM—use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons. Numeric Entry Method →NOTE: When ENTER PIN screen is active, SSM shall be in numeric entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad. a. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift to right of value entered. b. After correct PIN is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. →NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process.
NEXT, BACK and SELECT Method <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 198
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
NEXT—increments current digit. BACK—decrements current digit. SELECT—submit entry. a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value. [6] - If entered master or owner security PIN is correct SECURITY will be displayed. [7] - Press NEXT button until CONFIGURATION is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [8] - From CONFIGURATION menu there are four options to enable or disable security, press NEXT to highlight choice, then press SELECT button to activate. DISABLE. LOCK AT SHUTDOWN. LOCK AT 5 MINUTES. LOCK AT 60 MINUTES.
Changing an Operator or Owner Security PIN →NOTE: A security PIN can only be changed if master or owner security PIN is used during change procedure. [1] - Perform steps 1—7 of Selecting the Locking Method in this procedure. [2] - Press NEXT button until MANAGE PINS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - From MANAGE PINS menu there is six options to clear and change owner and operator PIN’s. OWNER PIN OPERATOR 1 OPERATOR 2 OPERATOR 3 OPERATOR 4 OPERATOR 5 [4] - Press NEXT button to highlight choice, then press SELECT button. [5] - Press NEXT button until CLEAR PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Display will show CLEARED for 2 seconds with an audible chirp before returning to CLEAR PIN submenu. [7] - Press NEXT button until ENTER PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [8] - Display will show ENTER NEW PIN. Numeric entry method or NEXT, BACK, and SELECT method can be used independently or together to enter a new PIN. →NOTE: If a PIN is entered that is already registered with another user, SDM shall display PIN ALREADY IN USE and return to ENTER NEW PIN display to allow user to enter a new PIN. If a PIN is entered that is not registered, SDM shall display PIN for 2 seconds and return to SECURITY submenu. This allows the Owner to restrict the machine use to a certain amount of time and limit some performance options, when someone other than the Owner is transporting the machine. Engine run will cause a timer to accumulate until set time is exceeded then security system will be locked requiring owner PIN to reset timer, each time owner PIN is used transport PIN resets.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 199
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Changing Transport PIN [1] - Perform steps 1—7 of Selecting the Locking Method in this procedure. [2] - Press NEXT button until MANAGE PINS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until TRANSPORT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until CLEAR PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT. [5] - Display will show TRANSPORT PIN CLEARED for 2 seconds then return to TRANSPORT submenu. [6] - Press NEXT button until ENTER PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - ENTER NEW PIN will be displayed, enter a new PIN using Numeric entry method or NEXT, BACK, and SELECT method can be used independently or together to enter a new PIN. →NOTE: If a PIN is entered that is already registered with another user, SDM shall display PIN ALREADY IN USE and return to ENTER NEW PIN submenu to allow user to enter a new PIN. If a PIN is entered that is not registered, SDM shall display PIN for 2 seconds and return to TRANSPORT submenu. [8] - Press NEXT button until VALID PIN TIME is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [9] - Enter run time in hours (1—9) using numeric entry method or NEXT, BACK, and SELECT method to enter a new hour value. →NOTE: Owner shall be able to set VALID PIN TIME from 1—9 hours. SDM shall have a timer that accumulates anytime engine state is engine Running and user is logged in with TRANSPORT PIN. When this timer exceeds value set by owner in VALID PIN TIME submenu, TRANSPORT PIN shall be cleared and SDM shall display PIN EXPIRED CONTACT OWNER. [10] - VALID PIN TIME <X> HOURS SAVED is displayed for 2 seconds with an audible chirp before returning to TRANSPORT menu.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 200
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Security System Operation →NOTE: The security setup menu option is only available if machine is equipped with anti-theft security system.
Unlocking Machine (Operator and Owner) [1] - Sit in operator′s seat to power up standard display monitor. [2] - Turn switched power to ON position. [3] - Standard display monitor (SDM) displays ENTER PIN. [4] - Enter correct owner or operator security PIN. →NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process. →NOTE: There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric entry - use numbers on SSM SDM - use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons Numeric Entry Method →NOTE: When ENTER PIN screen is active, SSM shall be in numeric entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad. a. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift to right of value entered. b. After correct PIN is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. Next, Back and Select Method NEXT - increments current digit BACK - decrements current digit SELECT - submit entry a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value. [5] - If proper PIN is entered display will return to hour meter screen.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 201
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Group 20 - References Electrical Component Specifications Item
Measurement
Specification
B2—Air Conditioner Freeze Switch
Opening temperature (decreasing)
-1.4°C 29.5°F
Closing temperature (increasing)
2.2°C 36°F
B3—Air Conditioner Binary Switch
Opening pressure (high)
2620—2896 kPa 26.2—29 bar 380—420 psi
Closing pressure (high)
1379—2068 kPa 13.8—20.7 bar 200—300 psi
B6—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor
Resistance
2.434—3.229 kilo-ohms @ 25°C (77°F) 178.8—180.5 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 88.83—89.33 ohms @ 125°C (257°F)
B7—Engine Oil Pressure Switch
Opening Pressure
37—72 kPa 0.4—0.7 bar 5.5—10.5 psi
B8—Fuel Level Sensor
Resistance
178—184 ohms @ 100% Fill 137.3 ohms @ 3/4 Fill 91.8 ohms @ 1/2 Fill 46.4 ohms @ 1/4 Fill 9—11 ohms @ 0 Fill
B12—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Closing Pressure
344 kPa 3.45 bar 50 psi
B13—Park Brake Pressure Switch
Opening Pressure
993—1213 kPa 10.2—12.4 bar 144—176 psi
Closing Pressure
806—985 kPa 8.1—9.9 bar 117—143 psi
B15—Coolant Temperature Sensor
B16—Load Sense Pressure Sensor
B17—Fuel Temperature Sensor
<- Go to Section TOC
Resistance
90—108 kilo-ohms @ -40°C (-40°F) 26—31 kilo-ohms @ -20°C (-4°F) 8.7—10.2 kilo-ohms @ 0°C (32°F) 3.3—3.8 kilo-ohms @ 20°C (68°F) 1.4—1.6 kilo-ohms @ 40°C (104°F) 648—708 ohms @ 60°C (140°F) 317—350 ohms @ 80°C (176°F) 170—186 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 97—105 ohms @ 120°C (248°F)
Pressure
0.5 V @ 0 kPa (0 psi) 1 V @ 4000 kPa (580.2 psi) 1.5 V @ 7500 kPa (1087.8 psi) 2 V @ 11000 kPa (1595.4 psi) 2.5 V @ 15000 kPa (2175.6 psi) 3 V @ 19000 kPa (2575.7 psi) 3.5 V @ 22500 kPa (3263.4 psi) 4 V @ 26000 kPa (3770.9 psi) 4.5 V @ 30000 kPa (4351.1 psi)
Resistance
90—108 kilo-ohms @ -40°C (-40°F) 26—31 kilo-ohms @ -20°C (-4°F) 8.7—10.2 kilo-ohms @ 0°C (32°F) 3.3—3.8 kilo-ohms @ 20°C (68°F) 1.4—1.6 kilo-ohms @ 40°C (104°F) 648—708 ohms @ 60°C (140°F) 317—350 ohms @ 80°C (176°F) 170—186 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 97—105 ohms @ 120°C (248°F)
Section 9015 page 202
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Item
Group 20: References Measurement
Specification
B18—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
Resistance
90—108 kilo-ohms @ -40°C (-40°F) 26—31 kilo-ohms @ -20°C (-4°F) 8.7—10.2 kilo-ohms @ 0°C (32°F) 3.3—3.8 kilo-ohms @ 20°C (68°F) 1.4—1.6 kilo-ohms @ 40°C (104°F) 648—708 ohms @ 60°C (140°F) 317—350 ohms @ 80°C (176°F) 170—186 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 97—105 ohms @ 120°C (248°F)
B19—Crank Position Sensor
Resistance
2.7—3.3 kilo-ohms
B20—Foot Throttle Position Sensor
Resistance
5 kilo-ohms ± 20%
B21—Engine Speed Control Dial
Resistance
1 kilo-ohms ± 20%
B26—Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor
Pressure
0.5 V @ 0 kPa (0 psi) 1 V @ 4000 kPa (580.2 psi) 1.5 V @ 7500 kPa (1087.8 psi) 2 V @ 11000 kPa (1595.4 psi) 2.5 V @ 15000 kPa (2175.6 psi) 3 V @ 19000 kPa (2575.7 psi) 3.5 V @ 22500 kPa (3263.4 psi) 4 V @ 26000 kPa (3770.9 psi) 4.5 V @ 30000 kPa (4351.1 psi)
B109—Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch
Closes on Increased Vacuum
4.98—7.48 kPa Vacuum 20—30 in. H 2 O
S26—Brake Light Pressure Switch 1
Closing pressure
410—760 kPa 4.1—7.6 bar 60—110 psi
S27—Brake Light Pressure Switch 2
Closing pressure
410—760 kPa 4.1—7.6 bar 60—110 psi
R5—CAN Termination Resistor 1
Resistance
120 ohms
R6—CAN Termination Resistor 2
Resistance
120 ohms
R10—Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Resistance
Outside Resistor Terminal (2) to Terminal (4) 1.12 ohms Outside Resistor Terminal (2) to Terminal (1) 0.42 ohms Outside Resistor Terminal (2) to terminal (3) 0.15 ohms
R20—Temperature Control Resister
Resistance
Terminal (2) to Terminal (1) 5 kilo-ohms
Y1—Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y2—Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
13.16 cm 5.18 in.
Y3—Transmission Speed Solenoid 1
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y4—Transmission Speed Solenoid 2
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y5—Transmission Speed Solenoid 3
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
13.16 cm 5.18 in.
Y6—Transmission Speed Solenoid 4
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y7—Park Brake Release Solenoid
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
10.41 cm 4.10 in.
Y10—Differential Lock Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
10.41 cm
Section 9015 page 203
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Item
Group 20: References Measurement
Specification 4.10 in.
Y11—MFWD Solenoid
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
10.41 cm 4.10 in.
Y15—Start Aid Solenoid
Resistance
1 ohm
Y20—Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid
Resistance
5.03—5.57 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y21—Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid
Resistance
5.03—5.57 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y29—Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid—If Equipped
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y30—Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid—If Equipped
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y43—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Resistance
12.6—15.4 ohms
Y50—Ride Control Solenoid 1
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y51—Ride Control Solenoid 2
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y52—Pilot Enable Solenoid
Resistance
8.56—9.08 ohms
Y53—Selective Flow Control Solenoid
Circuit Amperage
1400—1500 mA
Solenoid Resistance
8.6—9.0 ohms
Y56—Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Resistance
8.5 ohms
Y58—Pattern Select Solenoid 1
Resistance
7.25 ohms
Y59—Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Resistance
7.25 ohms
Y67—Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Resistance
13.5 ohms
Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure This procedure explains how to connect Service ADVISOR ™ to the machine using an electronic data link (EDL) (2) connection. The controller area network (CAN) used on the machine requires an EDL connection. LEGEND: 1 USB Cable 2 Electronic Data Link (EDL) 3 Diagnostic 9-Pin Connector Cable 4 Cover 5 Warning Indicator(amber) 6 CAN Connection Indicator (red) 7 Power Indicator (green) X1 Service ADVISOR Connector X3 Fuse and Relay Block
Service ADVISOR Connection
EDL and Cables
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 204
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
EDL Lights [1] - Open cover (4) to access fuse and relay block (X3) and Service ADVISOR connector (X1). [2] - Remove cover from Service ADVISOR connector. [3] - Connect diagnostic 9-pin connector cable (3) to Service ADVISOR diagnostic connector. [4] - Turn machine switched power to ON position. Ensure power indicator (7) illuminates. [5] - CAN connection indicator (6) illuminates when computer connects to the CAN data line. CAN connection indicator may flicker, this is normal. When CAN connection indicator is illuminated, CAN data line is active and data is transmitting. [6] - If CAN connection indicator does not illuminate and computer cannot connect to CAN data line, check all cable connections. [7] - Refer to Service ADVISOR system instructions to log into service computer and take data readings from machine.
JDLink™ Connection Procedure For more information on JDLink ™ connection procedure, see Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 205
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Use Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM) to view stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Please refer to Section 9001—Diagnostics for DTC diagnostic procedures.
Reading DTCs with Service ADVISOR
Service ADVISOR—Diagnostic Trouble Codes LEGEND: 1 2 3 4
Diagnostics Shortcut Bar Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Folder Readings Tab Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Tab
[1] - Connect service computer to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) [2] - Open Service ADVISOR and display appropriate model information. [3] - Turn switched power ON. [4] - From the Shortcut bar, click Diagnostics to open the Diagnostics shortcut bar (1). [5] - Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes folder (2). [6] -
Connection Options Dialog Box Select the Connect to Model(s) radio button on the Connection Options dialog box, and click OK. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 206
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[7] -
Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box LEGEND: 5 Available Adapters Drop-Down List 6 Selected Models List 7 Change Selected Models Button On the Select Readings Adapter dialog box, make sure the appropriate adapter is displayed. If not, select correct adapter from drop-down list (5). Options include: Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-alone USB Device Electronic Data Link (EDL) Using Bluetooth →NOTE: The controller area network (CAN) used on the machine requires an EDL connection. [8] - Make sure correct machine to connect to displays in the Selected Models list (6). If not, click the Change Selected Models button (7). [9] - Click OK to connect to machine. [10] - After Service ADVISOR ™ connects to machine, both the Readings tab (3) and Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) display. [11] - Double-click an underlined code on the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab to display a detailed description for servicing that diagnostic trouble code. [12] →NOTE: Use the lock topic feature within Service ADVISOR to open multiple windows if machine is transmitting more than one diagnostic trouble code. Refer to Service ADVISOR ™ system instructions for using this feature. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) to select and view details for additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Reading DTCs with Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 207
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[1] - Turn switched power ON to power up SDM. [2] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until CODES is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - From CODES submenu the display will show the amount of stored and active codes. [6] - View DTC info: Press the NEXT button to scroll through list of codes. Press the SELECT button to view DTC details. Press the BACK button to move up one menu level. [7] - To clear codes, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes . (Group 9015-16.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 208
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor Messages Standard display monitor (SDM) automatically displays a message for certain diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and machine conditions. When DTC is initially active, a message displays on SDM until either condition is resolved or operator presses any button on SDM. DTCs and machine conditions that automatically generate a SDM message include: DTC List Monitor Text
Control Unit
DTC Code
Description
AUXILIARY FLOW XX GPM
VCU
————
Displays first time hammer is turned on per power cycle.
BACKHOE ACTIVE
VCU
————
Pilot enable switch is activated while operator′s seat is not in backhoe position.
CALIBRATE SEAT SENSOR
VCU
520713.13
Operator′s seat position calibration values are invalid, calibrate seat.
CONVERTER TEMP FAULT
TCU
000177.04
Error (low input voltage) in torque converter temperature sensor circuit.
CONVERTER OIL TEMP HIGH
TCU
000177.00
Transmission oil temperature is too high, above 121°C (250° F).
DIFF LOCK DISABLED DUE TO HIGH SPEED
TCU
000746.31
Differential Lock engagement was attempted above 1000 rpm engine speed threshold. (only displays if differential lock speed limit setting is enabled)
DOCK LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002366.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
ECU CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
ECU
002000.13
ECU security error. Monitor and ECU do not agree on power level of engine.
ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTED
ECU
000107.00
Restriction in engine air filter, filter system, or in-range sensor error. Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTED
ECU
000107.16
Restricted air filter, other restrictions in air inlet system, in-range sensor malfunction. Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
ENGINE DERATED
ECU
000189.00
One of speed derate conditions exists on engine. Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
ENGINE DERATED
ECU
000189.31 001569.31
One of speed derate conditions exists on engine.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN XX PRESS START TO ABORT
VCU
————
When ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer reaches 30 seconds, VCU shall set delayed shutdown timer value set in SDM or press start to abort.
ENGINE TEMP HIGH
ECU
000110.00
Cooling system performance has degraded. Coolant temperature is at or above 116°C (241° F). Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
ENGINE TEMP HIGH
ECU
000110.16
Cooling system performance has degraded. Coolant temperature is at or above 114°C (237° F). Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
ENGINE TEMP SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000110.03
Open circuit in harness, either signal or ground. Coolant temperature sensor malfunction.
ENGINE TEMP SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000110.04
Coolant temperature sensor signal shorted to ground. Coolant temperature sensor malfunction.
EXHAUST FILTER PRESS SELECT TO ENTER CLEANING CYCLE
VCU
————
Exhaust diesel particulate filter (DPF) is ready to initiate a parked cleaning.
EXHAUST FILTER AUTO CLEANING IDLE ELEVATED
VCU
————
Idle is elevated for exhaust aftertreatment auto cleaning mode.
EXHAUST FILTER RESTRICTING
VCU
————
Exhaust diesel particulate filter (DPF) has reached a high restriction level (soot level 3), filter cleaning is needed.
EXHAUST FILTER CLEANING REQD ENGINE PWR LMTD
VCU
————
Exhaust diesel particulate (DPF) has reached a very high restriction level (soot level 4), engine power is derated 50%, perform a PARKED CLEANING.
EXHAUST FILTER SERVICE REQD ENGINE PWR LMTD
ECU
003719.00
Exhaust diesel particulate filter (DPF) has reached a severe restriction level (soot level 5, most severe) engine power is derated 50% until filter is cleaned. See your authorized dealer to perform a SERVICE CLEANING.
FAN SPEED FAULT
ECU
001639.01
Engine fan speed low, check fan drive system. Data valid but below normal operational range (most severe level).
FASTEN SEATBELT
VCU
————
Displays when engine state transitions to engine running.
FRONT LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002354.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
FRONT LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002356.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
FUEL GAUGE FAULT
SDM
000096.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source.
FUEL GAUGE FAULT
SDM
000096.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source.
FUEL PUMP CONTROL FAULT
ECU
001347.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Rail pressure solenoid is forced closed due to a short to a high source. Detected only during harness diagnostics.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 209
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
FUEL PUMP CONTROL FAULT
ECU
001347.05
Current below normal or open circuit. A wiring connection to pump solenoid #1 is open. Wiring to pump solenoid #1 is shorted to ground. Pump solenoid #1 has malfunctioned.
FUEL PUMP CONTROL FAULT
ECU
002000.06
Current above normal grounded circuit or ECU malfunction. Fuel injection pump fuel control valve current fall time too long.
HIGH EGR TEMPERATURE
ECU
000412.00
High loads with poor EGR cooling, occurs at > 299°C (570° F). Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
HIGH EGR TEMPERATURE
ECU
000412.16
High loads with poor EGR cooling, occurs at > 290°C (544° F). Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
HIGH FUEL TEMPERATURE
ECU
000174.00
Cooling system performance has degraded. Fuel at or above 100°C (212° F), data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
HIGH SYSTEM VOLTAGE
SDM
000168.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source.
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTED
VCU
001713.00
Hydraulic filter is restricted.
HYDRAULIC OIL SENSOR FAULT
VCU
001638.04
Voltage below normal shorted to low source or hydraulic oil temperature sensor is shorted to ground.
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMP XXXF
VCU
001638.00
Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMP XXXF
VCU
001638.16
Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
INCORRECT VIN
ECU
000237.02
PIN does not match or other controllers in networks are not committed in required time.
INCORRECT VIN
ECU
000237.31
VIN messages are missing or other controllers in network are not committed in required time.
INJECTOR FAILURE
ECU
000611.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Injector drive circuit has detected a short to battery on injector wires.
INJECTOR FAILURE
ECU
000611.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source. Injector drive circuit has detected a short to ground on injector wires.
LEARNING OPTIONS
SDM
000237.13
Out of calibration VIN option bytes are 0, still have not learned options from other controllers on bus.
LEFT JOYSTICK NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If left joystick is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable backhoe hydraulics in rear facing position.
LEFT STAB NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If outer stabilizer roller is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable hydraulics in rear facing position.
LOADER COUPLER DISENGAGED
VCU
————
When engine state is engine running and loader coupler button has been pressed, loader coupler shall transition to disengaged state.
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
ECU
000111.01
Coolant level below loss switch while coolant temp > 95°C (203° F). Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
ECU
000111.18
Coolant level below loss switch while coolant temp is > 60°C (140° F) and < 95°C (203° F). Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ECU
000100.01
Oil pressure low due to low or no oil present. Data valid but below normal operational range (most severe level).
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ECU
000100.18
Oil pressure low due to low or no oil present. Data valid but below normal operating range (moderately severe level).
LOW FUEL
VCU
————
Repeats every 5 minutes as long as condition exists.
LOW SYSTEM VOLTAGE
SDM
000168.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source.
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP HIGH
ECU
000105.00
Cooling system performance has degraded. Manifold air temperature is above 91°C (196° F).
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP HIGH
ECU
000105.16
Cooling system performance has degraded. Manifold air temperature is above 89.5°C (193° F).
MINI JOYSTICK NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If mini joystick is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable override mode with SSM button, in loader seat position.
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
TCU
524172.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Clutch disconnect switch is either shorted or stuck.
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
TCU
524172.07
Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment. Clutch disconnect normally open and clutch disconnect normally closed switches do not agree.
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
TCU
524172.09
Abnormal update rate, an internal-use DTC indicating a communication error has occurred, which has caused clutch disconnect feature to be disabled.
OPTION NOT INSTALLED
VCU
————
If option is not installed and option button is pressed on SSM, message is displayed on PDU each time button is pressed.
PARK BRAKE APPLY XX
TCU
————
If SSM communication is lost preventing operator from engaging park brake and machine is in motion above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) or ground speed is invalid. TCU shall delay park brake apply for 15 seconds and decrements 15 second timer before engaging.
PARK BRAKE APPLY XX PRESS START TO ABORT
TCU
————
If machine speed is invalid or greater than 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) and current gear is not neutral and stop button has been pressed. TCU shall delay park brake apply for 15 seconds and decrements 15 second timer before engaging or press start to abort.
PIN EXPIRED CONTACT OWNER
VCU
————
Timer exceeded value set by owner in VALID PIN TIME menu, TRANSPORT PIN shall be cleared and SDM displays PIN EXPIRED CONTACT OWNER.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 210
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000157.03
Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source. An open in ground circuit of rail pressure sensor. Short in harness to high voltage. Rail pressure sensor malfunction.
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000157.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source. An open in ground circuit of rail pressure sensor. Short in harness to high voltage. Rail pressure sensor malfunction.
REAR LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002360.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
REAR LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002362.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
RELEASE PARK BRAKE
VCU
————
Park brake switch indicating park brake on.
RETURN TLC TO NEUTRAL
VCU
————
For pass through neutral request. Display acknowledgeable but audible and stop indicator remain.
RIGHT DOOR OPEN
VCU
————
Right door switch indicating open.
RIGHT JOYSTICK NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If right joystick is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable backhoe hydraulics in rear facing position.
RIGHT STAB NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If inner stabilizer roller is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable hydraulics in rear facing position.
SEAT SENSOR FAULT
VCU
520713.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Voltage on seat sensor channel 1 or channel 2 is above 4.5 V.
SEAT SENSOR FAULT
VCU
520713.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source. Voltage on seat sensor channel 1 or channel 2 is below 0.5 V.
SEAT SENSOR FAULT
VCU
520713.12
Malfunctioning intelligent device or component. Channel 1 and channel 2 do not match, cross check of two channels exceeds 250 mV.
SECURITY ENABLED
VCU
————
When machine is cycled from OFF to ON or OFF to START, and security system is locked, SECURITY ENABLED displayed.
SERVICE BRAKE PRESSURE LOW
TCU
520654.01
Brake charge pressure below 6200 kPa (899 psi). Has 10 second initial delay after engine running. Data valid but below normal operational range (most severe level).
TURN SEAT TO ENABLE
HVC
————
Seat position is in between backhoe and loader seat positions when trying to enable loader hydraulics.
WAIT TO START
ECU
001321.16
ECU has exceeded 60 seconds of continuous cranking. Ignition off and wait 60 seconds before attempting to start again.
WAIT TO START XX
ECU
————
XX displays count down before attempting to start again.
WATER IN FUEL
ECU
000097.16
Water has been detected in separator bowl.
Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics An intermittent diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is a DTC that periodically “goes away.” A loose terminal that intermittently does not make contact with its mating terminal is a likely cause of an intermittent DTC. Other intermittent DTCs may only be set under certain operating conditions such as heavy load or extended idle. Possible Causes of Intermittent DTCs Contact between terminals in connector. Check for loose, dirty, or partially disconnected connectors. Connection between sensor or actuator and harness. Inspect wiring routing, looking for possible intermittent shorts to ground caused by contact with external parts (for example, rubbing against sharp sheet metal edges). Terminal-to-wire connection. Check for broken wires, damaged splices, and wire-to-wire shorts. Electromagnetic interference (EMI) from an improperly installed 2-way radio, etc., can cause erroneous signals to be sent to controller. →NOTE: A controller is the component least likely to malfunction. Replace a controller only if diagnostic procedure indicates that a controller replacement is necessary.
Diagnosing Intermittent DTCs If diagnostic procedure indicates problem is intermittent, try to reproduce operating conditions present when DTC was active. Service ADVISOR ™ can be used to help locate intermittent problems using a function called Recording. Recording function permits recording of data parameter values during a diagnostic session. If a DTC is active during a certain diagnostic session, parameters can be played back and observed to see what each applicable parameter′s value was when DTC occurred. If a connection or wire is suspected cause of intermittent problem, clear DTCs, then check connection or wire by wiggling it while watching Service ADVISOR and observe if DTC resets. Voltage measured at controller input for most sensors can be monitored in Service ADVISOR as a data point. Minimum <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 211
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
and maximum value of voltage (measured since data point was selected) is displayed along with current value of voltage. Check minimum and maximum voltage columns in data points screen after each section of harness is wiggled to help isolate problem location. After all causes for intermittent DTCs are repaired, clear codes, cycle ignition power, and check for active DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) If DTC reappears, see specific diagnostic procedure in Section 9001.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 212
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 213
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 214
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X11 X20 X40 X42 X102 X6014
Group 20: References
Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
Generic CAN Circuit Schematic LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Controller 1 Controller 2 Service ADVISOR™ Connector Termination Resistor 1 Termination Resistor 2 CAN High Wire (yellow) CAN Low Wire (green) Grounded Shield Wire (black)
IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors can damage the terminal and connector. When testing wire harnesses, always use spare mating terminals to connect test leads to connector terminals. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 215
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
This machine uses one CAN network. For more information, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ( 1 ) System Check
Action: Switched power ON. Locate Service ADVISOR ™ connector and establish machine connection. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Does Service ADVISOR establish a connection?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Go to Service ADVISOR Fuse Test.
Action: Do all controllers show up under connected controllers?
Result: YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check . NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is Service ADVISOR able to connect to any machine controllers?
Result: YES: Go to Controller Fuse Check . NO: Go to CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check . ( 2 ) Service ADVISOR Fuse Test
Action: Remove fuse for Service ADVISOR and check for continuity. For fuse location, see Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check. NO:Replace Service ADVISOR fuse. ( 3 ) CAN Termination Resistor Check
Action: Disconnect modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 216
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Result: YES:Go to CAN High Wire Voltage Check. NO:Replace termination resistor. ( 4 ) CAN High Wire Voltage Check
Action: IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors can damage the terminal and connector. When testing wire harnesses, always use spare mating terminals to connect test leads to connector terminals. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) Switched power ON. Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin C (CAN high) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector (X1). Is voltage between 2 and 3 volts?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Low Wire Voltage Check. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is system voltage present between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
Result: YES:A short circuit on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is zero voltage present between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
Result: YES: Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check . NO:Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. ( 5 ) CAN Low Wire Voltage Check
Action: Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin D (CAN low) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Is voltage between 2 and 3 volts?
Result: YES:Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is system voltage present between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 217
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Result: YES:A short circuit exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is zero voltage present between pins D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
Result: YES: Go to CAN Low Wire Circuit Check . NO:Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. ( 6 ) CAN High Wire Circuit Check
Action: Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) of Service ADVISOR connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to ground exists on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Go to next step in this check. ( 7 ) CAN Low Wire Circuit Check
Action: Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) of Service ADVISOR connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to ground exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Go to next step in this check. ( 8 ) CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to ground at pin A of Service ADVISOR connector. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 218
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and machine ground. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to machine ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to machine ground. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition. NO:Go to CAN High/CAN Low Short Check. ( 9 ) CAN High/CAN Low Short Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short circuit between CAN high and CAN low wires. Check continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: Go to Service ADVISOR Fuse Test . ( 10 ) Controller Fuse Check
Action: Remove fuse for missing controller(s). Check fuse(s) for continuity. Is continuity indicated in all fuses?
Result: YES:Go to Controller Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) that did not indicate continuity. ( 11 ) Controller Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Locate suspected controller(s). Using system functional schematic, wiring diagram and component location master legend, locate CAN wires and disconnect appropriate connector. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between CAN high and CAN low wires. Is resistance between 55 and 65 ohms?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:An open or short circuit exists in one of CAN wires. Work from controller back to main harness, checking CAN high and low wires for an open or short circuit.
Action: Switched power ON. Using system functional schematic, wiring diagram and component location master legend, check for power and ground at suspect controller(s). Is power and ground present? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 219
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:An open or short circuit exists in circuit with no power or ground. Work from controller back to main harness, checking power and ground circuits for an open or short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 220
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Service ADVISOR ™ Connector (pins C and D) Resistance
54—66 ohms
CAN Termination Resistor 1 (R5) and CAN Termination Resistor 2 (R6) Resistance
108—132 ohms
The purpose of controller area network (CAN) resistor test is to check the two CAN termination resistors. The following resistance check can be made to ensure that both CAN resistors are in place and working properly. For more information on CAN networks, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) [1] - If equipped with JDLink ™ , complete the following: a. Remove tool box to access modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). b. Disconnect MTG control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) [2] LEGEND: C D X1
Pin C Pin D Service ADVISOR™ Connector
Service ADVISOR™ Connector Remove console cover to access fuse and relay block and Service ADVISOR ™ connector (X1). [3] - Using a multimeter, check resistance between pins (C and D) in Service ADVISOR™ connector. Item
Measurement
Specification
Service ADVISOR™ Connector (pins C and D)
Resistance
54—66 ohms
[4] →NOTE: If equipped with JDLink™, CAN termination resistor 1 (R5) is internal to MTG harness (W6002). If resistance is not to specification, check the resistance at pins A and B of the following: If equipped with JDLink™: modular telematics gateway (MTG) CAN 1 connector (X102). If not equipped with JDLink™: CAN termination resistor 1 (R5). CAN termination resistor 2 (R6). Item
Measurement
Specification
CAN Termination Resistor 1 (R5) and CAN Termination Resistor 2 (R6)
Resistance
108—132 ohms
For CAN termination resistor 1 (R5) or MTG CAN 1 connector (X102) location and pin information: If equipped with JDLink™, see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location and see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) If not equipped with JDLink™, see Engine Harness (W10) Component Location and see Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) For CAN termination resistor 2 (R6) location and pin information: See Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 221
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Alternator Test
Common Alternator Circuit LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Battery Alternator Key Switch To Accessories ACC Alternator Excitation Diode Excitation Terminal (marked D+) B+ Exciter Diodes Positive Diodes Negative Diodes Stator Excitation Winding (field) Regulator AC Terminal (marked W) To Display Module (indicator lamp)
[1] - 12 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. ]
. [2] - With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. ]
. [3] - If voltage from previous steps is below 13.5 VDC [ Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. ]
, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 13.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). [4] - With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 6—7 VAC . [5] - Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 222
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[6] - If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator assembly if necessary. Test and repair if possible. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit. [1] - 24 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. ]
. [2] - With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. ]
. [3] - If voltage from previous steps is below 27.5 VDC [ Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. ]
, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 27.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). [4] - With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 12—14 VAC . [5] - Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. [6] - If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator assembly if necessary. Make specific test and repair procedures. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.
Wire Harness Test IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors can damage the terminal and connector. When testing wire harnesses, always use spare mating terminals (2) to connect test leads (1) to connector terminals. LEGEND: 1 2
Test Lead Spare Mating Terminal
Test Lead Connection This technique is used to prevent a connector terminal from malfunctioning.
Sensor Circuit Test →NOTE: The following procedure will determine if there is a malfunction in the wiring harness or controller. This procedure does not test the sensor. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 223
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
LEGEND: 1 Jumper Wire 2 Jumper Wire (short to power) 3 Jumper Wire (short to ground)
Two-Wire Sensor Connector
Three-Wire Sensor Connector [1] - Record and clear diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) [2] - With switched power OFF, disconnect suspected sensor wiring harness connector. Two-Wire Sensor—Connect jumper wire (1) between the terminals in the harness connector. Three-Wire Sensor—If the original diagnostic trouble code was “Short-to-Power,” connect jumper wire (2) between the sensing terminal and the ground terminal in the wiring harness connector. If the original diagnostic trouble code was “Short-to-Ground,” connect jumper wire (3) between the sensing terminal and the power terminal in the wiring harness connector. [3] - Start engine and run for several seconds. Stop engine. [4] - Turn switched power ON. [5] - Record all diagnostic trouble codes as in step 1 above. [6] - If a new diagnostic trouble code ( Short-to-Ground or Short-to-Power ) appears, a sensor malfunction is indicated. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 224
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
If a new diagnostic trouble code does not appear, a harness or controller malfunction is indicated.
Crank Position Sensor Test
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) RPM Display [1] - Turn switched power ON. [2] - The standard display monitor (SDM) operator display mode shows engine rpm in top right of LCD display. [3] - Start engine. If engine does not start and rpm is not displayed, check the following: Check start and charge circuits, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Check ECU unswitched power 40 A fuse (F4). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check crank position sensor (B19) and wiring. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 225
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Transmission Control Circuit Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector
This procedure uses Service ADVISOR ™ to check transmission control circuit, including transmission control lever (TCL), wiring harness, and transmission solenoids. →NOTE: Second part of procedure requires machine to be operated in gear with service brakes applied to test transmission solenoids. [1] - Connect to machine using Service ADVISOR and display model information for appropriate machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) [2] - Open K-Backhoe Transmission Interactive Test. [3] - Follow on-screen prompts within Service ADVISOR to check TCL and wiring harness. [4] - Use JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector, as needed, to troubleshoot TCL and wiring harness. LEGEND: 1 Steering Column X48 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
a. Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector Remove steering column covers as needed to access TCL connector (X48) on steering column (1). b. Disconnect TCL switch connector and connect JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector to TCL connector. Diagnostic Connector JDG10508 Used to check transmission control lever (TCL) and wiring harness.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 226
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[5] - Troubleshoot wiring harness or TCL as directed by Service ADVISOR test results. Otherwise, proceed to next step. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) [6] - Start engine when directed by interactive test. Operate engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[7] - Place TCL in neutral. [8] - Follow on-screen prompts within Service ADVISOR to check transmission solenoids. [9] - Troubleshoot transmission solenoids as directed by Service ADVISOR test results. See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) [10] - View diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for machine, as DTCs may be generated during interactive test. Clear DTCs if necessary. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.)
Transmission Solenoid Circuit Test This procedure tests transmission control solenoids using vehicle control unit (VCU) and standard display monitor (SDM), without having to operate machine. Test cycles through all transmission control solenoids to ensure no malfunctions exist between VCU and solenoids. This test is performed with engine off. A systematic activation of each control solenoid will check for short to ground or open circuits. If a malfunction is detected, SDM displays a CHECK CODES message. Stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) should be checked for specific malfunction information. This test should be run whenever a transmission electrical problem is suspected, or after a transmission harness replacement as a way to verify all connections have been made correctly. [1] - Park machine on a flat level surface. [2] - Lower all equipment to ground, and turn engine off. [3] - Switched power to ON position. [4] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTIC is highlighted, then press SELECT button. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Press NEXT button until TESTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - Press NEXT button until VCU OUTPUTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: One transmission control solenoid is tested in each step. Each step is approximately 5 seconds in duration. [8] - If a malfunction is detected, CHECK CODES appears on display and audible alarm beeps twice. Check stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) to correct problem. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) [9] - When test is complete with no malfunctions present, ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF appears on display and audible alarm beeps twice. [10] - Switched power OFF.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 227
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test Procedure checks continuity through the transmission control lever (TCL) forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) and gear select switch (S6) based on direction and gear selection. [1] - Switched power OFF. [2] LEGEND: 1 Steering Column X48 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
TCL/Range Switch Connector Remove steering column covers as needed to access transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) on steering column (1). [3] - Remove tie bands securing wire harness to steering column. [4] - Disconnect TCL connector. [5] IMPORTANT:
Continuity Check with Spare Mating Terminals LEGEND: 2 Spare Mating Terminal (as required) X48 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Avoid damage to connector from inserting test leads directly into connector. Use mating terminals or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to perform test. Cycle TCL through forward, neutral, and reverse positions. Using a multimeter, compare continuity measured between TCL connector pins to the following table. Check continuity at TCL side of connector. Direction Enable Circuit Continuity Direction Enable Circuit Continuity TCL Connector Pin Selected Direction
1
Forward
X
Neutral
X
Reverse
X
<- Go to Section TOC
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
X X X
Section 9015 page 228
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[6] - Rotate gear select on TCL to cycle TCL range switch through gear positions. Using a multimeter, compare continuity measured between TCL connector pins to the following table. Check continuity at TCL side of connector. Range Enable Circuit Continuity Range Enable Circuit Continuity TCL Connector Pin Selected Gear
1
First
2
3
4
5
6
X
Second Third
X X
Fourth
X
7
8
9
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
10
11
12
[7] - If continuity measured does not match tables, replace TCL assembly. [8] - Connect TCL connector. [9] - Install new tie bands to secure wire harness to steering column. [10] - Install steering column covers, as required.
Transmission Solenoid Check Disconnect the machine harness to the suspect transmission solenoid. Using a multimeter, measure the solenoid resistance. If the resistance is not approximately 10.5 ohms, replace the solenoid valve. If resistance is within specification, check wiring.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 229
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Throttle Position Sensor Test This procedure checks the engine speed control pedal (B20) and engine speed control dial (B21) using the service menu within the standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20) Test [1] - Turn switched power ON to power up standard display monitor (SDM). [2] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until ENGINE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - Press NEXT button until THROTTLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Press NEXT button until FOOT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - Depress the engine speed control pedal and observe the change in the percent value displayed on the SDM. [8] - If the engine speed control pedal percentage does not change from approximately 0% to 100% during full travel of pedal, replace engine speed control pedal assembly. Engine Speed Control Dial (B21) Test [1] - Turn switched power ON to power up standard display monitor (SDM). [2] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until ENGINE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - Press NEXT button until THROTTLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Press NEXT button until HAND is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - Turn the engine speed control dial and observe the change in the percent value displayed on the SDM. [8] - If the engine speed control dial percentage does not change from approximately 0% to 100% during full travel of dial, replace engine speed control dial assembly.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 230
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Engine Speed Control Pedal Test The purpose of this test is to test signal output of engine speed control pedal (B20). Engine speed control pedal provides a signal to engine control unit (ECU), based on pedal position, to control engine speed. For more information, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Section 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Signal Test
Action: Check for engine speed control pedal signal change with primary display unit (PDU). See Throttle Position Sensor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does signal change approximately from 10% to 90% ± 5%?
Result: YES:Check complete. NO:Go to Engine Speed Control Pedal Sensor Check. ( 2 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Sensor Check
Action: Turn switched power to OFF position. Disconnect the engine speed control pedal connector. See Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location or see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) LEGEND: 1 Engine Speed Control Sensor Harness Connector B20 Engine Speed Control Pedal
Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to connect power from pin C on engine speed control sensor harness connector to pin C on engine speed control pedal (B20). Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to connect ground from pin B on engine speed control sensor harness connector to pin B on engine speed control pedal (B20). Set multimeter to measure voltage and connect multimeter positive test lead to pin A and multimeter negative test lead to ground. Turn switched power to ON position. Move pedal through full range of motion and record voltage output. Compare to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20)
Voltage
4.75 V pedal fully pushed
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 231
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Item
Group 20: References Measurement
Specification 0.5 V pedal released
→NOTE: Voltage output should increase as pedal is being pushed through full range of motion, but must remain within specification. Does voltage change approximately from 0.5 V to 4.75 V ?
Result: YES:Go to Wiring Harness Check. NO:Replace engine speed control pedal (B20). ( 3 ) Wiring Harness Check
Action: Turn switched power to OFF position. Using system functional schematic, wiring diagram, and component location master legend, check for shorts and opens in the circuit. Work from engine control unit back to engine speed control pedal, checking for shorts and opens in the circuit. Is a short or open detected?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test This procedure tests outputs of the vehicle control unit (VCU) using the standard display monitor (SDM), without need to operate machine. The test cycles through most VCU outputs (including transmission solenoid outputs) to ensure there are no malfunctions between VCU and component controlled by the VCU output. The test is performed with engine off, and systematically activates outputs to check for short to ground and open circuits. If a malfunction is detected, the SDM displays a CHECK CODES message. Stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) should be checked for specific malfunction information. [1] - Park machine on a flat, level surface. [2] - Lower all equipment to ground, and turn engine off. [3] - Turn switched power to ON position. [4] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Press NEXT button until TESTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - VCU OUTPUTS is highlighted, press SELECT button. [8] - One output is tested in each step. Each step is approximately 5 seconds in duration. [9] - If a malfunction is detected, CHECK CODES appears on the display and audible alarm beeps twice. Check the stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) to correct the problem. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) [10] - When test is complete with no malfunctions present, ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF is displayed and alarm beeps twice. [11] - Turn switched power to OFF position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 232
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install Use this procedure to remove and install the seat position sensor (B9). For more seat information, see Mechanical Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble or see Air Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped . (Group 1821.) [1] - Place operator′s seat in the forward (loader) position, and slide seat all the way to the rear. [2] - Rotate seat counterclockwise 45 degrees and remove front seat bracket nuts (1). LEGEND: 1 Front Seat Bracket Nut (2 used) 2 Back Seat Bracket Nut (2 used)
Seat Bracket [3] - Return seat clockwise 45 degrees and slide seat all the way forward. [4] - Remove rear seat bracket nuts (2). [5] - To access seat position sensor, tilt complete seat assembly forward. Rest seat against steering wheel and secure. [6] - Remove wire connector from seat position sensor. [7] - Mark position of seat sensor. [8] - Remove seat position sensor cap screws (3). LEGEND: 3 B9
Cap Screw (2 used) Seat Position Sensor
Seat Position Sensor [9] →NOTE: Position sensor and position sensor lever are keyed. Remove seat position sensor (B9). [10] - Install new seat position sensor, lining up key on seat position sensor lever and seat position sensor. [11] IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to wiring. Route and secure wiring in original positions during assembly. Place seat position sensor in marked position and install cap screws to sensor plate. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 233
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
POWER TRAIN
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
[12] - Connect wire connector to seat position sensor. [13] - Carefully set seat on operator′s station platform without damaging wiring. [14] - Install rear seat bracket nuts. [15] - Slide seat all the way to the rear and rotate seat counterclockwise 45 degrees. [16] - Install front seat bracket nuts.
Controller Remove and Install When a machine controller is replaced, the new controller must be programmed according to machine′s serial number. This will ensure correct software and options are installed to controller for that particular machine. Machine may run and operate without programming new controller, but some features and options may not be available.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 234
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 Power Train Overview ........................................................................................................................... 1 Transmission Pump Operation .............................................................................................................. 4 Torque Converter Operation ................................................................................................................. 5 Transmission Filter Operation ............................................................................................................... 7 Clutch Modulation Operation ................................................................................................................ 8 Clutch Pack Operation ........................................................................................................................ 10 Transmission Gear Flow ...................................................................................................................... 11 Transmission Clutch Engagement and Solenoid Activation ................................................................ 14 Differential Operation ......................................................................................................................... 15 Differential Lock Operation ................................................................................................................. 16 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation—If Equipped ......................................................... 18 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Operation—If Equipped ...................................... 20 Park Brake Operation ......................................................................................................................... 22 Service Brake Operation ..................................................................................................................... 24 Power Boost Service Brake Valve Operation ...................................................................................... 25 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ...................................................................................................... 29 Hydraulic Circuit—Symbols ................................................................................................................. 29 Power Train Component Location ....................................................................................................... 30 Power Train Schematic—Neutral ........................................................................................................ 32 Power Train Schematic—First Forward ............................................................................................... 34 Diagnose Transmission Malfunctions .................................................................................................. 36 Transmission Slippage Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... 37 Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 38 Transmission Overheats Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................. 42 Excessive Power Train Noise Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 45 No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ........................................ 47 No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ................. 49 No Differential Lock Operation Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................... 50 Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 50 Differential Lock Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 52 Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 53 Poor Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 53 Service Brakes Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 54 Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 55 Park Brake Will Not Hold Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................. 56 Park Brake Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. 57 Group 20 - Adjustments ........................................................................................................................ 58 Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing ........................................................................................... 58 Service Brake Pedal Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 61 Service Brake Bleed Procedure .......................................................................................................... 63 Tracking Angle Check and Adjust ....................................................................................................... 67 Toe-In Check and Adjust ..................................................................................................................... 69 Steering Angle Check and Adjust ....................................................................................................... 72 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 74 Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure ................................................................................................ 74 Transmission Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ........................................................................... 75 Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations ............................................................ 76 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test ..................................................................................................... 78 Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test ................................................................................................ 81 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test ................................................................................. 84 Park Brake Release Pressure Test ...................................................................................................... 87 Transmission System Pressure Test ................................................................................................... 89 Clutch Pressure Test ........................................................................................................................... 92 Differential Lock Pressure Test ........................................................................................................... 95 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test ........................................................................ 97 Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test .............................................................................................. 99 Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test .......................................................................................................... 103 Transmission Pump Flow Test .......................................................................................................... 104
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation Power Train Overview
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Section 9020 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Power Train Overview LEGEND: 1 2 31 36 45 46 47 59 60 61 64 70
Pump Drive Shaft Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft (if equipped) Transmission Pump Torque Converter First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch (K3) Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Transmission
→NOTE: For locations of components, see Power Train Component Location . (Group 9020-15.) The power train consists of the following components: Front Axle (non-powered) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Front Drive Shaft (MFWD, if equipped) Torque Converter Transmission Pump Transmission Rear Drive Shaft Rear Axle Differential Lock Park Brake A single stage dual phase torque converter (36) drives a hydraulically engaged five speeds forward and three speeds reverse countershaft type power shift transmission (70). Six clutch packs provide five forward and three reverse speeds. Two clutch packs have to be engaged for movement. One directional clutch pack, either low-range forward or high-range forward, and one speed range clutch pack either first or second. For reverse, the reverse directional clutch pack will be engaged, and one speed range clutch pack, either first or second. The transmission pump (31) is a gear type pump. The transmission pump is driven at engine speed through the impeller drive from the torque converter. For information on how the transmission pump operates, see Transmission Pump Operation . (Group 9020-05.) The optional MFWD front axle consists of either an open or self applied limited slip differential with outboard planetary final drives. For more information on MFWD operation, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9020-05.) The rear axle is an outboard four planetary design with internal wet multi-disk service brakes that are self adjusting. Pressure oil for the service brakes is supplied by a foot operated brake valve. For information on how the differential operates, see Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) The park brake is a wet multi-disk design which is spring applied and hydraulically released. For information on how the park brake operates, see Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) The differential lock is a sliding sleeve design, which is hydraulically engaged and spring released. For information on how the differential lock operates, see Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Pump Operation
Transmission Pump LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 31
Cap Screw (8 used) Seal O-Ring Cap Screw (2 used) Cap Screw (2 used) Transmission Pump
The transmission uses a high capacity fixed displacement gear-type pump to provide constant flow for the transmission hydraulic system. Pump flow is proportional to engine speed. The input shaft to the pump is driven by the engine. The pump gears rotate inside of the pump housing. As the gears rotate, oil is trapped between the gear teeth and the pump housing which forces oil to move from the pump inlet around the gears to the pump outlet.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Torque Converter Operation
Torque Converter Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 31
Pump Drive Shaft Stator Turbine Impeller Stator Shaft Shaft Seal Freewheel Clutch Transmission Clutch Drive Shaft Transmission Pump
The transmission utilizes a hydrodynamic torque converter. Supply oil from transmission pump flows through a system pressure regulating valve then to the converter. The converter inlet also incorporates a relief valve that protects converter from high internal pressures. The converter must always be completely filled with oil to avoid cavitation. Pump drive shaft (1) is driven directly by the engine at engine speed. The pump drive shaft provides input to the hydraulic system pump, which also has a direct mechanical connection to the flywheel through the outer skin of the converter. The impeller (4) is connected to the pump drive shaft. This forces the turbine to rotate in same direction as impeller. As it rotates, centrifugal force throws oil out of impeller against the blades of turbine (3). The turbine (3) is connected to the transmission clutch drive shaft (8) which provides input to the transmission gear train. Oil leaving turbine enters stator (2) in the opposite direction of turbine and impeller oil flow. The stator is curved to change oil flow direction back to match direction of impeller rotation. Oil leaving the stator is now moving in the same direction as the impeller. This adds to the force of the oil entering impeller. The turbine will be rotating at a slower speed than the impeller, but it will produce a higher torque. It is this increased force developed by the stator that makes a converter able to multiply torque. Under light load turbine speed will increase until it equals impeller speed. When the two speeds are equal, free wheel clutch (7) unlocks, allowing stator to freewheel or rotate with turbine and impeller as a unit. Input speed and torque are equal to output speed and torque when stator is free wheeling. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The transmission pump is constantly pumping oil through the converter. The converter multiplies torque and at the same time, heat created in the converter is eliminated through the oil circulation from converter to cooler and back to sump.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Filter Operation
Transmission Filter Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 32 33
Spring To Transmission Circuit From Transmission Circuit Transmission Oil Filter Oil Filter Bypass Valve
→NOTE: Filter housing removed to show element and bypass valve. The transmission oil filter (32) is a spin on replaceable element. If the transmission oil filter becomes obstructed, an oil filter bypass valve (33) opens to maintain flow to the transmission control system. Oil from the transmission pump enters from outside of transmission oil filter element. The transmission oil filter element traps contaminants as the oil passes through it. Filtered oil flows up through the middle of the element to the transmission control system. If the transmission oil is extremely cold or the transmission filter element is obstructed, the pressure difference across the transmission oil filter element increases causing the filter bypass valve to shift against the bypass spring and unseat. This unseated valve allows unfiltered oil to pass through the filter housing. Bypass operation for extended periods of time is not recommended.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Clutch Modulation Operation
Modulation in Clutch Pack LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 600 601 602 <- Go to Section TOC
Piston Orifice From Transmission Pump Modulation Spring Inner Disk Carrier End Plate Clutch Fill Pre-Modulation Modulation Engagement Orifice (modulation spool) High Pressure Oil Medium Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Section 9020 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
603
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Lubrication Oil
Rate of shift is controlled by movement of modulation spring (4) and piston during a shift. By regulating amount of oil flow sent to engage the clutch pack, modulation time is controlled to assure a smooth shift. A controlled leak in piston (1) through orifice (2) is used to soften clutch engagement. Clutch fill (7) begins when a shift is electronically commanded. The activation of solenoids allows oil to flow from transmission pump (3) to the clutch piston. Pressure is reduced to low pressure through orifice (11) during fill. Pre-modulation (8) begins when oil has filled the passages between transmission pump and clutch piston. During premodulation, the lower load spring of the modulation spring (4) is compressed applying a small amount of load to the clutch. Modulation (9) begins when the lower load spring of the modulation spring is fully compressed. During modulation, the higher load spring of the modulation spring is compressed applying additional load to the clutch. During pre-modulation and modulation, compression of the modulation spring progressively restricts oil flow through the piston orifice. Engagement (10) occurs when the piston orifice is blocked by the compressed modulation spring.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Clutch Pack Operation
Clutch Pack LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 600 603
Clutch Piston Clutch Drum Coil Spring Inner Disc Carrier End Plate Clutch Plate Clutch Disk Modulation Spring High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil
→NOTE: All power shift transmission clutches are covered in this operation. Function of all clutch packs is the same, but quantity of disks and separator plates are different. When transmission control lever (TCL) is placed in forward or reverse, high pressure oil (600) from transmission pump forces clutch piston (1) to compress plates (6) and disks (7). The plates are splined to clutch drum (2) and the disks are splined to inner disc carrier (4), locking them together. All gears are constantly meshed and supported by antifriction bearings. The bearings and clutches are lubricated with cooled lubrication oil (603). When clutch pack is disengaged, coil spring (3) pushes the clutch piston away from plates and disks, releasing the multi disk clutch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Gear Flow
Transmission Gear Flow—Foward
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Gear Flow—Reverse LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Neutral First Forward Second Forward Third Forward Fourth Forward Fifth Forward Section 9020 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 45 46 47 59 60 61 64
Group 05: Theory of Operation
First Reverse Second Reverse Third Reverse Input/Output Gear Middle Gear Direction Clutch Input/Output Gear (engaged) Middle Gear (engaged) Direction Clutch (engaged) First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch
The torque converter sends power down the reverse clutch (61) shaft which consists of two input gears. When a forward gear is selected the smaller reverse shaft input gear sends power to the low range forward clutch (59) output gear. Power continues to flow through the high range forward clutch (60) and speed gears to the second speed clutch (46) output shaft. When a reverse gear is selected power is sent to the high range forward clutch (60) shaft and continues to flow through the speed gears to second speed clutch output shaft. Example: Fifth forward (6) The torque converters supplies torque down the reverse clutch (61) shaft. Power from the reverse clutch shaft flows to the low range forward clutch (59) middle gear. Since the low range forward clutch does not engage for fifth gear, power stays on same side of low range forward clutch shaft and is output through the large low range clutch gear down to the high range forward clutch (60) small gear. See Transmission Clutch Engagement and Solenoid Activation . (Group 9020-05.) The high range forward clutch is engaged causing the entire shaft to spin at the same speed. Power travels down the high range forward shaft to the large gear. Power is output from the high range forward clutch large gear and flows through freewheeling first and second forward clutch (2, 3) large gears down to third forward clutch (4) small gear. With third forward clutch engaged, power flows down third forward clutch shaft to the large gear. Third forward clutch large gear outputs power back up to second forward clutch small gear sending torque out the final output shaft.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Clutch Engagement and Solenoid Activation Transmission Clutch to Gear Relationship
Low Range Forward (KV)
1F
2F
X
X
3F
4F
5F
Reverse Clutch (KR) 1st Speed Clutch (K1)
X
2nd Speed Clutch (K2)
X X
1R
2R
3R
X
X
X
X X
X
3rd Speed Clutch (K3)
X
High Range Forward (K4)
X
N
X
X
X
Solenoid to Gear Relationship
Y1
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
X
X
X
X
X
Y2 Y3
X
X
Y4
X
Y5
X
X
1R
2R
3R
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N
X
X
Y6
X
X
Solenoid to Clutch Pack Relationship Low Range Forward (KV)
Reverse Clutch (KR) High Range Forward (K4)
Y1 X Y2
1st Speed Clutch (K1) 2nd Speed Clutch (K2)
3rd Speed Clutch (K3)
X X
Y3 X Y4 Y5
X X
Y6
<- Go to Section TOC
X
X
Section 9020 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Differential Operation
Differential Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6
Differential Housing Ring Gear (differential) Bevel Pinion Bevel Pinion Shaft Side Gear Sun Pinion Shaft
The differential allows independent rotation of the axles when the machine is steered. The final drive planetaries are attached to the axles. Their purpose is to reduce speed and increase torque through gear reduction. The input pinion shaft to differential ring gear also provides a reduction in speed and an increase to torque. Input torque from the drive shaft rotates the input bevel pinion shaft which meshes with the ring gear (differential) (2), causing it to turn. The ring gear is fastened to the differential housing (1) which drives the bevel pinion shafts (4) and bevel pinions (3). The bevel pinions located on the bevel pinion shaft are in mesh with the side gears (5) which spline to the sun pinion shaft (6). As the machine is steered, the inside wheel slows down in relation to the outside wheel. This causes the side gear, attached to the inside wheel’s axle, to slow down. The rotating differential housing and bevel pinion shafts allow the differential bevel pinions to rotate around the slow moving side gear; this allows the opposite side gear to rotate at a faster speed. This rotation causes the outside wheel’s axle to rotate faster than the inside axle which prevents tire scuffing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Differential Lock Operation
Differential Lock Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 600 603 Y10
Ring Gear Bevel Pinion Bevel Pinion Shaft Side Gear Piston Sliding Gear Spring Bearing From Transmission Pump High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Differential Lock Solenoid
When differential lock foot control switch is in the ON position, the differential lock solenoid (Y10) on the transmission is energized. High pressure oil (600) flows to the inlet and through cross-drilled passages to the piston (5). Pressure oil forces <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
piston against sliding gear (6) locking sliding gear with side gear (4) of the differential, causing both axles to rotate at the same speed. When the differential lock foot control switch in the OFF position, spring force (7) moves sliding gear (6) and piston (5) back releasing the differential lock. Return oil flows through the same port as when switch is in the ON position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation—If Equipped
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 600 603 <- Go to Section TOC
MFWD Disengaged MFWD Engaged Front Output Shaft Clutch Drum Bevel Spring Drive Gear From Transmission Pump Piston Disk Plate Inner Disk Carrier High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Section 9020 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
604 Y11
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Return Oil Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) is hydraulically applied and spring released. When MFWD switch is in the ON position, MFWD solenoid (Y11) is energized sending high pressure oil from transmission pump forces clutch piston (8) to compress disks (9) and plates (10). Plates are splined to the clutch drum and disks are splined to the inner disk carrier, locking them together. When MFWD switch is in the OFF position, the MFWD clutch oil passage is open to return. Bevel spring (5) forces the piston back, disengaging the multi-disk clutch and front output shaft. This gear is supported by antifriction bearings. The bearings and clutch are lubricated with cooled lubrication oil (603).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Operation—If Equipped Open Differential
Open Differential LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 79
Pinion Gears Bevel Drive Gear (2 used) Drive Shaft Differential Housing Ring Gear (differential) Power Flow Rotation Direction Drive Shaft (MFWD) (if equipped)
Equal Traction With mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) engaged and equal traction, each wheel receives the same amount of power on the same axle, and no differential action occurs. Power flows into axle housing through drive shaft (MFWD) (79) turning ring gear (differential) (5) and attached differential housing (4). When both wheels have equal traction, pinion gears (1) remain stationary within rotating housing. Unequal Traction With MFWD engaged and unequal traction, the most torque will go to the wheel on each axle which requires less torque to move. If a wheel slips, torque will go to that wheel and it will continue to spin. Power flows into axle housing through drive shaft (MFWD) turning ring gear (differential) and attached housing. When a wheel spins, the pinion gears will rotate causing the wheel with least amount of traction to receive the most torque. The wheel with the most traction will stay stationary.
Limited Slip Differential
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Limited Slip Differential LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 79
Pinion Gears Bevel Drive Gear (2 used) Drive Shaft (2 used) Differential Housing Ring Gear (differential) Clutch Disks Clutch Plates Power Flow Rotation Direction Drive Shaft (MFWD) (if equipped)
Equal Traction Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle has a self-applied limited slip differential. The differential utilizes a wet multi-disk clutch to distribute torque. When confronted with slippery field conditions, this system automatically applies correct amount of torque to match traction available to each tire. With MFWD engaged, when tractor is moving in a straight line and each wheel has equal traction, equal power is supplied to left and right drive shafts (3). No differential action occurs. Power flows into axle housing through drive shaft (MFWD) (79), turning ring gear (differential) (5) and attached differential housing (4). When both wheels have equal traction, pinion gears (1) remain stationary within rotating housing. Pinions turn bevel drive gears (2) and drive shaft (3) splined to drive gears. Unequal Traction When one wheel starts slipping more than the other, the pinion gears (1) will start "walking" around the bevel drive gear (2) with most traction. At the same time the angle of gear teeth forces the meshed gears (pinion and bevel) apart. The bevel drive gear with most traction is forced out and away from gear mesh assembly, compressing a clutch pack with disks (6) splined to axle and plates (7) splined to housing. The more torque required to turn wheel, the more clutch pack is compressed, therefore the more coupled wheels become. Because wheel with less traction is exerting less force trying to keep its axle from turning, the pinion gears do not force the bevel drive gear outward, effectively not engaging it’s clutch pack. Less drive force is being transmitted to this drive shaft. As long as the difference in traction between tires remains the same, the clutch pack on the side with less traction will continue to slip more than pack for other side.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Park Brake Operation
Park Brake Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 600 603 Y7
Spring Piston Cap Screw (2 used) Plate Disk From Transmission Pump High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Park Brake Release Solenoid
The park brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. When the park brake switch is in the ON position or machine is shutoff, spring force applies the park brake. Spring (1) forces piston (2) against disks (5) and plates (4) on the axle input shaft. When park brake switch is cycled to the OFF position, the switch energizes the park brake release solenoid (Y7) on the transmission. The solenoid routes high pressure oil (600) to the piston. The piston moves against the spring and releases the <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
disks and plates. Two manual operated cap screws (3) release the park brake for emergency towing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Service Brake Operation
Service Brakes LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 591
Piston Disk Plate Spring Pinion Shaft
The rear axle assembly uses wet multi-disk brakes which are self-adjusting to compensate for wear. The disks are splined to the sun gear shaft and the plates are splined to the rear axle housing. When the service brakes are applied, the pressure oil from the brake valve, forces the brake piston (1) against the brake plates (3) and disks (2) which stops rotation of the pinion shaft (5). When the brakes are released the return oil flows back out the same port to the brake valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Power Boost Service Brake Valve Operation Service Brakes Released
Service Brakes Released, Engine On LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 602 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool Low Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
Low pressure oil (602) from the transmission enters inlet ports (5) separately. This oil flows through land (4) areas, through the center of pistons (9) and on to the transmission reservoir port (1). This oil provides boost pressure to assist piston movement. The two halves of the master cylinder reservoir are open to one another. Hydraulic oil from the main hydraulic reservoir or steering valve on later models enters the master cylinder reservoir at ports (11). A small flow of oil at these hydraulic ports keeps the master cylinder reservoir full. In the neutral position, pistons (9) are fully retracted and tip valve assemblies (10) are open. The brake system is at reservoir pressure through brake ports (13). The pedals are held in the neutral position by springs (6 and 7).
Service Brakes Engaged—Engine On
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Service Brakes Engaged, Engine On LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 600 601 602 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool High Pressure Oil Medium Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
Medium pressure oil (601) from the transmission enters inlet ports (5) separately and flows through land (4) area to transmission reservoir port (1). Both pedals are depressed forcing springs (6) to compress. Oil flowing through land areas becomes restricted. Oil flow moves to close check balls (3). Restricted oil flow and lands causes pressure to act against the large diameter of pistons (9). Pistons move to compress springs (7). As more push rod displacement occurs, tip valve assemblies (10) close, stopping brake system oil from moving to reservoir or atmosphere pressure. Additional movement of the push rods and pistons forces brake system oil to the brakes causing brakes to fill through ports (13). Equalization spool (14) moves against either spring (12) to perform an equalization function by compensating for differences between right and left brake pack fill volumes. After the brakes are filled, higher brake pressure is developed by the inlet oil pressure being modulated at lands causing piston to generate a higher pressure at the brake ports. Brake pedal modulated feel is determined by the hydraulic areas of push rods and modulated pressure at lands. Maximum boosted brake pressure is limited by the inlet oil pressure at inlet ports (5). Additional pedal effort can cause higher brake pressure and is dependent only by the amount of pedal force applied.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Service Brakes Engaged—One Pedal
Service Brakes Engaged—One Pedal, Engine On LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 600 601 602 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool High Pressure Oil Medium Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
When only one pedal is applied, the opposite side brake remains at reservoir pressure. Tip valve assembly (10) closes the passage to reservoir on the right side and opens the work port cavity on left side to allow oil to return to brake reservoir. Equalization spool (14) moves against spring (12) towards side of valve with brake not applied. The effort required on one pedal is one half that of the effort when you apply both pedals to obtain the same brake pressure.
Service Brakes Engaged—Engine Off
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Service Brakes Engaged—Engine Off LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 600 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool High Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
When the engine is not running, one or both brakes can be actuated manually. When push rods (2) are displaced by the pedals, springs (6) compress until lands (4) are mechanically closed. Additional push rod displacement forces pistons (9) to move. Tip valve assemblies (10) close, stopping oil from going to the hydraulic reservoir. More push rod travel fills the brakes and pressure is developed to provide pedal force. The amount of pressure to the brakes depends on how hard the pedals are pushed. When the pedals return to the neutral position, tip valve assemblies (10) open and return brakes to reservoir pressure.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Hydraulic Circuit—Symbols
Hydraulic Circuit Symbols
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Power Train Component Location
Power Train Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
LEGEND: 32 36 39 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Oil Filter Torque Converter Transmission Oil Cooler Transmission Drive Shaft (rear) Park Brake Housing Rear Axle Front Axle (non-powered) Park Brake Valve-to-Park Brake Line Service Brake Valve Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line (2 used) Differential Lock Valve-to-Differential Lock Line Drive Shaft (MFWD)(if equipped) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Transmission Dipstick
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Power Train Schematic—Neutral
Power Train Schematic—Neutral
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
LEGEND: 31 32 33 34 35 36 39 40 45 46 47 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 86 90 91 97 99 103 104 105 106 107 108 600 602 603 604 B6 B13 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Pump Transmission Oil Filter Oil Filter Bypass Valve Pressure Regulating Valve Torque Converter Relief Valve Torque Converter Transmission Oil Cooler To Lube First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch (K3) Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Differential Lock Clutch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch (if equipped) Park Brake Clutch Screen (3 used) Torque Converter Pressure Port Differential Lock Pressure Port Park Brake Pressure Port System Pressure Test Port Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) High Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Return Oil Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid (if equipped)
Section 9020 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Power Train Schematic—First Forward
Power Train Schematic—First Forward Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Engaged
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
LEGEND: 31 32 33 34 35 36 39 40 45 46 47 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 86 90 91 97 99 103 104 105 106 107 108 600 602 603 604 B6 B13 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Pump Transmission Oil Filter Oil Filter Bypass Valve Pressure Regulating Valve Torque Converter Relief Valve Torque Converter Transmission Oil Cooler To Lube First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch (K3) Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Differential Lock Clutch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch (if equipped) Park Brake Clutch Screen (3 used) Torque Converter Pressure Port Differential Lock Pressure Port Park Brake Pressure Port System Pressure Test Port Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) High Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Return Oil Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid (if equipped)
Section 9020 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Transmission Malfunctions Diagnose Transmission Malfunctions Symptom
Resulting Transmission State N
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
Suspect Component(s) 1R
2R
3R
No forward or reverse
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
-Transmission control lever (TCL) switch malfunction -Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) circuit -Internal VCU logic error -Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) short to power -Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) short to power
No forward gears
N
N
N
N
N
N
1R
2R
3R
-Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) open or short to ground -TCL switch malfunction
No reverse gears
N
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
N
N
N
-TCL switch malfunction -Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) open or short to ground -Reverse clutch (KR) problem
Incorrect 1F, 2F and slight resistance in 1R, 2R gears
N
3F
4F
3F
4F
5F
1R
2R
3R
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) open or short to ground
Incorrect 3F, 4F, 5F gears
N
1F
2F
1F
2F
4.5F
1R
2R
3R
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) solenoid short to power
No 2F, 4F, 5F, 2R, 3R gears
N
1F
N
3F
N
N
1R
N
N
-Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) open or short to ground -Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to power
No 1F, 3F, 1R gears
N
N
2F
N
4F
5F
N
2R
3R
-Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to power -Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) open or short to ground
Incorrect 5F, 3R gears
N
1F
2F
3F
4F
4F
1R
2R
2R
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) open or short to ground
Incorrect 2F, 4F, 2R gears
N
1F
2.5F
3F
5F
5F
1R
3R
3R
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to power
No 1F, 2F gears
N
N
N
3F
4F
5F
1R
2R
3R
Low range forward clutch (KV) problem
No 1F, 3F, 1R gears
N
N
2F
N
4F
5F
N
2R
3R
First speed clutch (K1) problem
No 2F, 4F, 2R gears
N
1F
N
3F
N
5F
1R
N
3R
Second speed clutch (K2) problem
No 5F, 3R gears
N
1F
2F
3F
4F
N
1R
2R
N
Third speed clutch (K3) problem
No 3F, 4F, 5F gears
N
1F
2F
N
N
N
1R
2R
3R
High range forward clutch (K4) problem
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Slippage 79
Transmission Slippage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Low Oil Level
Action: Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is oil level low?
Result: YES:Add oil as necessary. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Wrong Oil Grade. ( 2 ) Incorrect Oil Grade
Action: Check grade of oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is the grade of oil incorrect?
Result: YES:Change oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure. ( 3 ) Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure
Action: Check torque converter oil pressure. See Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter oil pressure low?
Result: YES:Check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25). NO:Go to Worn or Slipping Clutch Disks. ( 4 ) Worn or Slipping Clutch Disks
Action: Check clutch disks to see if they are worn or slipping. See Clutch Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are clutch disks worn or slipping?
Result: YES:Repair clutch disks.For 210K-410K models, see Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) For 710K models, see First Speed, Second Speed, and High Range Forward Clutch Packs Repair or see Low Range Forward, Reverse, and Third Speed Clutch Packs Repair . (Group 0350.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow 81
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check DTCs
Action: Check machine for DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are DTCs present?
Result: YES:Follow appropriate DTC for diagnostic procedure. NO:Go to Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow in All Gears. ( 2 ) Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow in All Gears
Action: Operate machine in all gears. Does machine lack power or move slow in all gears?
Result: YES:Go to Oil Level Low. NO: Go to Clutch Pack Slipping ( 3 ) Oil Level Low
Action: Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is oil level low?
Result: YES:Add oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Wrong Oil, Aerated Oil. ( 4 ) Incorrect Oil, Aerated Oil
Action: Verify oil type used is correct and that oil is not aerated. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is incorrect oil used or aerated?
Result: YES:Change oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Transmission Cooler Lines Damaged. ( 5 ) Transmission Cooler Lines Damaged
Action: Inspect transmission cooler lines. Are transmission cooler lines damaged?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair cooler lines. NO:Go to Stall Speeds Not Within Specification Limits. ( 6 ) Stall Speeds Not Within Specification Limits
Action: Check stall speeds and combined stall speeds. Perform Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are stall speeds and combined stall speeds within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Low Pressure in Transmission Cooler. NO:Diagnose cause of incorrect stall speeds. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 7 ) Low Pressure in Transmission Cooler
Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are cooler in and cooler out pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Transmission Pump Flow Not Within Specification. NO:Diagnose cause of low transmission cooler pressures. See Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 8 ) Transmission Pump Flow Not Within Specification
Action: Perform Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is transmission pump flow within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Service Brake Dragging. NO:Diagnose cause of low transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 9 ) Service Brake Dragging
Action: Check for excessive heat in brake area of axle housing after operating machine. Is service brake dragging?
Result: YES:Adjust brakes. See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to Park Brake Dragging, Piston Stuck. ( 10 ) Park Brake Dragging, Piston Stuck
Action: Check park brake operation. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is park brake dragging or piston stuck?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair park brake. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Go to Low Pressure in Transmission System. ( 11 ) Low Pressure in Transmission System
Action: Check transmission system pressure. Perform Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is transmission system pressure low?
Result: YES:Check pressure regulating valve, repair or shim adjust. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) NO:Go to Clutch Pack Slipping. ( 12 ) Clutch Pack Slipping
Action: Operate machine in all gears. Are clutch packs slipping? Perform Clutch Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are any clutch pressures below specification?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair clutches. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) NO:Go to Clutch Pack Dragging, Disks Warped. ( 13 ) Clutch Pack Dragging, Disks Warped
Action: Are clutch packs dragging or disks warped?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair clutch packs. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) NO:Go to Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure. ( 14 ) Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure
Action: Check torque converter oil pressure. See Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter oil pressure low?
Result: YES:Check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25). NO:Go to Low Engine Power. ( 15 ) Low Engine Power
Action: Check for low engine power. Does engine have low power?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair engine. See John Deere Engine Operation . (Group 9010-05.) NO:Go to Mechanical Malfunction in Transmission or Axle. ( 16 ) Mechanical Malfunction in Transmission or Axle
Action: Has transmission or axle malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair transmission or axle. See Transmission Outer Components Removal . (Group 0350.) See Rear Axle Remove and Install . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Overheats 79
Transmission Overheats Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Oil Level Too High or Too Low
Action: Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is oil level too high or too low?
Result: YES:Add or drain oil. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Incorrect Type of Oil. ( 2 ) Incorrect Type of Oil
Action: Check transmission oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is the correct type of oil being used in the transmission?
Result: YES:Go to Operating in Too High of Gear. NO:Drain and replace oil. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Operating in Too High of Gear
Action: Is machine operating in too high of gear?
Result: YES:Operate machine in correct gear for work situation. See Driving the Machine . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Torque Converter Stalled Excessively. ( 4 ) Torque Converter Stalled Excessively
Action: Is torque converter stalled excessively?
Result: YES:Use clutch disconnect switch in machine operations to reduce stall. NO:Go to Oil Cooler Package Air Flow Restricted. ( 5 ) Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Air Flow Restricted
Action: Check hydraulic/transmission radiator for excessive debris. Is hydraulic/transmission radiator air flow restricted? See Engine Cooling System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.)
Result: YES:Remove debris from hydraulic/transmission radiator. NO:Go to Missing Baffles, Damaged Fan Shrouds or Loose Fan Belt. ( 6 ) Missing Baffles, Damaged Fan Shrouds or Loose Fan Belt <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Inspect and check baffles, fan shrouds, and fan belt. Is baffles missing? Are fan shrouds missing or is there a loose fan belt?
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. See Fan Remove and Install . (Group 0510.). NO:Go to Oil Cooler Restricted Internally. ( 7 ) Oil Cooler Restricted Internally
Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is oil cooler restricted internally?
Result: YES:Remove and flush transmission oil cooler. See Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Go to Torque Converter Malfunction. ( 8 ) Torque Converter Malfunction
Action: Perform Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter malfunctioning?
Result: YES:Repair or replace torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) NO:Go to Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Malfunction. ( 9 ) Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Malfunction
Action: Perform Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter-In relief valve malfunctioning?
Result: YES:Replace torque converter-in relief valve. NO:Go to Low Transmission Pump Flow. ( 10 ) Low Transmission Pump Flow
Action: Perform Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is transmission charge pump flow low?
Result: YES:Repair transmission charge pump. See Transmission Charge Pump Remove and Install . (Group 0350.) NO:Go to Transmission Mechanical Malfunction. ( 11 ) Transmission Mechanical Malfunction
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Inspect transmission. Is there a mechanical malfunction in the transmission?
Result: YES:Repair transmission as necessary. See Transmission Outer Components Removal . (Group 0350.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Excessive Power Train Noise 81
Excessive Power Train Noise Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Oil Level Low
Action: Check oil level in power train systems. Check oil levels. See Check Transmission Oil Level , see Check Rear Axle Oil Level , see Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil Level—If Equipped , and see Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.) Are power train oil levels low?
Result: YES:Add oil to systems that are low. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Lines in Contact With Power Train Components. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Lines in Contact With Power Train Components
Action: Inspect hydraulic lines. Are hydraulic lines in contact with power train components?
Result: YES:Repair as needed. NO:Go to Misalignment of Power Train Components. ( 3 ) Misalignment of Power Train Components
Action: Check position of power train components. Verify that components are mounted correctly and mounts are in good condition. Are power train components misaligned?
Result: YES:Align components and repair or replace mounts as necessary. NO:Go to Worn Universal Joints on Drive Shaft. ( 4 ) Worn Universal Joints on Drive Shaft
Action: Inspect universal joints or drive shaft. Are universal joints on drive shaft worn?
Result: YES: See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install . (Group 0225.) NO:Go to Transmission Assembly Adjustments or Setting Made Incorrectly. ( 5 ) Worn or Damaged Parts in Transmission or Axle
Action: Check transmission filter for metal particles. Are metal particles in transmission filter?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect transmission and axle for possible internal damage. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) 81
No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Solenoid Not Actuated
Action: See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid actuated?
Result: YES:Go to Drive Shaft Malfunctioning. NO:Check electrical connection. Check mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid and repair. See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-10.) ( 2 ) Drive Shaft Malfunction
Action: Inspect drive shaft. Has drive shaft malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair drive shaft. Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install . (Group 0225.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft Spline. ( 3 ) Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft Spline
Action: Inspect output shaft spline. Has the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) output shaft spline malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair.For 210K-410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD). ( 4 ) Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Action: Inspect axle shaft. Has the axle shaft in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair axle shaft.For 210K-410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Ring Gear or Pinion in Front Axle. ( 5 ) Malfunctioning Ring Gear or Pinion in Front Axle
Action: Inspect ring gear or pinion in front axle. Has ring gear or pinion in front axle malfunctioned? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary.For 210K-410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Gear Train Components in Transmission. ( 6 ) Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Gear Train Components in Transmission
Action: Has mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) gear train components in transmission malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair transmission. See Transmission Outer Components Removal . (Group 0350.) NO:Checks Complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) 81
No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Malfunctioning Wheel U-Joint
Action: Inspect U-joint. Has wheel U-joint malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair U-joint. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install . (Group 0225.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Outboard Planetary. ( 2 ) Malfunctioning Outboard Planetary
Action: Disassemble mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle and inspect outboard planetary. For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) Has outboard planetary malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair outboard planetary.For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD). ( 3 ) Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Action: Disassemble mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle and inspect axle shaft. For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) Has axle shaft in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair axle shaft.For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Limited-Slip in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD). ( 4 ) Malfunctioning Limited-Slip in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Action: Inspect ring gear and differential in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle. For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) Has the limited-slip malfunctioned in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary.For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Checks Complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Differential Lock Operation 81
No Differential Lock Operation Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Malfunction in Electrical Circuit to Solenoid
Action: With engine stopped and key switch turned to accessory, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Is there a malfunction in the electrical circuit?
Result: YES: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Solenoid Valve. ( 2 ) Stuck Differential Lock Solenoid Valve
Action: Perform Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Perform Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) Is differential lock solenoid valve stuck?
Result: YES:Repair solenoid. NO:Go to Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears. ( 3 ) Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears
Action: Inspect differential lock system. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) Is there excessive wear on differential lock engaging gears?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Check . (Group 0250.) See Rear Axle Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks complete. Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged 81
Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Excessive Leakage Differential Lock Piston Seals
Action: Perform Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is there leakage in differential lock piston seals?
Result: YES:Repair piston seals. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Verify differential lock piston is operating correctly and not stuck. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is differential lock piston stuck? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair or replace parts as necessary. NO:Go to Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears. ( 2 ) Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears
Action: Inspect differential lock engaging gears. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0350.) Is there excessive wear on differential lock engaging gears?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Differential Lock Will Not Release 81
Differential Lock Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Oil Level Low in Transmission
Action: Check transmission oil level. Is oil level low in transmission?
Result: YES:Add oil to correct level. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Switch. ( 2 ) Stuck Differential Lock Switch
Action: Check differential lock switch. Is differential lock switch stuck?
Result: YES:Repair foot switch. See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Go to Malfunction in Electrical Circuit. ( 3 ) Malfunction in Electrical Circuit
Action: With engine stopped and switched power ON, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Did solenoid valve click?
Result: YES:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Solenoid Valve. NO:Repair solenoid. See Transmission Outer Components Removal (Group 0350) or see System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend and see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 4 ) Stuck Differential Lock Piston
Action: Verify differential lock piston is operating correctly and not stuck. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is differential lock piston stuck?
Result: YES:Repair or replace parts as necessary. NO:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Engaging Gears or Clutch. ( 5 ) Stuck Differential Lock Engaging Gears or Clutch
Action: Disassemble rear axle and inspect differential lock engaging gears. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) Is differential lock engaging gears or clutch stuck?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks Complete. Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil 81
Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil Diagnostic Procedure →NOTE: The following checks assume that axle oil has been checked and once at correct level has then been checked again after machine operation and found axle is now overfilled with oil. ( 1 ) Differential Lock Piston Seals Leaking
Action: Perform Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are differential lock piston seals leaking?
Result: YES:Drain rear axle oil to specified level. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Repair differential lock piston seals as necessary. NO:Go to Service Brake Piston Seals Leaking. ( 2 ) Service Brake Piston Seals Leaking
Action: Perform Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are service brake piston seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair service brake piston seals as necessary. NO:Go to Park Brake Piston Seals Leaking. ( 3 ) Park Brake Piston Seals Leaking
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are park brake piston seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair park brake piston seals as necessary. NO:Checks Complete. Poor Service Brakes 81
Poor Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Air in Brake Valve or Lines Or Piston
Action: Is there air in the brake valve, lines, or piston?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Bleed brake system. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to Restriction in Brake Disks Worn Excessively. ( 2 ) Brake Disks Worn Excessively
Action: See Service Brakes Inspection . (Group 0250.) Are brake disks worn excessively?
Result: YES:Inspect brake disks and repair as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Service Brakes Will Not Release 81
Service Brakes Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Brake Pedal Not Returning to Full UP Position or Not Adjusted Properly
Action: Depress brake pedal. Examine brake pedal as it is released. Is brake pedal returning to full UP position or adjusted properly?
Result: YES:Go to No Free Travel on Brake Adjusters. NO:Inspect brake pedal linkage and adjust. Perform Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 1060.) ( 2 ) No Free Travel on Brake Adjusters
Action: Adjust brake pedals. See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) Is there no free travel on brake adjusters?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. NO:Go to Warped Brake Disks. ( 3 ) Warped Brake Disks
Action: Remove, disassemble and inspect brake disks. See Service Brakes Inspection . (Group 0250.) Are brake disks warped?
Result: YES:Repair brake disks. See Brake Disk and Pressure Plate Remove and Install . (Group 0250.) NO:Go to Stuck Brake Piston. ( 4 ) Stuck Brake Piston
Action: Remove and inspect piston. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) Is brake piston stuck? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Rear Axle Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks Complete. Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy 81
Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Incorrect Oil in Rear Axle
Action: See Check Rear Axle Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is there incorrect oil in rear axle?
Result: YES: See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Air in Brake System. ( 2 ) Air in Brake System
Action: Bleed brake system and check for noise. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-20.) Do service brakes still chatter or are they noisy?
Result: YES:Go to Disks Worn Excessively. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) Disks Worn Excessively
Action: Perform Service Brakes Inspection . (Group 0250.) Are brake disks worn excessively?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Brake Disk and Pressure Plate Remove and Install . (Group 0250. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Park Brake Will Not Hold 81
Park Brake Will Not Hold Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check Tow Release Cap Screws
Action: Check park brake adjustment cap screws. Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing . (Group 9020-20.) Are park brake adjustment cap screws within normal operation specification?
Result: YES:Go to Check DTCs. NO:Adjust park brake adjustment cap screws to specification. Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing . (Group 9020-20.) ( 2 ) Check DTCs
Action: Check machine for DTCs for park brake system. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are park brake related DTCs present?
Result: YES:Follow appropriate DTC for diagnostic procedure. NO:Go to Park Brake Pressure Check. ( 3 ) Park Brake Pressure Check
Action: Check park brake pressure. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Does park brake release pressure drop to zero when park brake is applied?
Result: YES:Go to Park Brake Piston Stuck. NO:Remove and inspect park brake solenoid valve. Verify solenoid valve is not stuck or held open allowing pressure to release park brake. ( 4 ) Park Brake Piston Stuck or Worn Internal Parts
Action: Disassemble park brake and check for stuck park brake piston or worn internal parts. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.) Are parts worn on park brake?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Park Brake Remove and Install . (Group 1111.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Park Brake Will Not Release 81
Park Brake Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check DTCs
Action: Check machine for DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are DTCs present?
Result: YES:Follow appropriate DTC for diagnostic procedure. NO:Go to Park Brake Hose Leaking. ( 2 ) Park Brake Hose Leaking
Action: Inspect park brake hose. Is park brake hose leaking?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. NO:Go to Park Brake Release Check. ( 3 ) Park Brake Release Check
Action: Inspect for malfunction in park brake release circuit. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is park brake pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Park Brake Stuck. NO:Diagnose cause of low park brake release pressure.Check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Verify operation of park brake solenoid valve. See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) Visually inspect condition of solenoid valve seals. Replace as necessary. Check rear axle oil level. If oil level is high, this could indicate park brake piston seals are leaking. ( 4 ) Park Brake Stuck
Action: Manually release park brake using park brake cap screws. See Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing . (Group 9020-20.) Did park brake release manually?
Result: YES:Return park brake cap screws to operating position and check operation of park brake. If park brake continues to remain applied after operation, remove and inspect for malfunctioning park brake. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Inspect for malfunctioning park brake. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Group 20 - Adjustments Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing
Access Plate Removed Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 27—28 mm 1.06—1.10 in.
Cap Screw Position From Housing
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to transmission from insufficient oil supply. Do not attempt to start engine by towing. DO NOT tow machine faster than 10 km/h (6.21 mph) or a distance longer than 10 km (6.21 miles). Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine, use the following procedure: [1] - Turn engine off. [2] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from unexpected machine movement. Block wheels to prevent machine movement before disengaging park brake. Block tires. [3] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from unexpected machine movement. Only release the park brake through the access hole in floor of operator’s station. Remove access plate in floor of operator’s station. [4] IMPORTANT: Prevent park brake damage from heat build-up. Manually disengage brake.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Park Brake Screws
Park Brake Screws LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw (2 used) 2 Hex Nut (2 used) 3 Cap Screw Position From Housing Loosen hex nuts (2) to adjust park brake cap screws (1). [5] - Release park brake for tow by turning cap screws (1) completely in. [6] - Remove blocks from tires. [7] - When towing is completed, enable park brake to hold machine by turning both cap screws out to specification (3) as illustrated. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Item
Measurement
Specification
Cap Screw
Position From Housing
27—28 mm 1.06—1.10 in.
[8] - Lock cap screws with hex nuts (2). [9] - Install operator′s station floor access plate when complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Service Brake Pedal Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 1 Location (pedal stop screw to bracket clearance) 2 Jam Nut 3 Pedal Stop Cap Screw 4 Brake Valve Piston 5 Pedal Lock Bar
Service Brake Pedal Adjustment Park machine on level ground with loader and attachments lowered to ground. [2] - Stop engine. [3] - Unlock brake pedals by moving pedal lock bar (5) to the disengaged position. [4] - Loosen jam nut (2). [5] →NOTE: Make sure that the brake pedal DOES NOT apply force against brake valve piston (4) when checking and adjusting pedal stop screw-to-bracket clearance. Brake pedal must only rest against the brake valve piston. While allowing the pedal to rest on brake valve piston (4), adjust pedal stop cap screw (3) to specification at location (1). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pedal Stop Screw to Bracket
Clearance
0.13— 0.38 mm 0.005—0.015 in.
[6] - Hold stop cap screw and tighten jam nut. [7] - Repeat procedure to adjust other pedal. [8] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Brake Pedal Travel LEGEND: 6 Check brake pedal travel (6).
Brake Pedal Travel
Item
Measurement
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel (lock bar engaged)
Distance (maximum)
95 mm
Single Brake Pedal Travel (lock bar disengage)
Distance
Brake Pedal Travel 3.75 in. 114 mm 4.5 in.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Service Brake Bleed Procedure
Brake Bleeding Procedure Using Bleed Screw Method LEGEND: 1 2 3 4
Bleed Screw (right side) Clear Plastic Hose Container Bleed Screw (left side)
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Do not operate machine if pedal travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in.) while applying 267 N (60 lb-force). Operating machine with excessive brake travel could cause brakes not to stop machine on first application. →NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through brake valve without use of bleed screws but the procedure may take much longer so bleed screw method is the recommended procedure. Brake lines must be inclined toward brake valve for procedures other than bleed method. Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will slow bleed process. The rear axle is equipped with two brake bleed screws, one for each wheel. Brake bleeding must be done whenever the brake system has been opened to repair or after replacing the brake valve, brake lines, fittings, O-rings or axle internal brake parts. Depressing each brake pedal separately will help utilize a more efficient bleed. All fittings must be inspected for leaks and tightened if leaks occur. The preferred method for the brake bleeding procedure is to use the bleed screw method. The vacuum and manual methods are much slower methods but may be used as alternates. Bleed Screw Method
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
→NOTE: Two people are required to bleed brake system oil, one to operate brake valve and other to open and close bleed screws. [1] CAUTION: Hot oil can cause serious burn injury. Secure drain hose on bleed screw and in container to prevent it from blowing off when bleed screw is opened while brakes are applied. Secure a clear plastic hose (2) on bleed screw (4) with hose clamp and secure other end in a small container (3). [2] - Start engine and run at slow idle with park brake on. [3] - Steer from right to left stop to stop three times to fill the brake valve reservoir. [4] - Shut off engine. [5] →NOTE: Only two pedal bleeding applications can be done without refilling the brake valve reservoir. Bleed screw must be closed before the fully depressed pedal reaches the floor. Depress and hold the brake pedal, and open one (side) service brake bleed screw to allow air and oil mixture into a container. Close bleed screw before pedal reaches maximum travel or floor. If the bleeding procedure (applying brake pedal full distance or travel) is done more than twice, fill the brake valve reservoir again by starting the machine and steering from stop-to-stop three times. Repeat the process until oil from bleed screw runs clear and without air. [6] - Repeat process for opposite side. [7] - After bleeding process is completed, pump each pedal to check if pedal is firm. [8] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Brake Pedal Travel LEGEND: 5 Brake Pedal 6 Travel Distance Check brake pedal (5) travel distance (6) by measuring from floor to brake pedal as shown. Item
Measurement
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel
Max. Distance
95 mm 3.75 in.
Single Brake Pedal Travel
Max. Distance
114 mm 4.5 in.
[9] - Recycle old oil. Vacuum Method [1] - Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum to breather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes, disconnect air pressure. [2] - Leave hose from breather port to vacuum device connected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Both pedals should become solid. [3] - Check brake pedal (5) travel distance (6) by measuring from floor to brake pedal as shown. Manual Method [1] - Engage park brake. Run engine at slow idle. [2] - Steer from stop to stop three times to fill the brake valve reservoir. [3] - Pump left brake pedal five times, allowing 2 seconds between each pump for air to escape. [4] - Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the left pedal is solid. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
[5] - Pump right pedal until pedal is solid, then pump both pedals together until pedals are solid. [6] - Check brake pedal (5) travel distance (6) to specification by measuring from floor to brake pedal as shown.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Tracking Angle Check and Adjust →NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to align the planetary drive housings perpendicular to the axle. Wheels should point straight forward, with no toe-in or toe-out. [1] -
Tracking Angle Adjustment LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Steering Cylinder Rod Dimension Tie Rod Dimension Jam Nut Tie Rod End Ball Joint Tire (2 used) Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (rear of tire) Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (front of tire) Section 9020 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Center steering cylinder rod so dimension (1) is equal on both sides. [2] - Loosen tie rod jam nut (4). [3] - Adjust tie rod length so tie rod dimension (2) between end of steering cylinder rod and center of tie rod ball joint (4) are equal on both sides of axle. [4] - Measure wheel-to-wheel distance (6 and 7) for front of wheel and for rear of wheel. Distance should also be equal for both front and rear measurements. [5] - Adjust toe-in. See Toe-In Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Toe-In Check and Adjust Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Front Wheel-to-Wheel Measurement Distance
3—6 mm (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement) 0.13—0.25 in. (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement)
Tie Rod Jam Nut Torque
120 N•m 89 lb.-ft.
→NOTE: Check and adjust tracking angle before checking and adjusting axle toe-in. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.)
Toe-In Measurement Check [1] LEGEND: 8 Ground to Center of Hub (2 used)
Center of Hub Measure distance from ground to center of hubs (8) on both sides of machine. If distance from ground to center of both hubs is not equal, check and adjust tire pressure. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Tracking Angle Adjustment LEGEND: 1 Tire (2 used) 2 Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (rear of tire) 3 Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (front of tire) Measure wheel-to-wheel distance (2 and 3) for front of wheels and for rear of wheels. [3] - Front wheel-to-wheel distance (3) must be smaller than rear wheel-to-wheel distance (2) within specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Front Wheel-to-Wheel Measurement
Distance
3—6 mm (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement) 0.13—0.25 in. (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement)
Toe-In Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 4 Threaded Rod (2 used) 5 Jam Nut (2 used)
Jam Nut Loosen jam nuts (5). [2] →NOTE: Adjust toe-in equally on both tie rods. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Turn threaded rod (4) to adjust toe-in to meet specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Front Wheel-to-Wheel Measurement
Distance
3—6 mm (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement) 0.13—0.25 in. (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement)
[3] →NOTE: If tracking angle and toe-in adjustment procedures are performed on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle, maximum steering angle stop screws must be adjusted. See Steering Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) Tighten jam nut to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Tie Rod Jam Nut
Torque
120 N•m 89 lb.-ft.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Steering Angle Check and Adjust Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw Distance
32—34 mm 1.26—1.34 in.
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw Jam Nut Torque
150 N·m 111 lb.-ft.
This procedure is only used on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle. Non-powered front axle not adjustable. Check and adjust tracking angle before checking and adjusting steering angle. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) [1] -
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw (left side shown)
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Jam Nut (4 used) Check if steering angle stop cap screw (1) distance is within specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Cap Screw
Distance
32—34 mm
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Item
Group 25: Tests Measurement
Specification 1.26—1.34 in.
[2] - If not within specification, loosen jam nut (2) and adjust stop cap screw to specification. [3] - Tighten jam nut to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw Jam Nut
Torque
150 N·m 111 lb.-ft.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 310SK Weight (approximate)
7 835 kg 17 258 lb.
310SK TMC Weight (approximate)
9 014 kg 19 855 lb.
315K, 325K, 325SK, 410K Weight (approximate)
8 644 kg 19 043 lb.
410K TMC Weight (approximate)
9 304 kg 20 494 lb.
Engine Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
IMPORTANT: Never operate machine equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground, and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) will occur. →NOTE: Have test equipment installed before warm-up. Cooling system is highly efficient and may require blocking air flow around the transmission cooling system to control temperature. [1] CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Raise machine off ground using loader and stabilizers until all tires are off the ground and block with hardwood timbers or appropriate floor stands. Item
Measurement
Specification
310SK
Weight (approximate)
7 835 kg 17 258 lb.
310SK TMC
Weight (approximate)
9 014 kg 19 588 lb.
315K, 325K, 325SK, 410K
Weight (approximate)
410K TMC
Weight (approximate)
8 644 kg 19 043 lb. 9 304 kg 20 494 lb.
[2] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - With park brake OFF, put transmission control lever (TCL) in third gear forward. [4] IMPORTANT: Do not stall converter for longer than 20 seconds or serious converter damage could result. Cycle engine at fast idle for 10 seconds with service brakes engaged and then at slow idle for 5 seconds with service brakes disengaged until desired temperature is reached. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
Transmission Oil
Temperature
Fast Idle 75—85°C 167—185°F
Transmission Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped For transmission oil sampling procedure, see Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped . (Group 9010-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations
Power Shift Transmission LEGEND: 1 2 3 32
Output Yoke Hydraulic Pump Mounting Flange Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft Transmission Oil Filter
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 98 99 100 103 104 105 106 107 108 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
Group 25: Tests
Brake Boost Return Pressure Port Brake Boost Pressure Port Torque Converter Inlet Pressure Test Port (2 used) Second Speed Clutch Orifice (K2) Third Speed Clutch Orifice (K3) Directional Clutch (KV, KR, K4) Differential Lock Pressure Port Park Brake Pressure Port Oil Sampling Port First Speed Clutch Orifice (K1) Temperature Sensor Port Transmission-to-Cooler Port Cooler-to-Transmission Port System Pressure Test Port Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Oil Drain Port Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Torque Converter Stall Speed Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Transmission Gear
Third Forward
Engine Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Torque Converter Stall Speed (engine 4045TT096)
2090—2170 rpm
Torque Converter Stall Speed (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
2100—2280 rpm
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic Stall Speed (engine 4045TT096)
1400—1730 rpm
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic Stall Speed (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
1460—1780 rpm
→NOTE: Air conditioner must be turned off during testing. Stall speeds will be too low giving false readings with air conditioner running.
Torque Converter Stall [1] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - Warm oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[3] IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to torque converter. Converter MUST NOT be stalled longer than 20 seconds. Return transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral position for 10 seconds before doing next stall test. Raise machine off ground. [4] - Apply service brakes and release park brake. [5] →NOTE: Number two (No. 2) fuel produces more power than number one (No. 1) fuel and will impact engine performance. Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken in and using No. 2 fuel. With service brakes engaged and transmission in third gear forward, cycle engine from slow idle to fast idle while reading rpm on monitor. Highest stabilized speed measured is torque converter stall speed. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission
Gear
Third Forward
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Torque Converter (engine 4045TT096)
Stall Speed
2090—2170 rpm
Torque Converter (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
Stall Speed
2100—2280 rpm
[6] - If torque converter stall speed is low, check for: Low oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Incorrect oil in machine. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Freewheel clutch malfunction in torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Low engine output. If torque converter stall speed is high, check for: Check specifications for oil temperature.Low system (pump) pressure in transmission. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Restricted suction screen. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) Torque converter malfunction. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) Transmission clutch pack malfunction. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.)
Combined Torque Converter Stall [1] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - Warm oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[3] IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to torque converter. Converter MUST NOT be stalled longer than 20 seconds. Return transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral position for 10 seconds before doing next stall test. Raise rear of machine off ground. [4] - Apply service brakes and release park brake. [5] →NOTE: Number two (No. 2) fuel produces more power than number one (No. 1) fuel and will impact engine performance. Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken in and using No. 2 fuel. With service brakes engaged and transmission in third gear forward, cycle engine from slow idle to fast idle while reading rpm on monitor. Highest stabilized speed measured is torque converter stall speed. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission
Gear
Third Forward
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Torque Converter (engine 4045TT096)
Stall Speed
2090—2170 rpm
Torque Converter (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
Stall Speed
2100—2280 rpm
[6] - With service brakes engaged, transmission in third gear forward, and engine speed at fast idle, hold loader bucket dump over relief while raising loader boom. [7] - Observe engine speed while boom is rising. Item
Measurement
Specification
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic (engine 4045TT096)
Stall Speed
1400—1730 rpm
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
Stall Speed
1460—1780 rpm
[8] - If torque converter stall speed is low, check for: Low oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Incorrect oil in machine. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Low engine output. See Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost . (Group 9010-25.) Failed power limiting valve solenoid. Failed freewheel clutch in torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) If torque converter stall speed is high, check for: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Specifications for oil temperature.Low system (pump) pressure in transmission. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Restricted suction screen. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) Torque converter failed. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) Failed transmission clutch pack. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
2250—2300 rpm
Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Pressure
450—650 kPa 4.5—6.5 bar 65—94 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Quick Coupler (9/16-18 ORB) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
[1] - Park machine on level surface. [2] - Turn park brake ON. [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Torque Converter Pressure Port LEGEND: 86 Torque Converter Pressure Port Install quick coupler to torque converter pressure port (86). Quick Coupler (9/16-18 ORB) Used to connect digital pressure / temperature analyzer. [4] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Place transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engine throttle at slow idle. [6] - Slowly increase engine speed to 2000 rpm and record pressure with cold oil. [7] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [8] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[9] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engine throttle at slow idle. [10] - Record pressure at slow idle with warm oil. [11] - Slowly increase engine speed to 2000 rpm and record pressure with warm oil. [12] - Slowly increase engine speed to fast idle and record pressure with warm oil. [13] - Slowly increase engine speed until maximum pressure is reached on gauge. [14] - Recorded pressures with warm oil at 2000 rpm should be lower than recorded pressures at 2000 rpm with cold oil. Similarly, recorded pressures at slow idle with warm oil should be lower than recorded pressures at 2000 rpm with warm oil. If either condition is not true, check for blockage in cooling circuit, either in lines to and from cooler or in cooler. Back flush using an oil filter caddy. Replace cooler if necessary. [15] - If pressure at 2000 rpm is higher than specification or pressure under any warm oil condition exceeds 13.0 bar (1300 kPa) (189 psi), remove transmission and relief valve. Disassemble, clean and inspect relief valve. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2000 rpm
Torque Converter-In Relief Valve
Pressure
400—750 kPa 4.0—7.5 bar 58—109 psi
[16] - If pressure at 2000 rpm is lower than specification, check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25). [17] - If transmission pump flow is okay, check pressure drop across the cooler. See Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25). If pressure drop across the cooler is low, remove transmission and relief valve. Check for weak or broken spring and scored or sticking valve. [18] - If relief valve looks okay, look for internal leak downstream of transmission filter outlet. If no internal leak is identified, a problem with internal cooler restriction is indicated and the cooler should be replaced. [19] - Install relief valve and transmission. Check relief valve after repair.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 689 kPa 7 bar 100 psi
Brake Valve Pressure Drop (in 30 seconds time with brake applied)
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Swivel Run Tee (-6 M x -6 M x -6 F ORFS) Quick Coupler (-6 F) JT02158 Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Nut (-6 ORFS) (2 used) Plug (-6 ORFS) (2 used)
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) [2] - Stop engine. [3] - Push left and right brake pedals individually. If either pedal settles, leakage is indicated in final drive brake piston or brake valve reservoir. [4] -
Service Brake Line LEGEND: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
73 Rear Axle 77 Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line Disconnect service brake valve-to-service brake line (77) from brake pressure port in rear axle (73). [5] LEGEND: 1 Quick Coupler 2 Swivel Run Tee Fitting 3 JT02161 Transducer 77 Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line
Pressure Test Port (rear axle, left side) Install swivel run tee fitting (2) and quick coupler (1) to open pressure port as shown. Swivel Run Tee (—6 M x —6 M x —6 F ORFS) Used to connect park brake line and quick coupler. [6] - Connect service brake valve-to-service brake line to tee fitting. Quick Coupler (—6 F) Used to connect digital pressure and temperature analyzer. [7] - Install JT02161 Transducer (3) and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure / Temperature Analyzer JT02156A Used to measure pressure. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [8] - Remove air in brake line after all test connections are completed. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-20.) [9] - Push brake pedal down and block in place when gauge reads 500 psi. [10] - Monitor gauge. If pressure drops more than specified pressure in 30 seconds time, excessive leakage is indicated. Item
Measurement
Specification
Brake Valve
Pressure Drop (in 30 seconds time with brake applied)
689 kPa 7 bar 100 psi
→NOTE: When pedals are released, pressure should be zero. [11] - To isolate leakage, cap brake pressure hose. —6 Nut (2 Used) To cap disconnected line. —6 Plug (2 Used) To cap disconnected line. [12] - If leakage continues in either side but with one side applied only, check the following: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Tip valve is leaking and allowing a slow leak back to brake reservoir. Check for free operation. Replace valve if necessary. Equalization spool O-ring is allowing leakage to either right or left side return circuit. Replace O-ring if necessary. Brake piston spool seal is allowing leakage back to transmission circuit. Replace seal if necessary. See Power Boost Service Brake Valve Operation . (Group 9020-05.) [13] - No pressure drop indicates leakage at piston seals in axle housing. See Service Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Park Brake Release Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Park Brake Release Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 246—290 psi
Park Brake Applied Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS AT202955 Quick Coupler -10 x 1 ORB (or equivalent) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
LEGEND: 72 73 B13
Park Brake Housing Rear Axle Park Brake Pressure Switch
Park Brake Release Pressure Port [1] - Remove park brake pressure switch (B13) from park brake housing (72). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) [2] - Install AT202955 Quick Coupler (or equivalent) to park brake pressure port. AT202955 Quick Coupler -10 x 1 ORB (or equivalent) Used to connect digital pressure / temperature analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure And Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[6] - Run engine at specification. Record pressure with machine in the following state: Park brake off Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral Mechanical four wheel drive (MFWD) engaged Differential lock disengaged. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Park Brake
Release Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 246—290 psi
[7] - Record pressure with park brake switch ON. Pressure should be zero. Item
Measurement
Specification
Park Brake Applied
Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
[8] - If park brake pressure is not to specification, check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) If system pressure is OK, but park brake pressure is low, leakage in park brake circuit is indicated. Check axle oil level. See Check Rear Axle Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) If oil level is high, park brake piston seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but park brake pressure is low, leakage is indicated in park brake solenoid or gasket.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission System Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
2000 rpm
Transmission System Pressure
2000—2100 kPa 20—21 bar 290—305 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Adapter (3/4 M x 3/4 M ORB) Quick Coupler (3/4 F ORFS) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
[1] - Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission System Pressure Port LEGEND: 97 System Pressure Test Port Install adapter and quick coupler to transmission system pressure port (97). Adapter (3/4 M x 3/4 M ORB) Used to connect quick coupler. Quick Coupler (3/4 F ORFS) Used to connect digital pressure / temperature analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
[4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
. [6] - With transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, run engine at specification and record pressure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2000 rpm
Transmission System
Pressure
2000—2100 kPa 20—21 bar 290—305 psi
[7] - If not within specification, check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Clutch Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Direction and Speed Clutch Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 232—276 psi
Clutch Disconnect Activated Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Quick Coupler (M10 x 1) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
[1] - Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Clutch Pressure Test Ports LEGEND: 93 First Speed Clutch Orifice/Pressure Test Port (alternate) 103 Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) 104 Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) 105 Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) 106 First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) 107 High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) 108 Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) 109 Low Range Forward Pressure Test Port (alternate) (KV) Install quick coupler to appropriate port (93, 103-109). Quick Coupler (M10 x 1) Used to connect digital pressure and temperature analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT0158 <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[6] →NOTE: All clutch pressures may not be the same due to internal leakage. All clutch pressures should be in the specified range. Raise machine off the ground. With engine speed at specification, park brake OFF, and transmission control lever in forward or reverse, record pressure in all speed ranges. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Direction and Speed Clutches
Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 232—276 psi
Low pressure in 1F and 2F indicates a leakage in low range forward (KV) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 3F, 4F, and 5F indicates a leakage in high range forward (K4) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 1R, 2R, and 3R indicates a leakage in reverse (KR) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 1F, 3F, and 1R indicates a leakage in first speed (K1) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 2F, 4F, 5F, and 2R indicates a leakage in second speed (K2) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 5F and 3R indicates a leakage in third speed (K3) clutch circuit. Low pressure in any other combination indicates low system pressure or between circuit leakage. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) [7] - When clutch disconnect is activated, pressure should be zero. Item
Measurement
Specification
Clutch Disconnect Activated
Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Differential Lock Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Differential Lock Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT0158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Swivel Run Tee (-6 M x -6 M x -6 F) Quick Coupler (-6 F)
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Remove floor panel or ROPS. [3] -
Differential Lock Pressure Test LEGEND: 90 Differential Lock Pressure Port Connect swivel run tee and quick coupler to differential lock pressure port (90). Swivel Run Tee (—6 M x —6 M x —6 F) Used to connect the gauge. Quick Coupler (—6 F) Used to connect the gauge. [4] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT0156A Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [5] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[7] - Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) and park brake. [8] →NOTE: The DIFF LOCK SPEED LIMIT option must be disabled OFF to allow for differential lock function to operate above 1000 rpm. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu . (Operator’s Manual.) Increase engine speed to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
→NOTE: When differential lock pedal switch is released, pressure should be zero. [9] - Record pressure reading with differential lock pedal switch pressed down. Item
Measurement
Specification
Differential Lock
Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
[10] - If differential pressure is low: Verify differential lock speed option in monitor is turned off. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu . (Operator’s Manual.) Check axle oil level. See Check Rear Axle Oil Level . (Operator’s Manual.) If oil level is too high seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but differential lock pressure is low, leakage is indicated in transmission control valve, differential lock solenoid, or gasket. Check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) If pressure is OK, but differential lock pressure is low, it indicates a leak in the circuit. See Rear Axle Remove and Install . (Group 0250.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Quick Coupler (M10 x 1.0)
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] -
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test LEGEND: 99 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Install quick coupler to mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) pressure test port (99). Quick Coupler (M10 x 1.0) Used to connect the Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
(Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[6] - Increase engine speed to specification and record pressure reading with machine in the following state: MFWD engaged Park brake engaged Differential lock disengaged Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
[7] - If pressure is low, check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) If system pressure is correct, leakage in MFWD circuit is indicated. Possible locations include the delivery tube (inside case), the MFWD piston seal, or the MFWD solenoid.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hose Diameter
25.4 mm 1 in.
Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1500 rpm
Transmission Cooler In Pressure
124—165 kPa 1.24—1.65 bar 18—24 psi
Transmission Cooler Pressure Differential (drop)
55—83 kPa 0.55—0.83 bar 8—12 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Tee (-12 F x -12 F x -12 F) Adapter (-12 M x -6 F ORFS) Quick Coupler (-6 M) Nipple (-12 M) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Test Hose 1 in. (cut to length as required) (2 used)
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Remove floor panel in cab. [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission Cooler LEGEND: 1 Transmission Cooler-to-Transmission Line 2 Transmission-to-Transmission Cooler Line 39 Transmission Oil Cooler Disconnect transmission cooler lines (1 and 2) from transmission oil cooler (39). [4] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
LEGEND: 1 2 3
Quick Coupler Fitting Tee
Transmission Cooler Test Connection Connect tees and quick couplers to transmission cooler lines. Tee (—12 F x —12 F x —12 F) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. Adapter (—12 M x —6 F ORFS) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. Quick Coupler (—6 M) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. Nipple (—12 M) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. [5] - Connect test hoses to tees and transmission oil cooler. Test Hose Used to make test connections. [6] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick couplers. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [7] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [8] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[9] →NOTE: Pressure specifications should be the same in all gears. With transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, operate machine to specifications and record pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1500 rpm
Transmission Cooler In
Pressure
124—165 kPa 1.24—1.65 bar 18—24 psi
[10] - Check transmission cooler out pressure and record. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Cooler
Pressure Differential (drop)
55—83 kPa 0.55—0.83 bar 8—12 psi
[11] - If cooler pressure differential is above specification, inspect cooler hoses and cooler for damage. If no damage is found, clean cooler using oil filter caddy. See General Oil Cleanup Procedure . (Group 2160.) [12] - If cooler pressures are low, possible locations include: Transmission control solenoid. Check solenoids. See Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) Pump problems. Check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) Pump stop sleeve may be blocking flow to torque converter, or torque converter may be plugged. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature at Sump
75—85°C 167—185°F
315SK Weight (approximate)
8595 kg 18 938 lb.
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
If cooler pressures are low from the cooler in and cooler out pressure test, perform the following test: [1] - Install test equipment. See Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) [2] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature at Sump
75—85°C 167—185°F
[4] CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Raise and support machine so all drive wheels are off the ground. Item
Measurement
Specification
315SK
Weight (approximate)
8595 kg 18 938 lb.
[5] - With transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, operate engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[6] - Operate machine and record pressure and flow for each of the following items: Forward, reverse, neutral, and speed clutches. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) Differential Lock Park Brake There should be a momentary fluctuation in pressure and flow if circuit is normal. If cooler pressure and flow (in and out) remains down, this indicates a leakage in that circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission Pump Flow Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
2000 rpm
Transmission Pump Flow
40.0 L/min 10.6 gpm
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG596A Filter Adapter JT07148 Flow meter
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Check Transmission Oil Level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator’s Manual.) [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Test Connections LEGEND: 1 JDG596A Filter Adapter 2 Test Hose (to flow meter inlet) 3 Test Hose (from flow meter outlet) 4 JT07148 Flow meter Install JDG596A Filter Adapter (1) to transmission oil filter mount. Filter Adapter JDG596A Used to isolate transmission pump flow. [4] - Install JT07148 Flow meter (4) to JDG596A Filter Adapter (1) using test hoses (2, 3). Flowmeter JT07148 Used to measure flow. [5] <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine, check that flow meter loading valve is open. Starting engine with loading valve closed will damage transmission pump. View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[7] - Run engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2000 rpm
[8] - Measure transmission pump flow. Compare reading to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Pump
Flow
40.0 L/min 10.6 gpm
[9] - Low transmission pump flow can be caused by: Cold transmission oil. Plugged intake tube. Air leak in pump suction tube. Pump mounting cap screws loose. Worn transmission pump.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 Hydraulic System Operation ................................................................................................................. 1 Hydraulic Pump Operation .................................................................................................................... 2 Unloading Valve Operation ................................................................................................................... 4 Hydraulic Filter Operation ..................................................................................................................... 8 Steering Valve Operation ................................................................................................................... 12 Ride Control Operation—If Equipped .................................................................................................. 16 System Relief Valve Operation ........................................................................................................... 17 Circuit Relief Valve without Anticavitation—Loader and Backhoe ...................................................... 18 Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower .............................................. 20 Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump .................. 21 Backhoe Control Valve Operation ....................................................................................................... 22 Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped ......................................................................................... 38 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Operation—If Equipped ........................................................... 40 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Operation ................................................................................... 42 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve—(S.N. —232969) ................................................................................. 55 Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve Operation—(S.N. 235590— ) ..................................... 56 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ...................................................................................................... 58 Hydraulic System Schematic .............................................................................................................. 58 Hydraulic System Component Location .............................................................................................. 67 Slow Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 77 No Steering Hydraulics, Loader Hydraulics OK ................................................................................... 77 Hard Steering, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 77 Steering Valve Does Not Return to Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................... 78 No Response When Steering Wheel is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ............. 80 Machine Turns in Opposite Direction Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 81 Excessive Vibration of the Steering Wheel Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................... 81 Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 81 Steering Wheel Kickback Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 82 Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 82 Erratic (‘Spongy”) Steering Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. 83 Steering Wheel "Locks" Up Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. 83 Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................................... 84 Steering Wheel or Front Wheels Slowly Turn by Themselves When Using Backhoe or Loader Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 84 Steering Wheel Turns Apply Rear Axle Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure .................................... 85 Steering Wheel Turns Freely With No Resistance or Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 85 Steering Wheel Turns With Slight Resistance and No Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 86 Wander—Machine Will Not Stay in a Straight Line Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 86 No Loader or Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 87 No Loader Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... 87 Low Loader Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 88 Low Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................ 89 Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Loader Operation Diagnostic Procedure ................................ 90 Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Backhoe Operation Diagnostic Procedure .............................. 90 Slow Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 92 Backhoe Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 94 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Loader Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................... 96 No Backhoe Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................. 98 No Loader Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 100 Slow Loader and Backhoe Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................ 102 Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 104 Hydraulic Function Makes "Chattering" Noise Diagnostic Procedure ................................................ 106 Functions Drift Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 108 Control Valve Sticks or Works Hard Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 109 Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 111 Foaming Oil Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 113 Hydraulic Pump Leaking Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................ 113 Excessive Pump Noise Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... 115 Group 20 - Adjustments ...................................................................................................................... 117 Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment ................................................... 117 Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Adjustment—If Equipped ...................................................... 118 Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment .................................................................................................... 120 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure ........................................ 122 Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-To-Dig Switch Adjustment ................................... 123 Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment ........................................................................................... 126 Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure ................................................................................... 129 Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure ......................................................................... 131 Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure .................................................... 132 Group 25 - Tests ................................................................................................................................... 133 JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation .............................................. 133 Hydraulic Oil Warm-up Procedure .................................................................................................... 134 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ............................................................................................ 135 Hydraulic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ............................................................................... 138 Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release ................................................................................................... 139 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test ................................................................................................................ 141 System Relief Valve Pressure Test ................................................................................................... 144 Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve Pressure Test ..................................................................... 148 Pilot Control Pressure Test ................................................................................................................ 149 Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test .............................................................................. 150 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test ................................................................................................ 152 Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump .................................................................................. 154 Steering System Leakage Test ......................................................................................................... 158 Steering Cylinder Leakage Test ........................................................................................................ 160 Function Drift Test ............................................................................................................................ 162 Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test ...................................................................................................... 169 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test .............................................................. 172 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Leakage Test—(S.N. —232969) ......................................................... 174
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Operation See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) See Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) This machine has an open-center hydraulic system. The hydraulic pump is a tandem gear pump with an unloading valve. The main hydraulic pump is a fixed displacement gear pump. The auxiliary pump is a smaller fixed displacement pump that is driven from the rear of the main pump. An unloading valve housing for the auxiliary pump is located between the pump units. In an open-center system, the control valve spool is open in the center to allow pump flow to pass through the valve. See Hydraulic Pump Operation . (Group 9025-05.) See Unloading Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Loader and stabilizer functions are mechanically controlled in the loader and stabilizer control valve. Loader auxiliary function is mechanically or electrohydraulically controlled. Backhoe functions are mechanically or pilot operated by the backhoe control valve. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) See Backhoe Control Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) The pilot control system includes two pilot controls and a pilot enable and pattern select (PEPS) manifold. System pressure is reduced to pilot pressure through the pilot pressure reducing valve. With pilot enable solenoid energized, regulated pressure flows to pilot control levers in the cab. When a function is activated, pilot oil flows to pilot cap of control valve to shift the spool. The pattern select valve switches (if equipped) the controls of backhoe control valve boom and crowd functions for operator preference. See Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) The circuit relief valves are used to protect components from damage caused by high pressure created by external forces. Relief valves allow a secondary path for high pressure oil to bypass components. Circuit relief valves are present in the loader and stabilizer control valve and in the backhoe control valve. The backhoe control valve includes a system relief valve to relieve pressure across the entire control valve. See System Relief Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) See Circuit Relief Valve without Anticavitation—Loader and Backhoe , see Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower , and see Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump . (Group 9025-05.) Backhoe priority valve supplies oil to the steering valve. When the steering valve is in neutral no oil is flowing through it. See Steering Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Ride control operation (if equipped) allows the boom cylinders oil drain to the reservoir allowing a more comfortable ride. See Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) The return oil from the control valves, flows to the hydraulic oil filter, then to the hydraulic oil cooler, before returning to the reservoir. The hydraulic oil cooler may be bypassed through the oil cooler bypass if oil cooler is blocked or oil is cold. The oil cooler is an oil-to-water exchanger. See Hydraulic Filter Operation . (Group 9025-05.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Pump Operation
Hydraulic Pump Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Pump Inlet Check Valve Unloading Valve Housing Main Pump Outlet Port Section 9025 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 6 7 113 212 213 214 215 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve Solenoid Inlet Passage Relief Valve Adjustment Screw Hydraulic Pump Auxiliary Pump Auxiliary Pump Test Port Unloading Valve Spool Unloading Valve Relief Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil
The main hydraulic pump (113) is a fixed displacement gear-type pump. The auxiliary pump (212) is a smaller fixed displacement pump that is driven from the rear of the main hydraulic pump (113). An unloading valve housing (5) for the auxiliary pump (212) is located between the pump units. The entire pump assembly is mounted on the rear of the transmission and is driven at engine speed by the transmission input shaft. Oil is drawn from the hydraulic reservoir into a common pump inlet (1) located in the unloading valve housing (3). Flow from the main pump outlet port (4) is routed to the priority valve inlet on backhoe control valve. If the backhoe control valve is not being used, oil flows on to the loader and stabilizer control valve. A system relief valve is located at the priority valve and protects the main hydraulic pump (113) during both lower pressure loader operation and higher pressure backhoe operation. Oil flow from the auxiliary pump (212) is routed within the unloading valve housing (3) to either the main pump outlet port (4) or returns through the inlet passage (6) to the pump inlet (1) depending upon the position of the seat. During loader or transport operation with seat forward, the unloading valve solenoid (7) is energized and remains open. Consequently, auxiliary pump flow returns back to inlet through the unloading valve spool (214) which reduces hydraulic load requirement on engine. When the seat is in the backward position, the unloading valve solenoid (5) is de-energized and the unloading valve spool (214) blocks auxiliary pump flow from returning to pump inlet (1). Therefore, auxiliary pump supplemental oil is provided for backhoe operation only. As backhoe operating pressure increases, the relief valve (215) senses the pressure increase and opens to allow auxiliary pump flow to return to pump inlet (1) through the unloading valve spool (214). Since the specified pressure adjustment for the unloading valve spool (214) to open is below backhoe system relief, the power demanded from the engine to operate the auxiliary pump (212) is reduced. A one way check valve (2) within the unloading valve housing (3) prevents backflow of oil from backhoe control valve during high pressure backhoe operation. The external relief valve adjusting screw (7) is used to control the opening of the unloading valve spool (214). Pressure can be checked at the test port (213) located on the auxiliary pump (212) housing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve Operation Unloading Valve—Backhoe Operation
Unloading Operation LEGEND: 1 <- Go to Section TOC
Main Pump Flow Section 9025 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
2 3 4 5 6 214 215 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Check Valve Pressure Sensing Orifice Solenoid Valve Pump Inlet Auxiliary Pump Flow Unloading Valve Spool Unloading Valve Relief Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil
Oil flow from the auxiliary pump is controlled by the unloading valve during different type of operating conditions. Key elements involved include solenoid valve (4), unloading valve relief valve (215), unloading valve spool (214), pressure sensing orifice (3) and check valve (2). During loader operation, auxiliary pump oil flow is returned to main pump inlet through the unloading valve spool (214). The operator′s seat has to be in the backhoe position, the solenoid valve (4) is de-energized and blocks oil that flows through the pressure sensing orifice (3) to pump inlet passage. Consequently, system operating pressure up to the relief valve setting is trapped between the spring end of unloading valve spool (214), solenoid valve (4), and unloading valve relief valve (215). Since the same pressure exists on both ends of the spool, spring force holds the unloading spool to the right. In this position, the spool blocks pump outlet passage (6) from the passage which is connected to pump inlet (5). During this condition, auxiliary pump flow is routed past the one-way check valve (2) to supplemental main pump flow (1) during backhoe operation. As operating pressure increases above the relief valve setting, the unloading valve relief valve (215) opens and trapped oil after the orifice (3) flows to the pump inlet. Since a pressure drop occurs after the orifice restriction (3), the pressure on the spring end of the unloading valve spool is lower than the pressure on back side of spool before the orifice. Higher pressure overcomes spring force and moves the unloading valve spool (214) left to open position which allows the return of auxiliary pump flow back to pump inlet. Check valve (2) closes to prevent backhoe pressure from unloading the auxiliary pump oil to pump inlet. The relief valve adjusting screw is used to regulate the pressure which allows auxiliary pump flow to be routed back to pump inlet.
Unloading Valve—Loader Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Main Pump Flow Check Valve Pressure Sensing Orifice Solenoid Valve Main Pump Inlet Auxiliary Pump Flow Section 9025 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
214 215 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve Spool Unloading Valve Relief Valve High Pressure Oil Return Inlet Oil
With the operator′s seat in the forward position, the solenoid valve (4) is energized and opens a path to main pump inlet for oil between unloading valve spool (214) and unloading valve relief valve (215). Since pressure increase is prevented from occurring on the spring end of the unloading valve spool (214), a pressure imbalance is created which forces the spool left against the spring. When the spool is held in the open position, auxiliary pump flow (6) returns back to main pump inlet (5). Power requirement from the engine is reduced to operate loader operating condition because auxiliary pump flow is routed back to main pump inlet. System operating pressure is not affected by operation of the unloading spool.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Filter Operation Normal Operation
Normal Operation LEGEND: 1 <- Go to Section TOC
Inlet (from backhoe and loader valves) Section 9025 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
2 Auxiliary Port (for oil sampling option) 3 Outlet Return to Hydraulic Cooler 4 Outlet Return to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 5 Filter Element 7 Filter Bypass Valve 118 Hydraulic Oil Filter 604 Return Oil B12 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch The hydraulic oil filter element (5) removes contaminants from hydraulic system return oil (604). Filter base (118) contains a hydraulic filter bypass valve (7), hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) and an auxiliary port (2) for oil sampling option. Return oil flows from the loader and stabilizer control valve and backhoe control valve into inlet port (1). In normal operation, oil flows through filter element (5) and out through the auxiliary outlet to hydraulic cooler or out through main outlet to hydraulic reservoir. Pressure on inlet side of filter element is sensed on left side of bypass valve. Any pressure at filter outlets (3 and 4) due to line restriction is sensed on spring side of bypass valve. In normal operation, pressure in outlet passage and the bypass spring hold the bypass valve closed.
Restricted Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Restricted Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Inlet (from backhoe and loader valves) Auxiliary Port (for oil sampling option) Outlet Return to Hydraulic Cooler Outlet Return to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Oil Filter Element Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve Section 9025 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
118 604 602 B12
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Oil Filter Base Return Oil Low Pressure Oil Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
As filter element (5) starts to plug or when oil is cold, pressure at the filter inlet increases. When the filter becomes restricted to the point where pressure at filter inlet increases enough to overcome outlet pressure plus a set spring force, bypass valve (7) opens allowing unfiltered oil to flow to the reservoir. The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) works on the same principle as hydraulic oil filter bypass valve. High pressure oil is sensed through the high pressure passage. Restricted oil caused by a clogged filter or cold oil will create higher oil pressure on the inlet side. When this inlet pressure overcomes outlet pressure, plus a set spring force in the hydraulic oil filter restriction switch, the piston opens up (closes) providing a ground for the filter restriction indicator. The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch will cause the filter restriction indicator light to illuminate. The indicator switch is set to close at 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) before the hydraulic oil filter bypass valve opens allowing operator to perform maintenance on the hydraulic system before unclean oil passes through oil system. Under normal operation, the restriction indicator light will glow when operating hydraulic functions with cold oil. If restriction indicator light continues to glow after the oil reaches operating temperature, the return filter is being bypassed. Extended operation in bypass mode will cause damage to hydraulic system.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve Operation
Steering Valve (neutral) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 124 125 218 219 602 604 606 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly Low Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil
The steering valve (124) is essentially a closed-center valve. The steering valve and priority valve provide a smooth pressure compensated steering system. When steering valve is in neutral, there is no oil flowing through it except neutral leakage from priority valve. Neutral leakage is used for lubrication and cooling steering valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve (right turn) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 124 125 218 219 600 604 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly High Pressure Oil Return Oil Load Sense Oil
A right turn on steering wheel activates steering valve gerotor gear assembly (219) to pump metered high pressure oil (600) to rod end of steering cylinder (125). Return oil (604) from steering cylinder flows through steering valve and back to hydraulic oil filter.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve (left turn) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 124 125 218 219 600 604 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly High Pressure Oil Return Oil Load Sense Oil
A left turn on steering wheel actuates steering valve gerotor gear assembly (219) to pump metered high pressure oil (600) to head end of steering cylinder (125). Return oil (604) from steering cylinder flows through steering valve and back to the hydraulic oil filter.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve (secondary steer) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 6 7 124 125 218 219 600 603 604 606 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Check Valve Pin Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil
If there is no power to supply high pressure oil to the steering valve, machine can be turned manually. When steering wheel is turned, steering valve control spool will come into contact with pin (7). The pin then will provide a direct mechanical connection to steering valve gerotor gear assembly (219). As gerotor is turned, it pumps hydraulic oil to steering cylinder. Return oil (604) from cylinder is drawn through a check valve (6) between port P (4) and port T (1) to provide oil for secondary manual steering operation. Makeup oil is drawn from hydraulic reservoir through return line of steering valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped
Ride Control Solenoid LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 204 205 604 606
To Left Boom Cylinder Head End To Left Boom Cylinder Rod End To Right Boom Cylinder Head End To Right Boom Cylinder Rod End To Accumulator To Reservoir To Boom Cylinder Rod End (2 used) To Boom Cylinder Head End (2 used) Solenoid (2 used) Check Valve Poppet Ride Control Valve Ride Control Accumulator Return Oil Trapped Oil
When traveling over rough terrain at high speeds with loaded or empty bucket, machine develops a rocking motion, which is common to loaders. Ride control allows oil from head end of loader boom cylinders to travel in and out of ride control accumulator. Ride control allows rod end of boom cylinder to be connected to reservoir, which prevents cylinder cavitation. This provides a cushioning effect, reducing rocking motion and improving machine ride. When ride control is OFF, machine is in normal operating mode. In this mode, both ride control solenoids are de-energized. One solenoid (9) blocks rod end oil of right and left boom cylinders from returning to hydraulic reservoir. The other solenoid blocks head end oil of boom cylinders from accumulator. When ride control is ON, both ride control solenoids are energized connecting head end oil of loader boom cylinders to accumulator and rod end of cylinders to reservoir. Pressure spikes from head ends of boom cylinders flow into accumulator where they are absorbed. The rod end of boom cylinders are open to bidirectional free oil flow to reservoir. As loader boom is raised, accumulator is charged with system oil through ride control valve, equalizing cylinder head end pressure and accumulator pressure. Boom cylinder rod end hoses are connected directly to reservoir. Because of this, power boom down function will not operate. Boom will lower because of boom weight and gravity. Ride control can be engaged during bucket loading, but must be turned off if power down operation is desired.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
System Relief Valve Operation
System Relief Valve LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 600 604
Valve Body Lock Nut Adjusting Screw Valve Poppet Flat Washer O-Ring (3 used) Seal Spring Backup Ring Valve Plug High-Pressure Oil Return Oil
The system relief valve is used in the backhoe control valve. The relief is direct acting, screw adjustable, and does not have anticavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by loosening the lock nut (2) and adjusting screw (3). Turning the screw in increases pressure setting. In relief operation, high-pressure oil (600) overcomes valve poppet (4) and oil flows from the pressurized port to tank.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve without Anticavitation—Loader and Backhoe
22.35 mm (0.88 in.) Port Size shown LEGEND: 1 2 600 604
Main Poppet Adjustment Screw High Pressure Oil Return Oil
The 22.35 mm (0.88 in.) port size metal to metal seal relief without anticavitation is used on backhoe control valve crowd out function.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
26 mm (1.06 in.) Port Size Shown LEGEND: 1 2 600 604
Main Poppet Adjustment Screw High Pressure Oil Return Oil
The 26 mm (1.06 in.) port size O-ring seal relief is used on backhoe control valve boom up, crowd in, bucket curl, and bucket dump. It is also used on loader control valve boom up and bucket curl. These reliefs are direct acting, screw adjustable, and do not have anticavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by turning the adjustment screw at the end of the relief. Turning the screw in increases the pressure setting. In relief operation, high pressure oil (600) overcomes the main poppet (1) and oil flows from the pressurized port to tank.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 600 604
Anticavitation Poppet Cavity Relief Poppet Orifice High Pressure Oil Return Oil
This relief valve is direct acting and has anticavitation operation. During normal operation, pressure oil less than the relief valve setting flows through orifice (4) into cavity (2). At this time, the oil pressure is equal at both sides of main relief poppet (3) and anticavitation poppet (1). Because the effective area of the poppets at cavity (2) side is greater than the work port side, the surface area effect and spring tension will hold both poppets in the closed position. During relief operation, pressure oil overcomes relief poppet (3) pressure setting and opens a path to return. During anticavitation operation, the pressure in the work port is less than pressure in the return port. The pressure difference pushes the anticavitation poppet (1) off its seat allowing oil to flow from return port to work port to prevent cavitation.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 600 604
Orifice Main Poppet Anticavitation Poppet Oil Cavity Anticavitation Spring Pilot Spring Pilot Poppet Main Spring Relief Body Piston High Pressure Oil Return Oil
This pilot operated and screw adjustable relief valve has anticavitation operation. The relief valve setting is controlled by the pilot spring (6) load holding the pilot poppet (7) on its seat. This setting is adjustable by turning the adjustment cap at the relief valve. During normal operation, pressure oil less than relief valve setting, flows through orifice (1) into oil cavity (4). At this time, oil pressure is equal at both sides of main poppet (2) and anticavitation poppet (3). Because the surface area of the poppets is greater at the oil cavity side than the work port side, the effective area and spring tension will hold both poppets in the closed position. During relief operation, pressure oil pushes pilot poppet off its seat allowing oil to flow from the pressurized port through orifice, into oil cavity, past the pilot poppet, and then to tank through a path between relief body (9) and anticavitation poppet. When the pilot poppet is unseated, a pressure drop is produced in the oil cavity. The pressure drop creates a pressure differential across the piston (10), causing the piston to move against the main spring (8) until the piston seats against the pilot poppet. When this happens, orifice (1) is closed off which further reduces the pressure in the oil cavity. When the pressure differential is large enough to overcome the surface area effect and spring tension, the main poppet will move off its seat and allow oil from the work port to flow to the return port. During anticavitation operation, the pressure in the work port and the oil cavity is less than pressure in the return port. The pressure difference pushes the anticavitation poppet off its seat, allowing oil to flow from return port to work port to prevent cavitation. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Operation Inlet Section
Backhoe Control Valve Inlet Section LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 113 150 152 221 600 604 <- Go to Section TOC
To Steering Valve From Steering Valve To Backhoe Control Valve Sections From Backhoe Control Valve Sections To Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Pump System Relief Valve Priority Spool Inlet Section High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Section 9025 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
614
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Load Sense Oil
The inlet section (221) of backhoe control valve provides a means of connecting backhoe control valve to hydraulic pump (113). Pump output is routed through priority spool (152). The priority spool senses load sense oil (614) from steering valve and attachment coupler (if equipped). The priority valve maintains priority oil to steering valve. When engine is stopped, priority spool (152) is pushed left by a bias spring restricting oil to backhoe, stabilizer, and loader functions by opening steering supply port. When machine is first started, almost all pump flow is routed to steering valve through steering supply port. The steering valve blocks flow except for a small amount of flow to backhoe control valve through an orifice in priority valve. With flow blocked, pressure increases in steering line between priority valve and orifices in and near steering valve spool. This causes priority spool (152) to shift right against the bias spring and limits the flow to steering supply port by closing the priority metering holes. This also opens pressure inlet port to backhoe, stabilizer, and loader functions. As long as the steering valve is in neutral, limited flow is allowed to pass through the metering holes to maintain steering pressure at the steering supply port that keeps the spool shifted to the right and balanced against the bias spring. If the pump is unable to supply adequate flow to maintain steering pressure at steering supply port during use of any hydraulic functions, priority spool (152) will shift left and restrict flow to backhoe, stabilizer, and loader functions until steering supply pressure is satisfied. System relief valve (150) for backhoe functions is located in the priority valve section. The function of the relief is to regulate system (pump) pressure for backhoe functions.
Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section (solenoid energized) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 <- Go to Section TOC
Flow Adjustment Control Spring Restrictor Check Orifice Controlled Flow Port Controlled Flow Passage Orifice Metering Notches Supply from Inlet Section Passage Return Passage Spool End Cavity Bias Spring Orifice To Downstream Backhoe Functions Metering Hole (6 used) Section 9025 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
19 20 21 154 222 229 600 601 604 Y53
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool End Cavity Control Orifice Flow Adjuster Screw Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Auxiliary Selective Flow Section (if equipped) Auxiliary Selective Flow Relief Valve (no anticavitation) High-Pressure Oil Medium-Pressure Oil Return Oil Selective Flow Control Solenoid
Auxiliary selective flow section (222) provides control for backhoe mounted attachments and also for handheld hydraulic attachments (if equipped). The auxiliary selective flow section (222) maintains a specified flow rate to auxiliary hydraulic attachments regardless of changing loads on the hydraulic system. When engine is stopped, backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) is pushed to the right by the bias spring (13), closing pump passage (9) to downstream backhoe functions (15) and opening spool metering holes (17) to create an oil passage to controlled flow port (5). When solenoid is not energized, passage (10) is blocked from spool end cavity (12) by selective flow control solenoid (Y53) valve. Spool end cavity (12) is connected through the orifice (14) and selective flow control solenoid to return passage (11). When machine is first started, all pump flow is routed through metering holes (17) into spool end cavity (19) and out of control orifice (20) to flow passage (6). Flow is blocked from controlled flow port (5) by a spring loaded restrictor check (3). The pressure required to open the restrictor check (3) is designed to be slightly higher than the pressure generated by spool bias spring (13). With flow blocked, pressure increases at spool end cavity (19). This causes the backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) to shift to the right against bias spring and reduce the opening through spool by closing metering holes (17). This spool movement simultaneously opens metering notches (8) and creates a passage between the supply from inlet section (9) and downstream backhoe functions (15). As long as solenoid valve is not activated, spool keeps a position, maintaining a pressure in spool end cavity (19) that keeps spool shifted to the right and balanced against the bias spring (13).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section (solenoid de-energized) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 <- Go to Section TOC
Flow Adjustment Control Spring Restrictor Check Orifice Controlled Flow Port Controlled Flow Passage Orifice Metering Notches Supply from Inlet Section Passage Return Passage Spool End Cavity Bias Spring Orifice To Downstream Backhoe Functions Metering Hole (6 used) Section 9025 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
19 20 21 154 222 229 600 604 606 Y53
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool End Cavity Control Orifice Flow Adjuster Screw Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Auxiliary Selective Flow Section (if equipped) Auxiliary Selective Flow Relief Valve (no anticavitation) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Selective Flow Control Solenoid
When auxiliary selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is activated, the solenoid spool closes off a return passage and opens another for trapped oil from passages (6 and 10) to flow into spool end cavity (12), releasing pressure in spool end cavity (19) against bias spring (13). Bias spring is now free to shift auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) and metering notches (8) left. This closes supply from inlet section (9) off to downstream backhoe functions (15) and opens supply from inlet to controlled flow passage (6). Pressure in controlled flow passage is now sufficient to overcome restrictor check (3) and opens to controlled flow port (5). With solenoid activated, valve will now sense load induced by auxiliary attachments. Load pressure at controlled flow port (5) is routed through orifice (7), passage (10), and solenoid to spool end cavity (12). Load pressure and bias spring (13) act against pilot pressure in spool end cavity (19) to keep backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) shifted left. This will keep restricting flow to backhoe functions while metering holes (17) are opened to allow flow to controlled flow port (5). Backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) will keep a position that maintains a pressure in the spool end cavity (19) equal to the combination of load pressure and bias spring (13) pressure. If pump is unable to supply adequate flow to maintain selected backhoe function speeds and output load pressure at controlled flow port (5), backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) will shift left and restrict flow to backhoe functions (15) until load pressure is restored. If through the use of backhoe functions the inlet pressure rises higher than is required by the attachment, spool (154) will shift right and restrict flow to the controlled flow port (5). Flow output is controlled by the size of control orifice (20). As flow is passed through the control orifice (20), there is a pressure drop from spool end cavity (19) to flow passage (6). When this pressure drop is equal to the effect of bias spring (13), flow rate will be maintained at that level. Flow rates can be changed by turning flow adjustment control (1) to vary size of control orifice (20). Flow adjustment control (1) is attached to a flow adjuster screw (21) that can be moved to six distinct positions for flow control. Load pressure at controlled flow port (5) is limited by a relief valve (229). When controlled flow port (5) pressure reaches the relief set point, oil is passed to the return passage (16) through auxiliary selective flow relief valve (229). Orifice (7) limits amount of oil lost to return when relief valve opens. Auxiliary selective flow relief valve (229) limits the maximum pressure that is supplied to the spool end cavity (12). At this point, the valve will not be able to supply any greater output pressure at the controlled flow port (5). An orifice (4) is located in the restrictor check (3) to eliminate the possibility of high-pressure oil (600) being trapped in the controlled flow port (5) when flow control is de-energized. Trapped oil would make it difficult to connect or disconnect the hydraulic quick connect fittings. When optional selective auxiliary flow section is installed in the backhoe control valve, a relief valve without anticavitation is also installed in place of cap in the rod end side of bucket curl section of backhoe control valve.
Swing Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Swing Section (swing left position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 145 156 161 224 230 600 604 <- Go to Section TOC
Swing Left Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Swing Right Work Port Return Passage Supply From Auxiliary Selective Section Return To Tank Supply To Downstream Backhoe Functions Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Swing Section Swing Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation) (2 used) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Section 9025 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The swing section is a three-position, six-way, open-center spool valve. The swing section contains two circuit relief valves with anticavitation (230). When backhoe swing spool (156) is shifted to activate the left swing function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (3), past load check (2), through backhoe swing spool, and out swing left work port (1) to cylinders. Return oil from cylinders flows in through swing right work port (4), past backhoe swing spool, into return passage (5), then out of control valve to the hydraulic oil filter.
Boom Section
Backhoe Control Valve Boom Section (boom lower position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Boom Lower Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Boom Raise Work Port Orifice Vent Passage Work Port Passage Section 9025 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
8 9 10 11 145 157 162 225 231 232 239 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Supply From Backhoe Swing Section Return Passage Return To Tank To Downstream Backhoe Functions Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Boom Cylinder Boom Section Backhoe Boom Circuit Relief (no anticavitation) Backhoe Boom Circuit Relief (with anticavitation) Anti-Drift Check High-Pressure Oil Return Oil
The boom section is a three-position, seven-way spool valve. It contains a load check (2), one circuit relief valve (with anticavitation) (232), one circuit relief valve (no anticavitation) (231), and an anti-drift check (239). When boom spool (157) is shifted to activate the boom lower function, oil flows from the supply inlet passage (3), past the load check (2), through boom spool, and out boom lower work port (1) to cylinder. Return oil (604) from cylinder flows into boom raise work port (4) past boom spool, then out of control valve to the hydraulic oil filter. The boom spool has radial holes that meter oil through valve to allow smooth starts and stops. Anti-drift check (239) is provided to control oil leakage back into boom raise work port (4). With valve in neutral, anti-drift check is spring loaded to the closed position. Pressure in work port (4) enters orifice (5) and is passed to the spring side of the anti-drift check. Pressure in the work port passage (7) falls due to oil leakage past the boom spool to the return passage. The higher work port pressure on the spring side of anti-drift check forces check securely into seat, forming a seal. The spring side of anti-drift check may be vented to return passage through a vent passage (6). This vent passage is open or closed depending on position of boom spool. With boom spool in neutral or boom raise position, vent passage (6) is closed to return passage. When boom spool is moved to boom lower position, vent passage (6) is opened. Oil flows from work port (4), through orifice (5) in anti-drift check, to return passage. Pressure drop across orifice (5) causes pressure on spring side of anti-drift check to drop lower than pressure in work port (4). This pressure imbalance causes anti-drift check to open, allowing flow to boom spool. When boom lower function pressure in circuit is less than return pressure, oil flows from return passage (9), past boom circuit relief valve with anticavitation (232), and into boom lower circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Boom Section (boom raise position) (pilot control option shown) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Cap with Centering Spring Boom Lower Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Boom Raise Work Port Orifice Section 9025 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7 8 9 10 11 12 145 157 162 225 231 232 239 600 604 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Pilot Cap Vent Passage Return Passage Supply From Backhoe Swing Section To Downstream Backhoe Functions Return To Tank Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Boom Cylinder Boom Section Boom Circuit Relief (no Anticavitation) Boom Circuit Relief (with Anticavitation) Anti-Drift Check High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Pilot Oil
The boom section is a three-position, seven-way spool valve. It contains a load check (3), two boom circuit relief valves (231 and 232), and an anti-drift check (239). When pilot controller sends pilot oil (609), the backhoe boom spool (157) is moved and activates boom raise function. Oil flows from supply inlet passage (4), past load check (3), through backhoe boom spool, and out boom raise work port (5) to backhoe boom cylinder (162). Return oil (604) from cylinder flows into boom lower work port (2), past the backhoe boom spool, into return passage, then out from control valve to hydraulic oil filter. The backhoe boom spool has notches that meter oil through the valve to allow smooth starts and stops. An anti-drift check valve (239) is provided to significantly reduce oil leakage back from boom raise work port (5). With valve in neutral, the anti-drift check (239) is spring loaded to closed position. Pressure in boom raise work port (5) enters orifice (6) and is passed to spring side of anti-drift check. The work port pressure on spring side of anti-drift check forces the anti-drift check securely into the seat, forming a seal. The spring side of anti-drift check may be vented to return passage through vent passage (8). Vent passage is open or closed depending on position of backhoe boom spool. With boom spool in neutral or boom raise position, the vent passage is blocked. When backhoe boom spool is moved to boom lower position, vent passage is opened to return passage. Oil flows from boom raise work port (5) through orifice (6) in anti-drift check (239), through vent passage (8), to return passage. Pressure drop across orifice (6) causes pressure on spring side of anti-drift check to drop lower than pressure in boom raise work port (5). This pressure imbalance causes anti-drift check (239) to open, allowing flow to backhoe boom spool.
Bucket Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Bucket Section (bucket curl position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 145 158 163 226 234 600 604 <- Go to Section TOC
Bucket Curl Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Bucket Dump Work Port Supply From Backhoe Boom Section Cap With Selective Flow Option To Downstream Backhoe Functions Return To Tank Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Bucket Section Bucket Circuit Relief (no anticavitation) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Section 9025 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The bucket section is a three-position, six-way spool valve containing a load check (2) and a bucket circuit relief (234). When optional auxiliary selective flow section is installed in backhoe control valve (145), a second relief valve without anticavitation is also installed. This second relief valve is installed in place of cap (6) in rod end side of the bucket section (226) of the backhoe control valve (145). When backhoe bucket spool (158) is moved to activate bucket curl function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (3), past load check (2), backhoe bucket spool (158), and out bucket curl work port (1) to the backhoe bucket cylinder (163). Return oil from backhoe bucket cylinder flows into bucket dump work port (4), past backhoe bucket spool, into return passage, then out of backhoe control valve to the hydraulic oil filter. Backhoe bucket spool has notches that meter the oil through the valve to allow smooth starts and stops.
Crowd Section
Backhoe Control Valve Crowd Section (crowd out position) LEGEND: 1 2 <- Go to Section TOC
Crowd Out Work Port Load Check Section 9025 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
3 4 6 7 8 9 145 159 164 227 236 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Supply Inlet Passage Crowd In Work Port Return Passage Supply From Backhoe Bucket Section To Downstream Backhoe Functions Return To Tank Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Crowd Section Crowd Circuit Relief Valve (no anticavitation) (2 used) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil
The crowd section is a three-position, six-way spool valve. It contains a load check (2) and two crowd circuit relief valves (236). When backhoe crowd spool (159) is shifted to activate crowd out function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (3), past load check (2), through backhoe crowd spool, and out crowd out work port (1) to backhoe crowd cylinder (164). Return oil (604) from backhoe crowd cylinder flows into crowd in work port (4), past backhoe crowd spool, into return passage (6), then out of backhoe control valve (145) to hydraulic oil filter. Backhoe crowd spool has grooves that meter oil through the valve to allow smooth starts and stops. When machine is equipped with a four-function valve, crowd section has a power beyond port located on crowd main side of valve. Port is similar to port on backhoe control valve auxiliary section illustrated in this group.
Auxiliary Sections—Extendable Dipperstick, Attachments—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Auxiliary Section (neutral position with upstream function) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 145 160 165 228 600
Shut-Off Plug Extend Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Retract Work Port Shut-Off Plug Return Passage Supply From Backhoe Crowd Section To Loader And Stabilizer Control Valve Section Return To Tank Not Used For Extendable Dipperstick Section Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick) Extendable Dipperstick Auxiliary Section (extendable dipperstick; if equipped) High-Pressure Oil
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
604 606
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Return Oil Trapped Oil
→NOTE: This auxiliary section is used for both regular auxiliary and extendable dipperstick sections. The circuit relief valves are not used for extendable dipperstick section (11) equipped machines. The auxiliary and extendable dipperstick section is a three-position, six-way spool valve. It contains a load check (3) and two shut-off plugs (1 and 6). When backhoe extendable dipperstick spool (160) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (4), past load check (3) and backhoe extendable dipperstick spool, then out to extend work port (2) to backhoe auxiliary cylinder (extendable dipperstick) (165). Return oil (604) from backhoe auxiliary cylinder (165) flows into retract work port (5), past backhoe extendable dipperstick spool, then into return passage (7). Oil in return passage goes to main hydraulic filter and reservoir. This section has a power beyond port on the valve. When spool is in neutral position, oil is routed through this port to supply high-pressure oil to loader and stabilizer control valve. Auxiliary sections and extendable dipperstick sections are the same except extendable dipperstick section does not utilize circuit relief valves.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped
Pilot Control Valve Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Wobble Plate Plunger (4 used) Spring Guide (4 used) Return Spring (4 used) Section 9025 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 135 136 604 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Metering Spring (4 used) Metering Spool Orifice (4 used) Internal Pressure Port Spool (4 used) Tank Port Work Port Pressure Port Seal Plunger Bearing Plunger One-Way Orifice (2 used) (boom down and crowd out only) Pilot Control Valve Plunger Assembly (4 used) Pilot Control (left) Pilot Control (right) Return Oil Pilot Oil
Two pilot control valve assemblies are used to control backhoe functions. Each control valve contains four plunger assemblies (15), one for each direction of each function. All four pilot control assemblies operate the same with exception of boom lower and crowd out function work ports. Each contains a one-way orifice (14), which allows for free flow from work port out to main control valve but restricts flow coming back. This reduces abrupt stops of high inertia functions by slowing them down in boom lower and crowd out functions only. →NOTE: Plunger, bearing and O-ring, spring guide, return spring, metering spring, metering spool and integral washers are serviced as an assembly. Neutral Operation In neutral, with no functions activated, return spring (4) holds spool (8) closed. This blocks pilot oil (609) from entering work ports (10) allowing oil to return to tank. Metering Operation During operation, pilot oil from pilot enable and pattern select valve enters pilot control valve at pressure port (11). Wobble plate (1) depresses plunger (2) contacting spring guide (3). The spring guide compresses both return spring and metering (pressure control) spring (5). The compressed springs move metering spool down to a metering position allowing oil to flow out the connected work port. As work port pressure builds to meet spring force, spool moves between neutral and metered position maintaining commanded pressure. The force it takes to compress the metering spring is directly proportional to the amount of pressure in the work port acting on the spool.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Operation—If Equipped
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Schematic LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 137 138 140 141 600 604 609 700 Y52 Y58 Y59 <- Go to Section TOC
From Right Pilot Control (port 3) From Left Pilot Control (port 1) From Right Pilot Control (port 2) From Left Pilot Control (port 3) To Boom Valve Section (raise boom) To Crowd Valve Section (crowd in) To Boom Valve Section (lower boom) To Crowd Valve Section (crowd out) Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve Pilot Control Accumulator Pilot Control Pressure Test Port High Pressure Oil Return Oil Pilot Oil To Loader Auxiliary Manifold (if equipped) Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2 Section 9025 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The pilot enable and pattern select (PEPS) manifold receives system pressure from the inlet section of the backhoe control valve. System pressure oil flows through the adjustable pressure reducing valve and check valve allowing regulated pressure oil to charge pilot control accumulator. The pressure reducing valve ensures that pressure in the pilot control system and accumulator is within specification. See Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) →NOTE: Pilot control accumulator is not serviceable. Replace accumulator if necessary. When system pressure is below pilot control regulated pressure specification, the pressure reducing valve allows unrestricted flow to pass through the PEPS manifold. When system pressure increases above pilot control regulated pressure specification, the pressure reducing valve cartridge shifts restricting pressure to pilot controls and bleeding excess pressure to tank. With pilot enable solenoid de-energized, spring bias holds pilot enable spool left, venting oil in pilot controls to tank. With pilot enable solenoid energized, spool shifts right, connecting regulated pilot pressure to pilot controls, see Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) The pattern select function of PEPS valve is used to switch control of backhoe boom and crowd functions for operator preference. The PEPS manifold contains two solenoids. Both solenoid valves are two-position, four-way valves. These valves are controlled by the two-position pattern select switch, see Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) With pattern select switch in backhoe position, both solenoid valves are de-energized. The valve directs oil to control boom functions with the left pilot control and crowd functions with the right pilot control. With pattern select switch in excavator position, both solenoid valves are energized. The valve directs oil to control boom functions with the right pilot control and crowd functions with the left pilot control.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Operation
5-Function Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve (neutral, electrohydraulic auxiliary shown) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve (3 used) Neutral Flow Passage Power Passage (2 used) Supply Inlet Port Section 9025 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
190 191 192 193 194 195 600 604 606 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Pilot Oil LEGEND: 1 Lift Check Valve (3 used) 4 Supply Inlet Port 5 Return Outlet Port 6 Plug Fitting (relief port) 7 Power Beyond Port (not used) 190 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 191 Left Stabilizer Spool 192 Right Stabilizer Spool 193 Loader Boom Spool 194 Loader Bucket Spool 195 Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped)
5-Function Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve (EH auxiliary shown) Loader and stabilizer control valve is an open center, mono-block, spool valve. All function spools are contained within one main housing. High pressure oil enters valve at supply inlet port (4). When no functions are activated (neutral) supply oil flows uninterrupted through control valve to hydraulic reservoir via neutral flow passage (2). Two power passages (3) branch off parallel to neutral flow passage to provide hydraulic pressure to stabilizer and loader functions. Return oil exits at return outlet (5). Control valve does not contain a system relief valve. A system relief valve located in backhoe control valve inlet section regulates both backhoe and loader and stabilizer control valve oil pressure. Stabilizers only or loader functions only can operate at one time. Stabilizer function takes priority over loader functions. If one or both stabilizer spools are shifted, oil is blocked to downstream loader functions. All loader functions can operate simultaneously. When one spool moves only neutral flow passage is blocked from return, supply oil is still routed to downstream loader spools through the power passage. This passage is dead-ended at last valve section. For more information on each spool function operation see the following corresponding sections.
Stabilizer Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Left Stabilizer Section (stabilizer lowered/lifting machine position) LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 6 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Nuetral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port (lower stabilizer) Work Port (raise stabilizer) Return Passage Lockout Piston Section 9025 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
8 9 190 191 192 201 249 250
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Centering Spring Poppet (thermal relief) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Lockout Valve Lockout Valve (with thermal relief) LEGEND: 4 5 191 192 249 250
Work Port (lower stabilizer) Work Port (raise stabilizer) Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Lockout Valve Lockout Valve (with thermal relief)
Stabilizer Sections There are two stabilizer spools (191, 192), one for each stabilizer cylinder. Each stabilizer section is a three-position, three-way, spool valve. Valve spool is actuated by a manual lever and is returned to neutral by centering spring (8) in end cap. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passages (3) are blocked from work ports (4, 5). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. In stabilizer lower position: Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return) but continues around to power passage (3). Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to lower work port (4) out to cylinder head end. Spool opens stabilizer raise work port (5) passage to return passage (6). Return oil from cylinder rod end flows to hydraulic reservoir. Stabilizer cylinders need to hold oil pressure for long periods of time without any leakage through control valve. When stabilizer spool is in neutral, lockout valves (249, 250) block cylinder oil from escaping through spools. When spool is shifted to stabilizer lower position, pressure oil pushes lockout valve (249) open, allowing flow to the work port. Oil returning from raise work port (5) is trapped by lockout valve (250). Oil pressure builds in lower work port (4), forcing lockout piston (7) against lockout valve (250). When enough pressure has built, lockout piston opens lockout valve (250) allowing cylinder rod end oil open to return. Thermal relief lockout valves (250) exist in the cylinder rod end circuits to protect cylinder circuit from high pressures caused by thermal expansion. A 1° increase in temperature can cause a pressure increase of 345—414 kPa (3.45—4.14 bar) (50—60 psi). When stabilizers are in use lockout valves trap oil in cylinder circuits. Relief function of lockout valves (250) detect any excess pressure from oil thermal expansion. When circuit oil pressure on backside of lockout valve (250) increases, poppet (9) is unseated, allowing oil to pass out of circuit through orifice in lockout valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Boom Section
Boom Section (boom raise position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve Neutral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port (raise, right cylinder) Section 9025 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 6 7 8 9 190 193 202 251 252 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Work Port (lower, right cylinder) Return Passage Work Port (raise, left cylinder) Work Port (lower, left cylinder) Spool Centering Spring Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Boom Spool Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Relief Valve (no anticavitation) Anticavitation Check Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil LEGEND: 1 Lift Check Valve 4 Work Port (raise, right cylinder) 5 Work Port (lower, right cylinder) 7 Work Port (raise, left cylinder) 8 Work Port (lower, left cylinder) 193 Loader Boom Spool 251 Relief Valve (no anticavitation) 252 Anticavitation Check Valve
Boom Section (front)
Boom Section (back) The boom section is a four-position, three-way, spool valve. Notches in spool help meter oil to allow smooth starts and stops. Valve spool is actuated by a manual lever and is returned to neutral by centering spring (9) in end cap. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passage (3) is blocked from work ports (4, 5, 7, 8). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. In boom raise position: Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank but continues down to beginning of power passage (3) (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to raise work ports (4, 7) out to cylinder head end. Spool opens boom lower work ports (5, 8) to return passage (6). Return oil from cylinder rod end flows to hydraulic reservoir. A relief valve (251) opens supply oil to return when a specific pressure is reached, protecting circuit from high pressures. Supply pressure oil must flow through lift check valve (1) to reach work ports. Lift check will not open until oil pressure in power passage exceeds pressure in work port, preventing back flow from work ports from escaping out neutral flow passage. This prevents a cylinder with load from dropping a short distance before enough pressure has built in power passage to lift load. When spool is in boom lower position supply oil is routed to work ports (5, 8). Gravity acting on a loaded bucket may force boom to lower faster than hydraulic pump can supply pressure oil to work ports (5, 8), causing cavitation. An anticavitation check valve (252) is provided in boom lower circuit to prevent this. When boom lower circuit supply pressure is less than pressure in return passage (6), check valve opens allowing oil from return passage to flow to supply circuit work ports (5, 8), making up for any needed supply oil. When spool is in float (detent) position, all work ports are open to return passages, allowing oil to flow freely in and out of cylinder head and rod ends. Neutral flow passage is open to return.
Bucket Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Bucket Section (bucket roll back position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve Nuetral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port (roll back) Work Port (dump) Return Passage Section 9025 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7 8 9 10 190 194 203 251 253 600 604 Y12
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Self Level Lever Return-to-Dig Electromagnet Metal Plate Spool Centering Spring Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Bucket Spool Loader Bucket Cylinder Relief Valve (no anticavitation) Relief Valve (with anticavitation) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Return-to-Dig Solenoid LEGEND: 1 4 5 194 251 253 Y12
Lift Check Valve Work Port (roll back) Work Port (dump) Loader Bucket Spool Relief Valve (no anticavitation) Relief Valve (with anticavitation) Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Bucket Section (front)
Bucket Section (back) The bucket section is a three-position, three-way, spool valve. Notches in spool help meter oil to allow smooth starts and stops. Valve spool is actuated by a manual lever and is returned to neutral by centering spring (10) in end cap. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passage (3) is blocked from work ports (4, 5). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. In bucket roll back position: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return). Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to roll back work port (4) flowing to cylinder head end. Spool opens dump work port (5) to return passage (6). Return oil from cylinder rod end flows to hydraulic reservoir. Relief valve (251) opens supply oil to return passage when a specific pressure is reached, protecting circuit from high pressures. Supply pressure oil must flow through lift check valve (1) to reach work ports (4, 5). Lift check will not open until oil pressure in power passage exceeds pressure in work port, preventing back flow from work ports from escaping out neutral flow passage. This prevents a cylinder with load from dropping a short distance before enough pressure has built in power passage to lift load. When bucket dump function is activated supply oil is routed to work port (5). Gravity acting on a loaded bucket may force bucket to dump faster than hydraulic pump can supply pressure oil to work port (5), causing cavitation. A relief valve with anticavitation (253) is provided in dump circuit to prevent this. When dump circuit supply pressure is less than pressure in return passage (6), relief valve poppet opens allowing oil from return passage to flow to supply circuit work port (5), making up for any needed supply oil. Bucket is equipped with a self level feature. Lever (7) is connected to mechanical linkage from loader boom. When loader boom reaches a specified position, mechanical linkage pulls bucket spool up (dump position) leveling bucket out with respect to boom position. For more information on self level see Loader Bucket Self Level Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Bucket is equipped with a return-to-dig feature. Return-to-dig solenoid (Y12) contains an electromagnet (8). When power is supplied to solenoid it creates a magnetic field. When loader control lever is moved to bucket roll back position a metal plate (9) fastened to end of bucket spool contacts magnet. Bucket spool is magnetically held in bucket roll back position until a specific bucket position is reached, mechanical linkage connected to bucket then opens a switch on loader boom, opening solenoid power circuit. Without power magnet is de-energized and bucket spool is free to return to neutral via spool centering spring. For more information on return-to-dig see Loader Bucket Return-to-Dig Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
Auxiliary Section—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Auxiliary Section (electrohydraulic section shown) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve Nuetral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port Work Port Return Passage Section 9025 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7 190 195 254 600 604 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool Centering Spring Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Auxiliary Spool Relief Valve (with anticavitation) (2 used) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Pilot Oil LEGEND: 1 Lift Check Valve 4 Work Port 5 Work Port 195 Loader Auxiliary Spool 254 Relief Valve (with anticavitation) (2 used)
Auxiliary Section (EH shown, front)
Auxiliary Section (EH shown, back) The loader and stabilizer control valve is a combined single mono-block design. If auxiliary is desired, an entire new loader and stabilizer control valve must be installed. The loader auxiliary section may be manual (two lever controls) or electrohydraulic (single lever loader control [SLLC]). Loader auxiliary is used to control multi-purpose buckets or other front-mounted hydraulic attachments. The section is comprised of a three-position, three-way, spool valve. Notches in spool help meter oil to allow smooth starts and stops. Valve spool is returned to neutral by centering spring (7) in end cap. Electrohydraulic and manual auxiliary sections function the same except spool is shifted either by pilot oil from loader auxiliary manifold (SLLC) or mechanically by a second loader lever and linkage respectively. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passage (3) is blocked from work ports (4, 5). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. When auxiliary function is commanded: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return). Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to work port (4). Spool opens work port (5) to return passage (6). If supply circuit pressure reaches a specific pressure, relief valve (254) opens supply oil to return passage, protecting circuit from high pressures. Supply pressure oil must flow through lift check valve (1) to reach work ports (4, 5). Lift check will not open until oil pressure in power passage exceeds pressure in work port, preventing back flow from work ports from escaping out neutral flow passage. This prevents a cylinder with load from retracting a short distance before enough pressure has built in power passage to extend cylinder. Gravity acting on a loaded cylinder may force cylinder to extend or retract faster than hydraulic pump can supply pressure oil to work port, causing cavitation. A relief valve with anticavitation (254) is provided in each circuit to prevent this. When circuit supply pressure is less than pressure in return passage (6), relief valve poppet opens allowing oil from return passage to flow to supply circuit work port, making up for any needed supply oil.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve—(S.N. —232969)
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 169 600 604 Y34
Inlet Return Relief Valve Outlet Check Valve Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil Sideshift Lock Solenoid
When sideshift lock solenoid (Y34) is not energized, spring pressure pushes the valve spool down so oil flows to sideshift locking pistons. The check valve (5) in the inlet port traps oil to maintain pressure on locking pistons. When the solenoid is energized, the valve spool is pulled up against spring pressure, blocking inlet oil and releasing pressure on the sideshift pistons to the reservoir. The relief valve (3) is a direct acting relief valve. When pressure increases above the pressure setting, pressure overcomes spring force, and seat is pushed away from the poppet. Oil flows through the seat to the reservoir.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve Operation—(S.N. 235590— )
SBL Solenoid Valve Schematic (sideshift lock shown engaged) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 185 600 604 Y34 Y35
Inlet Pressure Oil (from backhoe control valve) Return Oil (to reservoir) To Boom Lock Cylinders To Sideshift Locking Pistons Check Valve (spring biased) Thermal Relief Valve SBL Solenoid Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve The sideshift lock solenoid valve (Y34) is a 2-way, normally closed, proportional, poppet-type, load holding cartridge valve. Inlet pressure oil (1) flows through an orifice, overcomes spring force of check valve (5), and flows to sideshift lock solenoid (Y34) and sideshift locking pistons. A thermal relief valve (6) protects the sideshift boom lock circuit. When sideshift lock solenoid is not energized, it acts as a check valve preventing inlet pressure oil from returning to reservoir while allowing return oil to flow into the sideshift locking piston pressure circuit. This and check valve (5) traps inlet pressure oil to maintain pressure on locking pistons. When sideshift lock solenoid is energized inlet pressure oil after check valve (5) is open to return, releasing pressure on sideshift locking pistons. Any flow from return into sideshift locking piston circuit is severely restricted.
Boom Lock Solenoid Valve The boom lock solenoid valve (Y35) is a 3-way, spool-type, directional cartridge valve. Inlet pressure oil (1) flows through an orifice to boom lock solenoid valve. When solenoid valve is energized, circuit is closed to return and inlet pressure oil flows to boom lock cylinders. When solenoid valve is not energized, inlet pressure oil is blocked and boom lock circuit is open to return, releasing pressure on boom lock cylinders. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Section 9025 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Hydraulic System Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Manual Control (S.N. —232969) (neutral position)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 70 110 111 112 113 118 120 124 125 128 131 145 150 152 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 167 168 169 170 190 191 192 193 194 195 201 202 203 204 205 600 604 606 614 707 708 B12 B26 S26 S27 Y34 Y35 Y50 Y51 Y53 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Relief Valve (if equipped with auxiliary selective flow control option) Transmission Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Fill Screen Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve Service Brake Clutch (2 used) Backhoe Control Valve System Relief Valve Priority Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick (if equipped) Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick) (if equipped) Boom Lock Solenoid Valve Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder Ride Control Valve (if equipped) Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil From Transmission Pump To Transmission Lube Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9025 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Manual Control (S.N. 235590— ) (neutral position)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 110 111 112 113 118 120 124 125 128 131 145 150 152 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 168 170 185 190 191 192 193 194 195 201 202 203 204 205 600 604 606 614 707 708 B12 B26 S26 S27 Y34 Y35 Y50 Y51 Y53 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Relief Valve (if equipped with auxiliary selective flow control) Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Fill Screen Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve Service Brake Clutch (2 used) Backhoe Control Valve System Relief Valve Priority Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick (if equipped) Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick; if equipped) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder Ride Control Valve (if equipped) Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil From Transmission Pump To Transmission Lube Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid 2 (if equipped) Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9025 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Pilot Control (S.N. 235590— ) (neutral position) (1 of 2)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 110 111 112 113 118 120 128 131 190 191 192 193 194 195 197 201 202 203 204 205 600 604 606 609 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 B12 S26 S27 Y20 Y21 Y50 Y51 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Fill Screen Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Power Boost Brake Valve Service Brake Clutch (2 used) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) Loader Auxiliary Manifold (if equipped) Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder Ride Control Valve (if equipped) Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Pilot Oil Steering Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump to Backhoe Control Valve PEPS Manifold to Loader Auxiliary Manifold Backhoe Control Valve to Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve SBL Solenoid Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir PEPS Manifold to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Backhoe Control Valve to Hydraulic Oil Filter From Transmission Pump To Transmission Lube Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid 2 (if equipped) Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9025 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Pilot Control (S.N. 235590— ) (neutral position) (2 of 2)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 124 125 135 136 137 138 140 141 145 150 152 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 168 170 185 600 604 606 609 614 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 B26 Y34 Y35 Y52 Y53 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Relief Valve (if equipped with auxiliary selective flow control) Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Pilot Control (left) Pilot Control (right) Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve Pilot Control Accumulator Pilot Control Pressure Test Port Backhoe Control Valve System Relief Valve Priority Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick (if equipped) Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick; if equipped) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Pilot Oil Load Sense Oil Steering Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump to Backhoe Control Valve PEPS Manifold to Loader Auxiliary Manifold Backhoe Control Valve to Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve SBL Solenoid Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir PEPS Manifold to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Backhoe Control Valve to Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9025 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Overall Hydraulic System Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 70 73 80 110 113 118 120 124 125 128 145 161 162 163 164 167 168 169 170 185 190 201 202 203
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder (if equipped) (2 used) Transmission Rear Axle Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Boom Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve (S.N. 235590— ) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder
Section 9025 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Main Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 110 113 118 120 145 190
<- Go to Section TOC
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Backhoe Control Valve Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve
Section 9025 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Loader Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 1 Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder (if equipped) (2 used) 110 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 145 Backhoe Control Valve 190 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 197 Loader Auxiliary Manifold (if equipped; EH auxiliary control only) 198 Loader Auxiliary Accumulator (if equipped; EH auxiliary control only; backhoe manual controls only) 202 Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) 203 Loader Bucket Cylinder
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Backhoe Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 70 110 124 145 161 162 163 164 167 168 169 170 185 190 201 <- Go to Section TOC
Transmission Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Steering Valve Backhoe Control Valve Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Boom Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve (S.N. 235590— ) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Section 9025 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Brakes and Steering Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 70 73 75 77 80 124 125 128
<- Go to Section TOC
Transmission Rear Axle Park Brake Valve-to-Park Brake Line Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line (2 used) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve
Section 9025 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Ride Control Hydraulic Component Location (if equipped) LEGEND: 110 190 202 204 205
<- Go to Section TOC
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Boom Cylinder Ride Control Valve Ride Control Accumulator
Section 9025 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Pilot Controls Component Location LEGEND: 1 2 2 3 4 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Port 1; Swing Left Port 2; Boom Lower (backhoe pattern) Port 2; Crowd Out (excavator pattern) Port 3; Swing Right Port 4; Boom Raise (backhoe pattern) Port 4; Crowd In (excavator pattern) Section 9025 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 5 6 7 7 8 135 136 137 140 145 156 157 158 159 P T
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Port 1; Crowd In (backhoe pattern) Port 1; Boom Raise (excavator pattern) Port 2; Bucket Curl Port 3; Crowd Out (backhoe pattern) Port 3; Boom Lower (excavator pattern) Port 4; Bucket Dump Pilot Control (left) Pilot Control (right) Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold Pilot Control Accumulator Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Pressure To Reservoir
Section 9025 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Slow Steering Hydraulics 73
Slow Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Check steering valve for leaks. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering valve leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. ( 2 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Check steering cylinder for leaks. Is steering cylinder leaking externally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Leakage Check ( 3 ) Steering Cylinder Leakage Check
Action: Perform steering cylinder leakage test. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering cylinder leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Priority Valve Check. ( 4 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Check machine steering with bucket loaded with material. Does steering stall when bucket is loaded with material?
Result: YES:Check if priority valve shifts correctly. If valve sticks, check for contamination between the spool and sleeve of priority valve. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. No Steering Hydraulics, Loader Hydraulics OK 73
See No Response When Steering Wheel Is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK . (Group 9025-15.) Hard Steering, Loader Hydraulics OK 73
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hard Steering, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Axle Load Check
Action: Check steering when bucket is full of material. Is loader bucket full of material, causing steering wheel not to be able to turn?
Result: YES:Slightly move machine, steering wheel should be able to turn. NO:Go to Load Sense Line Check. ( 2 ) Load Sense Line Check
Action: Inspect load sense line for kinks or damage. Is there a kinked load sense line between priority valve and steering valve?
Result: YES:Repair kinked load sense line. NO:Go to Steering Valve Load Sense Port Check. ( 3 ) Steering Valve Load Sense Port Check
Action: Check steering valve for proper operation. See Steering Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Is the load sense orifice plugged at the steering valve load sense port?
Result: YES:Clean plugged orifice. NO:Go to Priority Valve Check. ( 4 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Inspect priority valve spool in backhoe valve inlet section. Is priority valve spool stuck?
Result: YES:Repair or replace priority valve. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Valve Does Not Return to Neutral 73
Steering Valve Does Not Return to Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Return Line to Hydraulic Reservoir Check
Action: Inspect return line for kinks or damage. Is return line to hydraulic reservoir kinked, causing high back pressure?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair kinked line going to hydraulic reservoir. NO:Go to Steering Column Check. ( 2 ) Steering Column Check
Action: Check steering column for damage. See Tilt Steering Column Remove and Install . (Group 0960.) Is there internal damage to steering column?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 3 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Inspect steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is there damage to steering valve sleeve or contamination?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Response When Steering Wheel is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK 73
No Response When Steering Wheel is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Check to see if priority valve is functioning correctly. Is priority valve functioning correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Valve Check. NO:Repair or replace priority valve. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) ( 2 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Perform steering system leakage test. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering valve leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering valve. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering and see Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. ( 3 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Perform steering cylinder leakage test. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering cylinder leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Spline Check. ( 4 ) Steering Valve Spline Check
Action: Check steering column splines for damage. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) Is there damage to the steering splines?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Pin Check. ( 5 ) Steering Valve Pin Check
Action: Inspect steering valve for damage. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is there a broken pin inside the steering valve? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Machine Turns in Opposite Direction 73
Machine Turns in Opposite Direction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Cylinder Connections Check
Action: Check steering connection lines. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Are the steering cylinder lines connected properly?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Connect steering cylinder lines to opposite ports. Excessive Vibration of the Steering Wheel 73
Excessive Vibration of the Steering Wheel Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Tracking Angle and Alignment Check
Action: Perform tracking angle check and adjustment to verify that machine is properly aligned. See Tracking Angle Check And Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) Is machine aligned properly?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Valve Gerotor Check. NO:Align machine to specifications. ( 2 ) Steering Valve Gerotor Check
Action: Inspect steering valve gerotor. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) Is steering valve gerotor misaligned?
Result: YES:Put steering valve gerotor in alignment. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral 73
Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Perform steering system leakage test to determine if steering valve is leaking. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering valve leaking internally?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair steering valve. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering and see Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel Kickback 73
Steering Wheel Kickback Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check Valve Check
Action: Inspect check valve ball in steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is check valve missing from inside the steering valve?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine 73
Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Perform steering cylinder leakage test to determine if steering cylinder is leaking. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering cylinder leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 2 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Perform steering system leakage test to determine if steering valve is leaking. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is the steering valve leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Erratic (“Spongy”) Steering 73
Erratic (“Spongy”) Steering Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic reservoir oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. ( 4 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Check steering cylinder operation. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is cylinder piston loose or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel "Locks" Up 73
Steering Wheel "Locks" Up Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Priority Valve Spool Check
Action: Inspect valve spool. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Is there a stuck spool or contamination between spool and sleeve? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 2 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Inspect steering valve for damage. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is there a broken pin inside the steering valve?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) 73
Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Return Line to Hydraulic Reservoir Check
Action: Inspect line to reservoir for damage or kinks. Is return line to hydraulic reservoir kinked causing high back pressure?
Result: YES:Repair kinked line going to hydraulic reservoir. NO:Go to Steering Column Check. ( 2 ) Steering Column Check
Action: Check steering column for proper alignment. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) Is there misalignment or binding in steering column?
Result: YES:Repair steering column. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 3 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Inspect steering valve for damage or contamination. Is there damage to steering valve sleeve or contamination?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel or Front Wheels Slowly Turn by Themselves When Using Backhoe or Loader 73
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Steering Wheel or Front Wheels Slowly Turn by Themselves When Using Backhoe or Loader Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering System Check
Action: Verify whether machine turns during backhoe or loader operation. Does steering wheel or front wheel turn during backhoe or loader operation?
Result: YES:This is normal operation of steering valve, but it should not exceed one half rotation of steering wheel with hydraulic oil exceeding 93°C (200°F). If beyond limits replace steering valve. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel Turns Apply Rear Axle Service Brakes 73
Steering Wheel Turns Apply Rear Axle Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Return Line to Hydraulic Reservoir
Action: Is the brake valve to hydraulic reservoir return line kinked causing hydraulic oil pressure from the steering valve to apply the rear service brakes? Brake Valve Remove and Install . (Group 1060.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Check return line for internal blockage. Steering Wheel Turns Freely With No Resistance or Action On Steered Wheels 73
Steering Wheel Turns Freely With No Resistance or Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Determine if steering valve has hydraulic oil following repair. Is there hydraulic oil in steering valve following repair work?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Wheel Check. NO:Rotate steering wheel back and forth to fill steering valve with hydraulic oil. ( 2 ) Steering Wheel Check
Action: Inspect steering wheel attachment nut. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is steering wheel attachment nut properly torqued?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Valve Spline Check. NO:Torque steering wheel nut to specification. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
( 3 ) Steering Valve Spline Check
Action: Inspect steering valve spline for damage. Is the lower steering valve spline disengaged or broken?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel Turns With Slight Resistance and No Action On Steered Wheels 73
Steering Wheel Turns With Slight Resistance and No Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Inspect steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is steering cylinder piston seal damaged?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Wander—Machine Will Not Stay in a Straight Line 73
Wander—Machine Will Not Stay in a Straight Line Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add or remove as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Tracking Angle Check. ( 2 ) Tracking Angle Check
Action: Verify if machine’s tracking angle is within specifications. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) Is tracking angle within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. NO:Adjust tracking angle. ( 3 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Inspect steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
(MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Are there worn or loose parts in steering cylinder?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. No Loader or Steering Hydraulics 73
No Loader or Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level in reservoir. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add oil as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. ( 2 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Check
Action: Remove hydraulic filter and inspect. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator′s Manual.) Does the filter contain excessive amounts of metal material?
Result: YES:Determine if hydraulic pump is operating to specification. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) If not, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. No Loader Hydraulics 73
No Loader Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Add oil as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic lines for damage or kinks, also inspect valve for stuck spools. Are there pinched lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Check
Action: Remove hydraulic filter and inspect. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator′s Manual.) Does the filter contain excessive amounts of metal material?
Result: YES:Determine if hydraulic pump is operating to specification. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) If not, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Low Loader Hydraulic Power 73
Low Loader Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve pressure setting to determine if pressure setting is to specifications. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure setting to specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve pressure setting, as necessary. ( 2 ) Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are loader circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Adjust loader circuit relief valve settings, as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Low Hydraulic Power 73
Low Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil to correct level. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. ( 4 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system valve relief setting, as necessary. ( 5 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to System Leakage Check. ( 7 ) System Leakage Check
Action: Perform the necessary test to determine if system is leaking. See Function Drift Test , see Steering System Leakage Test , see Steering Cylinder Leakage Test and see Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a leak in the hydraulic system?
Result: YES:Inspect hydraulic system and repair as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Loader Operation 73
Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Loader Operation Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve pressure setting. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure setting to specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Engine Performance Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve pressure setting, as necessary. ( 2 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test. Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Backhoe Operation 73
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Backhoe Operation Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Engine Performance Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 2 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Slow Hydraulic Functions 73
Slow Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level low?
Result: YES:Add as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is the hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 3 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 4 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Flow Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Pump Flow Check
Action: Perform hydraulic pump flow test to determine if pump flow is to specification. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is the hydraulic pump flow low?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Adjust, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Pilot Control Pressure Check. ( 6 ) Pilot Control Pressure Check
Action: Test pilot control pressure. See Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Does pilot pressure meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped or Engine Performance Check. NO:Adjust pilot pressure. ( 7 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped
Action: Test charge pressure of pilot accumulator. See Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Does accumulator charge pressure meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Engine Performance Check. NO:Replace accumulator. ( 8 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Backhoe Operates Slowly in One Function 73
Backhoe Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Cycle Times Check
Action: Check cycle time of problem function. See Operational Checkout Procedure . (Group 9005-10.) Are function cycle times within specification?
Result: YES:Normal machine operation. Checks complete. NO:For manual backhoe controls, go to Control Lever Linkage Check. For pilot controllers, go to Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check . ( 2 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect manual control lever linkage. See Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Two Lever or see Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Four Lever, If Equipped . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 4 ) Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See appropriate cylinder disassemble and assemble.- See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Swing Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete. ( 7 ) Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check
Action: Inspect pilot controller for sticking valve spool. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3315.) Does pilot controller spool move correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check. NO:Repair or replace pilot controller. ( 8 ) Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check
Action: Press pattern select valve switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and see if problem moves to another function. Does problem move to another function?
Result: YES:Repair or replace pattern select solenoid valve. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check. ( 9 ) Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check
Action: Remove and inspect pilot caps of problem function. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Do pilot caps move valve spool as required?
Result: YES: Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check NO:Repair or replace pilot cap.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Loader Operates Slowly in One Function 73
Loader Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Cycle Times Check
Action: Check cycle time of problem function. See Operational Checkout Procedure . (Group 9005-10.) Are function cycle times within specification?
Result: YES:Normal machine operation. Checks complete. NO:Go to Control Lever Linkage Check. ( 2 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect manual control lever linkage. See Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 4 ) Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Loader Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Backhoe Power in One Function 73
No Backhoe Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect manual control lever linkage. See Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Two Lever or see Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Four Lever, If Equipped . (Group 9025-20.) For pilot controls, go to Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 2 ) Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See appropriate cylinder disassemble and assemble.- See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Swing Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete. ( 6 ) Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check
Action: Inspect pilot controller for sticking valve spool. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3315.) Does pilot controller spool move correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check. NO:Repair or replace pilot controller. ( 7 ) Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check
Action: Press pattern select valve switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and see if problem moves to another function. Does problem move to another function?
Result: YES:Repair or replace pattern select solenoid valve. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check. ( 8 ) Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check
Action: Remove and inspect pilot caps of problem function. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Do pilot caps move valve spool as required?
Result: YES: Go to Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check . NO:Repair or replace pilot cap.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Loader Power in One Function 73
No Loader Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect control lever linkage. See Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 2 ) Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Loader Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Slow Loader and Backhoe Hydraulics 73
Slow Loader and Backhoe Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten suction hose. NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 2 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 3 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Pilot Control Pressure Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 4 ) Pilot Control Pressure Check
Action: Test pilot control pressure. See Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Does pilot pressure meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Pilot Control Accumulator Check. NO:Adjust pilot pressure. ( 5 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check
Action: Test charge pressure of pilot accumulator. See Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Does accumulator charge pressure meet specification?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Flow Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Replace accumulator. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Pump Flow Check
Action: Test hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is hydraulic pump flow low?
Result: YES:Adjust, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Engine Performance Check. ( 7 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) 73
Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil to correct level. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose for leaks. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to System Leakage Check. ( 4 ) System Leakage Check
Action: Perform the necessary test to determine if system is leaking. See Function Drift Test , see Steering System Leakage Test , see Steering Cylinder Leakage Test and see Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a leak in hydraulic system?
Result: YES:Inspect hydraulic system and repair as necessary. NO:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. ( 5 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valves. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 7 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Function Makes "Chattering" Noise 73
Hydraulic Function Makes "Chattering" Noise Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 4 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 5 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 107
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Functions Drift 73
Functions Drift Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Machine Specification Check
Action: Check to make sure function drift is within machine specification. See Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is function drift within specification?
Result: YES:Normal machine operation. Checks complete. NO:Go to Cylinder Leakage Check. ( 2 ) Cylinder Leakage Check
Action: Perform cylinder leakage test to determine if leakage is in hydraulic cylinder or control valve. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Does cylinder leak excessively?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Control Valve Seals Check. ( 3 ) Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect control valve seals for damage. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) Do seals have any visible damage?
Result: YES:Replace seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Control Valve Spool Check. ( 4 ) Control Valve Spool Check
Action: Inspect section spool and bore for scoring and scratches. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Is there any visible scoring or scratches on spool and bore?
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Return to Cylinder Leakage Check.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 108
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Control Valve Sticks or Works Hard 73
Control Valve Sticks or Works Hard Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect control lever linkage. See Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment and see Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Return Spring Rubbing Check. ( 2 ) Return Spring Rubbing Check
Action: Inspect control valve spring for damage or rubbing. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is return spring rubbing on spring cap, inside control valve?
Result: YES:Repair or replace return spring as necessary. NO:Go to Return Spring Broken Check. ( 3 ) Return Spring Broken Check
Action: Inspect return spring for damage. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is return spring broken inside control valve?
Result: YES:Replace return spring. NO:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Contamination Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Contamination Check
Action: Check for contamination in control valve. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Is valve spool scored or bent?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic control valve as necessary. NO:Go to Scored Valve Bore or Bent Spool Check. ( 5 ) Scored Valve Bore or Bent Spool Check
Action: Inspect valve spool for damage. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 109
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Is valve bore scored or bent?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Spool Alignment Check. ( 6 ) Spool Alignment Check
Action: Determine if spool is aligned correctly. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Does valve spool have proper alignment inside control valve?
Result: YES:Go to Spool Centering Spring Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 7 ) Spool Centering Spring Check
Action: Determine if spool is aligned correctly. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool centering spring aligning spool inside control valve?
Result: YES:Go to Spool Seals Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 8 ) Spool Seals Check
Action: Inspect spool seals for damage. Are spool seals leaking or out of alignment?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair seals. See Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Backhoe Valve Twisted Check. ( 9 ) Backhoe Valve Twisted Check
Action: Check backhoe valve mounting plate to see if it is twisted. Is backhoe valve twisted?
Result: YES:Loosen control valve tie bolts and torque to specification. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 110
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Oil Overheats 73
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Excessive Load Check
Action: Determine if machine is being operated under heavy load. Are hydraulic functions continuously operated under heavy load?
Result: YES:Reduce load on hydraulic functions. NO:Go to Operator Holding Hydraulic System Over Relief Check. ( 2 ) Operator Holding Hydraulic System Over Relief Check
Action: Determine if machine functions are being held over relief. Is operator continuously holding hydraulic system over relief during machine operation?
Result: YES:Return hydraulic control levers to neutral when not in use. NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic system oil level. Is hydraulic oil level low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is being used. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct oil viscosity being used?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Plugged Check. NO:Drain and refill hydraulic system. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 5 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Plugged Check
Action: Perform hydraulic oil cooler restriction test. See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is hydraulic oil cooler restricted?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic oil cooler as necessary. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 111
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Go to Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Plugged Check. ( 6 ) Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Plugged Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic/transmission radiator for debris or obstructions. Is hydraulic/transmission radiator obstructed?
Result: YES:Clean hydraulic/transmission radiator. NO:Go to Variable speed Fan Operation Check (if equipped). ( 7 ) Variable Speed Fan Operation Check (if equipped)
Action: Determine if variable speed fan is operating correctly. Visually inspect or see Variable Speed Fan Test . (Group 9010-25.) Is variable speed fan operating correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 8 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 9 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Priority Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 10 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Test operation of priority valve. Is priority valve functioning correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic System Leakage Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 11 ) Hydraulic System Leakage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 112
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Check for system leakage in hydraulic cylinders, loader and stabilizer control valve, and backhoe control valve. See Function Drift Test and see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there excessive leakage in hydraulic system?
Result: YES:Repair system leakage. NO:Checks complete. Foaming Oil 73
Foaming Oil Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil as needed. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Type Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Type Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is being used in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Checks complete. Hydraulic Pump Leaking 73
Hydraulic Pump Leaking Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Cap Screws Check
Action: Check hydraulic pump mounting cap screws. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) Are cap screws holding pump together loose?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 113
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Tighten cap screws to specifications. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Go to Shaft Seal Check. ( 2 ) Shaft Seal Check
Action: Inspect shaft seal for damage. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) Is shaft seal worn?
Result: YES:Replace seal. NO:Go to Pump Seal Check. ( 3 ) Pump Seal Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump seals and gaskets for damage. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) Is pump seal or backup gasket broken?
Result: YES:Replace seal or gasket. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 114
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Excessive Pump Noise 73
Excessive Pump Noise Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic lines to determine if they are contacting with machine. Are hydraulic oil lines contacting with operator’s station?
Result: YES:Check and secure hydraulic oil lines. See Operator′s Station Remove and Install . (Group 1800.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Filter Assembly Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Filter Assembly Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic filter assembly for proper operation. See Hydraulic Filter Assembly Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) Is hydraulic filter bypass valve chattering?
Result: YES:Inspect, clean, and repair hydraulic filter bypass valve. NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Hardware Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Pump Hardware Check
Action: Check hydraulic pump hardware to determine if torqued to specification. Is hydraulic pump attaching hardware loose?
Result: YES:Tighten pump attaching hardware to specifications. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Drive Check. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Pump Drive Check
Action: Check hydraulic pump drive for damage. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) Is hydraulic pump drive worn?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 115
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
NO:Go to System Leakage Check. ( 6 ) System Leakage Check
Action: Perform function drift test to check for leakage within hydraulic circuits. See Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a leak in hydraulic circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 116
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Group 20 - Adjustments Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Knob Edge-to-Tape Distance
240 mm 9.5 in.
Knob Center to Knob Center Distance
260 mm 10.25 in.
Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Check LEGEND: 1 Knob Edge-to-Tape Distance 2 Knob Center-to-Knob Center Distance
Two Lever Configuration Shown →NOTE: Levers must be adjusted correctly to ensure clearance with seat and allow full lever travel. [1] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. NEVER rely on transmission control lever (TCL) alone to keep machine from moving. Always set park brake to hold machine. Engage park brake. Lower all equipment to ground. Turn engine OFF. [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] - Move backhoe control levers to neutral. [4] - Attach a piece of masking tape across rear surface of rear ROPS posts at height of backhoe lever knobs. [5] - Measure knob edge-to-tape distance (1). Compare measurement to specification, if adjustment is needed, follow procedure in Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment in this procedure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Knob Edge to Tape
Distance
240 mm 9.5 in.
[6] - Measure knob center to knob center distance (2). Compare measurement to specification, if adjustment is needed, follow procedure in Backhoe Control Lever Adjustment in this procedure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Knob Center to Knob Center
Distance
260 mm 10.25 in.
[7] - Check levers for full travel and proper operation. Linkage rods should not contact each other at any lever position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 117
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment LEGEND: 1 Jam Nut (2 used per linkage rod) 2 Linkage Rod (1 used per control valve)
Two Lever Configuration Shown [1] - Remove rear floor mat and backhoe lever console cover. [2] - Move upper rear window, middle rear window, and lower rear window to maximum UP position. Install screw to hold lower rear window in UP position. [3] - Adjust knob edge-to-tape distance for each backhoe control lever, then adjust knob center to knob center distance. For each linkage adjustment: a. Loosen jam nuts (1). b. Turn linkage rod (2) to adjust lever position. c. Measure lever position. Repeat procedure as necessary to meet specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Knob Edge to Tape
Distance
240 mm 9.5 in.
Knob Center to Knob Center
Distance
260 mm 10.25 in.
d. Tighten jam nuts. [4] - Move rear windows to suit operator′s preference. [5] - Install backhoe lever console cover and rear floor mat.
Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Adjustment—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 118
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
LEGEND: 1 Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve 2 Adjustment Knob 3 Lock Nut
Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Section
Adjustment Knob [1] - Turn switched power off. [2] - Turn selective flow control switch to OFF position. See Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Operation—If Equipped . (Operator’s Manual.) [3] →NOTE: The auxiliary selective flow control valve is equipped with six different flow settings. Each setting is identified with a number on the adjustment knob that represents a value in gallons per minute (gpm). Loosen lock nut (3). [4] - Turn adjustment knob (2) until desired flow setting is observed. 34 L/min. (9 gpm) 49 L/min. (13 gpm) 61 L/min. (16 gpm) 68 L/min (18 gpm) 83 L/min. (22 gpm) 95 L/min. (25 gpm) [5] - Tighten lock nut.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 119
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Pilot Control Pressure
3700—4100 kPa 37.2—41.4 bar 540—600 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JDG1385 Snap-to-Connect (STC) ™ Hose and Line Fitting Tool
Use this procedure to check and adjust pilot control pressure. Access to valve is from under machine. [1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Discharge pilot enable and pattern select valve accumulator. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [3] -
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 120
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Pressure Reducing Relieving Valve Adjustment Screw LEGEND: 1 PEPS Manifold Supply Hose 2 Elbow Fitting 3 Adjustment Screw 137 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold 139 Pressure Reducing Relieving Valve 141 Pilot Control Pressure Test Port Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. (or equivalent) to pilot control pressure test port (141). See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) [4] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
[5] - Run engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[6] - Check pressure with pilot operated function held over relief. Compare pressure reading to specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot Control
Pressure
3700—4100 kPa 37.2—41.4 bar 540—600 psi
[7] - Turn switched power OFF. [8] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 121
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
[9] - Disconnect PEPS manifold supply hose (1). See Service Recommendations For Snap-To-Connect (STC®) Fittings . (Operator’s Manual.) Snap-to-Connect (STC) ™ Hose and Line Fitting Tool JDG1385 Disconnect Snap-to-Connect® Fittings. [10] - Remove elbow fitting (2). [11] - Turn adjustment screw (3) in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. [12] - Install elbow fitting and connect PEPS manifold supply hose. [13] - Repeat steps 4—12 until pressure is to specification.
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure [1] - Lower backhoe to the ground or to a safe stored position and stop engine. [2] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected backhoe boom or bucket movement when equipped with pilot controls. Pilot enable and pattern select valve accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. Turn switched power to ON position; do not start engine. [3] - Rotate operator′s seat to backhoe position. [4] - Cycle pilot enable switch from OFF to ON position. [5] - Cycle pilot functions a minimum of 10 times in each direction to relieve system pressure. [6] - Turn key switch to OFF position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 122
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-To-Dig Switch Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Pickup Pin Adjustment Distance
2 mm 0.08 in.
Actuator Plate Adjustment Distance
85—90 mm 3.35—3.54 in.
Adjusted correctly, the self-leveling linkage causes the loader control lever to move from bucket roll back to neutral when boom is fully raised. In neutral, the bucket is automatically leveled preventing spilling of material. With both the self-leveling linkage and return-to-dig switch adjusted correctly, the bucket will roll back to a slightly dumped or flat on ground position as boom lowers. →NOTE: For proper adjustment of loader bucket self-leveling linkage and return-to-dig switch, perform loader bucket self-leveling linkage adjustment before return-to-dig switch adjustment.
Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage Adjustment [1] - Position loader bucket flat on ground. [2] - Turn machine OFF. [3] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [4] -
Self-Leveling Linkage Adjustment LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Actuator Tube Turnbuckle Actuator Plate Actuator Plate Adjustment Distance Pickup Pin Adjustment Lock Nut (2 used) Section 9025 page 123
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
5 Pickup Pin Adjustment Distance 6 Vertical Link 7 Pickup Pin Push pickup pin (7) on vertical link (6) down, so that loader valve spool is lifted to maximum height. [5] - While holding pickup pin down, adjust lock nuts (4) so that bottom of pickup pin is within specification of bottom of pickup pin adjustment distance (5). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pickup Pin
Adjustment Distance
2 mm 0.08 in.
[6] - Release pickup pin. [7] - Adjust actuator tube turnbuckle (1) so actuator plate (2) to actuator plate adjustment distance (3) is within specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Actuator Plate
Adjustment Distance
85—90 mm 3.4—3.5 in.
Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw 2 Return-to-Dig Switch Bracket 3 Cam Surface 4 Return-to-Dig Switch Roller 5 Self-Leveling Acuator 6 Yoke 7 Pin
Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment (top view)
Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment Loosen cap screw (1) and move return-to-dig switch bracket (2) so return-to-dig switch roller (4) is touching cam surface (3) as shown. [2] - Tighten cap screw without moving return-to-dig switch bracket out of position. [3] - Test operation of the return-to-dig switch. a. Remove pin (7) and disconnect yoke (6) from self-leveling actuator (5). →NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller do not bottom on switch housing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 124
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Turn self-leveling actuator back and forth while watching return-to-dig switch roller move on cam surface. If cam surface hits return-to-dig switch bracket, or if return-to-dig switch roller arm bottoms against switch housing when depressed, reposition return-to-dig switch. Repeat procedure. c. Install pin and yoke to self-leveling actuator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 125
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Right Front ROPS-to-Loader Lever Length
694 mm 27.3 in.
Right Rear ROPS-to-Loader Lever Length
568 mm 22.4 in.
Right Front ROPS-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever Length
670 mm 26.4 in.
Right Rear ROPS-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever Length
532 mm 20.9 in.
Loader Lever Adjustment [1] - Park machine on level surface. Lower attachments and stabilizers to ground. [2] - Stop engine and release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] - Remove front and rear floor mats. [4] LEGEND: 1 2
Floor Access Plate Floor Access Plate
Floor Plates Remove floor access plate (1). [5] - Remove rear floor access plate (2). [6] LEGEND: 1
Loader Linkage
Loader Lever Linkage Locate loader lever linkage adjustment turnbuckle. [7] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 126
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
→NOTE: Measuring distance is from center of loader lever to level area shown on ROPS post. Adjust linkage turnbuckle to specification using ROPS posts as a reference. LEGEND: 1 Right Front ROPS-to-Loader Lever
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever LEGEND: 1 Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever
Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever
Length
694 mm 27.3 in.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever
Length
568 mm 22.4 in.
Auxiliary Loader Lever Adjustment [1] - Locate auxiliary loader lever linkage. [2] - Adjust linkage turnbuckle to specification using ROPS posts as reference. LEGEND: 1 Right Front ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 127
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
LEGEND: 1 Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Right Rear ROPS-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Length
670 mm
Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Length
532 mm
26.4 in.
20.9 in.
Stabilizer Lever Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 1 Stabilizer Lever (2 used) 2 Center Location
Stabilizer Lever Adjustment Adjust stabilizer linkage turnbuckles until stabilizer levers (1) are in center location (2) between stops. [2] - Install floor plates. [3] - Install floor mats.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 128
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 345 kPa 3.5 bar 50 psi
Ride Control Accumulator Charge Pressure (below measured pressure on loader boom cylinder head end)
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05420 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit Dry Nitrogen Tank Nitrogen Tank Pressure Regulator
This procedure is used to charge the ride control accumulator with dry nitrogen. New machines have an accumulator precharge of 2930 kPa (29.3 bar) (425 psi). Replacement accumulators are shipped without precharge and can be charged before they are installed on a machine. [1] - Check and record charge pressure required for ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [2] →NOTE: Accumulator will not allow correct amount of gas to be installed if piston is not at bottom of accumulator before charging. Performing ride control accumulator hydraulic pressure release procedure will move the piston to bottom. Release hydraulic pressure in ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [3] LEGEND: 202 Loader Boom Cylinder 205 Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped)
Ride Control Accumulator Move loader control lever to float position and leave it there until accumulator charging is complete. [4] - Remove cover and cap from top of ride control accumulator (if equipped) (205). [5] Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit JT05420 Charge ride control accumulator Dry Nitrogen Tank Charge ride control accumulator Nitrogen Tank Pressure Regulator Charge ride control accumulator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 129
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
LEGEND: 45 Gas Cock 46 Hose to Nitrogen Tank 205 Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped)
Gas Cock Close gas cock (45) by turning it counterclockwise. [6] IMPORTANT: Charge accumulator using only dry nitrogen. Dry nitrogen does not mix with oil and is non-combustible. It will not cause oxidation or condensation inside accumulator and is not harmful to piston seal. DO NOT use air or any combustible gas as these can cause oxidation and condensation. Oxidation and condensation are harmful to piston seal and accumulator. Attach hose to nitrogen tank (46), and gas cock (45) to ride control accumulator (if equipped) (205). [7] - Slowly open regulator valve and gas cock to pressurize ride control accumulator. [8] →NOTE: Accumulator charge requirement will vary with loader bucket size and attachments. Accumulator charge must be set 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi), below boom cylinder head end pressure measured with bucket approximately 1 m (3 ft.) off ground during Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) Pressurize ride control accumulator to 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) below head end pressure measured on loader boom cylinder. Item
Measurement
Specification
Ride Control Accumulator Charge
Pressure (below measured pressure on loader boom cylinder head end)
345 kPa 3.5 bar 50 psi
[9] - Close gas cock and shut off gas pressure from the nitrogen tank. [10] - Slowly loosen the connector at the regulator valve to release pressure from hose. [11] - Remove gas cock from ride control accumulator and install cap.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 130
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Loader Bucket Height
0.9—1.2 m 3—4 ft.
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent)
This procedure is used to determine dry nitrogen charge pressure required for the ride control accumulator. [1] - Release hydraulic pressure from ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [2] - Stop engine. [3] CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Move loader control lever to float position to release hydraulic system pressure in loader circuit. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [4] LEGEND: 1 Loader Boom Cylinder Hydraulic Hose (head end) 2 JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer 202 Loader Boom Cylinder
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 131
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Loader Boom Cylinder With Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Disconnect loader boom cylinder hydraulic hose (1) from loader boom cylinder (202). [5] - Install test tee and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (2) (or equivalent) to loader boom cylinder. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used for pressure and temperature measurement. [6] - Connect loader boom cylinder hydraulic hose to tee. [7] - Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
[8] - Move ride control switch to OFF position. [9] - Raise loader bucket to specified height off ground. Wait for 20 seconds until hydraulic pressure gauge reading stabilizes. Record lowest head end hydraulic pressure required to support loader bucket. Item
Measurement
Specification
Loader Bucket
Height
0.9—1.2 m 3—4 ft.
[10] - Move loader control lever to float position to release hydraulic system pressure in loader circuit. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [11] - Remove test equipment and connect loader boom cylinder hydraulic hose to loader boom cylinder. [12] →NOTE: Accumulator charge requirement will vary with loader bucket size and attachments. Accumulator charge must be set 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) below boom cylinder head end pressure measured during this procedure. New machines have an accumulator precharge of 2930 kPa (29.3 bar) (425 psi). Adjust ride control accumulator pressure as required. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure . (Group 9025-20.)
Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure This procedure is used to release hydraulic pressure on the ride control accumulator. [1] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. With engine running, position loader bucket flat on the ground. [2] - Activate ride control switch to the ON position. [3] - Put the loader into float position. [4] - Turn the engine OFF.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 132
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation
JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit LEGEND: A B
Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Transducer
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02159 6 m (20 ft.) Cable with Couplers JT02161 3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer JT05969 Thermo-Coupler 312883 Carry Case JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (Optional, Order Separately)
Use the digital pressure and temperature analyzer (A) and transducers (B) in place of analog gauges and a separate temperature reader. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit JT02156A Kit contains the analyzer, cable, two transducers, thermo-coupler, and a carry case. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 display digital readings for temperature and single, multiple, or differential hydraulic oil pressure. Also reads vacuum when used with 500 psi transducer. 6 m (20 ft.) Cable with Couplers JT02159 connect tranducers to digital pressure and temperature analyzer. 3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer JT02161 measure hydraulic oil pressure and vacuum. 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer JT02162 measure hydraulic oil pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 133
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Thermo-Coupler JT05969 measure hydraulic oil temperature. 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (Optional, Order Separately) JT02160 measure hydraulic oil pressure. Transducers are temperature sensitive. Allow transducer to warm to system temperature. After transducer is warmed and no pressure applied, push sensor zero button for one second to set the true zero point. When using for different pressures, turn selector to OFF for two seconds and then to the pressure range. Readings are inaccurate if proper range for transducer is not used.
Hydraulic Oil Warm-up Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[1] - Engage park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [2] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[3] - Lower loader bucket to the ground. [4] - Place backhoe in transport position and apply boom lock. Stall the boom down circuit by pushing the boom down lever fully for one minute, then cycle function to reduce localized overheating in control valve and to equalize temperature in circuits being tested. Repeat cycle until hydraulic oil is to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 134
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz
Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz
This is the recommended procedure for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Fluid systems should be sampled at the following intervals: Each system at every oil change prior to changing oil. Engine oil: 250 hours (recommended); 500 hours (maximum). Hydraulics: 250 hours. Power train; engine coolant: 500 hours.
Machine Preparation [1] - Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system. [2] - Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[3] - Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve prior to removing dust cap. This will reduce additional fluid sample contamination. See Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.) [4] - Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve.
Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The appropriate amount of waste oil is determined by the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz), be purged from a remotely mounted valve prior to collecting the sample. [1] - Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. [2] -
System Fluid Purge (excavator shown) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 135
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Item
Measurement
Specification
System Fluid Purge
Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz
[3] - Properly dispose of collected waste fluid. [4] - If oil flow needs to be increased to obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to high idle while taking the sample.
Obtaining Fluid Sample [1] →NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.
Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag [2] -
Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible. When collecting hydraulic or power train samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of the bottle. This will ensure that the protective plastic is not removed when the lid is taken off. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 136
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[3] →NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in.) into the sample bottle.
Puncture Plastic Bag with Cap Probe Line [4] -
Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown) While holding cap probe line inside the bottle, press and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle that is still secured within the plastic bag. [5] - Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid. Item
Measurement
Specification
Fluid Sample
Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz
[6] - Once a representative sample has been obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container, leaving the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective plastic sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil will be warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. [7] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 137
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
→NOTE: Cap probes are to be used for only one sampling procedure. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe. [8] - Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing. Service Equipment and Tools Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number
Description
AT317904
Engine Test Kit
AT303189
Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit
AT180344
Diesel Fuel Test Kit
AT183016
Coolant Test Kit
TY26349
1/4" Suction Pump Tubing, 100ft.
AT308579
120 mL Sample Bottle
AT315231
Poly Cap Probe
AT321211
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-Ring
AT306111
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-Ring
TY26363
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4"-20 NPT
AT306133
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
AT320593
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female
AT312932
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female
TY26364
90° Push Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
TY26365
Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe
N/A
Plastic Bag
Hydraulic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped For hydraulic oil sampling procedure, see Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped . (Group 9010-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 138
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Manual Controls [1] CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Lower loader and backhoe to ground or to a stored safe position. [3] - Stop engine. [4] - Manually move control levers in all directions until loader or backhoe completely releases all hydraulic pressure.
Pilot Controls [1] LEGEND: 1 Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch 2 Pilot Control (2 used)
Pilot Controls Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Lower the loader and backhoe to the ground or to a stored safe position. [3] - Stop engine. [4] - Manually move control lever in all directions until the loader completely releases all hydraulic pressure. [5] - For backhoe pressure release, turn switched power ON, but do not start engine. [6] - Rotate operator′s seat to the backhoe position. [7] - Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to unlock position. [8] - Rotate pilot controls (2) 5 to 10 rotations to release hydraulic system pressure. [9] - Push pilot control enable/disable switch to locked position. [10] - Turn switched power OFF.
Electrohyraulic (EH) Loader Auxiliary Control [1] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 139
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
LEGEND: 3 Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch 4 Single Lever Loader Controller (SLLC)
Single Lever Loader Controller (SLLC) Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Lower loader and backhoe to ground or to a stored safe position. [3] - Stop engine. [4] - Turn switched power ON, but do not start engine. [5] - Position seat in locked forward position. [6] - Roll loader auxiliary flow control switch (3) to full forward and backward positions a minimum of 10 times to release auxiliary pressure. [7] - Turn switched power OFF.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 140
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
2200 rpm
Hydraulic System Test Pressure
13 720—13 860 kPa 137.2—138.6 bar 1990—2010 psi
Seat in Forward Position Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (new, typical)
101.6 L/min. 26.8 gpm
Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (used, minimum)
83.7 L/min. 22.1 gpm
Seat in Rear Position Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (new, typical)
132.7 L/min. 35.1 gpm
Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (used, minimum)
109.3 L/min. 28.9 gpm
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148 Flowmeter (or equivalent) Test Hose (2 used)
[1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 141
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test (bottom view) LEGEND: 1 Supply Hose 113 Hydraulic Pump 145 Backhoe Control Valve Disconnect supply hose (1) from hydraulic pump (113). [4] LEGEND: 2 Flowmeter Inlet Test Hose 3 Flowmeter 4 Flowmeter Outlet Test Hose 5 Flowmeter Restriction Valve
Flowmeter Test Connections Install flowmeter inlet test hose (2) to hydraulic pump outlet and flowmeter (3) inlet. [5] - Install flowmeter outlet test hose (4) to flowmeter outlet. [6] - Remove cap from hydraulic oil reservoir. [7] - Place flowmeter outlet test hose in hydraulic oil reservoir. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 142
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[8] IMPORTANT: Flow control valve on flowmeter MUST be fully open. Damage to pump will result if valve is not fully open. Fully open flowmeter restriction valve (5). [9] - Start engine. [10] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification by partially closing flowmeter restriction valve. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[11] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2200 rpm
[12] - Slowly close flowmeter restriction valve until pressure is to specification with seat forward. Record flow reading. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic System
Test Pressure
13 720—13 860 kPa 137.2—138.6 bar 1990—2010 psi
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (new, typical)
101.6 L/min. 26.8 gpm
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (used, minimum)
83.7 L/min. 22.1 gpm
[13] - Repeat procedure for seat in rear position. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic System
Test Pressure
13 720—13 860 kPa 137.2—138.6 bar 1990—2010 psi
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (new, typical)
132.7 L/min. 35.1 gpm
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (used, minimum)
109.3 L/min 28.9 gpm
[14] - If hydraulic pump is not to specifications, replace pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 143
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
System Relief Valve Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast Idle
System Relief Valve Pressure Setting
24 304—25 684 kPa 243—257 bar 3525—3725 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) Adapter (1-1/16-12 M 37° x -8 F ORFS) (2 used) Union (-8 M x -8 M ORFS) Tee (-6 M x -6 M x -6 F ORFS)
→NOTE: System relief valve (150) regulates the entire machine hydraulic system (backhoe, loader, steering and auxiliary). [1] - Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Stop engine and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [3] CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [4] →NOTE: Hydraulic system pressure can be read from monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) →NOTE: Backhoe control valve test ports may be blocked depending on machine configuration.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 144
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Backhoe Control Valve Test Ports
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 145
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Test Port LEGEND: 1 Test Port 2 Test Port 3 Test Port 113 Hydraulic Pump 145 Backhoe Control Valve 150 System Relief Valve Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) to available test port (1, 2, or 3). JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. Adapter (2 Used) 1-1/16 -12 M 37° x -8 F ORFS Used to connect gauge Union -8 M x -8 M ORFS Used to connect gauge Tee Fitting -6 M x -6M x -6 F ORFS Used to connect gauge [5] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) [6] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[7] - Fully raise backhoe boom and hold over relief. Record gauge reading. [8] - Lower backhoe boom. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 146
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[9] -
Relief Valve Adjustment LEGEND: 4 Lock Nut 5 Adjustment Screw Adjust system relief valve using procedure below. a. Loosen lock nut (4). b. Turn adjustment screw (5) to adjust pressure. Turning adjustment screw in increases pressure, turning adjustment screw out decreases pressure. c. Hold adjustment screw stationary and tighten lock nut. [10] - Repeat steps 7—9 until pressure is to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Relief Valve
Pressure Setting
24 304—25 684 kPa 243—257 bar 3525—3725 psi
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 147
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve Pressure Setting
20 000—21 400 kPa 200—214 bar 2900—3100 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02162 5000 psi Transducer
[1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] →NOTE: For location of hydraulic pump, see Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.)
Unloading Valve Relief Valve LEGEND: 1 Unloading Valve Test Port 2 Jam Nut 3 Adjustment Screw 215 Unloading Valve Relief Valve Remove plug from unloading valve test port (1). [4] - Install quick coupler to unloading valve test port. [5] - Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 148
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to check pressure. 5000 psi Transducer JT02162 Used to measure pressure [6] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[7] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[8] - Raise backhoe boom and hold over relief. Watch pressure gauge and record maximum pressure before gauge needle drops off (unloading). R [9] - Compare pressure reading to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve
Pressure Setting
20 000—21 400 kPa 200—214 bar 2900—3100 psi
[10] - Turn switched power OFF. [11] - Unloading valve relief valve (215) is screw adjustable. Loosen jam nut (2) and turn adjustment screw (3) to make adjustments. [12] - Repeat steps 7—11 until pressure is to specification.
Pilot Control Pressure Test To test pilot control pressure, see Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 149
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure (minimum)
1034 kPa 10.34 bar 150 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent)
[1] - With engine off, discharge pilot control accumulator. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [2] -
Pilot Control Pressure Test Port LEGEND: 137 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold 141 Pilot Control Pressure Test Port Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) to pilot control pressure test port (141) from under machine. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. [3] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 150
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[4] - Run engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[5] - Verify pilot control pressure is to specification. See Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) [6] IMPORTANT: Perform this test slowly to get accurate accumulator charge pressure. The pilot pressure will decrease with every application of pilot controller and then make a sudden large pressure drop when accumulator is discharged. The highest reading before sudden large pressure drop will be accumulator charge pressure. Test may have to be repeated several times to get accurate reading. Check the charge of the accumulator using the following procedure: a. Stop engine. b. Power machine ON. c. Cycle pilot enable switch from OFF to ON position. d. Observe pressure gauge reading while cycling bucket pilot function slowly to bleed off pilot pressure. When pressure approaches 1380 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi), watch for sudden large drop in pressure. e. Compare highest pressure reading observed before sudden drop to specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot Control Accumulator Charge
Pressure (minimum)
1034 kPa 10.34 bar 150 psi
→NOTE: Repeat test procedure if unable to detect sudden pressure drop. [7] - If accumulator charge is below minimum specifications, replace accumulator. [8] - Remove test equipment.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 151
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Differential Pressure (maximum)
379—412 kPa 3.8—4.1 bar 55—60 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent)
[1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] - Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir . (Group 2160.) [4] -
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Connections LEGEND: 1 Hydraulic Return Hose 2 Hydraulic Supply Hose 39 Transmission Oil Cooler 120 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install identification tag and disconnect hydraulic return hose (1) from hydraulic oil cooler (120). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 152
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Install tee fitting to hydraulic return hose. [6] - Install quick coupler and connect test hose to tee fitting. [7] - Connect test hose to hydraulic oil cooler. [8] - Install identification tag and disconnect hydraulic supply hose (2) from hydraulic oil cooler. [9] - Install tee fitting to hydraulic oil cooler supply hose. [10] - Install quick coupler and connect test hose to tee fitting. [11] - Connect test hose to hydraulic oil cooler. [12] - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick couplers. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to check pressure differential. [13] - Disconnect or shut off vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. [14] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[15] - Run engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[16] - Record pressure differential. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Differential Pressure (maximum)
379—412 kPa 3.8—4.1 bar 55—60 psi
[17] - If pressure differential is above specification, hydraulic oil cooler flow is restricted. Flush or replace hydraulic oil cooler. See Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) [18] - Turn on or apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. [19] - Remove test equipment, fittings, and test hoses. [20] - Connect hydraulic hoses to appropriate ports using identification tags.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 153
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Loader Circuits Auxiliary Extend Pressure
26 200—27 580 kPa 262—275.8 bar 3800—4000 psi
Bucket Curl Pressure
31 715—33 095 kPa 317—330.9 bar 4600—4800 psi
Bucket Dump Pressure
31 715—33 095 kPa 317—330.9 bar 4600—4800 psi
Boom Up Pressure
35 163—36 543 kPa 352—365.4 bar 5100—5300 psi
Backhoe Circuits Crowd Out Pressure
32 800—34 180 kPa 328—341.8 bar 4757—4957 psi
Bucket Curl Pressure
31 715—33 095 kPa 317—330 bar 4600—4800 psi
Boom Down Pressure
14 800—16 180 kPa 148—161.8 bar 2147—2347 psi
Swing Left Pressure
28 960—30 340 kPa 290—303.4 bar 4200—4400 psi
Swing Right Pressure
28 960—30 340 kPa 290—303.4 bar 4200—4400 psi
Boom Raise Pressure
34 500—35 880 kPa 345—358.8 bar 5003—5204 psi
Bucket Dump Pressure
31 700—33 080 kPa 317—330.8 bar 4598—4798 psi
Crowd In Pressure
26 200—27 580 kPa 262—275.8 bar 3800—4000 psi
Thumb Cylinder Close Pressure (adjustable)—If Equipped
13 100—14 479 kPa 131—145 bar 1900—2100 psi
Thumb Cylinder Open Pressure (adjustable)—If Equipped
25 511—26 890 kPa 255—269 bar 3700—3900 psi
Selective Flow—If Equipped
19 300—20 700 kPa 193—207 bar 2799—3002 psi
Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 60—70°C 140—160°F
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge (or equivalent) 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02160 Transducer 10 000 psi JT02162 Transducer 5000 psi
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 154
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (or equivalent) Nut (-10 ORFS) Reducer (-10 F x -6 M ORFS) Nut (-12 ORFS) Reducer (-12 F x -6 M ORFS) Nut (-8 ORFS) Reducer (-8 F x -6 M ORFS)
[1] IMPORTANT: The circuit relief valve is flow sensitive. A flow rate greater than 7.5 L/min (2 gpm) will flood the valve causing an inaccurate pressure reading. A hydraulic source that will provide a continuous flow must be used to get an accurate reading. Backhoe bucket curl and loader bucket dump circuit reliefs require 19 L/min (5 gpm) flow rate.
Hydraulic Cylinder Connections
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 155
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Remote Pump Connections LEGEND: 1 Hydraulic Hose (rod end) 2 Hydraulic Hose (head end) 3 Hydraulic Cylinder 4 Test Pump Pressure Hose 5 Tee 6 Transducer Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[3] - Stop engine and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [4] CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [5] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. If circuit being tested involves loader boom, swing, or multipurpose bucket cylinders, disconnect lines to other cylinder within the circuit. Disconnect hydraulic hose (1 or 2), for circuit being tested, from hydraulic cylinder (3). Disconnect hoses to other cylinder in circuit, if applicable. See Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) [6] - Connect test pump pressure hose (4) to hydraulic hose for circuit being tested. [7] - Close all openings using caps and plugs. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 156
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[8] - Install tee (5) and transducer (6) to remote pump. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Gauge (or equivalent) 3500 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. Transducer 5000 psi JT02162 Used to measure pressure Transducer 10 000 psi JT02160 Used to measure pressure Electric/Hydraulic Pump (or equivalent) JT07192 Delivers Hydraulic Fluid. Nut -10 ORFS Used to connect gauge. Reducer -10 F x -6 M ORFS Used to connect gauge. Nut -12 ORFS Used to connect gauge. Reducer -12 F x -6 M ORFS Used to connect gauge. Nut -8 ORFS Used to connect gauge. Reducer -8 F x -6 M ORFS Used to connect gauge. [9] - Connect test pump pressure hose to tee. [10] →NOTE: Take reading when pressure on gauge starts to decrease. The point at which pressure decreases is the opening pressure of the relief valve. Start remote pump to pressurize valve inlet. Record pressure reading. [11] - Adjust circuit relief valves according to specification. Repair or replace as necessary. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3360.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 157
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Steering System Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Steering Wheel Speed (maximum with 11.3 N·m (100 lb-in.) applied torque)
7 revolutions per minute (rpm)
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Apply park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [3] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[4] -
Turning the Steering Wheel Remove steering wheel cap. [5] - Bend locking tab away from steering wheel nut. [6] - Turn wheels to the maximum right position against the stop. [7] - Continue to turn the steering wheel clockwise at a constant specified torque. While maintaining specified torque, continue to turn the steering wheel and count steering wheel revolutions per minute (rpm). Item
Measurement
Specification
Steering Wheel
Speed (maximum with 11.3 N·m (100 lb-in.) applied torque)
7 rpm
[8] - Turn the steering wheel to the maximum left position and repeat previous two steps. If the steering wheel cannot be turned faster than 7 revolutions per minute (rpm) in both directions, the steering valve and steering cylinder are within specifications. Stop test here. If the steering wheel can be turned faster than 7 revolutions per minute (rpm) in either direction, excessive leakage is indicated. Perform the following steps to isolate steering valve or steering cylinder leakage. [9] - Stop engine. [10] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 158
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
CAUTION:
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [11] LEGEND: 1 Steering Cylinder Line (2 used)
MFWD Axle Shown (left side) Disconnect lines (1) from steering cylinder and install caps and plugs as shown. [12] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[13] - Turn steering wheel counterclockwise, then clockwise, at previously specified torque. Count the steering wheel revolutions per minute (rpm). [14] - If steering wheel can be turned faster than specification, in either direction, steering valve is leaking. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering or see Steering Valve Remove and Install—Standard Steering . (Group 0960.) [15] - If the steering wheel revolutions per minute (rpm) are less than specification. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 159
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Steering Cylinder Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Steering Cylinder Leakage (maximum)
5 ml/min 0.3 cu in./min
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engage park brake. [3] CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Stop engine. Move steering wheel back and forth to relieve hydraulic pressure. [4] LEGEND: 1 2 3
Hose Fitting Plug
MFWD Axle (left side shown) Disconnect pressure hose on right side of cylinder and install plug (3).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 160
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Install hose (1) to steering cylinder fitting (2) and route into a calibrated container. [6] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[7] - Using constant pressure, hold steering wheel in full left turn for 1 minute. [8] - Stop engine and measure oil collected. Compare to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Steering Cylinder
Leakage (maximum)
5 ml/min 0.3 cu in./min
[9] - If oil collected is over specified amount, repair cylinder. For machines with a non-powered axle, see Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 0960.) For machines with a mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) [10] →NOTE: Following a repair or test procedure, steering wheel should be turned in both directions to refill steering system components with oil. Repeat procedure for opposite end of steering cylinder and connect hose.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 161
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Function Drift Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Backhoe Function Drift (maximum)
25 mm/min. 1 in./min.
Loader Function Drift (maximum)
10 mm/min. 0.40 in./min.
Backhoe Boom (standard dipper) Drift (maximum)
1 mm/min. 0.04 in./min.
Backhoe Crowd (standard dipper) Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Backhoe Bucket Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Extendable Dipper Cylinder Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
Backhoe Swing Cylinder (right or left) Drift (maximum)
75 mm/min. 2.95 in./min.
Loader Boom Cylinder Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Loader Bucket Cylinder Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min. 0.010 in./min.
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Dial Indicator
The following tests are used to check leakage past the cylinder piston seals and through the main control valve spool and reliefs. Putting additional weight in bucket is not required to perform these tests. On extendible dipperstick machines, fully retract dipperstick for all testing. IMPORTANT: If drift test exceeds specifications, remove attachments and repeat test. Backhoe and loader attachments will have significant impact on the drift test, depending on the additional weight added by the attachment. Drift specs are based upon a standard machine without attachments such as couplers, 4-in-1 buckets, thumbs, swingers, and clamps as examples.
Function Drift Check [1] →NOTE: The function drift check for the loader or the backhoe hydraulic circuits can be performed separately or at the same time. When checking function drift, the complete hydraulic circuit of the loader or backhoe is being checked for excessive leakage. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 162
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engage park brake. [3] →NOTE: For normal operation of machines equipped with ride control, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.)
Function Drift Check Points Position loader bucket so bucket is level and cutting edge is approximately 51 mm (2.0 in.) off ground. [4] - Position backhoe bucket side cutters at a approximate 45° angle to ground and dipperstick extended as shown. Lower boom until bucket cutting edge is 51 mm (2.0 in.) off ground. [5] - Operate engine to specification and observe bucket cutting edges for 1 minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[6] - If the buckets do not drop or if it takes more than 1 minute for the bucket cutting edges to contact the ground, the leakage within the hydraulic circuits are acceptable—test is complete. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Function
Drift (maximum)
25 mm/min.
Loader Function
Drift (maximum)
1 in./min. 10 mm/min. 0.40 in./min.
If either bucket cutting edge touches the ground within 1 minute, excessive leakage is indicated in the cylinders or control valve for that particular hydraulic system—continue testing drift for each circuit to determine location of problem.
Backhoe Circuit Boom, Crowd, and Bucket Cylinders Drift Check [1] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 163
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Backhoe Cylinder Drift Position the boom, crowd, and bucket cylinders so the rod of each cylinder extends 20—50 mm (0.75—2.00 in.) from the fully retracted position. Mark the cylinder rods with tape as shown. [2] - Measure movement of boom, crowd, and bucket cylinder rods after 5 minutes. Divide measured rod drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Boom (standard dipper)
Drift (maximum)
1 mm/min. 0.04 in./min.
Backhoe Crowd (standard dipper)
Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Backhoe Bucket
Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in the cylinder or the control valve.
Backhoe Circuit Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Drift Check [1] - With machine in transport position, fully curl backhoe bucket. [2] - Remove extendable dipperstick locking pin. [3] - Measure drift from end of dipperstick to ground after 5 minutes. Divide measured drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Extendable Dipper Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
[4] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Backhoe Swing Cylinder Drift Check [1] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 164
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Swing Cylinder Drift Check Point Tilt machine by fully extending right stabilizer. [2] - Fully extend dipperstick and bucket straight behind and following centerline of machine. [3] - Position bucket approximately 300 mm (12 in.) off ground with boom parallel to ground. [4] - Raise left stabilizer to 75 mm (2.95 in.) off ground. [5] - Insert a rod vertically into ground next to bucket (see illustration). [6] - Measure swing drift from side of bucket to vertical rod next to bucket after 5 minutes. Divide measured drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Swing Cylinder (right or left)
Drift (maximum)
75 mm/min. 2.95 in./min.
[7] - Measure swing drift in opposite direction by reversing stabilizer positions and vertical rod. [8] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Loader Boom and Bucket Cylinders Drift Check [1] -
Measure Bucket Pivot Pin to Ground Clearance
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 165
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Measure Cylinder Drift Position the loader boom so bucket pivot pin is 1 meter (36 in.) above ground and bucket is level as shown. [2] - Mark boom and bucket cylinder rods with tape as shown. Measure movement of cylinder rods after 5 minutes. Divide measured rod drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Loader Boom Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min.
Loader Bucket Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
0.06 in./min. 1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder Drift Check
Bucket Position For Cylinder Drift Test
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 166
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Measure Cylinder Drift [1] - Position loader boom so bucket is approximately 300 mm (12 in.) off ground and open bucket as shown. [2] - Mark bucket cylinder rods with tape as shown. Measure movement of cylinder rods after 5 minutes. Divide measured rod drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, perform Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Stabilizer Cylinders Drift Check
Stabilizer Cylinder With Dial Indicator Installed [1] - Lower stabilizers to lift machine off ground. [2] - Check for stabilizer cylinder rod movement with dial indicator. Dial Indicator Measures cylinder rod movement. Item
Measurement
Specification
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod
Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min. 0.010 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 167
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder. If cylinder leakage is higher than specification, check for contamination in the thermal relief poppet seat and cylinder packing. If cylinder leakage is OK, remove the lockout and check for scratches on the seat and poppet. Replace if required. Check that the lockout plunger, which slides between the two lockouts, is not sticking.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 168
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test
Rod End Cylinder Port Leakage Measurement Specification Specification Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage (maximum)
5 mL/min 0.2 oz./min
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Nut (-6 ORFS) Plug (-6 ORFS) Nut (-8 ORFS) Plug (-8 ORFS) Nut (-10 ORFS) Plug (-10 ORFS) Nut (-12 ORFS) Plug (-12 ORFS)
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engage park brake. [3] - Fully extend cylinder rod. [4] - Stop engine. [5] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 169
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [6] - Disconnect rod end hose and install a plug in hose end. Nut -6 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -6 ORFS Used to plug hose. Nut -8 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -8 ORFS Used to plug hose. Nut -10 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -10 ORFS Used to plug hose. Nut -12 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -12 ORFS Used to plug hose. [7] <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 170
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
→NOTE: This procedure can also be done at the control valve which would require capping the control valve port and putting the hose end into a measuring beaker after hydraulic oil stops dripping. After hydraulic oil stops dripping from cylinder port, put a measuring beaker under the cylinder port to catch hydraulic oil. [8] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[9] - Actuate the cylinder extend function for 1 minute. [10] - Stop engine. Measure hydraulic oil collected and connect hose. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Cylinder
Leakage (maximum)
5 mL/min 0.2 oz./min
[11] - If measured hydraulic oil is not within specification, repair or replace cylinder as necessary. See Loader Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Loader Boom Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Swing Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) [12] - Repeat procedure to test each cylinder.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 171
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test
Stabilizer Cylinder Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min 0.010 in./min
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Dial Indicator
The loader and stabilizer control valve has lockouts to prevent stabilizer cylinder drift up or down. Lockouts reduce leakage in circuit and require a dial indicator to test cylinder rod travel (drift). [1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[3] - Lower stabilizers to lift machine off ground. [4] - Check for stabilizer cylinder rod movement with dial indicator. Dial Indicator Measures cylinder rod movement. Item
Measurement
Specification
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod
Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min 0.010 in./min
[5] - Compare drift to specification. If distance is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder. If cylinder leakage is higher than specification, check for contamination in the thermal relief poppet seat and cylinder packing. See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) If cylinder leakage is OK, remove the lockout and check for scratches on the seat and poppet. See Loader and Stabilizer Control <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 172
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Repair or replace as necessary. Check that lockout plunger, which slides between the two lockouts, is not sticking.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 173
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Leakage Test—(S.N. —232969) Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Leakage (maximum)
125 mL 4.2 oz.
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Measuring Beaker
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] -
Return Line LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw (2 used) 2 Return Line 167 Boom Lock Solenoid Valve 169 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Remove cap screws (1) and lay boom lock solenoid valve (167) aside. [4] - Disconnect return line (2) and install cap or plug on hose end. [5] - Connect a hose to open fitting on sideshift lock solenoid valve (169) to drain any leakage into measuring beaker. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 174
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Measuring Beaker To measure leakage. [6] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[7] - Hold boom raise function over relief for 1 minute. [8] - Measure oil. If leakage is greater than specification, repair or replace valve as necessary. See Backhoe Sideshift Lock Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve
Leakage (maximum)
125 mL 4.2 oz.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 175
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation ........................................................................................ 1 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ........................................................................................................ 3 Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location ................................................................... 3 Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 5 Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure .................................................... 7 Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................... 8 Heater System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 9 Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................ 10 Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 10 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 12 Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling ......................................................................................... 12 R134a Refrigerant Cautions ............................................................................................................... 12 R134a Oil Charge Capacity ................................................................................................................. 13 R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity ................................................................................................... 13 Visual Inspection Of Components ....................................................................................................... 14 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test ............................................................................................. 16 Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Test .................................................................................. 17 Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test ........................................................................................ 20 R134a Air Conditioning System Test .................................................................................................. 22 Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart .................................................................................................. 24 Expansion Valve Test ......................................................................................................................... 25 Blower Motor Speed Switch Test ........................................................................................................ 27 Blower Motor Resistor Test ................................................................................................................. 28 Blower Motor Test ............................................................................................................................... 30 Air Conditioning Mode Switch Test ..................................................................................................... 31 Air Conditioning System Leak Test ..................................................................................................... 32 Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection ........................................................................................... 32
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation
Refrigerant System Cycle Of Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Evaporator Core Compressor Condenser Core Circulation Blower Motor Expansion Valve Receiver-Dryer High Pressure Liquid High Pressure Gas Low Pressure Liquid Low Pressure Gas Air Flow
The air conditioner compressor (2) is belt driven and engaged by an electromagnetic clutch. The air conditioning circuit automatically controls compressor engagement or disengagement when system is in operation. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) The compressor draws low pressure gas (10) from evaporator and compresses it into high pressure gas (8). This causes temperature of refrigerant to rise higher than that of outside air. High pressure gas leaves compressor and flows through condenser where heat is removed and transferred to outside air being drawn through condenser core (3) by fan. Cooling refrigerant causes it to condense and refrigerant leaves condenser as high pressure liquid (7). High pressure liquid flows into receiver-dryer (6) where moisture and contaminants (acid, solids, etc.) are removed. Receiverdryer may contain a color moisture indicator. (Blue) indicates no moisture is present. Pink indicates moisture is present. Should <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
moisture be combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are very corrosive to metal surfaces and leakage will eventually develop. Receiver-dryer also stores refrigerant allowing a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed. Refrigerant hoses allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls. Refrigerant flows from receiver-dryer through expansion valve (5) to evaporator. Expansion valve senses refrigerant temperature and pressure to modulate refrigerant flow. Expansion valve changes refrigerant to low pressure liquid (9) entering evaporator. Actual cooling and drying of cab air takes place at evaporator. Heat absorbed by evaporator and transferred to refrigerant causes refrigerant to vaporize into low pressure gas. Low pressure gas is drawn from evaporator by compressor and cycle is repeated. A freeze control switch senses temperature of evaporator coil through a capillary tube. This prevents the evaporator from becoming cold enough to freeze moisture that condenses on evaporator coil. Condensed moisture is drained away through drain tubes connected to drain pan under evaporator. System pressure is monitored by high and low pressure switch, located on high pressure side of expansion valve. If pressure becomes too high or too low the switch opens and stops compressor, interrupting the cycle. Accumulator is located between evaporator and compressor in low pressure gas hose to retain a quantity of oil to protect compressor from a dry start after long periods of not being used. For location of machine heater and air conditioning components, See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location . (Group 9015-10)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location
AC Component Location LEGEND: 1 2 <- Go to Section TOC
Expansion Valve Evaporator Section 9031 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 B2 B3 M10 M11 R10 R20 S9 S42 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Air Conditioner Freeze Switch Probe Hose Line (low pressure gas) Hose Line (high pressure liquid) Receiver-Dryer Hose Line (high pressure liquid) Hose Line to Engine Block Air Conditioner Compressor Hose Line to Water Pump Hose Line (high pressure gas) Condenser Hose Line to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9031 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate 70
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fuse Check
Action: Is the blower motor 30 A fuse (F44) in working order? See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Blower Motor Switch Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 2 ) Blower Motor Switch Check
Action: Is the blower switch working correctly? See Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Blower Motor Resistor Check. NO:Replace blower motor switch. ( 3 ) Blower Motor Resistor Check
Action: Has the blower motor resistor malfunctioned? See Blower Motor Resistor Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace blower motor resistor. NO:Go to Blower Motor Check. ( 4 ) Blower Motor Check
Action: Does heater blower motor operate? See Blower Motor Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Switch Check. NO:Replace the blower motor. ( 5 ) Air Conditioner Freeze Switch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner freeze control switch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace freeze control switch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner Mode Switch Check. ( 6 ) Air Conditioner Mode Switch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner Mode switch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioning Mode Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner mode switch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Check. ( 7 ) Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner high/low pressure switch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner high/low pressure switch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check. ( 8 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner compressor clutch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner compressor clutch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner Circuit Check ( 9 ) Air Conditioner Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the air conditioner circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Go to Blower Motor Circuit Check. ( 10 ) Blower Motor Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the blower motor circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab 70
Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fresh Air Filter Check
Action: Is the fresh air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Recirculating Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Recirculating Air Filter Check
Action: Is the recirculating air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Condenser Fins Check. ( 3 ) Condenser Fins Check
Action: Are the condenser fins restricted with debris? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Clean condenser fins. NO:Go to Refrigerant Hose Check. ( 4 ) Refrigerant Hose Check
Action: Are the refrigerant hoses kinked or collapsed? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace refrigerant hoses as necessary. NO:Go to Evaporator Core Fins Check. ( 5 ) Evaporator Core Fins Check
Action: Are the evaporator core fins restricted with debris? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Clean evaporator core fins. NO:Go to Blower Motor Check. ( 6 ) Blower Motor Check
Action: Does heater blower motor operate? See Blower Motor Test . (Group 9031-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check. NO:Replace the heater blower motor. ( 7 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check
Action: Has compressor clutch coil malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner compressor clutch. NO:Go to Air Leakage Check. ( 8 ) Air Leakage Check
Action: Is warm outside air leaking into the cab?
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. See Non-Fixed Window Adjustment . (Group 1810.) NO:Go to Refrigerant (R134a) Charge Check. ( 9 ) Refrigerant (R134a) Charge Check
Action: Is the refrigerant (R134a) charge too low? See R134a Air Conditioning System Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Recharge air conditioning system. NO:Checks complete. Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold 70
Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Capillary Tube Check
Action: Is the capillary tube position correctly in the evaporator coil? See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Remove and Install . (Group 1830.)
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check. NO:Reposition capillary tube. ( 2 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check
Action: Is the compressor clutch engaged constantly? See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Heater System Does Not Operate 70
Heater System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fuse Check
Action: Is the blower motor 30 A fuse (F44) in working order? See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Blower Motor Switch Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 2 ) Blower Motor Switch Check
Action: Is the blower motor switch working correctly? See Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Circuit Check. NO:Replace blower motor switch. ( 3 ) Air Conditioner Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the air conditioner circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Go to Blower Motor Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Blower Motor Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the blower motor circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Checks Complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab 70
Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fresh Air Filter Check
Action: Is the fresh air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Recirculating Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Recirculating Air Filter Check
Action: Is the recirculating air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Heater Hose Check. ( 3 ) Heater Hose Check
Action: Are the heater hoses kinked or collapsed? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace heater hoses as necessary. NO:Go to Heater Core Fins Check. ( 4 ) Heater Core Fins Check
Action: Are the heater core fins restricted with debris? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Clean heater core fins. NO:Go to Blower Motor Check. ( 5 ) Blower Motor Check
Action: Does the blower motor operate? See Blower Motor Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Replace the blower motor. Interior Windows Continue to Fog 70
Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fresh Air Filter Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Action: Is the fresh air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Air Conditioning System Check. ( 2 ) Air Conditioning System Check
Action: Is the air conditioner system turned off?
Result: YES:Put the air conditioning mode switch to the A/C position. NO:Checks Complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument
CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. Never mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling or charging of system. JT02167A refrigerant test instrument should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed. Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument JT02167A To safely identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and recharging of air conditioning systems.
R134a Refrigerant Cautions Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 52°C 125°F
R134a Refrigerant in a Closed Container—Temperature (maximum)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
CAUTION: Do not allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, do not rub the area. Splash large amounts of cool water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. Do not allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. Do not heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Item
Measurement
Specification
R134a Refrigerant in a Closed Container
Temperature (maximum)
52°C 125°F
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
R134a Oil Charge Capacity Item
Measurement
Specification
System (total)
Capacity
363 mL
Compressor (precharge)
Capacity
12.3 fl oz. 160 mL 5.4 fl oz.
R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity →NOTE: Recommended specification charge includes additional 0.11 kg (0.25 lb) of R134a refrigerant remaining in charge station hoses. Item
Measurement
Specification
Refrigerant Charge (recommended)
Capacity
2.5 kg 5.50 lb.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Refrigerant Charge (actual)
Capacity
2.38 kg 5.25 lb.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner and Heater Operational Checks Visual Inspection Of Components ( 1 ) Lines and Hoses Check
Action: Inspect all lines and hoses. sss: Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition, NOT kinked, worn from rubbing, or weather checked? sss: Are hose and line connections clean and NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? sss: Are all hose and line clamps in place and tight, with cushions or rubber inserts in place to prevent crushing or scuffing hoses or lines?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Position hoses and lines as necessary. Replace, adjust, and tighten clamps as necessary. Note any hoses or lines that will require replacement. ( 2 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Check
Action: Inspect air conditioner compressor. sss: Is belt properly tensioned on pulley? sss: Is belt in good condition, NOT frayed, worn, or glazed? sss: Is belt tensioner in good condition, NOT worn or damaged? sss: Is compressor pulley in good condition, and properly aligned with belt drive pulley on engine? sss: Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and is mounting hardware properly tightened? sss: Are electrical connections to compressor clean and tight? Is wiring in good condition?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 3 ) Condenser Check
Action: Inspect condenser core. sss: Is core free of dirt and debris? sss: Is core NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
sss: Are fins of core straight, NOT bent or damaged?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 4 ) Engine Fan Check
Action: Inspect engine fan. sss: Are fan blades in good condition, NOT worn, bent, broken, or missing? sss: Is fan securely installed?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 5 ) Heater/Evaporator Core Check
Action: Inspect heater/evaporator core. sss: Is core free of dirt and debris? sss: Is core NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? sss: Are fins of core straight, NOT bent or damaged? sss: Is condensation drain tube attached and in good condition, NOT kinked, damaged, or clogged?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 6 ) Cab Air Filter(s) Check
Action: Inspect cab air filter(s). sss: Is filter(s) clean and free of debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace cab air filter(s). ( 7 ) Cab Door and Windows Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Action: Open and close cab door and windows. Inspect seals. sss: Are seals present, properly installed, and in good condition? sss: Do door and windows contact seals evenly?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Adjust door and windows if necessary. Replace components as necessary.
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test LEGEND: 3 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Connector Y19 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Air Conditioner Compressor [1] - Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid 2-pin connector (3). [2] - Apply 12 V to grey wire of air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector (3). [3] - Apply ground to black wire of air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector. [4] - If air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid “clicks”, check air conditioner compressor clutch harness (W39) wiring harness. See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) If air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid does not “click”, check compressor harness. Also, check air conditioner compressor clutch diode and air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Switch Opens—Low Pressure
138—228 kPa 1.38—2.28 bar 20—33 psi
Switch Closes—Low Pressure
159—255 kPa 1.59—2.55 bar 23—37 psi
Switch Opens—High Pressure
2620—2896 kPa 26.2—28.96 bar 380—420 psi
Switch Closes—High Pressure
1379—2068 kPa 13.79—20.68 bar 200—300 psi
Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02148 Straight Connector
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
→NOTE: Air conditioner high/low pressure switch (B3) is normally open when removed from machine. When installed the switch becomes closed due to normal system pressure.
Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch LEGEND: 1 2 B3
Refrigerant Line 2-pin Connector Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch
[1] - Push engine start switch once, but do not start engine. [2] - Turn blower motor speed switch to ON position. [3] - Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. [4] - Disconnect 2-pin connector from air conditioner high/low pressure switch (B3). Compressor clutch must disengage (click). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Connect 2-pin connector to high/low pressure switch. Compressor clutch must engage (click). [6] - Disconnect 2-pin connector from high/low pressure switch. [7] →NOTE: Refrigerant line (1) is equipped with a Schrader valve at the high/low pressure switch port to prevent system from discharging when switch is removed. Remove high/low pressure switch from refrigerant line (1). [8] - Connect 2-pin connector to high/low pressure switch. Compressor clutch must not engage (click). [9] - Connect high/low pressure switch to regulated air supply or dry nitrogen using JT02148 Straight Connector. Straight Connector JT02148 Switch Testing [10] - Slowly apply pressure. High/low pressure switch must not have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch closing (low) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Closes
Low Pressure
159—255 kPa 1.59—2.55 bar 23—37 psi
Multi-Meter Used for measuring continuity. [11] - Slowly release pressure. High/low pressure switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening (low) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Opens
Low Pressure
138—228 kPa 1.38—2.28 bar 20—33 psi
[12] - Slowly increase pressure. High/low pressure switch must have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch opening (high) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Opens
High Pressure
2620—2896 kPa 26.2—28.96 bar 380—420 psi
[13] - Slowly release pressure. High/low pressure switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing (high) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Closes
High Pressure
1379—2068 kPa 13.79—20.68 bar 200—300 psi
[14] →NOTE: The air conditioner high/low pressure switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system; however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification. a. Connect an air conditioner gauge set to service fittings at compressor. b. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
c. Operate air conditioning on maximum cooling. d. Note high-side pressure when high-pressure switch opens and then closes. If switch does not operate within specifications, replace air conditioner high/low pressure switch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Freeze Control Switch Opens—Temperature
-1.7—0.5°C 29—33°F
Freeze Control Switch Closes—Temperature
2.8—5.0°C 37—41°F
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (rear controls shown removed)
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test LEGEND: B2
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch
[1] - Remove air conditioner freeze control switch (B2) from evaporator. See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Remove and Install . (Group 1830.) [2] - Apply 12 V to pin A and ground pin C on freeze control switch connector. [3] - Using a voltmeter, measure voltage at Pin B; make sure negative lead is grounded. If temperature is above 5°C (41°F), meter reading must be 12 V. [4] - Place end of probe into ice and saltwater solution. When temperature cools to or below specification, freeze control switch opens. Meter must read zero volts. Item
Measurement
Specification
Freeze Control Switch Opens
Temperature
-1.7—0.5°C 29—33°F
[5] - Increase temperature of solution. When temperature rises to or above specification, freeze control switch closes. Meter must read 12 V. Item
Measurement
Specification
Freeze Control Switch Closes
Temperature
2.8—5.0°C 37—41°F
[6] - If switch does not operate within specifications, replace freeze control switch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
R134a Air Conditioning System Test Essential Tool ESSENTIAL TOOL JDG10555
R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station
JT02167A
Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument
Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2250 rpm
[1] IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fitting, components or refrigerant oils to avoid air conditioning system damage. Park machine on flat, level surface. Lower loader and backhoe attachments to ground, place machine in park, and stop engine. [2] - Clean the cooling compartment top and rear access panels, and fins of hydraulic oil cooler, radiator, condenser, and evaporator to ensure proper air flow. [3] - Inspect the cab air filter. Replace if necessary. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator’s Manual.) [4] - Follow refrigerant cautions and proper handling procedures. See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling . (Group 9031-25.) [5] - Identify refrigerant type using JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument. Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument JT02167A Identify type of refrigerant used in air conditioning system prior to recovery, recycling, and charging. →NOTE: Follow manufacturer′s instructions when operating refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. [6] - Connect JDG10555 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station. See R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station Installation Procedure . (Group 1830.) R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station JDG10555 Used to remove refrigerant from system. [7] - Open both low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. [8] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in primary display unit (PDU) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Main Menu—Setup—Economy Mode or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Economy Mode (If Equipped) . (Operator’s Manual.) [9] - Start engine and run at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2250 rpm
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
[10] - Press air conditioner mode switch to air conditioner position. [11] - Turn the temperature control dial to maximum cooling position (blue). [12] - Turn blower motor speed switch to maximum position. [13] - Open cab doors and windows. [14] - Run system for at least 5 minutes. [15] - Measure and record air temperatures at cab air filter inlet and at air ducts in cab. Compare to specifications. Air Conditioner Air Inlet and Outlet Temperatures Ambient Temperature
Maximum Expected Air Temperature
27—29°C 81—85°F
11°C 53°F
30—32°C 86—90°F
13°C 56°F
33—35°C 92—95°F
14°C 58°F
36—38°C 97—101°F
16°C 60°F
39—40°C 102—104°F
17°C 63°F
41—43°C 106—110°F
20°C 68°F
[16] - Observe low-side and high-side pressure on gauges. Compare to specifications. Low-Side and High-Side Pressure Readings Ambient Air Temperature
Low-Side Pressure
High-Side Pressure
27—29°C 81—85°F
83—100 kPa 0.82—1.00 bar 12—14 psi
1164—1409 kPa 11.64—14.09 bar 169—204 psi
30—32°C 86—90°F
92—111 kPa 0.92—1.11 bar 13—16 psi
1313—1590 kPa 13.13—15.90 bar 190—231 psi
33—35°C 92—95°F
96—116 kPa 0.96—1.16 bar 14—17 psi
1382—1673 kPa 13.82—16.73 bar 200—243 psi
36—38°C 97—101°F
102—123 kPa 1.02—1.23 bar 15—18 psi
1487—1800 kPa 14.87—18.00 bar 216—261 psi
39—40°C 102—104°F
107—130 kPa 1.07—1.30 bar 16—19 psi
1586—1920 kPa 15.86—19.20 bar 230—278 psi
41—43°C 106—110°F
120—145 kPa 1.20—1.45 bar 17—21 psi
1742—2108 kPa 17.42—21.08 bar 253—306 psi
[17] - If measurements do not meet specifications, diagnose malfunction. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart . (Group 9031-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart Pressure Diagnostic Chart
Condition
Low Side kPa (bar) (psi)
High Side kPa (bar) (psi)
Sight Glass
Suction Line
ReceiverDryer
Liquid Line
Discharge Line
Discharge Air
Lack of Refrigerant
Very Low
Very Low
Clear
Slightly Cool
Slightly Warm
Slightly Warm
Slightly Warm
Warm
Loss of Refrigerant
Low
Low
Bubbles
Cool
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm to Hot
Slightly Cool
Hot to Point of Restriction
Slightly Cool
High Side Restriction
Low
Low
Clear
Cool
Cool, Sweating or Frosting
Cool, Sweating or Frosting
Expansion Valve Closed
Low
Low
Clear
Cold, Sweating or Frosting Heavily at Valve Outlet
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Loose Belt or Compressor Malfunction
High
Low
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
Condenser Malfunction
High
High
Clear to Occasional Bubbles
Slightly Cool to Warm
Hot
Hot
Hot
Warm
Refrigerant Contaminated and Air in System
High
High
Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Expansion Valve Open
High
High
Clear
Cold, Sweating or Frosting Heavily
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Plugged Condenser, Overcharge of Refrigerant
Normal
High
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Moisture in System
Normal (May Drop)
Normal (May Drop)
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Cool to Warm
Heater Valve Stuck Open
Normal
Normal
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Lack of Refrigerant and Air in System
Normal (No Drop)
Normal
Occasional Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Expansion Valve Test Essential Tool ESSENTIAL TOOL JDG10555
R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station
Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2200 rpm
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Never mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling and charging station equipment. [1] - Connect JDG10555 R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station. See R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station Installation Procedure . (Group 1830.) R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station JDG10555 Used to remove refrigerant from system. [2] -
Expansion Valve (seat shown removed) LEGEND: 1 Expansion Valve Warm diaphragm and valve body with appropriate warming device (heat gun, halogen lamp). [3] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in primary display unit (PDU) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Machine Options or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [4] - Start engine and operate at rated engine speed.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2200 rpm
[5] - Turn blower motor speed switch to maximum position. [6] - Turn temperature knob to maximum cooling position. [7] - Activate air conditioning system. [8] - Observe low side pressure. If pressure increases, valve is opening. [9] →NOTE: Any method of producing sub-zero cooling, not contributing to deterioration of the ozone layer, is acceptable for this test. Cool diaphragm and valve body with appropriate cooling device [ice pack, liquid nitrogen, any substance below 0°C (32°F)]. [10] - Observe low side pressure. If pressure decreases, valve is closing. [11] - If expansion valve does not open and close as described, replace valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install . (Group 1830.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Speed Switch Test
Blower Switch Terminals Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
[1] - Disconnect 5-pin connector from blower motor speed switch (S42). [2] - Move blower motor speed switch knob to each position 1—4, checking continuity between terminals for each position according to table. Multimeter Used to measure continuity. Continuity Check of Blower Motor Speed Switch Position
Continuity Between Terminals
0 Off
—
1 Low
B and 1
2 Medium
B and 1, 2
3 High
B and 1, 2, 3
4 Purge
B and 1, 2, 3, 4
[3] - If continuity is not present between terminals indicated, replace blower motor speed switch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Resistor Test Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Specifications BLOWER MOTOR SPEED RESISTOR SPECIFICATIONS Blower Motor Speed Resistor Resistance (between terminals 2 and 4)
0.65—0.75 ohm
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Resistance (between terminals 1 and 2)
0.25—0.32 ohm
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Resistance (between terminals 2 and 3)
0.13—0.17 ohm
[1] - Disconnect battery power. [2] -
Blower Motor Speed Resistor
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Terminals LEGEND: 1 Terminal 1 2 Terminal 2 3 Terminal 3 4 Terminal 4 R10 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Disconnect 4-pin connector from blower motor speed resistor (R10). See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) [3] Multimeter Used to measure resistance. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between the following terminals: Terminals 2 and 4 Terminals 1 and 2 Terminals 2 and 3 Compare resistance to specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Resistance (between terminals 2 and 4)
0.65—0.75 ohm
Resistance (between terminals 1 and 2)
0.25—0.32 ohm
Resistance (between terminals 2 and 3)
0.13—0.17 ohm
If resistance doe not meet specification, replace blower motor speed resistor.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Test LEGEND: 1 2 3 M10
Pin 1 Pin 2 Blower Motor Connector Blower Motor
Blower Motor
Blower Motor Connector [1] - Disconnect 2-pin connector (1) from blower motor (M10). [2] - Apply 12 V to red wire in pin 2 of blower motor lead connector. [3] - Apply ground to black wire in pin 1 of blower motor lead connector. [4] - If blower motor does not operate, replace blower motor. See Evaporator or Heater Core Remove and Install . (Group 1830.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioning Mode Switch Test Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
Air Conditioner Mode Switch LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 S9
Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Air Conditioner Mode Switch
Air Conditioner Mode Switch Test (S.N. —256801) [1] - Disconnect 10-pin connector from air conditioner mode switch (S9). [2] - Press switch to defrost position. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between following terminals: Multimeter Used to measure resistance. Between terminals 2 and 3. Between terminals 5 and 6. [3] - Press switch to heater position. Check for continuity between following terminals: Between terminals 1 and 2. [4] - Press switch to air conditioner position. Check for continuity between following terminals: Between terminals 1 and 2. Between terminals 4 and 5. [5] - If continuity is not present between terminals indicated, replace air conditioner mode switch.
Air Conditioner Mode Switch Test (S.N. 256802— ) [1] - Disconnect 10-pin connector from air conditioner mode switch (S9). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
[2] - Press switch to defrost position. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between following terminals: Multimeter Used to measure resistance. Between terminals 2 and 3. Between terminals 5 and 6. [3] - Press switch to air conditioner position. Check for continuity between following terminals: Between terminals 4 and 5. [4] - If continuity is not present between terminals indicated, replace air conditioner mode switch.
Air Conditioning System Leak Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 25 mm per second 1 in. per second
Move Leak Detector Speed
Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on components in system to form bubbles at source of leak. If leak detector is used, move leak detector probe under hoses and around connections at rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second. Item
Measurement
Specification
Move Leak Detector
Speed
25 mm per second 1 in. per second
Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection. Repair or replace components as necessary to correct identified leaks.
Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems contains special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas. Do not use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Use only certified hose meeting SAE J2064 requirements. When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses, tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts. IMPORTANT: Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. The use of these solvents will cause deterioration of hoses. Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. To assist in making leak proof joints, use a small amount of clean correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling.
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
OPERATION AND TEST MANUAL Backhoe Loaders (T3/S3A) models 315SK (PIN: 1T0315SK**D229820-; 1T0315SK**C219607-) TM12471 27 DEC 15 (ENGLISH)
For complete service information also see: 315SK Backhoe Loader (PIN: 1T0315SK_ _D229820-) (PIN: 1T0315SK_ _C219607-)
TM12472
JDLink (MTG) Technical Manual
TM114519
PowerTech E 4.5 and 6.8L Diesel Engines Level 16 Electronic Fuel System With Denso HPCR
CTM502
PowerTech 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines Level 12 Electronic Fuel System With Stanadyne DE10 Pump
CTM331
Super Caddy Oil Cleanup Procedure
CTM310
120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM120519
120 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM114319
125 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM109319
PowerTech 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines Tier 1/Stage I, Tier 2/Stage II, CTM104 Tier 3/Stage IIIA, Tier 3/Stage IIA Tier 3/Stage III, (Base Engine) 100 Series Hydraulic Cylinders
CTM103519
COOLANT HEATER SERVICE MANUAL
CTM10090X19
John Deere Construction and Forestry Pinted by Belgreen
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Table of contents FOREWORD MANUAL IDENTIFICATION—READ THIS FIRST! Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 01 - Safety Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure Section 9010 - ENGINE Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Group 05 - System Information Group 10 - System Diagrams Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics Group 16 - Monitor Operation Group 20 - References Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 20 - Adjustments Group 25 - Tests Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Group 05 - Theory of Operation Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Group 25 - Tests
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. CAUTION: This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly. Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes.
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST! IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for your specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere backhoe loaders are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations. When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of backhoe loader manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for your machine. Product Identification Number
PIN Plate Location
Example of PIN Plate LEGEND: 1 PIN Plate 2 17 Digit PIN The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on the left-side of machine on the loader frame. Each machine has a 17 digit PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
GENERAL INFORMATION
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number. PIN Identification Table 17 Digit PIN Example (3)
(4)
1
T
0
3
1
5
(5)
(4)
S
K
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
C
2
1
9
6
0
7
(3)—World Code —Identifies location where machine is manufactured. (4)—Machine Model Identifier —Identifies model number. (5)—Machine Option Code —Identifies which major machine option is equipped. This digit will change from one machine to another. (6)—Check Letter —This is a random character assigned by the factory. This is not used in machine identification. (7)—Manufacturing Year Code —Identifies year of machine manufacture. (8)—Engine Emission Code —Represents engine emission certification. (9)—Machine Serial Number —Identifies machine serial number. This digit will change from one machine to another.
The following is an example for a 315SK machine that meets Tier 2 and Stage II emission levels:
PIN Identification 1T0315SK_ _C219607 1T0 ..........
World Code (manufacturing location) 1DW ..........
Davenport Works
1T8 ..........
Thibodaux Works
1T0 ..........
Dubuque Works
315_K ..........
Machine Model Identifier
S ..........
Machine Option Code X ..........
Base Machine
S ..........
Super Duty
E ..........
Easy Power (EP)
T ..........
Total Machine Control (TMC) Configuration
_ ..........
Check Letter (variable)
_ ..........
Manufacturing Year Code (variable) C ..........
2012
D ..........
2013
E ..........
2014
F ..........
2015
G ..........
2016
C ..........
Engine Emission Code C ..........
Tier 2 and Stage II
D ..........
Tier 3 and Stage III A
E ..........
Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B
F ..........
Tier 4
G ..........
Interim Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-56 kW)
219607 ..........
<- Go to Section TOC
Machine Serial Number
Section 9000 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION Table of contents Group 01 - Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 1 Recognize Safety Information ............................................................................................................... 1 Follow Safety Instructions ..................................................................................................................... 1 Operate Only If Qualified ...................................................................................................................... 2 Wear Protective Equipment .................................................................................................................. 3 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications .......................................................................................... 3 Inspect Machine ................................................................................................................................... 3 Stay Clear of Moving Parts ................................................................................................................... 4 Avoid High-Pressure Oils ...................................................................................................................... 4 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ................................................................................................................... 5 Work In Ventilated Area ........................................................................................................................ 5 Prevent Fires ........................................................................................................................................ 6 Prevent Battery Explosions ................................................................................................................... 7 Handle Chemical Products Safely ......................................................................................................... 7 Decommissioning: Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ..................................... 7 Prepare for Emergencies ...................................................................................................................... 8 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ..................................................................................................... 9 Start Only From Operator′s Seat ........................................................................................................... 9 Use and Maintain Seat Belt .................................................................................................................. 9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement .............................................................................................. 9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls ......................................... 10 Avoid Work Site Hazards .................................................................................................................... 10 Keep Riders Off Machine .................................................................................................................... 11 Avoid Backover Accidents .................................................................................................................. 12 Avoid Machine Tipover ....................................................................................................................... 13 Add and Operate Attachments Safely ................................................................................................ 13 Use Special Care When Operating ...................................................................................................... 13 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads ............................................................................................. 14 Inspect and Maintain ROPS ................................................................................................................. 15 Park and Prepare for Service Safely ................................................................................................... 15 Service Cooling System Safely ........................................................................................................... 16 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ........................................................................................... 16 Make Welding Repairs Safely ............................................................................................................. 17 Drive Metal Pins Safely ....................................................................................................................... 17 Service Tires Safely ............................................................................................................................ 18
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Group 01 - Safety Recognize Safety Information
Safety alert Symbols
Safety Alert Symbols This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards. On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.
Follow Safety Instructions
Safety Messages Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator′s manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life. If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator′s manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction. Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Wear Protective Equipment
Protective Clothing Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses. Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability.
Inspect Machine
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Inspect Machine Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting. Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.
Stay Clear of Moving Parts
Stay Clear of Moving Parts Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.
Avoid High-Pressure Oils
Avoid High Pressure Oils
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Avoid High-Pressure Oils This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system. If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
High Pressure Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion, blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signs of wear or damage. Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately with John Deere approved replacement parts. Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available in English from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
Work In Ventilated Area
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Engine exhaust fumes Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension. If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.
Prevent Fires
Handle Fuel Safely
Clean Machine Regularly
Carry A Fire Extinguisher Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use extinguisher properly.
Prevent Battery Explosions
Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode. Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).
Handle Chemical Products Safely
Material Safety Data Sheet Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives. A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment. (See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.)
Decommissioning: Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Recycle Waste Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following: Use appropriate tools and personal protective equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. Follow instructions for specialized components. Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid); filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste.
Prepare for Emergencies
First Aid Kit Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly
Use Handholds And Steps Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.
Start Only From Operator′s Seat
Operate Only From Operators Seat Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator′s seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.
Use and Maintain Seat Belt
Use and Maintain Seat Belt Use seat belt when operating machine . Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure that webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly. The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every three years, regardless of appearance.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement LEGEND: 1
Park Brake Switch
SSM Always press park brake switch (1) on the sealed switch module (SSM) to engage park brake before leaving the operator′s seat for any reason . Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or other controls. Engage park brake and lower work equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop the engine before allowing anyone to approach the machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving the operator′s station.
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Controls
Pilot Enable Switch Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before allowing anyone to approach machine.
Avoid Work Site Hazards
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Avoid contact with gas lines
Avoid collapsing banks Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work. Prepare work site properly . Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires. Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse on machine. Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes) can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.
Keep Riders Off Machine
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Keep Riders Off Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off. Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
Avoid Backover Accidents
Avoid Backover Accidents Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Use mirrors to assist in checking all around machine. Keep windows and mirrors clean, adjusted, and in good repair. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. Do not rely on the rear camera and radar object detection systems to determine if personnel are behind the machine. The system has limitations due to maintenance practices, environmental conditions, and operating range.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Avoid Machine Tipover
Avoid Machine Tipover Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush you. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed. Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in these conditions. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.
Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion.
Use Special Care When Operating
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Man Falling From Bucket
Tipover Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform. Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load. Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised loads. Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize loads. Never lift an object above or near another person.
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacon lights, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.
Inspect and Maintain ROPS A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused. The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. To maintain the ROPS: Replace missing hardware using correct grade hardware. Check hardware torque. Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or wear; replace them if necessary. Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
Park and Prepare for Service Safely
Do Not Operate Tag
Support Machine Properly Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment to the ground. Engage park brake. Stop engine and remove key. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator′s station. Securely support machine or attachment before working under it. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated tools or attachments. Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush. Do not support machine with a single jack or other devices that may slip out of place. Always install boom lock before working on or around this machine with the loader boom raised. Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.
Service Cooling System Safely
Cooling System Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns. Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
Toxic Fumes Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Remove paint before heating: Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place. Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9000 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 01: Safety
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Make Welding Repairs Safely
Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.
Drive Metal Pins Safely
Hardened Metal Parts Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9000 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
DIAGNOSTICS
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Service Tires Safely
Explosive Tire and Rim Parts Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death. Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job. Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel. When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available. Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS Table of contents Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................... 1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................................................... 1 Engine Speed Control Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 2 Engine Speed Control Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 4 Engine Speed Control Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 5 Engine Speed Control Pedal Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 7 Engine Speed Control Pedal Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 9 Engine Speed Control Pedal Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 10 Air Filter Restriction Switch Malfunction Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................... 12 Engine Overspeed Severely High Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................... 14 Engine Overspeed Moderately High Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................. 14 Invalid VIN Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................................ 16 Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 16 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................ 18 Fuel Lift Pump Relay is Above Normal Operating Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................ 21 Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................... 23 Starter Relay Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................... 25 Power Shutdown Check ...................................................................................................................... 26 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 27 Can Communication Lost with VCU Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 28 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 29 Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 29 Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 31 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................................... 31 Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 32 Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 35 Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 36 Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 38 Software Revision Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 40 VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 40 VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 41 VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 42 Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 43 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................... 43 Monitor Alarm Output Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 44 NO CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 45 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine .................................................................... 47 NO CAN From TCU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 54 NO CAN From VCU Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 54 NO CAN From SSM Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 55 NO CAN From HVC Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 56 NO CAN From MTG Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 57 Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 58 Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 61 Monitor Button Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... 62 Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................... 64 Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................................... 64 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................................... 65 Trans Oil Temp Diagnostics Procedure ............................................................................................... 67 Trans Oil Temp Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. 68 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 69 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 71 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 73 Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 74 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 76 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 78 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 80 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 82 TCL Neutral SW Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 84 Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 86 Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 89 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................... 91 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 92 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 94 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 96 Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... 98 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 100 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 102 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 104 Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 106 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 108 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 110 Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 112 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 114 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 116 Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 118 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 120 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 122 Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 124 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 126 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 128 Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 130 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 132 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 134 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 136 Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 137 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 139 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 141 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 143 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 145 Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 147 Brake Light Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 149 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine .................................................................. 151 NO CAN From SDM Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 158 No CAN From AVC Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 158 No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 159 NO CAN From JSR Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 160 Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 161 Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 163 Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 165 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. MWFD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. TCL Selector Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... Park Brake Pressure Switch Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................... Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................................... MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ............................................... Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Controller Fault Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Starter Relay Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Engine Shutdown Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Hydraulic Oil Restriction Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................ Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... No CAN from HVC Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... EH Watchdog Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents
167 169 171 173 175 177 179 181 183 185 187 190 192 194 196 198 199 200 200 201 202 204 206 208 210 211 211 211 213 215 215 216 217 217 218 219 221 223 224 226 228 230 232 233 235 237 240 242 244 246 248 250 251
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 254 Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 256 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 258 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 261 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 264 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 266 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 268 Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... 271 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 273 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 275 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 278 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 280 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 282 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 285 Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 287 Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 289 Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ 292 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 294 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 296 Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 299 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 301 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 303 Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. 306 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 308 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 311 Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 314 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 317 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 319 EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................................... 321 Hazard Wakeup Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. 323 Turn Signal Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 325 Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 327 Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure .......................................................................................... 329 Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 331 Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 333 Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 335 Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 337 Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 339 Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 341 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 343 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 345 Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. 347 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 349 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 351 Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... 353 Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 355 Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 357 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 361 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 363 Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 365 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 367 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 370 Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................................... 372 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ........................................................................................... HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ........................................................................................... Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. Bucket Level Indicator Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................ Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................... Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Front Wiper Hi Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Hydraulic Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .......................................... Auxiliary Valve Controller (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes .............................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................................. Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 000629.12 - Controller Fault ............................................................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents
374 376 378 380 382 384 387 391 393 395 397 399 401 403 405 407 409 411 413 415 417 419 421 422 424 426 428 430 432 434 436 438 440 442 444 446 448 450 451 452 454 456 458 458 459 460 463 463 464 466 467 468 470
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... Left Joystick Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................... Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................. CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................................... CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Valve Power 2 Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................ 524204.03 - Loader Aux Switch ........................................................................................................ 524204.05 - Loader Aux Switch ........................................................................................................ Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................... Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ................................................................... Watchdog Timeout Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... Ignition Relay Out Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Ignition Relay Out Current Low Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... <- Go to Global Table of contents
472 474 475 477 479 481 482 483 485 488 490 492 494 496 498 500 502 504 506 508 510 512 514 516 517 518 519 519 519 520 522 523 523 524 525 525 526 527 527 528 529 529 530 531 531 532 533 533 534 535 535 536 537
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................... Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................. No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................................................................
<- Go to Global Table of contents
537 538 539 539 540 541 541 542
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 10 - Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 002047.09 , 002047 is the SPN and 09 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all ECU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.03- Hand Throttle 17
Engine speed control dial (B21) is above normal operating voltage. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control dial (B21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Measure resistance between pins A and B on speed control dial (B21). Does resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control dial (B21) malfunction. Replace engine speed control dial. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check for voltage at: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed dial connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed dial connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect the following connectors: Disconnect engine harness to cab/canopy harness connector (X20). ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin A3 wire P051 RED of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin C3 wire R051 BLK of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin F3 wire E021 WHT of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000029.04- Hand Throttle 17
Engine speed control dial (B21) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control dial (B21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Measure resistance between pins A and B on speed control dial (B21). Does resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control dial (B21) malfunction. Replace engine speed control dial. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control dial (B21) connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector and pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin B wire E021 WHT of engine speed dial connector and pin F3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin B wire E021 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 000029.14- Hand Throttle 17
Engine speed control dial is out of range high or low. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Dial (B21) Reset
Action: Switched power ON. Reset the engine speed control dial (B21) by: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Turning switch to the minimum throttle value and then back to full throttle value. Setting throttle to mid-position and turning ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds and then back ON. Is ECU code 000029.14 present?
Result: YES:Go to Code Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Check for active diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for the following engine control unit (ECU) codes: 000029.03—Hand Throttle or 000029.04—Hand Throttle. Are either of these codes active?
Result: YES:Correct active ECU codes first. See 000029.03—Hand Throttle or see 000029.04—Hand Throttle . (Group 9001-10.) NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.03- Foot Throttle 17
Engine speed control pedal (B20) is out of range high. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control pedal connector (B20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Test engine speed control pedal (B20). See Engine Speed Control Pedal Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control pedal (B20) malfunction. Replace engine speed control pedal. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire E020 WHT of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin B wire R051 BLK of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire E020 WHT of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire R051 BLK of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect engine harness to cab/canopy harness connector (X20). Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Check for continuity between: Pin A3 wire P051 RED of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin A4 wire E021 WHT of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Pin C3 wire R051 BLK of ECU 48-pin connector and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000091.04- Foot Throttle 17
Engine speed control pedal (B20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Engine speed control pedal (B20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Engine harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Test engine speed control pedal (B20). See Engine Speed Control Pedal Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Engine speed control pedal (B20) malfunction. Replace engine speed control pedal. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Switched power ON. Check pin C wire P051 RED of engine speed control pedal (B20) connector for 5 V. Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Engine speed control pedal (B20) disconnected. Disconnect engine speed control dial (B21). Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin A wire R051 BLK of engine speed dial connector and pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin B wire E020 WHT of engine speed dial connector and pin A4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect engine speed control pedal (B20). Engine speed control dial (B21) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin B wire E020 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 000091.14- Foot Throttle 17
Engine speed control pedal (B20) is out of range high or low. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Out of Range Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20) Reset
Action: Reset the engine speed control pedal (B20) by depressing pedal to maximum and then releasing pedal back to the minimum value, or setting pedal to mid-position and turning ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds and then back ON. Is ECU code 000091.14 present?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Code Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Check for active diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for the following engine control unit (ECU) codes: 000091.03—Foot Throttle or 000091.04—Foot Throttle. Are either of these codes active?
Result: YES:Correct active ECU codes first. See 000091.03—Foot Throttle or see 000091.04—Foot Throttle . (Group 9001-10.) NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000107.00- Engine Air Filter 213
Air filter restriction switch (B109) indicates a blockage in the air inlet system. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Air Filter Restriction Switch Malfunction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Air Filter Check
Action: Check air filter. See Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . (Operator’s Manual.) Is air filter restricted with debris?
Result: YES:Replace air filter. See Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements . (Operator’s Manual.) NO:Go to Air Inlet System Check. ( 3 ) Air Inlet System Check
Action: Check air inlet system for debris. See Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Is air inlet system restricted?
Result: YES:Remove restriction from air intake system. See Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Air restriction switch (B109). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 5 ) Component Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B109). Start engine. Check switch for continuity between pins A and B on switch connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace air filter restriction switch (B109). NO:Go to Voltage Check. ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire P031 RED of air filter restriction connector for machine voltage. Pin B wire M009 PUR of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect alternator D+ terminal. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A wire P031 RED of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Pin B wire M009 PUR of air filter restriction connector for 0.0 V. Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 8 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B109) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Alternator D+ terminal disconnected. Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Check for continuity between pin B wire M009 PUR and the remaining pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000190.00- Engine Speed 17
Engine has exceeded overspeed specification of 3000 rpm. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Overspeed Severely High Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Diagnostic Trouble Code Check. ( 2 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Action: See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for active engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes. 000190.00 000636.02 000636.10 000637.02 000637.07 Are any of the above engine control unit (ECU) codes present?
Result: YES:Diagnose and repair active ECU trouble codes. See 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below 130kW (175hp)—Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform. (CTM104.) NO:Program ECU. 000190.16- Engine Speed 17
Engine has exceeded overspeed specification of 2600 rpm. →NOTE: Diagnostic trouble code will not appear within monitor DIAGNOSTIC menu. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Engine Overspeed Moderately High Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Diagnostic Trouble Code Check. ( 2 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Action: See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check for active engine control unit (ECU) diagnostic trouble codes. 000190.00 000636.02 000636.10 000637.02 000637.07 Are any of the above engine control unit (ECU) codes present?
Result: YES:Diagnose and repair active ECU trouble codes. See 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below 130kW (175hp)—Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform. (CTM104.) NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.31- Vehicle ID Number 17
VIN number sent over CAN network to vehicle control unit (VCU) does not match the VIN stored in engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Invalid VIN Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 4 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000628.12- Memory Error <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
17
The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active ECU codes. Is ECU code 000628.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001075.05- Fuel Pump Control 17
The fuel lift pump relay (K17) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel lift pump relay (K17). See Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel lift pump relay harness connector (X86). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel lift pump relay (K17). Apply machine voltage to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Fuel lift pump relay (K17) malfunction. Replace relay.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85, check continuity between pin 30 and pin 87. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuel lift pump relay (K17). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage between pin 85 (wire G040 BLK) and pin 86 (wire E031 WHT). Is machine voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect fuel lift pump (M17). Check for continuity between: Pin 85 wire G040 BLK to pin 1 of fuel lift pump (M17). Pin 86 wire E031 WHT to pin M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Fuel lift pump (M17) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 86 wire E031 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Disconnect fuel lift pump (M17). ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check continuity between pim M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001075.06- Fuel Pump Control 17
The fuel lift pump relay (K17) is above normal operating voltage. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Lift Pump Relay is Above Normal Operating Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel lift pump relay (K17). See Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel lift pump relay harness connector (X86). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel lift pump relay (K17). Apply machine voltage to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Fuel lift pump relay (K17) malfunction. Replace relay.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin 86 and machine ground to pin 85, check continuity between pin 30 and pin 87. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuel lift pump relay (K17). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 30 wire P021 RED of fuel lift pump relay for machine voltage. Pin 85 wire G040 BLK of fuel lift pump relay for 0.0 V. Pin 86 wire E031 WHT of fuel lift pump relay for machine voltage. Pin 87 wire E030 WHT of fuel lift pump relay for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel lift pump relay (K17) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. ECU 32-pin connector (X41) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 86 wire E031 WHT on fuel lift pump relay and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Pin 85 wire G040 BLK on fuel lift pump relay and all other pins on connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.05- Starter Relay 17
Starter relay (K5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Warning Alarm Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply machine voltage to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace relay.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2, check continuity between pin 1 and pin 2. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). Check continuity between both sides of fuse. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) diconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between: Pin C1 wire E005 WHT on starter relay (K5) to pin K4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Pin C2 wire G005 BLK and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.06- Starter Relay 17
Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Warning Alarm Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Starter Relay Short Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) ECU 48-pin connector (X42). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect wires G005 BLK and E005 WHT from starter relay (K5). Apply machine voltage to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2. sss: Does starter relay click when machine voltage is applied?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Starter relay (K5) malfunction. Replace starter.
Action: With machine voltage applied to pin C1 and machine ground to pin C2, check continuity between pin 1 and pin 2. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). Check continuity between both sides of fuse. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Check for continuity between pin C1 wire E005 WHT and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. ECU 48-pin connector (X42) disconnected. Disconnect ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Disconnect starter (M1). Check for continuity on pin K4 wire E005 WHT and all other pins on ECU connectors (X41 and X42). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program ECU. 001321.16- Starter Relay 17
Starter motor (M1) was engaged for 30 or more seconds. Starter motor needs to be disengaged for 60 seconds to reset engine control unit (ECU) internal timer. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Power Shutdown Check ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: To protect the starter from damage due to overcranking, the engine control unit (ECU) will disengage the starter after 30 seconds of continuous cranking. To reset the ECU and clear this code: Turn ignition switch OFF for 60 seconds. Switched power ON. Is ECU code 001321.16 present?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO:Go to Engine Crank Check. ( 2 ) Engine Crank Check
Action: Attempt to start engine. Does engine start?
Result: YES:Program ECU. NO: See E1 - Engine Cranks/Won′t Start . (CTM331.) 002003.09- No CAN From TCU 17
CAN communication error; engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with VCU. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor. 002047.09- Can Communication Lost with VCU 17
The engine control unit (ECU) has lost communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Can Communication Lost with VCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 10: Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN Resistor. 002071.09- No CAN From VCU 17
The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the hand throttle message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor. 523702.09- Flex Power Message Missing 17
The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the flex power message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Controller Area Network (CAN) Communication Lost For Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Test. NO:Repair CAN circuit. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Test
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN resistor test good?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Replace CAN resistor.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 20 - Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SDM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.03- Fuel Level Sensor 276
Fuel level sensor (B8) circuit is open or short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active standard display monitor (SDM) codes. Is SDM code 000096.03 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor (B8). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Open Check. ( 6 ) Open Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R108 BLK) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin F of SDM connector (X4). Pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin N of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000096.04- Fuel Level Sensor 276
Fuel level sensor (B8) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is SDM code 000096.04 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Check pin N (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM (X4) for continuity to machine ground. Is continuity to machine ground indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 000168.03- Battery Voltage 276
Battery voltage input is above 15.5 V with engine running. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to System Voltage Check. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Program controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04- Battery Voltage 276
Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V with engine running. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Standard display monitor (SDM) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F30) Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse (F15) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Relay Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect ignition relay (K10). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of ignition relay (K10). Apply ground to pin 1 of ignition relay (K10). sss: Did ignition relay (K10) “click?” Check for continuity between pin 3 of ignition relay (K10) and pin 5 of ignition relay (K10). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage 12 V or less?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace alternator. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 8 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire P015 RED) of SDM connector (X4) and pin D5 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin L (wire P030 RED) of SDM connector (X4) and pin AA7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin P (wire G001 BLK) of SDM connector (X4) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 000234.02- Software Incorrect 276
The vehicle control unit (VCU) does not have appropriate software version to be compatible with standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Software Revision Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 276
The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: For additional information, See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 276
The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: For additional information, See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.31- VIN Missing 276
The model number and VIN number is missing in the standard display monitor (SDM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000628.12- Memory Error 17
The engine control unit (ECU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active ECU codes. Is ECU code 000628.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 000629.12- Controller Fault 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Red Stop Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Cycle switched power. If code still exists, program SDM.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000920.12- Alarm Output 276
The monitor alarm (H1) circuit is open or short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Monitor Alarm Output Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:DTC is intermittent. Check P015 RED and C101 GRY wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check SDM connector (X4) pin E for loose connection. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Monitor alarm connector (H1). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Measure resistance of monitor alarm. Is resistance approximately 1.5 kilo-ohms?
Result: YES:Go to Open Check. NO:Replace monitor alarm (H1). ( 4 ) Open Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Monitor alarm (H1) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire P015 RED) on monitor alarm connector (H1) and pin A of SDM connector (X4). Pin B (wire C101 GRY) on monitor alarm connector (H1) and pin E of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect monitor alarm (H1). Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire R015 RED) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch to OFF. Monitor alarm (H1) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire P015 RED) on SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit P015 RED is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 001196.11- Antitheft 276
Door lock status message from ECU is not received by SDM. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002000.09- No CAN from ECU 189
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with engine control unit (ECU). →NOTE: Diagnostic procedures for Stage II and Tier 3 engines provided. Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Stage II Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Connector Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect ECU connector (X10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to connector terminals. Use correct size male terminal pin for checking female terminals. Inspect pins and terminals on ECU connector (X10) and ECU (A2) for wear or damage. Do pins or terminals show signs of wear or damage?
Result: YES:Repair or replace damaged pins or terminals. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 5 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 6 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 7 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 8 ) Voltage Drop Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F10). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 9 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at pin J2 (wire G002 black) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 11 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 12 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Go to ECU Check. ( 13 ) ECU Check
Action: Program ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Continue check.
Action: Replace ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace engine harness (W10). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Battery Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 4 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 5 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 7 ) Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 8 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L2, L3, and M2 (wires G002 black). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the following pins: L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Program ECU. 002003.09- No CAN from TCU 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with transmission control unit (TCU). For more information: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From TCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002071.09- No CAN from VCU 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO CAN From VCU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002141.09- No CAN from SSM 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with sealed switch module (SSM). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002228.09- No CAN from HVC 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with hydraulic valve controller (HVC). For more information: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From HVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002251.09- No CAN from MTG 276
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with modular telematics gateway (MTG) module. For more information: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From MTG Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 276
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Open or Short Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active standard display monitor (SDM) codes. Is SDM code 000096.03 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor (B8). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short to Power Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM connector (X4). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Open Check. ( 6 ) Open Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R108 BLK) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin F of SDM connector (X4). Pin 2 (wire Y108 YEL) on fuel level sensor connector (B8) and pin N of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 276
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Fuel Level Sensor Short to Ground Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Fuel level sensor (B8). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Standard display monitor (SDM) connector (X4). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switched Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switched Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is SDM code 000096.04 present?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect fuel level sensor (B8). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 20: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of fuel level sensor. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace fuel level sensor (B8). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. Disconnect SDM connector (X4). Check pin N (wire Y108 YEL) on SDM (X4) for continuity to machine ground. Is continuity to machine ground indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. NO:Go to Harness Check ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery cable or turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B8) disconnected. SDM connector (X4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin N (wire Y108 YEL) of SDM connector (X4) and all other pins of SDM connector (X4). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire Y108 YEL is short to wire that indicated continuity. Repair wire or replace harness. NO:Program standard display monitor (SDM). 524082.07- Display Buttons 276
Button on standard display monitor (SDM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Monitor Button Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Button Check. ( 2 ) Button Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power ON. Press all buttons on standard display monitor (SDM). Check for active SDM codes. Is code 524082.07 present?
Result: YES:Go to Power ON/OFF Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) Power ON/OFF Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Switched power ON. Check for active SDM codes. Is code 524082.07 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 30 - Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000070.04 , 000070 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000070.14- Park Brake 44
Transmission control unit (TCU) lost CAN communication with sealed switch module (SSM) or invalid ground speed. TCU automatically applied the park brake after a 15 second delay. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active TCU diagnostic trouble codes. Are any TCU DTCs active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU DTCs. NO:Go to Intermittent Check. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 3 ) Pressure Check
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park Brake Pressure Switch (B13). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace connector.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.00- Trans Oil Temp 44
Transmission temperature high. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Overheats . (Group 9020-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-15.) See Transmission Filter Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Trans Oil Temp Diagnostics Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Cooler Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Cooler Check
Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Was test successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose and repair transmission cooler.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000177.04- Trans Oil Temp 44
Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) short to ground. (Below 0.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Overheats . (Group 9020-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-15.) See Transmission Filter Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Trans Oil Temp Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). Check torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Does torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6). Is voltage above 0.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and pin 43 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire R038 BLK) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and pin L2 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire X006 YEL) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and machine ground. Pin B (wire R038 BLK) of torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000191.00- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) is reading above 4000 rpm. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for any active TCU or VCU codes. Are any TCU or VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU and VCU codes. NO:Program controller. ( 2 ) Machine Operation Check
Action: Clear active diagnostic trouble codes. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all gear ranges. Check for active TCU code 000191.00—Transmission Speed. Is code active?
Result: YES:Go to Equipment Check. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/operator of proper machine operations. ( 3 ) Equipment Check
Action: Check machine tires for proper inflation and size. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) Are tires properly inflated and correct size?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Inflate tire to specification or replace with appropriate size.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000191.03- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) out of range high. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission output speed sensor (B14). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission output speed sensor (B14). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin A (wire M014 PUR) of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Pin B (wire R014 BLK) of transmission output speed sensor (B14). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is voltage above 4.95 V?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other connectors to VCU. Pin 17 (wire M014 PUR) of VCU connector 2 (X12) and all other connectors to VCU. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000191.04- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) out of range low. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission output speed sensor (B14). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission output speed sensor (B14). Switched power ON. Check voltage at pin A of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Is voltage above 0.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin B of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Pin 17 (wire M014 PUR) of VCU connector 2 (X12) and pin A of transmission output speed sensor (B14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission output speed sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire M014 PUR) of transmission output speed sensor (B14) and machine ground. Pin B (wire R014 BLK) of transmission output speed sensor (B14) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000191.16- Transmission Speed 44
Transmission output speed sensor (B14) is reading above 3600 rpm. When transmission output speed sensor (B14) is invalid the transmission will default to manual mode. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.)
Transmission Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for any active TCU or VCU codes. Are any TCU or VCU codes active? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear all active TCU and VCU codes. NO:Program controller. ( 2 ) Machine Operation Check
Action: Clear active diagnostic trouble codes. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all gear ranges. Check for active TCU code 000191.16—Transmission Speed. Is code active?
Result: YES:Go to Equipment Check. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/operator of proper machine operations. ( 3 ) Equipment Check
Action: Check machine tires for proper inflation and size. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) Are tires properly inflated and correct size?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Inflate tire to specification or replace with appropriate size.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.02- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) inputs have invalid combination. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed below and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.03- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) inputs shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.04- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Check for continuity between pins listed below and machine ground. Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000525.05- Requested Gear 44
Gear select switch (S6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000604.04- TCL Neutral SW 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) input short to ground. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
TCL Neutral SW Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Check for continuity between pins listed below and machine ground. Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000617.07- Park Brake Circuit 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) inputs conflict with park brake pressure switch (B13). Park brake release solenoid (Y7) is stuck, indicating low pressure. Alarm Level: Park Brake Indicator Displayed Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 2 ) Pressure Check
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check switch for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check switch for continuity between: Pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000618.07- Park Brake Circuit 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) inputs conflict with park brake pressure switch (B13). Park brake release solenoid (Y7) is stuck, indicating low pressure. Alarm Level: Park Brake Indicator Displayed Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
Park Brake Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Pressure Check. ( 2 ) Pressure Check
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is pressure to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Connector Check. NO:Diagnose and repair pressure malfunction. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check switch for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check switch for continuity between: Pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X13). Pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X13). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. 000629.12- Controller Fault 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has detected an internal error. Cycle switched power. If code still exists, program VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.03- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) high side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin M4 (wire T001 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.04- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission control solenoid (Y1) high side driver shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin M4 (wire T001 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T001 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.05- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) circuit is open. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 4 ) Continuity Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T001 BLU) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and pin M4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R001 BLK) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) and pin F4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000734.06- Y1 Solenoid 44
Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) low side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y1 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R001 BLK) of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin F4 (wire R001 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R001 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.03- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction Solenoid (Y2) high side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin J4 (wire T002 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.04- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction Solenoid (Y2) high side driver shorted to ground. Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin J4 (wire T002 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire T002 BLU) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.05- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T002 BLU) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and pin J4 of VCU connector (X11). Pin B (wire R202 BLK) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) and pin A4 of VCU connector (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000735.06- Y2 Solenoid 44
Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) low side driver short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y2 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R202 BLK) of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin F4 (wire R202 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R202 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 107
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000736.03- Y3 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 108
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 14 (wire T003 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T003 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 109
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000736.05- Y3 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 110
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3) and pin 14 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid (Y3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 111
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000736.06- Y3 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y3 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y3). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 112
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T003 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 113
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000737.03- Y4 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 114
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 16 (wire T004 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T004 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 115
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000737.05- Y4 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 116
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and pin 16 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 117
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000737.06- Y4 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y4 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y4). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 118
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T004 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 119
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000738.03- Y5 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 120
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y5). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 40 (wire T005 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T005 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 121
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000738.05- Y5 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 122
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and pin 40 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 123
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000738.06- Y5 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y5 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 124
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T005 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 125
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000739.03- Y6 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 126
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid (Y6). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 15 (wire T006 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire T006 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 127
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000739.05- Y6 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 128
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and pin 15 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 129
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000739.06- Y6 Solenoid 44
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
Y6 Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 130
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire T006 BLU) of transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 131
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000746.03- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock solenoid (Y10) short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 132
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 11 (wire W110 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire W110 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 133
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000746.05- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock solenoid (Y10) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 134
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and pin 11 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 135
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000746.06- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock solenoid (Y10) short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock solenoid (Y10). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of differential lock solenoid (Y10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 136
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock solenoid (Y10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire W110 BLU) of differential lock solenoid (Y10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 000746.31- Differential Lock 44
Differential lock switch was engaged while engine or transmission speed was too high to allow engagement. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Differential Lock Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active TCU DTC 523689.07—Diff Lock Switch. Is TCU DTC 523689.07—Diff Lock Switch active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear code. NO:Go to Machine Operation. ( 2 ) Machine Operation
Action: Clear active TCU DTCs. Operate machine on smooth level surface through all transmission speeds. Do NOT engage differential lock switch. Is 000746.31—Differential Lock TCU DTC active?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 137
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. Instruct owner/ operator on proper differential lock usage. See Differential Lock Operation . (Operator’s Manual.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 138
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000767.05- TCL Reverse SW 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 139
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 140
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000880.03- Brake Lights 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) measured voltage ≥ 7.4 V for 1 second when driver was commanded OFF. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right tail brake/tail light (E10). Is 0 V indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 141
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X14). Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 41 (wire L046 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12 and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 142
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000880.05- Brake Lights 44
Brake lights circuit open. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity between: Pin A and pin C of left brake/tail light (E9). Pin A and pin C of right brake/tail light (E10). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 143
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Switched power ON. Apply one of the brake pedal. Check voltage at: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right tail brake/tail light (E10) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and pin 41 of VCU connector (X13). Pin C (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and machine ground. Pin A (wire L046 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) and pin 41 of VCU connector (X13). Pin C (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 144
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000880.06- Brake Lights 44
Brake lights circuit short to ground. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check for continuity between pin A of both left brake/tail light (E9) and right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to next check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 145
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for resistance between pins A (L046 BRN) and G (G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and right brake/tail light (E10). Is resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Light is internally short to ground. Replace light.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 146
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000903.05- TCL Forward SW 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 147
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector(X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 148
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001045.04- Brake Light SW 44
Brake light switch 1 (S26) or brake light switch 2 (S27) detected as closed for 10 minutes. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Light Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake light switch 1 (S26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake light switch 2 (S27). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Brake light switch 1 (S26) disconnected. Brake light switch 2 (S27) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin F3 (wire N005 YEL) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 149
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 150
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002000.09- No CAN from ECU 44
The engine control unit (ECU) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). →NOTE: Diagnostic procedures for Stage II and Tier 3 engines provided. Additional References: See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Stage II Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Connector Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 4 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 151
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect ECU connector (X10). IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to connector terminals. Use correct size male terminal pin for checking female terminals. Inspect pins and terminals on ECU connector (X10) and ECU (A2) for wear or damage. Do pins or terminals show signs of wear or damage?
Result: YES:Repair or replace damaged pins or terminals. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 5 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 6 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 7 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 8 ) Voltage Drop Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 152
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F10). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 9 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near motor (W1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at pin J2 (wire G002 black) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 153
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 11 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 12 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if code is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the pins K1 (wire P004 red) and A2 (wire U110 red) on ECU connector (X10). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, code will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Go to ECU Check. ( 13 ) ECU Check
Action: Program ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Continue check.
Action: Replace ECU. Does DTC stop appearing?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace engine harness (W10). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 154
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure—Tier 3 Engine ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically go away?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent DTC Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ECU Software Version Check. ( 2 ) ECU Software Version Check
Action: Access machine service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Select DIAGNOSTICS. Select SOFTWARE VERSION. Select ECU SW VERSION. →NOTE: If ECU software version does not display, CAN communication issue exists. Does ECU software version display?
Result: YES: Go to Battery Check . NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:Go to Battery Check. ( 4 ) Battery Check
Action: →NOTE: Wires on positive battery terminal are molded together and could cause power issues with ECU. Ensure all wire leads to positive battery terminal have a good connection. Inspect battery terminals and cables for corrosion, wear, or damage. Are terminals or cables corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Clean, repair, or replace terminals or cables. NO:Go to Fuse Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 155
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 5 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse (F17) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Drop Check. NO:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. ( 7 ) Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse (F4) and SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored. Is significant voltage drop indicated at either fuse while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Battery power is directly supplied to fuses (F4 and F17). Diagnose and repair connection issue. NO:Go to Wiring Check. ( 8 ) Wiring Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for continuity on P017 red wire from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) to SSM (A74). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 156
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Inspect frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Is connection corroded, worn, or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Continue check.
Action: Check continuity to ground at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L2, L3, and M2 (wires G002 black). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground at all pins indicated?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Power Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) ECU Power Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for voltage at the following pins on ECU 48-pin connector (X42): L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). See Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to ECU Voltage Drop Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) ECU Voltage Drop Check
Action: →NOTE: If voltage is indicated and DTC is stored, but not active, it is necessary to check for voltage while engine is cranking. Engine will not crank if DTC is active. Switched power ON, engine cranking. Check for voltage at the following pins: L1, L4, M1, M4 (wires P004 red), and B2 (wire U110 red). →NOTE: Significant voltage drop while cranking will cause ECU to lose power and DTC to become active. When key switch is returned to ON position, DTC will be stored.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 157
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is significant voltage drop indicated and any pins while cranking engine?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Program ECU. 002023.09- No CAN From SDM 44
The standard display monitor (SDM) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From SDM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002034.09- No CAN From AVC 44
The auxiliary valve controller (AVC) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 158
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
No CAN From AVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002071.09- No CAN From VCU 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
No CAN From ECU Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 159
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 002213.09- No CAN From JSR 44
The right joystick controller (JSR) has lost CAN communication with vehicle control unit (VCU). Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
NO CAN From JSR Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 160
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002392.03- Brake Lights 44
Backup light circuit is short to power. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Brake Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear Frame Harness connector(X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 161
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect Backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Brake light(s) disconnected. VCU connector 3 (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 3 (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit (wire L017 BRN) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 162
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002392.05- Backup Lights 44
Backup light circuit is open. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 163
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Remove backup light(s) and check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace backup light(s). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Note: 710K Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of backup light (E22). Note: 315SK & 325SK Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of left backup light (E23). Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and pin 1 of right backup light (E24). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 164
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002392.06- Backup Lights 44
Backup light circuit is short to ground. IMPORTANT: 315SK, 325SK and 710K ONLY Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Backup Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Note: 710K Backup light (E22). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Note: 315SK & 325SK Left backup light (E23). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Right backup light (E24). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 165
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Remove backup light(s) and check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace backup light(s). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup light (E22). Note: 710K Disconnect left backup light (E23). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect right backup light (E24). Note: 315SK & 325SK . Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Note: 710K Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Note: 315SK & 325SK Check for continuity between pin 29 (wire L017 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 166
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002612.03- MFWD Solenoid 44
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire W111 BLU) of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 167
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. VCU connector 3 (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11) and (X13). Check for continuity between pin 13 (wire W111 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit (wire W111 BLU) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 168
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002612.05- MFWD Solenoid 44
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
MWFD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 169
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. MFWD solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire W111 BLU) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and pin 13 of VCU connector (X13). Pin B (wire G011 BLK) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 170
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002612.06- MFWD Solenoid 44
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Control Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 171
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid (Y11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pin A (wire W111 BLU) of MFWD solenoid (Y11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 172
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.02- TCL Selector 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs have invalid combination. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
TCL Selector Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 173
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 174
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.03- TCL Selector 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever (TCL). See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Power Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 175
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 176
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.05- TCL Selector 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 177
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check transmission control 5 A fuse (F35) for continuity. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Install transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Pin 9 (wire P035 RED) of TCL connector (X48). Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for between: Pin 2 (T105 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 7 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (T205 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 19 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 4 (T605 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C2 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 5 (T505 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin A3 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 6 (T705 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin C1 of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T305 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 20 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of TCL connector (X48) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 178
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
004312.06- TCL Direction Driver 44
Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) inputs shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Requested Gear Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Transmission Control Lever Check
Action: Check transmission control lever. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did TCL check OK?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Repair or replace TCL. ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 179
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin A3 (wire T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for continuity between pins listed bellow and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Pin A3 (T505 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C1 (T705 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin C2 (T605 BLU) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 7 (T105 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 8 (T405 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 19 (T205 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 20 (T305 BLU) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 12 (G001 BLK) of TCL connector (X48). Is continuity indicated between pins?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 180
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.03- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) high side driver circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 181
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 182
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.04- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) high side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 183
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. OK: ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin G4 (wire J007 TAN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 184
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.05- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 185
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin G4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and pin B4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 186
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522379.06- Park Brake 44
Park brake release solenoid (Y7) low side driver short to power and high side driver circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake release solenoid (Y7). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin B (wire R007 BLK) of park brake release solenoid (Y7). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 187
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A (wire J007 TAN) of park brake release solenoid (Y7) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit (wire J007 TAN) is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. Check for resistance between pin A and pin B of park brake release solenoid (Y7). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct resistance indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Interchange Check. NO:Replace park brake release solenoid (Y7). ( 6 ) Component Interchange Check
Action: Exchange park brake solenoid (Y7) with differential lock solenoid (Y10). Does problem follow solenoid?
Result: YES:Solenoid is internally shorting under load. Replace differential lock solenoid (Y10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake release solenoid (Y7) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between pin B4 (wire R007 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Low side driver circuit (wire R007 BLK) is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 188
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 189
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522382.03- Reverse Alarm 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) measured voltage ≥ 7.4 V for 1 second when driver was commanded OFF. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Backup alarm (H3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup alarm (H3). Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11). Is voltage ≥ 7.4?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 190
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. VCU connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 191
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522382.06- Reverse Alarm 44
Backup alarm (H3) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Reverse Alarm Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Backup alarm (H3). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Frame ground near starter motor (W1). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect backup alarm (H3). Apply approximately 12 V to the positive (+) terminal and machine ground to negative (-) terminal of backup alarm (H3). Did backup alarm (H3) become active?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace backup alarm (H3). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 192
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between pin H3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Backup alarm (H3) disconnected. VCU connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin G3 (wire M705 PUR) of VCU connector 1 (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 193
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522405.03- PB Pressure Switch 44
Park brake pressure switch (B13) circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Park Brake Pressure Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Park brake pressure switch (B13). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect park brake pressure switch (B13). Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin A (wire M513 PUR) of park brake pressure switch (B13) for 0.0 V. Is 0.0 V indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 194
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to VCU Connector Check. ( 4 ) VCU Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake pressure switch (B13) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin D1 of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connector (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Park brake pressure switch (B13) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11 and X13) Check for continuity between pin D1 (wire M513 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 195
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523689.04- Diff Lock Switch 44
Differential lock switch (S10) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock switch (S10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock switch (S10). Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of differential lock switch (S10) in OFF position. Is continuity indicated in OFF position?
Result: YES:Replace differential lock switch (S10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 196
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock switch (S10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire W010 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 197
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523689.07- Diff Lock Switch 44
Differential lock switch (S10) has been closed for more than 10 minutes or for 20 seconds after power up. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.)
Diff Lock Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Differential lock switch (S10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect differential lock switch (S10). Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of differential lock switch (S10) in OFF position. Is continuity indicated in OFF position?
Result: YES:Replace differential lock switch (S10). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 198
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Differential lock switch (S10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire W010 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete. 523702.07- Flexpower 44
The engine control unit (ECU) is not receiving the flex power message from the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 199
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523702.08- Flexpower 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has received a message from the engine control unit (ECU) indicating the ECU has not received the torque limit message from the VCU. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523702.09- Flexpower 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) is not receiving the flex power message from the engine control unit (ECU). Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 200
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523702.10- Flexpower 44
The vehicle control unit (VCU) has received a message from the engine control unit (ECU) at an abnormal rate of change. Alarm Level: No Warning Lamp Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Flexpower Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 201
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controllers. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 523769.07- MFWD Switch 44
MFWD switch conflicting CAN data. Momentary and Maintained switch status. Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 202
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 203
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524172.03- Clutch Disconnect 44
Clutch disconnect switch stuck or circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 204
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: sss: Is clutch disconnect switch stuck ON? Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of clutch disconnect switch in OFF position. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace clutch disconnect switch. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 23 (wire T008 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 205
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524172.04- Clutch Disconnect 44
Clutch disconnect switch circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 206
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between: Pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58) and machine ground. Pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Clutch disconnect switch disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X12). Check for continuity between pin 23 (wire T008 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 207
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524172.07- Clutch Disconnect 44
Clutch disconnect switch circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S8) is used without single lever loader control with auxiliary. Clutch disconnect switch (S8). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) →NOTE: Clutch disconnect switch (S38) is used with single lever loader control with auxiliary.
Clutch disconnect switch (S38). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 208
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 30: Transmission Control Unit (TCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58). Is voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Check fuse for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: sss: Does clutch disconnect switch move freely? Switched power OFF. Disconnect clutch disconnect switch. Check for continuity between pin A and pin B of clutch disconnect switch in ON position. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace clutch disconnect switch. ( 6 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 209
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check for continuity between: Pin 6 (wire T008 BLU) of loader control lever connector (X58) and pin 23 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 7 (wire P035 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) and pin C7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 524172.09- Clutch Disconnect 44
CAN communication lost between the JSR & TCU. Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Clutch Disconnect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 210
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 40 - Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000168.04 , 000168 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all VCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. 000168.03- Battery Voltage 328
Battery voltage input is above 15 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 211
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 212
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04- Battery Voltage 328
Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-20.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 213
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F33) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Apply ground to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Did accessory relay (K20) “Click” Check for continuity between pin 3 of accessory relay (K20) and pin 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace accessory relay (K20). ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power ON. Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Go to Alternator Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 214
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Repair or replace alternator. ( 8 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin L1 (wire P017 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin D8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin M1 (wire P033 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin AA8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. 000234.02- Software Incorrect 328
The software on the controllers are not compatible. Install the latest payloads. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Check software version numbers for VCU and SDM. Do controllers have the same major revision number?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 328
Software data erratic, intermittent or incorrect. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 215
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 328
Messages are missing or other controllers in CAN network are not completed in the required time. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace circuit. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) Software Version Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 216
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software. 000237.31- VIN Missing 328
The model number and VIN number is missing in the vehicle control unit (VCU). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO: ( 2 ) Program Controller
Action: Program the vehicle control unit (VCU). Is DTC 000237.31 still active?
Result: YES:Replace vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Checks complete. 000628.12- Memory Error 17
The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) has detected an internal error. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Memory Error Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 217
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Switched power ON. Check for active EMU codes. Is EMU code 000628.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 000629.12- Controller Fault 328
The vehicle control unit (VCU) is faulty. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Fault Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
Action: Check diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are other CAN communication diagnostic trouble codes present?
Result: YES:Correct other diagnostic trouble codes and recheck. NO:Replace vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 218
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000677.03- Start Relay 328
Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to power. (IT4 only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Start Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of starter relay (K5). sss: Does starter relay (K5) “Click”? IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 219
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Connect negative battery terminal. Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503). Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. ECU connector 3 (X5503) disconnected. Disconnect ECU Connector 1 (X5501). Disconnect ECU Connector 2 (X5502). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 220
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000677.05- Start Relay 328
Start relay (K5) control circuit is open. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Start Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of starter relay (K5). sss: Does starter relay (K5) “Click”? IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 221
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace starter relay (K5). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and terminal C2 of starter relay (K5). Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and terminal C1 of starter relay (K5). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program Controller. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 222
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000677.06- Start Relay 328
Starter relay (K5) circuit is short to ground. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect starter relay (K5). IMPORTANT: Starter relay (K5) contains a diode between terminal C1 and C2. Check for continuity between terminal C1 (positive) and terminal C2 (negative) of starter relay (K5). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 223
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Replace starter relay (K5). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Disconnect ECU connector 3 (X5503). Starter relay (K5) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and machine ground. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. ECU connector 3 (X5503) disconnected. Disconnect ECU Connector 1 (X5501). Disconnect ECU Connector 2 (X5502). Check for continuity between: Pin 26 (R005 BLK) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Pin 30 (E005 WHT) of ECU connector 3 (X5503) and all other pins of ECU connectors. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller. 001237.31- Engine Shutdown 328
Delayed engine shutdown was not properly completed. During turbocharger cool down period (120 seconds maximum) engine was shut down before the proper amount of cool down time was allowed to pass. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Engine Shutdown Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Code Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 224
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Run machine at slow idle for 5—10 minutes. Turn machine Off. IMPORTANT: If “ENGINE SHUTDOWN” is displayed on monitor, do not abort. Switched power ON. Check for active VCU DTC 001237.31—Engine Shutdown. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 225
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001321.16- Starter Relay 328
Starter motor (M1) was engaged for 30 or more seconds. Starter motor needs to be disengaged for 60 seconds to reset engine control unit (ECU) internal timer. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Starter Relay Open Circuit Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Active Code Check. ( 2 ) Active Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU diagnostic trouble code 000677.03—Start Relay. Is code active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active code 000677.03. NO:Go to Connector Check ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Starter motor (M1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Starter relay (K5). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ECU connector 3 (X5503). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Start Relay Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 226
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect starter motor (M1). Switched power ON. Check wire (E009 WHT) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Repair or replace starter.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 227
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.00- Hyd Temp Sensor 328
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) measured temperature exceeding 230ºF (110ºC). (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release test. (Group 9025-25.) Does hydraulic circuit pressure release test OK?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Check. NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic circuit. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check
Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001638.00—Hyd Temp Sensor. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 228
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 229
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.04- Hyd Temp Sensor 328
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) circuit voltage is out of range low. (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Measure hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Does hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 230
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). ( 4 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between Pin 31 (wire X010 YEL) of VCU connector (X13) and pin A of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Pin L2 (wire R059 BLK ) of VCU connector (X11) and pin A of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 231
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001638.16- Hyd Temp Sensor 328
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B10) is measuring temperature is rising and exceeds 210ºF (99ºC). (IT4 Only.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Filter Check. NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check
Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001638.16—Hyd Temp Sensor. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 232
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001713.00- Hyd Oil Restriction 328
Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) is closed. (Restricted.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic Oil Overheats . (Group 9025-15.)
Hydraulic Oil Restriction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Switch Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Switch Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) connector. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short in hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). Replace switch. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 233
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Component Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). Check for continuity between pin 1 of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12). NO:Go to Circuit Check. ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 31 (wire N112 YEL) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Check
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Check NO:Diagnose and repair hydraulic oil cooler. ( 7 ) Hydraulic Oil Filter Check
Action: See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator’s manual.) Warm up hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Check for active code 001713.00—Hyd Oil Restriction. Is code active?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 234
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.03- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) circuit is short to power. (Above 4.5 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 235
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14) Seat position sensor (B9). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 13 (wire N030 YEL) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 236
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.04- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) circuit is open or short to ground. (Below 0.4 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) connector. Switched power ON. Check pin 2 (wire P055 RED) for voltage above 0.4 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 237
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins 2 (wire P055 RED) and 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin H2 of VCU connector X11. Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin J2 of VCU connector X11. Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and pin 13 of VCU connector X12 . Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. VCU connectors X11 and X12 disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire P055 RED) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Pin 4 (wire N030 YEL) of hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 238
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14) Seat position sensor (B9). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 13 (wire N030 YEL) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 239
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.16- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) data above maximum values during calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Calibrate Machine Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Calibrate Machine Check
Action: Calibrate machine hydraulics. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Does machine pass hydraulic calibration?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO: See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 240
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 241
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
001762.18- Hydraulic Pressure 328
Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) data below minimum values during calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.)
Hydraulic Pressure Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Calibrate Machine Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Calibrate Machine Check
Action: Calibrate machine hydraulics. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Does machine pass hydraulic calibration?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO: See Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 242
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 243
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002141.09- No CAN from SSM 328
Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F17) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit P017 RED for voltage at pin 1 on SSM connector (X40). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 244
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit G001 BLK for ground at pin 2 on SSM connector (X40). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit G001 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program sealed switch module (SSM). NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 245
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002142.09- No CAN from SSM 328
Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
No CAN from SSM Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuse (F17). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F17) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit P017 RED for voltage at pin 1 on SSM connector (X40). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 246
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit G001 BLK for ground at pin 2 on SSM connector (X40). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit G001 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Program sealed switch module (SSM). NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 247
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002228.09- No CAN from HVC 328
Loss of controller area network (CAN) communication with hydraulic valve controller (HVC). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
No CAN from HVC Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) HVC Sensor Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect to OFF. Wait 5 seconds and turn battery disconnect to ON. View hydraulic valve controller (HVC) monitored sensor outputs, by accessing the Diagnostics submenu on the standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Are all hydraulic valve controller sensor values displayed on the SDM?
Result: YES:Program hydraulic valve controller (HVC). NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 2 ) Fuse Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect fuses (F14 and F32). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check fuses (F14 and F32) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) without continuity indicated. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect HVC connector (X16). Ignition ON. Check circuit P014 RED for voltage at pins L1 on HVC connector (X16). Check circuit P032 RED for voltage at pin M1 on HVC connector (X16). Is system voltage (approximately 12 Volts) present at all pins?
Result: YES:Go to Ground Circuit Check. NO:Wire(s) without voltage are open. Repair wire or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 248
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Ground Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect HVC connectors (X16). Check circuit G007 BLK for ground at pins G1, K4, L2, and M2 on HVC connector (X16). Check circuit G007 BLK for ground at pin H4 on HVC connector (X15). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit G007 BLK is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 5 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Replace the hydraulic valve controller (HVC). NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 249
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002228.12- EH Watchdog 328
The VCU is not receiving the HVC messages. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Watchdog Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 250
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002350.03- Drive Lights 328
Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 251
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check circuit L047 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E11, E12, E13, and E14) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN or L048 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left front turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 252
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN or L048 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 253
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002350.05- Drive Lights 328
Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 254
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Check for continuity from pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 255
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002350.06- Drive Lights 328
Left front turn signal (E12), left rear turn signal (E11), right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Drive Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front turn signal (E12). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left rear turn signal (E11). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front turn signal (E14). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear turn signal (E13). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front turn signal (E12). Disconnect left rear turn signal (E11). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 256
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. NO:Replace left front turn signal (E12) or left rear turn signal (E11). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front turn signal (E14). Disconnect right rear turn signal (E13). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front turn signal (E14) or right rear turn signal (E13). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Left front turn signal (E12) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E11) disconnected. Right front turn signal (E14) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E13) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground.Pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 257
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002354.03- Front Work Lights 328
Left front drive light (E7), right front drive light (E8), left brake/tail light (E9), or right brake/tail light (E10) circuit is short power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 258
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front drive light (E7) or left brake/tail light (E9). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L043 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E7, E8, E9, and E10) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L043 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 5 (wire L043 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L043 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 259
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 260
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002354.05- Front Work Lights 328
Left front drive light (E7), right front drive light (E8), left brake/tail light (E9), or right brake/tail light (E10) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 261
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace left front drive light (E7) or left brake/tail light (E9). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8) or right brake/tail light (E10). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left front drive light (E7) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front drive light (E7) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right front drive light (E8) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front drive light (E8) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 262
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left front drive light (E7) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front drive light (E7) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right front drive light (E8) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front drive light (E8) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of left brake/tail light (E9) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left brake/tail light (E9) and machine ground. Pin 1 (wire L043 BRN) of right brake/tail light (E10) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right brake/tail light (E10) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 5 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 263
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002354.06- Front Work Lights 328
Left front drive light (E7) or right front drive light (E8) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light (E7). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light (E8). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light (E7). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 264
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front drive light (E7). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light (E8). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Replace right front drive light (E8). ( 5 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin 5 (wire L043 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 265
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002356.03- Front Work Lights 328
Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 266
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L042 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E5 and E6) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L042 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L042 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L042 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 267
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002356.05- Front Work Lights 328
Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E6). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 268
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L042BRN) of left front work light (E5) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front work light (E5) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of right front work light (E6) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front work light (E6) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of left front work light (E5) and pin 4 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L042 BRN) of right front work light (E6) and pin 4 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left front work light (E5) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right front work light (E6) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 269
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 4 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 270
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002356.06- Front Work Lights 328
Left front work light (E5) or right front work light (E6) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front work light (E5). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front work light (E6). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front work light (E5). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 271
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left front work light (E5). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front work light (E6). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace front work light (E6). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front work light (E5) disconnected. Right front work light (E6) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin G2 (wire L042 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 272
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002360.03- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 273
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L040 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E1 and E4) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L040 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 274
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002360.05- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 275
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of left rear work light (E1) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E1) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of right rear work light (E4) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E4) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E1) disconnected. Right front work light (E4) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of left rear work light (E1) and pin 2 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L040 BRN) of right rear work light (E4) and pin 2 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E1) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E4) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 276
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 2 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 277
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002360.06- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (E1) or right rear work light (E4) circuit short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E1). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 278
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E1). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E4). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E4). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E1) disconnected. Right rear work light (E4) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 2 (wire L040 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 279
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002362.03- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E2). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E2). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 280
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E2). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E3). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E3). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L041 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E2 and E3) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L040 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 2 (wire L041 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L041 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 281
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002362.05- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E2). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left rear work light (E2). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 282
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left rear work light (E2). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right rear work light (E3). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right rear work light (E3). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front work light (E2) disconnected. Right front work light (E3) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) and pin 3 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L041 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) and pin 3 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 283
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left rear work light (E2) disconnected. Right rear work light (E3) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 3 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 284
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002362.06- Rear Work Lights 328
Left rear work light (if equipped) (E2) or right rear work light (if equipped) (E3) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 285
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 17 and 53 (wires L044 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 286
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002366.03- Rear Work Lights 328
Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left docking light (E15). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right docking light (E16). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 287
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L044 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E15 and E16) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L044 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 17 and 53 (wire L044 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L044 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 288
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002366.05- Side Work Lights 328
Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left docking light (E15). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right docking light (E16). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Left Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Left Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 289
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Right Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of left docking light (E15) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left docking light (E15) for 0.0 V. Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of right docking light (E16) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right docking light (E16) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left front docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of left rear work light (E2) and pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 1 (wire L044 BRN) of right rear work light (E3) and pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of left rear work light (E2) and machine ground. Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of right rear work light (E3) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 290
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 17 and 53 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 291
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002366.06- Side Work Lights 328
Left docking light (E15) or right docking light (E16) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Side Work Lights Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left rear work light (E1). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right rear work light (E4). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Left. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check — Left
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left docking light (E15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check — Right. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 292
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace left docking light (E15). ( 4 ) Component Check — Right
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right docking light (E16). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Circuit Check. NO:Replace right docking light (E16). ( 5 ) Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left docking light (E15) disconnected. Right docking light (E16) disconnected. Check for continuity at: Pin 17 and 53 (wires L044 BRN) of VCU connector (X13) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 293
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002368.03- Left Flasher 328
Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. All driving lights, work lights, and beacon light (if equipped) switched ON. Check circuit L048 BRN for power at pin 30 of VCU connector (X12). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 294
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L048 BRN is short to power with circuit not on VCU connector 2 (X12). Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) disconnected. Left rear turn signal (E39) (S.N. —232969) or left rear light assembly (E45) (S.N. 235590— ) disconnected. VCU connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) and all other pins of VCU connector 2 (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L048 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 295
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002368.05- Left Flasher 328
Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Visual Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Visual Check
Action: Switched power ON. Activate left turn signal. sss: Is one turn signal (front or rear) flashing?
Result: YES:Malfunction in circuit with light not flashing. Go to Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 296
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Open in shared supply voltage circuit (between pin 30 of VCU connector 2 [X12] and splice L048 BRN [X591] of cab harness [W14]). Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Only disconnect light that is not functioning. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace light. ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Non-functioning light disconnected: Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector Switched power ON. Check for system voltage (approximately 12 V) at: Pin 5 (wire L048 BRN) of left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Pin 1 (wire L048 BRN) of left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 6 (wire L048 BRN) of left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Ground Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace supply circuit. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Ground Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Non-functioning light disconnected: Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 297
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire G020 BRN) of left rear drive light/turn signal (X32) and machine ground. or (S.N. —232969): Pin 5 (wire G033 BLK) of left rear turn signal (E39) connector and machine ground. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 4 (wire G031 BLK) of left rear light assembly (E45) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program VCU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 298
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002368.06- Left Flasher 328
Left front turn signal (E35) or left rear turn signal (E39) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Left rear turn signal (E39) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Left rear light assembly (E45) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect left rear turn signal (E39) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect left rear light assembly (E45) connector. Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity from pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector 2 (X12) to machine ground. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 299
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace circuit with continuity. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 300
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002370.03- Right Flasher 328
Right rear turn signal (E38) or right front turn signal (E36) is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. All driving lights, work lights, and beacon light (if equipped) switched ON. Check circuit L047 BRN for power at pin 18 of VCU connector (X12). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 301
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to power with circuit not on VCU connector 2 (X12). Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) disconnected. Right rear turn signal (E38) (S.N. —232969) or right rear light assembly (E46) (S.N. 235590— ) disconnected. VCU connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) and all other pins of VCU connector 2 (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 302
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002370.05- Right Flasher 328
Right front turn signal (E36) or right rear turn signal (E38) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pint fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Visual Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Visual Check
Action: Switched power ON. Activate right turn signal. sss: Is one turn signal (front or rear) flashing?
Result: YES:Malfunction in circuit with light not flashing. Go to Component Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 303
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Open in shared supply voltage circuit (between pin 18 of VCU connector 2 [X12] and splice L047 BRN [X592] of cab harness [W14]). Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Only disconnect light that is not functioning. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace light. ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Non-functioning light disconnected: Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector Switched power ON. Check for system voltage (approximately 12 V) at: Pin 5 (wire L047 BRN) of right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Pin 2 (wire L047 BRN) of right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 6 (wire L047 BRN) of right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Ground Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace supply circuit. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Ground Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Non-functioning light disconnected: Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 304
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire G020 BRN) of right rear drive light/turn signal (X31) and machine ground. or (S.N. —232969): Pin 5 (wire G033 BLK) of right rear turn signal (E38) connector and machine ground. (S.N. 235590— ): Pin 4 (wire G033 BLK) of right rear light assembly (E46) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program VCU. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 305
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002370.06- Right Flasher 328
Right rear turn signal (E38) or right front turn signal (E36) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Flasher Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, and debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. —232969): Right rear turn signal (E38) connector. See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) (S.N. 235590— ): Right rear light assembly (E46) connector. See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Turn signal switch (S30) connector. See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Rear frame harness connector (X33). See Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 3 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). or (S.N. —232969): Disconnect right rear turn signal (E38) connector. (S.N. 235590— ): Disconnect right rear light assembly (E46) connector. Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity from pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector 2 (X12) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 306
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Repair or replace circuit with continuity. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 307
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002378.03- Marker Light 328
Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is short to power. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Front Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 308
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E34). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check circuit L055 BRN for power at pin A of turn signals (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 309
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 30 (wire L055 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L047 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 310
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002378.05- Marker Light 328
Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is open. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 311
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E34). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E32) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 312
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Right front marker light (E33) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E32, and E33) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E32) disconnected. Right front marker light (E33) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 8 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 313
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002378.06- Marker Light 328
Left front marker light (E33) or right front marker light (E34) circuit is short to ground. (315SK, 325SK, and 710K ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Marker Light Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Radio Connector (A5). See Radio Harness (W18) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left brake/tail light (E9). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right brake/tail light (E10). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) License Plate Light (E21). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front marker light (E33). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front marker light (E34). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector (X9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right front drive light/turn signal connector (X31). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Left front drive light/turn signal connector (X32). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Front Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 314
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Disconnect left front marker light (E33). Disconnect right front marker light (E44). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Rear Component Check. NO:Replace left front marker light (E33) or right front maker light (E34). ( 4 ) Rear Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect left brake/tail light (E9). Disconnect right brake/tail light (E10). Disconnect license plate light (E21). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace left brake/tail light (E9), right brake/tail light (E10), or license plate light (E21). ( 5 ) Voltage Check
Action: Radio (A9) connector disconnected Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check voltage at: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) for system voltage (approximately 12 V). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Radio (A9) connector disconnected Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 315
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
License plate light (E21) disconnected. Left front marker light (E33) disconnected. Right front marker light (E34) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L055 BRN) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) and pin 8 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G020 BLK) of light connectors (E9, E10, E21, E33, and E34) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Left front drive light (E7) disconnected. Right front drive light (E8) disconnected. Left brake/tail light (E9) disconnected. Right brake/tail light (E10) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin 5 of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins in VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 316
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
0002641.03- EH Horn 328
Horn relay (K40) circuit is short to power. (TMC machines ONLY.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace horn relay (K40). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 317
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 for system voltage. (Approximately 12 V.) Is voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Horn relay (K40) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14) Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 318
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
0002641.05- EH Horn 328
Horn relay (K40) circuit is open. (TMC machines ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). →NOTE: Horn relay (K40) contains a diode between terminals 85 and 86. Apply system voltage (approximately 12 V) to terminal 86 and ground to terminal 85. sss: Does Horn relay (K40) “click”? Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 319
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace horn relay (K40). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin B10 (wire A140 GRY) of horn relay (K40) and pin 7 of VCU connector X13. Pin D9 (wire G001 BLK) of horn relay (K40) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 320
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
0002641.06- EH Horn 328
Horn relay (K40) circuit is short to ground. (TMC machines ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
EH Horn Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Horn relay (K40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect horn relay (K40). Check continuity between terminals 30 and 87 of horn relay (K40). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Replace horn relay (K40). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 321
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Horn relay (K40) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Horn relay (K40) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14) Check for continuity between pin 7 (wire A140 GRY) of VCU connector X13 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 322
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002875.03- Hazard Wakeup 328
Sealed switch module (SSM) to vehicle control unit (VCU) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hazard Wakeup Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Sealed switch module (SSM) connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Sealed switch module (SSM) connector (X40). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin 4 (wire L011 BRN) of SSM connector (X40). Pin F2 (wire L011 BRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 323
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13 and X14). Check for continuity between pin F2 (wire L011 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 324
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002876.07- Turn Signal Switch 328
Turn signal switch (S30) data is conflicting. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Turn Signal Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Turn signal switch (S30). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect turn signal switch (S30). Turn signal switch (S30) in the OFF position. →NOTE: Turn signal switch (S30) contains two diodes. One diode is located between pins 7 and 8, the other diode is located between pins 7 and 10. Check for continuity between: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 325
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 2 of turn signal switch (S30) and all other pins of turn signal switch (S30). Pin 7 of turn signal switch (S30) and all other pins of turn signal switch (S30). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace turn signal switch (S30). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Turn signal switch (S30) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire L147 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire L148 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 8 (wire L048 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Pin 10 (wire L047 BRN) of turn signal switch (S30) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with voltage is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn signal switch (S30) disconnected. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D3 (wire L147 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin E2 (wire L148 BRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 30 (wire L048 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 18 (wire L047 BRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 326
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003416.03- Right Door Sw 328
Right door switch (S99) circuit is short to power. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Right exit bar (B100). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Move exit lever into the UP position. Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Move exit lever into the DOWN position. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 327
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Right exit bar switch (S100) malfunction. Replace switch. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Switched power ON. Check circuit M199 PUR for voltage at pin 1 on switch (S100) connector. Check circuit M099 PUR for voltage at pin 2 on switch (S100) connector. Is system voltage present on either circuit?
Result: YES:Circuit with system voltage present is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check—Input Circuits. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—Input Circuits
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) and right exit bar switch (S100). Check for continuity between pin 2 (circuit M099 PUR) on switch (S100) connector and pin 1 (circuit M199 PUR) on switch (S100) connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuits M099 PUR and M199 PUR are short to each other. Repair circuits or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 328
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003416.04- Right Door Sw 328
Right door switch (S99) circuit is short to ground. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Right Door Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect right exit bar switch (S100). Move exit lever into the UP position. Check for continuity between pins 2 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Move exit lever into the DOWN position. Check for continuity between pins 1 and 3 on switch (S100). Check for continuity between pins 1 and 2 on switch (S100). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Right exit bar switch (S100) malfunction. Replace switch. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) and right exit switch (S100). Check circuit M199 PUR for ground at pin 1 on switch (S100) connector. Check circuit M099 PUR for ground at pin 2 on switch (S100) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit with ground present is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 3 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X13) and right exit bar switch (S100). Check for continuity between pin 22 (circuit M199 PUR) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 329
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
X12, and X13). Check for continuity between pin 46 (circuit M099 PUR) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X13). Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated to another circuit is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 330
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 328
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.03 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 331
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Check voltage on VCU side of connector. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 332
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 328
Sensor supply voltage 1 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.04 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 333
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) on seat position sensor (B9) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 334
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.03- Sensor Supply 2 328
Sensor supply voltage 2 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever (X58). Switched power ON. Check pin 9 (wire P053 RED) of loader control lever (X58) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Go to Harness Check to determine which circuits are shorted. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 335
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Loader control lever (X58) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 336
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003510.04- Sensor Supply 2 328
Sensor supply voltage 2 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pin 9 (wire P055 RED) on loader control lever (X58) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 337
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Loader control lever (X58) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 338
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003511.03- Sensor Supply 3 328
Sensor supply voltage 3 is out of range high. (Above 5.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check. ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520654.03 - Brake Charge Press. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 339
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove cap of brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35). Switched power ON. Check pin 1 (wire P059 RED) of brake pressure sensor harness connector (X35) for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Go to Harness Check to determine which circuits are shorted. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P059 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 340
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003511.04- Sensor Supply 3 328
Sensor supply voltage 3 is out of range low. (Below 4.75 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 3 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520654.04 - Brake Charge Press. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Brake Pressure Sensor Harness Connector (X35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 341
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for ground at pin K1 (wire P059 RED) on vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P059 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P059 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 342
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.03- Accessory Relay 328
Accessory relay (K20) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 343
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect VCU connectors ( X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 344
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.05- Accessory Relay 328
Accessory relay (K20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to terminal 1 and ground to terminal 2 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 345
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program Controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 346
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003997.06- Accessory Relay 328
Accessory relay (K20) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Accessory Relay Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). sss: Does accessory relay (K20) “Click”? Check for continuity between terminal 2 and terminal 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Accessory relay (K20) malfunction. Replace relay. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 347
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Accessory relay (K20) disconnected. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Disconnect VCU connectors ( X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin G2 (wire U120 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program Controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 348
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520416.03- Valve Power 328
Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply voltage from VCU connector 4 (X14) is above 15.5 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.03—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.03—Battery Voltage active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC code 000168.03—Battery Voltage. See 000168.03—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Battery Voltage Check. ( 2 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 3 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 4 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 349
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 350
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520416.04- Valve Power 328
Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply voltage from VCU connector 4 (x14) is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC code 000168.04—Battery Voltage. See 000168.04—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Battery Voltage Check. ( 2 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage less than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to System Voltage Check. NO:Replace battery. ( 3 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Reprogram controller. ( 4 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 351
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 352
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520416.05- Valve Power 328
Vehicle control unit (VCU) supply circuit on VCU connector 4 (X14) is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Main 250 A fuse (F1). See Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Fuse Check
Action: Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Remove main 250 A fuse (F1). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity through fuse. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace main 250 A fuse (F1). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 353
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Negative terminal disconnected. Main 250 A fuse (F1) removed. Disconnect VCU connector (X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire P001 RED) of VCU connector (X14) and main fuse terminal. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 354
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520546.03- Pilot Enable Switch 328
Pilot enable switch (S52) is stuck or circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable switch (S52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot enable switch harness connector (X53). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable switch (S52). →NOTE: Does pilot enable switch (S52) move freely between Enable and Disable?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 355
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pilot enable switch (S52) in “Disable” position. Check for continuity between: Pin 2 and 3. Pin 2 and 6. Pin 5 and 3. Pin 5 and 6. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace pilot enable switch (S52). NO:Got to Voltage Check. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 34 (wire H252_H019 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 47 (wire H152_H103 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 356
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520546.07- Pilot Enable Switch 328
Pilot enable switch (S52) inputs are conflicted. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable switch (S52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot enable switch harness connector (X53). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable switch (S52). →NOTE: Does pilot enable switch (S52) move freely between Enable and Disable?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 357
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pilot enable switch (S52) in “Disable” position. Check for continuity between: Pin 2 and 3. Pin 2 and 6. Pin 5 and 3. Pin 5 and 6. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Replace pilot enable switch (S52). NO:Got to Voltage Check. ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check the following for system voltage: (Approximately 12 V.) Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Power. NO:Go to Fuse Check. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—Power
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 5 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52). Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Ground. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Short Circuit Check—Ground
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 358
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52) and machine ground. Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check NO:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 7 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). Check fuse (F35) for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Replace transmission control 5 A fuse (F35). ( 8 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Check continuity between: Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) and pin 5 of switch (S52). Pin 2 (wire H014 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin D7 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire H019 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin 34 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 6 (wire H013 GRN) of switch (S52) and pin 47 of VCU connector (X13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 9 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable switch (S52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 34 (wire H252_H019 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 47 (wire H152_H103 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 359
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 360
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.03- Pilot Enable Driver 328
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)
Resistance
7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 361
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Pin 2 (wire G031 BLK) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 28 (wire H019 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 362
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.05- Pilot Enable Driver 328
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)
Resistance
7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 363
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and pin 28 of VCU connector X13. Pin 2 (wire G031 BLK) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 364
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520688.06- Pilot Enable Driver 328
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pilot Enable Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pilot enable solenoid (Y52). Measure resistance of solenoid (Y52). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot enable solenoid (Y52)
Resistance
7.25 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 365
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pilot enable solenoid (Y52). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire H019 GRN) of pilot enable solenoid (Y52) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pilot enable solenoid (Y52) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 28 (wire H019 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 366
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520696.03- Pattern Select Driver 328
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 367
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Switched power ON. Check for 0.0 V at: Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y58). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y58). Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y59). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y59). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 368
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 369
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520696.05- Pattern Select Driver 328
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 370
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y58) and pin 6 of VCU connector (X12). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y58) and machine ground. Pin A (wire H058 GRN) of solenoid (Y59) and pin 6 of VCU connector (X12). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of solenoid (Y59) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 371
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520696.06- Pattern Select Driver 328
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) or pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pattern Select Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Pilot control console harness connector (X52). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58). Disconnect pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59). Measure resistance of solenoids between pins A and B.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 372
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
→NOTE: Pattern select solenoids contain a diode.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59)
Resistance
8.536-9.064 ohms at 68° F (20° C)
Is resistance with in specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Solenoid malfunction. Replace pattern select solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X12). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Pattern select solenoid 1 (Y58) disconnected. Pattern select solenoid 2 (Y59) disconnected. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 6 (wire H058 GRN) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 373
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520697.03- Loader Coupler Press 328
Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 374
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check pin A (wire H008 GRN) of pressure solenoid (Y30) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 375
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520697.05- Loader Coupler Press 328
Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 376
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. 60 Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and pin A of loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Pin B (wire G031 BLK) of loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 377
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520697.06- Loader Coupler Press 328
Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Press Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Measure resistance between terminals A and B on loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 378
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) disconnected. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 50 (wire H008 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 379
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520708.03- HVC Valve Power 328
Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) input is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.)(TMC ONLY) Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Chassis harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X74). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). Switched power ON. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 380
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 381
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520708.06- HVC Valve Power 328
Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) input is short to ground. (TMC ONLY) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
HVC Valve Power Diagnostic procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Chassis harness-to-cab/canopy harness connector (X74). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16). Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 382
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Check for continuity to machine ground on the following:. Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X15) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X16) disconnected. Hydraulic valve controller (HVC) connector (X17) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 18 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin 30 (wire K037 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H3 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X15) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin D4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin M4 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X16) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Pin H1 (wire K037 GRN) of HVC connector (X17) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) and HVC connectors (X15, X16, and X17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 383
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.03- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) circuit is short to power. (Above 4.50 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Seat position sensor (B9). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 384
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 5 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire R055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications:
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 385
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire R055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 386
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.04- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) circuit is short to ground. (Below 0.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check the following for voltage above 0.4 V: Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9). Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 387
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 4 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Disconnect: Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 388
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 7 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 389
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 390
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.07- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) is reading an angle that is out of range for the seat position. (Sensor measured 0º-25º or 220º-240º) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect all connectors. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 391
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 392
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520713.12- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) inputs are out of range. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Seat position sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Power. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Power
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Seat position sensor (B9). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following pins for 0.0 V. Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 393
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Ground. NO:Circuit with voltage is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—Ground
Action: Switched power OFF. Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Check for continuity between: Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Check for continuity between: Pin H2 (wire R055 BLK) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector X11 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 37 (wire M016 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 48 (wire M017 PUR) of VCU connector X12 and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity indicated is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Component Check. ( 6 ) Component Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 394
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Connect: Negative terminal of the battery. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Load sense pressure sensor (B16) or hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26). Seat position sensor (B9) disconnected. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit and jumper wires to complete circuits listed below. Switched power ON. Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 1. CHANNEL 1 Ground circuit—Pin 1 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 1 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 2 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 2 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 3 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 3 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
4.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 1—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
0.5
Measure and record voltage at signal circuit—channel 2. CHANNEL 2 Ground circuit—Pin 4 (wire G055 BLK) of seat position sensor connector to pin 4 of seat position sensor (B9). Signal circuit—Pin 5 (wire M016 PUR) of seat position sensor connector to pin 5 of seat position sensor (B9). Power circuit—Pin 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor connector to pin 6 of seat position sensor (B9). Compare to specifications: Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Loader position. (front)
Voltage
0.5
Item
Measurement
Specification
Channel 2—Backhoe position. (rear)
Voltage
4.5
Does sensor circuits meet specifications?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Sensor malfunction. Replace seat position sensor (B9). 520713.13- Seat Position 328
Seat position sensor (B9) calibration is invalid. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 395
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Seat Position Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 520713.03—Seat Position 520713.04—Seat Position 520713.07—Seat Position 520713.12—Seat Position Are VCU seat position codes active?
Result: YES:Clear active VCU seat position codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check
Action: Calibrate seat position. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) Was seat position successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 396
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520714.06- Bucket Level LEDs 328
Bucket position indicator (E75) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Bucket Level Indicator Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Bucket position indicator (E75). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect bucket level indicator (E75). Check light for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Right Component Check. NO:Replace bucket level indicator (E75). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 397
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Bucket level indicator (E75) disconnected. Check for continuity from pin L3 (wire M150 PUR) of VCU connector (X11) to machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 398
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522426.03- Rear Wiper Park 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) circuit is short to power or open. (Rear wiper park switch is showing park position for more than 10 seconds while wiper is on.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on rear wiper motor (M14). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 399
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit A014 GRY for ground at pin 3 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 20 (circuit A014 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 400
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522426.04- Rear Wiper Park 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) circuit is short to ground. (Rear wiper park switch is not showing park position for more than 10 seconds while wiper is on.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on rear wiper motor (M14). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 401
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check circuit A014 GRY for ground at pin 3 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 20 (circuit A014 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 402
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522427.03- Front Wiper Park 328
Front wiper motor (M13) circuit is short to power or open. (Front wiper park switch is showing the park position for more than 1 second while wiper motor is active.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M13). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 403
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit A713 GRY for ground at pin 3 on front wiper motor (M13) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit A014 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 21 (circuit A713 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A713 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 404
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522427.04- Front Wiper Park 328
Front wiper motor (M13) circuit is short to ground. (Front wiper park switch is not showing the park position for more than 10 seconds.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Park Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 V to pin 3 and ground to pin 2 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor activate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace front wiper motor (M13). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 405
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X13). Check circuit A713 GRY for ground at pin 3 on front wiper motor (M13) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit A713 GRY is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13) connector. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 21 (circuit A713 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Wire A014 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 406
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.03- Rear Wiper 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Ignition ON. Verify rear wipers are off. Check circuit A414 GRY for voltage between pin 4 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) present?
Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 407
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 4 (circuit A414 GRY) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 408
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.05- Rear Wiper 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pins 1 and 2 of rear wiper motor (M14). Ground pin 3 of rear wiper motor (M14). Does rear wiper motor (M14) function?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Voltage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 409
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Rear wiper motor (M14) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 1 (wire A414 GRY) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Go to Continuity Check. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Rear wiper motor (M14) disconnected. Window wipers 10 A fuse (F18) removed. Disconnect fuse box 1 connector (X25). Disconnect VCU connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H1 (wire A15 ORG) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 2 of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Pin C8 (wire P18 RED) of fuse box 1 connector (X25) and pin 1 of rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Pin 3 (wire G09 BLK) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Open in circuit. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Fuse box 1 connector (X25) connected Right door wiper motor (M7) disconnected. Window wipers 10 A fuse (F18) removed. Vehicle control unit (VCU) 48-pin connector (J2) (X21) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire P18 RED) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Pin 2 (wire A15 ORG) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Pin 3 (wire G09 BLK) of rear wiper motor (M14) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 410
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522433.06- Rear Wiper 328
Rear wiper motor (M14) low speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Rear Wiper Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Rear wiper motor (M14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Apply 12 V to pins 1 and 2 of rear wiper motor (M14). Ground pin 3 of rear wiper motor (M14). Does rear wiper motor (M14) function?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace rear wiper motor (M14). ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 411
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14). Switched power ON. Verify rear wipers are OFF. Check circuit A414 GRY for voltage between pin 4 on rear wiper motor (M14) connector and machine ground. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) present?
Result: YES:Circuit A414 GRY is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect rear wiper motor (M14) connector. Disconnect VCU connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 5 (circuit A414 GRY) on VCU connector (X12) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit A12 ORG is short to circuit with continuity indicated. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 412
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.03- Front Wiper Low 328
Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 4 (A413 GRY) of motor (M13). Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 5 (A213 GRY) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 413
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Diode Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 414
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.05- Front Wiper Low 328
Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Apply 12 volts to pin 4 (A413 GRY) and ground pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) . Does motor operate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 415
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Diode Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). ( 5 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and pin B of front wiper diode (V13). Pin 4 (wire A413 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin A of front wiper diode (V13). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin 5 of VCU connector (X12). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of front wiper motor (M13) and pin 21 of VCU connector (X13). Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) and machine ground. Pin 6 (wire G032 BLK) of front wiper motor (M13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 416
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522434.06- Front Wiper Low 328
Front wiper motor (M13) low speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 417
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. VCU connectors (X12 and X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 418
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522435.03- Front Wiper Hi 328
Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper Hi Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 4 (A413 GRY) of motor (M13). Pin 3 (A713 GRY) and pin 5 (A213 GRY) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 419
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Diode Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove front wiper diode (V13). Check continuity by connecting positive (+) lead to pin A and negative (-) lead to pin B of diode. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Diode malfunction. Replace front wiper diode (V13). NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14) Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 420
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522435.05- Front Wiper Hi 328
Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Apply 12 volts to pin 4 on front wiper motor (M13). Does motor operate?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Front wiper motor is faulty. Replace motor. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location Check circuit A213 GRY for continuity between pin 4 on front wiper motor (M13) harness connector and pin 5 on VCU connector (X12). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Circuit A213 GRY open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 421
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522435.06- Front Wiper Hi 328
Front wiper motor (M13) high speed circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Wiper High Speed Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front wiper motor (M13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Front wiper motor diode (V13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor (M13). Check for continuity between: Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 4 (A413 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of motor (M13). Pin 5 (A213 GRY) and pin 6 (wire G001 BLK) of motor (M13). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 422
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Front wiper motor (M13) malfunction. Repair or replace motor. NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X12 and X13). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Disconnect negative battery terminal. Front wiper diode (V13) connected. Front wiper motor (M13) disconnected. VCU connectors (X12 and X13) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin 2 (wire A313 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 3 (wire A713 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin 5 (wire A213 GRY) of VCU connector (X12) and all other pins of VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 423
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522438.03- Loader Coupler 328
Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 424
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check circuit H007 GRN for voltage at pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 51 (circuit H007 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 425
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522438.05- Loader Coupler 328
Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 426
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit H007 GRN for continuity between pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector and pin 51 on VCU connector X13. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Circuit H007 GRN is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 427
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522438.06- Loader Coupler 328
Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Coupler Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator Station Floor Ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader coupler solenoid harness connector (X81). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). See Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (W26) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 428
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y24) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Check circuit H007 GRN for ground at pin 1 on loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 51 (circuit H007 GRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit H007 GRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 429
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.03- Front Washer Pump 328
Front washer motor (M15) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 430
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace front washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect front washer pump (M15). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 19 (circuit A515 GRY) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 431
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.05- Front Washer Pump 328
Front washer motor (M15) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Power. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 432
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace front washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check for voltage at pin 1 of front washer motor (M15) connector. Is system voltage (approximately 12 V) indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Continuity Check
Action: Battery disconnect switch OFF. Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between:
Pin 19 (wire A515 GRY) of VCU connector (X13) and pin 1 of front washer motor (M15) connector. Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front washer motor (M15) connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Open in circuit. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Switched power ON. Check for voltage at: Pin 1 (wire A515 GRY) of front washer motor (M15) connector 0.0 V. Pin 2 (wire G032 BLK) of front washer motor (M15) connector for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 433
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
522797.06- Front Washer Pump 328
Front washer motor (M15) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Front Washer Pump Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Front and rear washer motor (M15). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect front and rear washer motor (M15). Check for continuity. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short to Ground Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 434
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace front and rear washer motor (M15). ( 4 ) Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Front and rear washer motor (M15) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check for continuity between pin 19 of VCU connector (X13) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 435
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523597.03- Beacon Light Driver 328
Beacon light (E17) circuit is short to power Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does beacon light come on?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 436
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit L045 BRN for power at pin 1 of beacon light (H17) harness connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 437
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523597.05- Beacon Light Driver 328
Beacon light (E17) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect rotating beacon (H17). Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does rotating beacon come on?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 438
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon (H17). Disconnect VCU connector (X13). Check circuit L045 BRN for continuity between pin 1 on VCU connector (X13) and pin 2 on rotating beacon (H17). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L06 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 439
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523597.06- Beacon Light Driver 328
Beacon light (E17) is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Beacon Light Driver Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Beacon light (E17). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Roof ground (W3). See Roof Harness (W17) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Cab/canopy harness-to-roof harness connector (X26). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Apply 12 volts to pin 1 and ground to pin 2 on beacon light (H17). Does rotating beacon come on?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 440
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Replace beacon light. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Check circuit L045 BRN for ground at pin 1 of rotating beacon (H17) harness connector. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit L045 BRN is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. Disconnect beacon light (H17). Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 1 (wire L045 BRN) on VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit L06 BRN is short to circuit that indicated continuity. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 441
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.03- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is short to power. (Above 7.4 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 442
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 443
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.04- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 444
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) disconnected. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. VCU connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 445
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.05- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Transmission harness-to cab/canopy harness connector (X21). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connector (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of solenoid (Y56). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of solenoid (Y56). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 446
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 447
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.06- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) high-side driver circuit is shorted to ground or low-side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Hydraulic Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). Measure resistance between pins 1 and 2 of solenoid (Y56). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11). Check for continuity between pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 448
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect: Negative terminal of the battery. Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56). VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin D4 (wire R056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Pin K2 (wire H056 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 449
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.13- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) out of calibration. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 523911.03—Pump Control 523911.04—Pump Control 523911.05—Pump Control 523911.06—Pump Control 523911.07—Pump Control 523911.14—Pump Control Are VCU pump control codes active?
Result: YES:Clear active VCU pump control codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check
Action: Calibrate machine. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Was machine calibration successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 450
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523911.14- Pump Control 328
Hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) out of calibration. (Relief setting incorrect during calibration. Check that load sense relief is correct and repeat calibration.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Pump Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check active VCU codes listed below. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) 523911.03—Pump Control 523911.04—Pump Control 523911.05—Pump Control 523911.06—Pump Control 523911.07—Pump Control 523911.13—Pump Control Are VCU pump control codes active?
Result: YES:Clear active VCU pump control codes. NO:Go to Calibration Check. ( 2 ) Calibration Check
Action: Calibrate machine. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9025-16.) Was machine calibration successful?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 451
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.03- Ride Control 328
Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is short to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Ignition ON. Check for power on circuit H050 GRN at pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors. Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is short to power. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 452
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 42 (circuit H050 GRN) of VCU connector (X21) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 453
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.05- Ride Control 328
Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit H050 GRN for continuity between pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors and pin 42 on VCU connector (X13). Is voltage present?
Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is open. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 454
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 9001 page 455
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 40: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523948.06- Ride Control 328
Ride control solenoid 1 (Y50) or ride control solenoid 2 (Y51) circuit is short to ground. Alarm Level: Check Service Code Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Ride Control Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Component Check. ( 2 ) Component Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). See Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance between terminals 1 and 2 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Ride control solenoid (Y50 or Y51) malfunction. Replace solenoid. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Check for ground on circuit H050 GRN at pin 1 on ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51) harness connectors. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit H050 GRN is short to ground. Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 456
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Turn battery disconnect OFF. Disconnect ride control solenoids (Y50 and Y51). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11, X12, X13, and X14). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin 42 (circuit H050 GRN) of VCU connector (X13) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program vehicle control unit (VCU).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 457
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 50 - Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Auxiliary Valve Controller (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000234.02 , 000234 is the SPN and 02 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator′s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all AVC diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 458
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.03- Battery Voltage 286
Battery voltage input is above 15 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to System Voltage Check. ( 2 ) System Voltage Check
Action: Start engine. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage more than 15.5 V?
Result: YES:Go to Alternator Check. NO:Program controller. ( 3 ) Alternator Check
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 459
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000168.04- Battery Voltage 286
Battery voltage input is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Battery Voltage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Battery Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Intermittent Check. NO:Clean and tighten battery terminals. See Check Battery Electrolyte Level and Terminals . (Operator′s Manual.) Charge batteries. See Using Battery Charger . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Fuse and relay block (X3). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Accessory relay (K20). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-15.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 460
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check for following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Main 250 A Fuse (F1) VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse (F33) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace fuse(s). ( 5 ) Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect accessory relay (K20). Apply 12 V to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). Apply ground to pin 1 of accessory relay (K20). sss: Did accessory relay (K20) “Click” Check for continuity between pin 3 of accessory relay (K20) and pin 5 of accessory relay (K20). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Replace accessory relay (K20). ( 6 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power ON. Engine RUNNING. Measure voltage across positive and negative battery terminals. Is voltage approximately 12 V?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Go to Alternator Check. ( 7 ) Alternator Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 461
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: See Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does alternator pass test procedure?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace alternator. ( 8 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) Disconnect fuse and relay block (X3). Check for continuity between: Pin L1 (wire P017 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin D8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin M1 (wire P033 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin AA8 of fuse and relay block (X3). Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU connector (X12) and operator station floor ground (W2). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 462
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000234.02- Software Incorrect 286
The HVC (if TMC tractor), VCU, and SDM have a software checking routine that runs at power up. This routine ensures that the appropriate version of software is installed on each controller for compatibility. If this fault occurs, it means the controller that has triggered this fault sees one of the other controllers as being incompatible. The technician should record the software version numbers for the VCU, SDM, and HVC and make sure they are the same MAJOR revision number. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Software Incorrect Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Switched power ON. Using Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle switched power. Does DTC return?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Check software version numbers for HVC, SDM, and VCU. Do controllers have the same major revision number?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Install compatible version of software. 000237.02- VIN Mismatch 286
VIN security mismatch. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 463
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software PIN Check. ( 2 ) Software PIN Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper PIN is stored in software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct PIN number stored?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct PIN number. 000237.13- VIN Mismatch 286
VIN security option bytes are not configured (equal to 0). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
VIN Mismatch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Software Version Check. ( 2 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 464
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 465
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
000237.31- VIN Missing 286
Messages are missing or other controllers in CAN network are not completed in the required time. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
VIN Missing Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Circuit Check. ( 2 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Resistor Check. NO:Repair or replace circuit. See appropriate schematic or wiring diagram. ( 3 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Perform CAN resistor test. Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Go to Software Version Check. NO:Repair or replace failed resistor(s). ( 4 ) Software Version Check
Action: Using Service ADVISOR ™ , verify proper software versions of all controllers. If new software is available, update all controllers and install new software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Is correct software stored? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 466
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Update controller with correct software. 000629.12- Controller Fault 286
The controller has experienced a JDOS Watchdog Timeout. This points to a software error and will automatically reset the controller. Alarm Level: Red Stop Lamp Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Cycle switched power. If code still exists, reprogram VCU.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 467
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.03- Ldr Aux Roller 286
One of loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) circuits is shorted to power. (Above 4.75 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 468
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13 and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 469
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.04- Ldr Aux Roller 286
One of loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) circuit is shorted to ground. (Below 0.25 V.) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Voltage Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Voltage Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Switched power ON. Check pin 9 (wire P053 RED) of loader control lever connector (X58) for voltage above 0.25 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 470
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11 and X12) disconnected. Disconnect VCU connectors X13 and X14. Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 471
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.07- Ldr Aux Roller 286
Opposing channels on the loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) do not agree. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 10 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 9 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 12 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 11 of loader control lever connector (X58). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 472
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors X11 and X12 disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X13) and (X14). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Replace loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Reprogram controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 473
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002664.12- Ldr Aux Roller 286
Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is faulted and invalid. Machine Response: Loader Auxiliary Function is Disabled. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Roller Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Continuity Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Continuity Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 10 of loader control lever connector (X58). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 474
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 9 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 12 of loader control lever connector (X58). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and pin 11 of loader control lever connector (X58). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Circuit is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11) disconnected. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12) disconnected. Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11). Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11) and X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors X13 and X14. Check for continuity between: Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 14 (wire H140 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Pin 26 (wire H040 GRN) of VCU connector (X12) and all other VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Replace loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44). Reprogram controller. 002724.07- Left Joystick 286
The left joystick rocker switch (S95) data is logically not valid. Switch inputs do not match. Alarm Level: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 475
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Left Joystick Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Repair or replace left joystick rocker switch (S95).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 476
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.03- Sensor Supply 1 286
Sensor power supply 1 voltage is above 5.25 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.03 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 477
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Switched power OFF. →NOTE: Check voltage on VCU side of connector. Disconnect seat position sensor (B9). Switched power ON. Check pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) of seat position sensor (B9) connector for voltage. Is voltage more than 5.25 V?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 478
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
003509.04- Sensor Supply 1 286
Sensor power supply 1 voltage is below 4.75 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Sensor Supply 1 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Code Check ( 2 ) Code Check
Action: Switched power ON. Check for active VCU code: 520713.04 - Seat Position. Are VCU codes active?
Result: YES:Clear codes. NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Seat Position Sensor (B9). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 479
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Voltage Check
Action: Ignition OFF. Disconnect VCU connector (X11). Ignition ON. Check for ground at pins 3 and 6 (wire P055 RED) on seat position sensor (B9) connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit P055 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Seat position sensor (B9) connector disconnected. Check for continuity between pin J2 (wire P055 RED) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins on VCU connectors (X11, X12, X13, and X14). Is continuity indicated between any circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 480
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520542.03- CAN Bus 286
CAN high line test voltage above threshold. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Reprogram controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 481
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
520543.04- CAN Bus 286
CAN low line test voltage is below threshold. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
CAN Bus Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to CAN Resistor Check. ( 2 ) CAN Resistor Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN resistance check within specification?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Replace CAN resistor. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Did CAN circuit check within specification?
Result: YES:Reprogram controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 482
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523404.00- Loader Aux Press 286
Loader auxiliary calibration did not see a pressure drop when command was reduced. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 2 ) Loader Auxiliary Operation Check
Action: View hydraulic system pressure in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Activate loader auxiliary, hold function over relief in the direction that calibration did not pass, then release. Does hydraulic system pressure ramp up then go back down to hydraulic tank return pressure when loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is returned to neutral position?
Result: YES:Loader auxiliary calibration software error. Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 3 ) Solenoid Check
Action: →NOTE: Rolling loader auxiliary flow switch (B44) forward activates loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Rolling auxiliary flow switch backward activates loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Check malfunctioned solenoid resistance. For location of solenoids, see Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Does solenoid (Y20 or Y21) meet resistance specifications? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace solenoid valve. ( 4 ) Stuck Solenoid Check
Action: Apply power (12V) and ground to appropriate loader auxiliary solenoid (Y20 or Y21). Is there an audible click when applying and removing power, indicating the valve is shifting?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 483
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Solenoid valve is sticking. Replace solenoid valve. ( 5 ) Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check
Action: Check loader auxiliary spool operation. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool binding or stuck?
Result: YES:Repair spool. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 484
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523404.01- Loader Aux Press 286
Loader auxiliary calibration does not see a stall during the current ramp. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Loader Auxiliary Pressure Drop Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 2 ) Loader Auxiliary Operation Check
Action: View hydraulic system pressure in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Activate loader auxiliary, hold function over relief in the direction that calibration did not pass, then release. Does hydraulic system pressure reach loader auxiliary circuit relief pressure, then return to hydraulic tank return pressure when loader auxiliary flow control switch (B44) is released to neutral position? See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump for pressure specification. (Group 9025-25.)
Result: YES:Loader auxiliary calibration software error. Program vehicle control unit (VCU). NO:Go to next check. ( 3 ) Solenoid Check
Action: →NOTE: Rolling loader auxiliary flow switch (B44) forward activates loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Rolling auxiliary flow switch backward activates loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Check malfunctioned solenoid resistance. For location of solenoids, see Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Does solenoid (Y20 or Y21) meet resistance specifications? See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace solenoid valve. ( 4 ) Stuck Solenoid Check
Action: Apply power (12V) and ground to appropriate loader auxiliary solenoid (Y20 or Y21). Is there an audible click when applying and removing power, indicating the valve is shifting? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 485
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Solenoid valve is sticking. Replace solenoid valve. ( 5 ) Loader Auxiliary Circuit Relief Check
Action: Check loader auxiliary circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Did the loader auxiliary circuit relief valve test good?
Result: YES: Go to Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check . NO:Go to next check. ( 6 ) Supply Circuit Check Valve Check
Action: →NOTE: This check only applies to machines equipped with manual backhoe controls. LEGEND: 1 Supply Circuit Check Valve
Backhoe Control Valve Check supply circuit check valve. Does the valve move and operate properly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace check valve. ( 7 ) Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Filter Screen Check
Action: LEGEND: 1
Screen
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Check screen (1) on loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) and loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 486
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Are screens clean and free of debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean screen or replace solenoid. ( 8 ) Stuck Loader Auxiliary Spool Check
Action: Check loader auxiliary spool operation. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool binding or stuck?
Result: YES:Repair spool. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 487
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523571.04- Valve Power 2 286
Power input voltage 2 for vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) is below 11.7 V. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Valve Power 2 Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Active Code Check
Action: Check for active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. Is VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage active?
Result: YES:Diagnose and clear active VCU DTC 000168.04—Battery Voltage. See 000168.04—Battery Voltage . (Group 9001-40.) NO:Go to Intermittent Check. OK: ( 2 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 3 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader control lever connector (X58). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Operator station floor ground (W2). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion or debris?
Result: YES:Go to Fuse Check. NO:Repair or replace connectors. ( 4 ) Fuse Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check following fuses for continuity and proper amperage rating. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 488
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Main 250 A fuse (F1). VCU switched power 5 A fuse (F33). Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Replace fuses. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) and vehicle control unit (VCU) connector (X11) disconnected. Check continuity between: Pin J3 (wire P053 RED) of VCU (X11) and pin 9 of X58. Pin H3 (wire R053 BLK) of VCU (X11) and pin 10 of X58. Pin 3 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU (X12) and machine ground. Pin 4 (wire G001 BLK) of VCU (X12) and machine ground. Pin J1 (wire G030 BLK) of VCU (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Repair or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 489
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523769.03- MFWD Switch 286
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36) stuck closed at start-up for more than 20 seconds. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. sss: Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch (S36) stuck ON? Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between pin 5 (DK BLU wire) and pin 7 (DK GRN wire) of loader control lever connector (X58). Do not press MFWD switch (S36). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 490
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Repair or replace MFWD switch (S36). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 3 (X13). Check for 0.0 V at pin 38 (wire T011 BLU) of VCU connector (X13). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connector (X13) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X12, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 38 (wire T011 BLU) of VCU connector (X13) and pins of all VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 491
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523769.04- MFWD Switch 286
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37) stuck closed at start-up for more than 20 seconds. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
MFWD Switch Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader control lever connector (X58). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. sss: Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) momentary switch (S37) stuck ON? Disconnect loader control lever connector (X58). Check for continuity between pin 4 (GRY wire) and pin 8 (LT GRN wire) of loader control lever connector (X58). Do not press MFWD momentary switch (S37). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 492
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Switch malfunction. Repair or replace MFWD momentary switch (S37). NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader control lever connector (X58) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 2 (X12). Check for continuity between pin 43 (wire T111 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connector (X12) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X11, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between pin 43 (wire T111 BLU) of VCU connector (X12) and remaining pins of all VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is shorted. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 493
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.03- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) high side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 494
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. VCU connectors (X11) disconnected. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 495
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.04- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) low side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 496
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 497
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.05- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 498
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 499
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523938.06- Loader Aux Sol A 286
Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) low side driver circuit shorted to power or high side driver circuit shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 500
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connectors (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary retract solenoid (Y21) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K3 (wire R271 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M2 (wire H271 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 501
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.03- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) high side driver circuit is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 502
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 503
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.04- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) low side driver circuit is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 504
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 505
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.05- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) circuit is open. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 2 of loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin 1 of loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 506
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit without continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 507
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523939.06- Loader Aux Sol B 286
Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) low side driver circuit shorted to power or high side driver circuit shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Loader auxiliary solenoid harness connector (X82). See Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 508
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Loader auxiliary extend solenoid (Y20) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin K4 (wire R171 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin M3 (wire H171 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 509
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.03- Selective Flow 17
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20. See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins A and B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace selective flow control solenoid (Y53). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 510
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check the following for 0.0 V: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11). Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11). Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Harness Check. NO:Circuit with voltage above 0.0 V is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 511
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.04- Selective Flow 286
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) low side driver is shorted to ground. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 512
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 513
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.05- Selective Flow 286
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is open circuit. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Short Circuit Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and pin B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and pin A of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Is continuity indicated?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 514
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Circuit with out continuity is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 515
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
524010.06- Selective Flow 17
Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is shorted to ground on high side drive or shorted to power on low side drive. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
Selective Flow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Connector Check. ( 2 ) Connector Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Check the following connectors for damage, corrosion, or debris. Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to check for pin fit and continuity. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Selective flow control solenoid harness connector (X54). Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location .(Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?
Result: YES:Go to Component Check. NO:Repair or replace connector. ( 3 ) Component Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Measure resistance between pins A and B of selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver. NO:Replace selective flow control solenoid (Y53). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 516
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 50: Auxiliary Valve Control (AVC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 4 ) Short Circuit Check—Low Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect selective flow control solenoid (Y53). Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connector 1 (X11). Switched power ON. Check pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) for 0.0 V. Is correct voltage indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver. NO:Low side driver circuit is short to power. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 5 ) Short Circuit Check—High Side Driver
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:High side driver circuit is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 6 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. VCU connector (X11) disconnected. Selective flow control solenoid (Y53) disconnected. Disconnect negative terminal from battery. Disconnect vehicle control unit (VCU) connectors (X12, X13, and X14). Check for continuity between: Pin E4 (wire R153 BLK) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Pin L3 (wire H053 GRN) of VCU connector (X11) and all other pins of VCU connectors. Is continuity indicated between any pins?
Result: YES:Circuit with continuity is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Program controller. 524204.03- Loader Aux Switch 286
Loader auxiliary control enable switch (S51) circuit is short to power. (Low level only) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 517
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) 524204.05- Loader Aux Switch 286
Loader auxiliary control enable switch (S51) circuit is open. (Low level only) Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator Additional References: See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) See Sensor Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 518
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group 60 - Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000629.12 , 629 is the SPN and 12 is the FMI number. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the standard display monitor (SDM) or by using Service ADVISOR ™ . See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Diagnostics—Codes . (Operator’s Manual.) See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Note: For in-depth diagnostics on all SSM diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. 000629.12- Controller Fault 194
Sealed switch module (SSM) has timed out.
Watchdog Timeout Diagnostic Procedure Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator ( 1 ) Reset Controller
Action: Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 000629.12 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 519
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.04- Ignition Relay 194
Ignition relay (K10) circuit is shorted to ground or overloaded. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Ignition Relay Out Voltage Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20). NO:Go to Ignition Relay Check. ( 2 ) Ignition Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across the coil (pins 1 and 2) of relay (K10). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Short Circuit Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 3 ) Short Circuit Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect the SSM connector (X40). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Check circuit U110 RED for ground at pin 3 on connector. Is ground present?
Result: YES:Circuit U110 RED is short to ground. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Harness Check. ( 4 ) Harness Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect SSM connector (X40). Disconnect ignition relay (K10) connector. Check for continuity between pin 3 (circuit U110 RED) on SSM connector (X40) and all other pins of ignition relay connector (K10). Is continuity indicated? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 520
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Circuit that indicated continuity to another pin is short. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 5 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) will not store diagnostic trouble codes; when ignition is cycled, the SSM will reset and all codes will be lost. Document all diagnostic codes. Switched power OFF. Wait 20 seconds. Ignition ON. Is DTC 002634.04 present?
Result: YES:Replace SSM. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 521
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
002634.05- Ignition Relay 194
Ignition relay (K10) circuit is open or shorted to power. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Ignition Relay Out Current Low Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does DTC periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20). NO:Go to Ignition Relay Check. ( 2 ) Ignition Relay Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Remove ignition relay (K10). See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across the coil (pins 1 and 2) of relay (K10). Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance to specification?
Result: YES:Go to Open Circuit Check. NO:Replace ignition relay (K10). ( 3 ) Open Circuit Check
Action: Disconnect battery power. Disconnect the SSM connector (X40). Disconnect the ignition relay (K10) connector. Check circuit U110 RED for continuity between pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) and pin 1 of ignition relay connector (K10). Check circuit G001 BLK for continuity between pin 2 of ignition relay connector (K10) and ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to Reset Controller. NO:Circuit without continuity indicated is open. Repair circuit or replace harness. See appropriate wiring diagram or schematic. ( 4 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: The sealed switch module (SSM) will not store diagnostic trouble codes; when ignition is cycled, the SSM will reset and all codes will be lost. Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 522
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Wait 20 seconds. Ignition ON. Is DTC 002634.05 present?
Result: YES:Program controller. NO:Checks complete. 523850.04- SSM Button 15 194
Ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523850.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523850.09- SSM Button 15 194
No LED response for ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 523
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523850.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523852.04- SSM Button 14 194
Backhoe control pattern switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523852.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 524
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
NO:Checks complete. 523852.09- SSM Button 14 194
No LED response for the backhoe control pattern switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523852.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523854.04- SSM Button 13 194
Auxiliary hydraulic switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 525
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523854.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523854.09- SSM Button 13 194
No LED response for auxiliary hydraulic switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523854.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 526
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523855.04- SSM Button 12 194
Rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523855.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523855.09- SSM Button 12 194
No LED response for rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 527
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523855.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523856.04- SSM Button 11 194
Front washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523856.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 528
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523856.09- SSM Button 11 194
No LED response for the front washer switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523856.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523857.04- SSM Button 10 194
Front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 529
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523857.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523857.09- SSM Button 10 194
No LED response for front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523857.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 530
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523858.04- SSM Button 9 194
Rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523858.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523858.09- SSM Button 9 194
No LED response for rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 531
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523858.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523860.04- SSM Button 8 194
Front work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523860.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 532
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523860.09- SSM Button 8 194
No LED response for the front work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523860.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523861.04- SSM Button 7 194
Keypad 1 switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 533
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523861.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523861.09- SSM Button 7 194
No LED response for the keypad 1 switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523861.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 534
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523862.04- SSM Button 6 194
Loader coupler switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523862.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523862.09- SSM Button 6 194
No LED response for the loader coupler switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 535
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523862.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523863.04- SSM Button 5 194
Hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523863.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 536
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
523863.09- SSM Button 5 194
No LED response for hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523863.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523864.04- SSM Button 4 194
Park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 537
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523864.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523864.09- SSM Button 4 194
No LED response for the park brake switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523864.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 538
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523865.04- SSM Button 3 194
Auto shift switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523865.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523865.09- SSM Button 3 194
No LED response for auto shift switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 539
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523865.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523867.04- SSM Button 2 194
Engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523867.04 present?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 540
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523867.09- SSM Button 2 194
No LED response for the engine stop switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523867.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit. 523868.04- SSM Button 1 194
Engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is stuck. Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 541
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9001 - DIAGNOSTICS
Group 60: Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Switch Stuck Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523868.04 present?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Checks complete. 523868.09- SSM Button 1 194
No LED response for the engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM). Alarm Level: Amber Check Service Code Indicator
No LED Response Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Intermittent Check
Action: Does diagnostic trouble code (DTC) periodically “go away”?
Result: YES:DTC is intermittent. See Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Go to Reset Controller. ( 2 ) Reset Controller
Action: →NOTE: Use battery disconnect switch, if necessary, to cycle power to SSM to reset controller. Press engine stop switch to turn off switched power. Wait 20 seconds. Press engine start switch once to turn on switched power. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9001 page 542
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Check for active SSM codes. Is SSM code 523868.09 present?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Circuit Check. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) CAN Circuit Check
Action: Perform CAN circuit test to test CAN connection between SSM and vehicle control unit (VCU). See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?
Result: YES:Sealed switch module (SSM) malfunction. Program SSM. NO:Repair CAN circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 543
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE Table of contents Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure ....................................................................................... 1 Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ............................................................................................... 1
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Group 10 - Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout Procedure Use this check to make a quick check of machine operation by doing a walk-around inspection and performing specific checks from operator’s seat. Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout. Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, etc.) before performing checkout. Most checks will require machine systems to be at normal operating temperatures and a level area with adequate space to operate machine. Some checks may require varied surfaces. If no problem is found, go to the next check. If a problem is indicated, an additional check or repair procedure will be suggested. No special tools are necessary to perform the checkout.
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check ( 1 ) Display and Clear Trouble Codes
Action: Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout. Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using two methods: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Service ADVISOR ™ Check for diagnostic trouble codes. sss: Are diagnostic trouble codes present?
Result: YES:Correct all diagnostics trouble codes before proceeding. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) NO:Proceed with operational checkout.
Switched Power OFF, Engine OFF Checks ( 1 ) Periodic Maintenance Decal Check
Action: Periodic maintenance decal check. sss: Is periodic maintenance decal legible?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace decal. ( 2 ) Cab Doors and Window Seals Check
Action: Open and close doors and windows. Inspect seals. sss: Do cab doors and windows seal properly? sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Do cab doors latch properly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Adjust doors and windows to close against seals properly. Replace seals as necessary. NO:Adjust or replace latches as necessary. ( 3 ) Battery and Hour Meter Check
Action: Switched power OFF position.
Hour and Voltage Press SELECT button on standard display monitor (SDM), and hold until battery voltage and hour meter are displayed. sss: Does battery volts read a minimum of 12 volts?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Test battery. ( 4 ) Dome Light Check
Action: Press the outside edge of dome light lens to turn the dome light on. sss: Is dome light on?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulb. Check wiring. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications and see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Horn Check
Action: Press horn button. sss: Does horn activate?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check horn circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 6 ) Seat Belt Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action: Does seat belt function correctly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Use and Maintain Seat Belt . (Operator’s Manual.) ( 7 ) Seat Control Checks
Action: →NOTE: For seat adjustment procedures, see Seat Controls . (Operator′s Manual.) Does seat raise and lower? Does seat move forward and rearward easily and lock in position? Does seat rotate from loader to backhoe position easily and lock in position? Does seat back tilt forward and rearward easily and lock in position?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Inspect linkage and repair. ( 8 ) Service Brake Pedal Stop Check
Action:
Pedal Stop Unlock brake pedals. Lift left and right brake pedals individually. sss: Does each pedal have a minimal amount of travel before cap screws contact stop? →NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should be 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in). This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened and brakes are released.
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Switched Power ON, Engine OFF Checks ( 1 ) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Check
Action: →NOTE: For full display of indicators and menu see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator’s Manual.) Press and release engine start switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) to energize machine (switched power on, engine off). Observe monitor and note changes (bulbs, indicators, and gauges). sss: Does the display show the correct model number for a few seconds? Does the display show FASTEN SEAT BELT for a few seconds? Do all lights and backlighting come on? Does the display show the voltage and hours symbol? Do all gauge indicators point to maximum travel position and then move to their normal operating position?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: Does the display show gear, engine speed, and hour meter?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check standard display monitor (SDM) circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: Does the display show gear, engine speed, and voltage?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check SDM circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Switched power ON. Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Does the display show gear, engine speed, and job timer hours?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check SDM circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 2 ) Battery Disconnect Switch Check—If Equipped
Action:
Battery Disconnect Switch Turn battery disconnect switch to the OFF position. Switched power ON. sss: Do monitor indicator lights come on?
Result: YES:Switch is malfunctioning. Check battery disconnect switch. NO:Continue check.
Action: Turn battery disconnect switch to the ON position. Switched power ON. sss: Do monitor indicator lights come on?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Switch is malfunctioning. Check battery disconnect switch. ( 3 ) Front Wiper and Washer Circuit Check
Action:
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Front Wiper Switch
Front Washer Switch Switched power ON. Press front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in intermittent mode? Press wiper switch again and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in slow mode? Press wiper switch again and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Does front wiper operate in fast mode? IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continually operated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank. Press washer switch on SSM and release to enable. sss: Does front wiper continue to operate? sss: Does front washer pump operate?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check washer hose for kinks or obstructions. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
NO:Washer fluid reservoir may be empty. ( 4 ) Rear Wiper Check
Action:
Rear Wiper Switch Switched power ON. Press rear wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Does rear wiper operate intermittently? Press wiper switch on SSM again and release (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Does rear wiper operate in regular mode?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Drive Lights Check
Action:
Drive Lights Switch Switched power ON. Press drive light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are two front drive lights and two rear red lights on? Press drive light switch on SSM again and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Are four front drive lights and two rear red lights on? Press drive light switch on SSM again and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Are all lights off?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 6 ) Rear Work Lights Check
Action:
Rear Work Lights Switched power ON. Press rear work light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are two rear work lights on? Press rear work light switch the second time and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). sss: Are four rear work lights on? Press rear work light switch the third time and release to enable (three LED’s illuminated). sss: Are four rear work lights and two side lights on? Press rear work light switch fourth time and release to enable (one LED illuminated). sss: Are the two side work lights on? Press rear work light switch fifth time and release (no LED’s illuminated). sss: Are all rear work lights off?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location and see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
( 7 ) Turn Signal Light Check
Action: Switched power ON. Press right side of turn signal light rocker switch down on steering wheel column. sss: Is right amber light flashing? Does right LED indicator flash in the rocker switch? Press left side of turn signal light rocker switch down. sss: Is left amber light flashing? Does left LED indicator light on steering column flash?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 8 ) Brake Light Switch Check
Action: Switched power ON. Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. sss: Does brake light come on when either pedal is depressed with switched power on?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 9 ) Beacon Light Check—If Equipped
Action: Switched power ON. Turn beacon light switch ON. sss: Is beacon flashing? Turn beacon light switch OFF. sss: Is beacon light off?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Hazard Warning Signal Light Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Hazard Warning Signal Light Switch Switched power ON. Press the hazard warning signal light switch on sealed switch module (SSM). sss: Are four amber lights flashing (two front and two rear)? Are both turn light indicator arrows flashing in turn signal rocker switch?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check fuse and bulbs. See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check wiring. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) Blower Switch and Function Check—If Equipped
Action: LEGEND: 1 Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch 2 Blower Speed Control Switch 3 Temperature Control Knob
Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Controls Switched power ON. Turn blower speed control switch (2) to LOW, MED, HIGH, and PURGE. sss: Does blower speed change as each different speed is selected?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check blower fuse (F44). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO: Perform Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.) If blower switch is good, perform Blower Motor Resistor Test . (Group 9031-25.) ( 12 ) Ride Control Electrical Check—If Equipped <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Ride Control Switch Switched power ON. Press ride control switch on the sealed switch module (SSM) to turn enable ride control (LED illuminated in switch). sss: Does the ride control indicator symbol illuminate in the standard display monitor (SDM)? Turn ride control switch OFF (LED not illuminated in switch). sss: Is the ride control LED indicator light symbol turned off in the SDM?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check ride control SSM switch and circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend , see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram , and see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Check ride control circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend and see Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)
Switched Power ON, Engine ON Checks ( 1 ) Loader Boom Lock Check
Action: Raise loader boom and install boom lock. sss: Does boom lock work properly?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Repair or replace if necessary. ( 2 ) Park Brake Indicator and Switch Check
Action: Fasten seat belt. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
sss: Is the park brake indicator displayed on the standard display monitor (SDM)? sss: Is the park brake switch LED illuminated? Release park brake. sss: Is the park brake indicator off on the SDM? sss: Is the park brake switch LED off? Apply park brake. Stop the engine.
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check SDM park brake pressure switch circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location and see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram and see Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 3 ) Start Circuit Check
Action:
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Fasten seat belt. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to first gear forward (1F). Apply service brakes. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. →NOTE: The engine will start with TCL in forward (F) or reverse (R) but the controller will automatically shift the transmission to neutral (N). sss: Does the engine start? Does standard display monitor (SDM) show RETURN TCL TO NEUTRAL? Apply service brakes. Release park brake.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Neutral on Display Move TCL to neutral. →NOTE: SDM will not show forward (F) or reverse (R) until the TCL is cycled to neutral and the park brake has been released. sss: Does SDM show neutral (N)?
1F TCL to first gear forward. sss: Does SDM show first forward (1F)?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check TCL gear range switch (S6) circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation and see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 4 ) Reverse Warning Alarm Check
Action:
1R Transmission Control Lever (TCL) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
1R Display Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Release Park Brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to first gear reverse (1R). sss: Does display show correct gear and direction? Does the reverse warning alarm sound?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check reverse warning alarm circuit. See Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram and see Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 5 ) Transmission Gearshift Detent Check
Action:
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position and locked. Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) into forward (F). Turn TCL to shift into each gear. sss: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Does gear number align with pointer in each speed detent position? Does twist handle remain in detented positions? Does display indicate correct gear and direction?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace TCL switch. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Remove and Install . (Group 0315.) ( 6 ) Autoshift Transmission Check—If Equipped
Action:
Autoshift Transmission Switch →NOTE: Autoshift Transmission mode allows the machine to automatically shift in gear range two through highest gear range in forward and two through three in reverse but the transmission control lever’s (TCL) current position determines the highest range or shift band autoshift will operate in. If the TCL is in forward (3F), autoshift will only shift automatically between gears two and three. Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Press autoshift transmission switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable (two LED’s illuminated). Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (4). Drive machine at various travel and engine speeds in forward. sss: Does the gear range show on the SDM? sss: Does machine automatically shift up and down in gears two through highest forward gear? Move transmission control lever (TCL) to reverse (4). Drive machine at various travel and engine speeds in reverse. sss: Does the gear range change on the SDM? sss: Does machine automatically shift up and down in gears two through three in reverse?
Result: YES:Go to next check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
NO:Check autoshift circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 7 ) Park Brake Function Check
Action: Fasten seat belt. Start the engine. Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing loader position. Apply service brakes. Release park brake. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to third gear forward (3F). Slowly increase engine speed just enough to allow machine to start to move a few feet. Apply the park brake. →NOTE: Transmission will shift to neutral (N) as soon as park brake is applied. sss: Does park brake engage when park brake switch is pushed and does the machine stop?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check park brake circuit. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 8 ) Pilot Control Tower Operating/Stored Position Check—If Equipped
Action: Move pilot control towers into operating position. Release towers. sss: Do towers stay in operating position? Move pilot control towers into stored position. sss: Do towers stay in stored position?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Inspect pilot control towers. See Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install . (Group 3315.) ( 9 ) Pilot Enable Switch Check—If Equipped
Action: Run engine at slow idle. Disable pilot controls and move control levers. sss: Do activated functions move?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Result: NO:Continue with check. YES:Check pilot control circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 10 ) Pilot Control Pattern Select Switch Check—If Equipped
Action:
Pilot Control Pattern Select Switch Enable pilot controls. Select backhoe option (LED illuminated) on the pilot control pattern select switch on the standard switch module (SSM). Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. sss: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated? Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?
Result: YES:Continue with check. NO:Check pattern select circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)
Action: Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch. Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. sss: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated? Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check pattern select circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location or see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 11 ) Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Check—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Selective Flow Control Momentary Switch Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Enable the following modes: FOOT SWITCH MODE sss: Does backhoe auxiliary function with use of foot switch only? CONTINUOUS MODE sss: Does backhoe auxiliary function continuously without use of foot switch? OFF sss: Does backhoe auxiliary stop continuously functioning? sss: Is backhoe auxiliary foot switch function disabled?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 12 ) Pilot Control Valve Check—If Equipped
Action: Enable pilot controls. Move pilot control levers in all directions. sss: Do levers move freely in all directions? sss: Do levers spring back to neutral when released?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:If pilot control levers bind during travel or do not return to neutral position, inspect controls and towers. See Backhoe Pilot Control Tower Remove and Install . (Group 3315.) ( 13 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action: Run engine at 1500 rpm. Operators seat in backhoe position. Enable pilot controls. Disengage boom from boom lock. Hold boom up function over relief for 10 seconds. Turn engine off and switched power ON. →NOTE: Pilot enable switch must be cycled after switched power is turned back ON. Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position. Activate boom down function. sss: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check pilot control manifold valve. See Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) ( 14 ) Backhoe Stabilizer Check
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator′s seat facing backhoe position. Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise left stabilizer. Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise right stabilizer. sss: Do both stabilizers raise and lower?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) ( 15 ) Stabilizer Cylinder Check
Action: Engine speed at approximately 1500 rpm. Position loader bucket off the ground. Operator′s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Lower stabilizers to raise rear of machine off the ground. sss: Do cylinders extend and hold machine up? Raise stabilizers. sss: Do cylinders retract and remain up?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Inspect stabilizer valve section and stabilizer solenoids. ( 16 ) Brake System Leakage Check
Action:
Brake Pedals Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal. sss: Brake pedal must not feel spongy (caused by air in the system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0 in) per minute?
Result: YES:Bleed brake system. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-15.) NO:Go to next check. ( 17 ) Brake Drag/Park Brake Check
Action:
Machine Position Operator′s seat in loader position and locked. Position machine on a gradual slope with front of machine facing downhill. Lift loader bucket off the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral. Differential lock not actuated. Release park brake. Release service brakes. Let machine coast freely for several feet. Apply park brake. sss: Did machine stop? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Release park brake. →NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive the machine for 5 minutes. Feel axle housing area to locate which brake is dragging. sss: Did machine coast freely?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Perform Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 18 ) Engine Speed Control Dial Check
Action:
Engine Speed Control Dial Engine speed at slow idle. Auto-idle off. Lower all equipment to the ground. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Move engine speed control dial to slow idle, then to fast idle position. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). sss: Does tachometer read 900 rpm (slow idle) and 2400 rpm (fast idle)?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. Move speed control dial to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Lower stabilizers to raise machine off the ground. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) not actuated. Move TCL to first gear forward. sss: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing loader position. TCL in neutral. Move speed control dial to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm. Apply service brakes. sss: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Action: Release service brakes. sss: Does engine speed return to 1200 rpm?
Result: NO:Go to next check. YES:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ( 19 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Check
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Lower all equipment to the ground. Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Move the foot throttle from slow idle to fast idle. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). sss: Does tachometer read 900 rpm (slow idle) and 2400 rpm (fast idle)?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check engine controller unit (ECU) circuit. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-10.) ( 20 ) Auto-Idle Circuit Check—If Equipped
Action: Enable auto-idle function in the standard display monitor (SDM) menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup . (Operator’s Manual) Lower all equipment to the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Hydraulic functions in neutral. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position and locked. Engine speed fast idle. Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) sss: Does engine speed decrease after 4—6 seconds?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:See engine control unit (ECU) circuit theory of operation (for machine engine type). (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.)
Action: Slowly actuate any boom backhoe function. sss: Does engine speed return to its original setting?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:See engine control unit (ECU) circuit theory of operation (for machine engine type). (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) ( 21 ) Loader Return-to-Dig Check
Action: Lower all equipment to the ground. Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Raise loader boom to full height. Lower loader boom by pulling the loader control lever all the way to left and let go of control lever to enable return-to-dig. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
sss: Does bucket roll back from dump position to dig position and control lever return to neutral position?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See Loader Operation . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 22 ) Transmission Clutch Disconnect Circuit Check
Action: Fasten seat belt. Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Engine speed approximately 2000 rpm. Raise loader bucket off the ground. Shift transmission into fourth gear. Release park brake. Shift transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (3). sss: Does engine rpm drop (approximately 50 rpm) when the TCL is shifted into forward (F)? Press clutch disconnect switch on loader control lever and note sound of engine. sss: Does engine rpm increase when the clutch disconnect button is pressed?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check harness circuit. See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram and See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) ( 23 ) Differential Lock Check
Action:
Differential Lock Check Raise machine off the ground with loader and stabilizers. Unlock the brake pedals. Turn mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch OFF (if equipped). Release park brake. Press differential lock foot switch. →NOTE: Differential lock speed limit option limits engagement (enabling the option) when engine is operated over 1000 rpm. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup . (Operator’s Manual.) Operate machine at 1000 rpm maximum in first forward (1F). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Apply one brake pedal. sss: Do both rear wheels stop?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check differential lock pressure. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 24 ) Front Wheel Alignment (Toe-In) Check
Action:
Toe-In Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with loose material. sss: Is material from behind front wheels thrown excessively inward or outward?
Result: YES: See Toe-In Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to next check. ( 25 ) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Driving Check—If Equipped
Action:
MFWD Switch Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing loader position. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise machine off the ground using loader and stabilizers. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Release park brake. Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm. Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position. Turn on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch. sss: Do the front wheels turn? Turn OFF MFWD. sss: Do the front wheels stop turning?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) or see No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . (Group 9020-15.) ( 26 ) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Check—If Equipped
Action:
MFWD Switch CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise machine off the ground using loader and stabilizers. Operator’s seat facing loader position. Release park brake. Shift transmission in first gear forward (1F). Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). Lower front wheels to just contact ground. sss: Does at least one front wheel turn?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: See No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) or see No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) . (Group 9020-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
( 27 ) Sideshift Frame Lock Check
Action:
Side Shift Frame Lock Check Operate engine at slow idle. Lock backhoe in transport position. Depress sideshift lock foot switch. sss: Does sideshift frame drop slightly as locking pistons retract?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Sideshift frame lock does not release. Check fuse (F47). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Inspect wiring from switch to valve solenoid. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram and see Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Action: Release switch to ON position. Hold boom up function over relief. sss: Does sideshift frame raise slightly when backhoe valve is held over relief?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Sideshift frame will not lock. Remove and inspect check valve and solenoid seals. See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.
Action: Return boom lever to neutral position. sss: Does sideshift frame remain locked in position for 1 minute minimum?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Sideshift frame does not remain locked. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 28 ) Boom Lock Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Action:
Boom Lock Switch Engage park brake. Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral (N). Operate engine at slow idle. Move boom control back in the boom raise (over relief) position. Depress boom lock foot switch. sss: Are both locks in the raised and released position?
Result: YES:Continue check. NO:Check fuse (F47). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) NO:Check sideshift switch (S34), solenoid (Y34), and circuit. See Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram and see Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
Action:
Release Boom Lock Foot Switch Release boom lock foot switch. sss: Are both locks in the engaged position?
Result: YES:Go to the next check. NO:Inspect and repair boom lock cylinder return springs. ( 29 ) Steering System Checks
Action: Operator’s seat facing loader position. Raise the loader bucket off the ground with the bottom level with the ground.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise rear of machine off the ground using stabilizers. Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm. Turn the steering wheel full left to full right several times. →NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to continue to move after steering wheel is stopped. sss: Did the front wheels move smoothly in both directions? When the steering wheel was stopped, did the wheels stop moving?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Wheels did NOT move smoothly in both directions. Wheels continued to move after steering wheel was stopped. See Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral . (Group 9025-15.) ( 30 ) Cylinder Cushion Check
Action: Engine speed at slow idle. Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Do not crawl under machine while hydraulically supported. Raise rear of machine off the ground. Boom must be lowered from the transport position. Activate backhoe swing left and right. Make a note of the sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke. sss: Does swing speed decrease near the end of the cylinder stroke? Repeat check using backhoe boom raise function.
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Remove and repair cylinder cushion. ( 31 ) Backhoe and Loader Function Drift Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine. →NOTE: All systems must be warmed up to operating range to get accurate test results.
Action: Perform Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine speed at slow idle. Position backhoe fully extended with bucket at a 45° angle to the ground. Lower boom until the bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in) off the ground. Position loader bucket the same distance off of the ground as backhoe bucket. Observe both bucket cutting edges for 1 minute. sss: Are both bucket cutting edges still off the ground after 1 minute?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO: Perform Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) ( 32 ) Ride Control System Check—If Equipped
Action:
Ride Control Switch Run engine at fast idle. Press ride control switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and release to enable ride control ON (LED illuminated). Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked. Raise loader boom to maximum height. Power boom down half way to the ground. Stop suddenly by releasing the joystick. sss: Is boom cushioned when joystick is released?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9005 - OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
Group 10: Operational Checkout Procedure
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Check accumulator charge. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) ( 33 ) Cycle Times Check CAUTION: Make sure area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine. IMPORTANT: Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.
Action: Engine at fast idle. →NOTE: If equipped with economy mode option, it must be disabled (OFF) in the monitor to allow for maximum fast idle (2400 rpm). Record cycle time for each function. Does machine perform within specifications? Item
Measurement
Loader Boom Raise (bucket flat on ground-to-full height)
Maximum Cycle Time (seconds) 5.5 (seconds)
Specification
Loader Boom Lower—Powered (full height-to-bucket flat on ground)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.2 (seconds)
Loader Boom Lower—Float (full height-to-bucket flat on ground)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.2 (seconds)
Loader Bucket Dump (boom just above ground
Maximum Cycle Time
2.4 (seconds)
Loader Bucket Curl (boom just above ground)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.6 (seconds)
Backhoe Boom Raise (backhoe at maximum reach, bucket teeth on ground-to-boom at cushion)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.9 (seconds)
Backhoe Boom Lower (backhoe at maximum reach, bucket teeth on ground-to-boom at cushion)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.9 (seconds)
Crowd In (boom in transport position)
Maximum Cycle Time
3.1 (seconds)
Crowd Out (boom in transport position)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.7 (seconds)
Backhoe Bucket Dump
Maximum Cycle Time
2.4 (seconds)
Backhoe Bucket Curl
Maximum Cycle Time
2.8 (seconds)
Backhoe Swing (boom raised to cushion, bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to ground cylinder-cushion-to-cylindercushion [180°])
Maximum Cycle Time
3.3 (seconds)
Item
Measurement
Specification
Extendible Dipperstick Extend—If Equipped
Maximum Cycle Time
2.4 (seconds)
Extendible Dipperstick Retract—If Equipped
Maximum Cycle Time
2.6 (seconds)
Right Stabilizer Down (full up-to-ground level)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Right Stabilizer Up (ground level-to-full up)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Left Stabilizer Down (full up-to-ground level)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Left Stabilizer Up (ground level-to-full up)
Maximum Cycle Time
2.5 (seconds)
Steering Right to Left
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering Left to Right
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering Right to Left (MFWD)
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering Left to Right (MFWD)
Turns
2.3 to 3
Does machine perform within specifications?
Result: YES:Operational checkout complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9005 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
ENGINE
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
NO:Check hydraulic oil level. NO: See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9010 - ENGINE Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................... 1 Engine Cooling System Operation ........................................................................................................ 1 Cold Start Aid System Operation—If Equipped ..................................................................................... 3 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ........................................................................................................ 4 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................... 4 Engine Identification ............................................................................................................................. 5 Engine Cooling System Component Location ....................................................................................... 8 Engine Fuel System Component Location .......................................................................................... 10 Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location ............................................................................... 14 Group 20 - Adjustments ........................................................................................................................ 18 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................. 18 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 19 John Deere Engine Operation ............................................................................................................. 19 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped .............................................................................................. 20 Engine Speed Check ........................................................................................................................... 24 Air in Fuel Test .................................................................................................................................... 25 Engine Thermostat Test ..................................................................................................................... 25 Thermal Bypass Valve Test ................................................................................................................ 26 Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost .................................................................................. 27
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
Engine Cooling System Operation The machine’s cooling package contains: Radiator Hydraulic/transmission radiator Air conditioner condenser The radiator is mounted behind the hydraulic/transmission radiator in the cooling package. It is first to receive fan air. It also has higher coolant flow than the hydraulic/transmission radiator. The machine is equipped with a direct drive fan. Direct drive fans operate at a consistent speed with the engine at all times. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Direct drive machines must increase engine speed in order to increase cooling performance. The engine cooling system shares coolant with the hydraulic and transmission cooling systems. Hydraulic and transmission oil cooling is accomplished by means of fluid-to-fluid coolers. The hydraulic and transmission oil coolers are remote mounted away from the cooling package, below the operator′s station. The water pump circulates coolant through the engine. Once achieving normal operating temperature, a thermostat opens to allow coolant to pass through the radiator, back to the water pump. The thermal bypass valve speeds hydraulic warm-up, maintains the oil at a more consistent set point, and makes for quicker stabilization of engine, transmission, and hydraulic temperatures. It works similarly to a thermostat but is not contained in the engine. When the thermal bypass valve opens, coolant flows from the water pump through the hydraulic/transmission radiator to remote mounted hydraulic and transmission oil coolers located on the right side inner frame rail. Coolant returns from the hydraulic and transmission oil coolers to the water pump. For additional information, see the following: Power Train Overview . (Group 9020-05.) Hydraulic System Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation . (Group 9031-05.)
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 Machines with engine model 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 add a fuel cooler and a charge air cooler to the cooling package. The fuel cooler is an air-to-fluid cooler. Fuel from the fuel tank is circulated through the fuel cooler before it arrives at the high pressure fuel pump. The lower fuel temperatures help reduce overall combustion temperatures and emissions. The charge air cooler is an air-to-air cooler. Charge air from the turbocharger is forced through the charge air cooler where it is cooled before it reaches the intake manifold. This cooler air increases horsepower while assisting in the reduction of emissions.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Cold Start Aid System Operation—If Equipped
Auto-Ether Injection System LEGEND: 1 2 Y15
Intake Manifold Ether Canister Start Aid Solenoid
The cold start aid system used on this machine is auto-ether injection. Ether injection helps to start the engine in cold weather by injecting a specific amount of ether into the intake manifold (1). When the ignition is ON and the engine control unit (ECU) detects the fuel temperature is below a specified temperature, the start aid solenoid (Y15) energizes, and ether flows from the canister (2) to the intake manifold (1) and mixes with intake air. For more information on the electrical control of auto-ether injection, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When the ether/air mixture reaches the combustion chamber, it mixes with diesel fuel. Ether ignites at a lower temperature than diesel fuel, therefore, inside the combustion chamber the ether ignites first, heating the diesel fuel and aiding combustion.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Identification This machine is equipped one of the following engine models: 4045HT054, 4045HT086, and 4045TT096. Use the following information to identify engine model.
Engine Serial and Model Number Identification LEGEND: 1 Engine Serial Number Plate 2 Engine Serial Number 3 Engine Model Number
Engine Serial Number Plate Location
Engine Serial Number Plate Example Engine serial number plate (1) is located on right rear of engine block. Fifth character of engine model number (3) can be used to identify engine aspiration method. Engine Model Number Engine Model Number 4045 H T054
Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled
4045 H T086
Turbocharged and air-to-air aftercooled
4045 T T096
Turbocharged, no aftercooling
Engine Component Identification LEGEND: 4
Charge Air Cooler
4045HT054 and 4045HT086 Engine (front view)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
4045TT096 Engine (front view) Machines equipped with 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 engines utilize a charge air cooler (4) located near top front of cooling package. Machines equipped with 4045TT096 engines do not utilize a charge air cooler in the cooling package. Engines 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 are very similar. Key differences between the two engines are: LEGEND: 5 Exhaust Manifold
4045HT054 Engine
4045HT086 Engine Camshaft Turbocharger Exhaust Manifold Fuel Injectors Software <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
The exhaust manifold geometry is the only external component that visually distinguishes these two engines.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Cooling System Component Location Engine Model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
Engine Cooling System Component Location (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Thermal Bypass Valve Upper Radiator Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Thermal Bypass Valve Hose Surge Tank Overflow Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Surge Tank Hose Surge Tank Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Thermostat Housing Hose Surge Tank-to-Coolant Pump Housing Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Radiator Fan Lower Radiator Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Oil Cooler Housing Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Coolant Pump Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Transmission Oil Cooler Hydraulic Oil Cooler
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Model 4045TT096
Engine Cooling System Component Location (engine model 4045TT096) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Oil Cooler Hose Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to-Hydraulic Reservoir Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Thermal Bypass Valve Upper Radiator Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Thermal Bypass Valve Hose Surge Tank Overflow Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator-to-Surge Tank Hose Surge Tank Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Surge Tank-to-Coolant Pump Housing Hose Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Radiator Fan Lower Radiator Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Oil Cooler Housing Hose Thermal Bypass Valve-to-Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Coolant Pump Hose Transmission Oil Cooler-to-Transmission Hose Transmission Oil Cooler Hydraulic Oil Cooler
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Component Location Engine Model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 23 25 26 27
Fuel Cooler-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Hose High Pressure Fuel Pump Final Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector (4 used) Fuel Injector-to-Fuel Injector Line (3 used) High Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Injector Line High Pressure Common Rail-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-High Pressure Common Rail Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Line Final Fuel Filter Fuel Cooler Fuel Sender-to-Fuel Cooler Hose Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Breather Hose Fuel Sender-to-Auxillary Fuel Filter Hose Auxillary Fuel Filter Auxillary Fuel Filter-to-Primary Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Fuel Leak-Off Line High Pressure Common Rail-to-Fuel Leak-Off Line High Pressure Common Rail
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 1 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Fuel Cooler-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Hose Final Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Line Fuel Tank Breather Final Fuel Filter Fuel Cooler Fuel Sender-to-Fuel Cooler Hose Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Vent Fuel Sender Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Breather Hose Fuel Sender-to-Auxillary Fuel Filter Hose Auxillary Fuel Filter Auxillary Fuel Filter-to-Primary Fuel Filter Hose Primary Fuel Filter-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Primary Fuel Filter
Engine Model 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045TT096) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 11 16 17 18
High Pressure Fuel Pump Primary Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector Leak-Off-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector (4 used) Fuel Injector Leak-Off Line Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Final Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Fuel Sender-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose High Pressure Fuel Pump-to-Fuel Injector Line (4 used) Fuel Injector-to-Fuel Injector Line (3 used)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Fuel System Components (engine model 4045TT096) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Primary Fuel Filter-to-High Pressure Fuel Pump Line Fuel Injector Leak-Off Line Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose Fuel Transfer Pump Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Primary Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Transfer Pump Line Final Fuel Filter Primary Fuel Filter Fuel Tank Breather Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Vent Fuel Sender Fuel Sender-to-Final Fuel Filter Hose Fuel Tank Vent-to-Fuel Tank Breather Hose
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
<- Go to Section TOC
Charge Air Cooler Air Cleaner Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Intake Tube Exhaust Stack Muffler Exhaust Manifold Turbocharger Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Charge Air Cooler Tube
Section 9010 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10
Charge Air Cooler Air Cleaner Charge Air Cooler-to-Air Intake Tube Exhaust Stack Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Charge Air Cooler Tube Air Intake
Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045TT096) (1 of 2) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6
<- Go to Section TOC
Exhaust Manifold Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner Exhaust Stack Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube
Section 9010 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 20: Adjustments
Engine Intake and Exhaust Component Location (4045TT096) (2 of 2) LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
<- Go to Section TOC
Muffler Turbocharger Air Cleaner Exhaust Stack Air Cleaner-to-Turbocharger Tube Turbocharger-to-Air Intake Tube Air Intake
Section 9010 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Group 20 - Adjustments John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests John Deere Engine Operation This machine uses one of the following engines: John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT054 John Deere PowerTech™ E diesel engine model 4045HT086 John Deere PowerTech™ diesel engine model 4045TT096 To identify engine model, see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) For theory of operation on John Deere PowerTech ™ engines not contained in this group, see the following:
Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502). See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM502). See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). See EGR Valve Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ E 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 16 Electronic Fuel System with Denso HPCR . (CTM502.)
Engine 4045TT096 See General Engine Operation . (CTM104). See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation . (CTM104). See Cooling System Operation . (CTM104). See Lubrication System Operation . (CTM104). See Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM331.) See Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation . (CTM331.) See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation . (CTM104). For additional engine information on John Deere engines and components, see the following component technical manuals (CTM). See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Base Engine . (CTM104.) See Powertech™ 4.5L & 6.8L Diesel Engines—Level 12 Electronic Fuel System with Stanadyne DE10 Pump . (CTM331.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz.
Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz.
This procedure is recommended for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Sample fluid systems at the following intervals: Each system at every oil change before changing oil Engine oil: 250 hours (125 hours for machines above 1829 m (6000 ft.) elevation) Engine coolant: 500 hours Hydraulic oil: 500 hours Transmission oil: 500 hours Power train oil (axles, gear cases): 500 hours
Machine Preparation [1] - Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system. [2] - Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[3] - Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve before removing dust cap, to reduce fluid sample contamination. See Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped. (Operator′s Manual.) [4] - Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve.
Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure that a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The amount of waste oil is the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz.), be purged from a remotely mounted valve before collecting the sample. [1] - Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
System Fluid Purge (excavator shown) Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Item
Measurement
Specification
System Fluid Purge
Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz.
[3] - Properly dispose of collected waste fluid. [4] - To increase the oil flow and obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to fast idle.
Obtaining Fluid Sample [1] →NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.
Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag [2] -
Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible. When collecting hydraulic or power train oil samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
the bottle. Keep the protective plastic in place when the lid is taken off. [3] →NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in.) into the sample bottle.
Puncture Plastic Bag with Cap Probe Line [4] -
Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown) Hold the cap probe line inside the bottle. Press, and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle. [5] - Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid. Item
Measurement
Specification
Fluid Sample
Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz.
[6] - After a representative sample is obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container. Leave the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil is warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. [7] <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
→NOTE: Use cap probes for only one sampling procedure. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe. [8] - Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing. Service Equipment and Tools Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number
Description
AT317904
Engine Test Kit
AT303189
Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit
AT180344
Diesel Fuel Test Kit
AT183016
Coolant Test Kit
TY26349
6 mm (1/4 in.) Suction Pump Tubing, 30 m (100 ft.).
AT308579
120 mL (4 oz.) Sample Bottle
AT315231
Poly Cap Probe
AT321211
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-ring
AT306111
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-ring
TY26363
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4"-20 NPT
AT306133
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
AT320593
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female
AT312932
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female
TY26364
90° Push Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
TY26365
Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe
Not applicable
Plastic Bag
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Engine Speed Check LEGEND: 27
Display Monitor Screen
Display Monitor Screen Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Temperature
80°C 176°F
Engine Slow Idle Speed
880—900 rpm
Engine Fast Idle Speed
2350—2400 rpm
[1] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in standard display monitor (SDM) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - View engine coolant temperature in monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - Run engine until engine coolant is to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Coolant
Temperature
80°C 176°F
[4] - Run engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Slow Idle
Speed
880—900 rpm
[5] - Check display monitor screen (27) to see if slow idle rpm is within specification. [6] - Run engine at fast idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Fast Idle
Speed
2350—2400 rpm
[7] - Check display monitor screen (27) to see if fast idle rpm is within specification. [8] →NOTE: Engine slow idle and fast idle settings cannot be adjusted. If slow or fast idle is out of specification, check the following: Check diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Check air cleaner elements. See Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty Secondary and Primary Element . (Operator′s Manual.) Check for kinked or pinched fuel hoses (supply and return). See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Check fuel tank breather filter and hose. See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Check fuel filter and system. See Engine Fuel System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.) Check throttle position sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) To identify engine as a 4045HT054, 4045HT086, or 4045TT096 see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15). For machines with 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 engines: Check engine control unit (ECU). See Electronic Control Unit (ECU) System Operation . (CTM502.) For machines with 4045TT096 engines: Check engine control unit (ECU). See Electronic Control Unit (ECU) . (CTM331.)
Air in Fuel Test To identify engine as a 4045HT054, 4045HT086, or 4045TT096 see Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15). For machines with 4045HT054 or 4045HT086 engines: To check for air in fuel, see Test for Air in Fuel . (CTM502.) For machines with 4045TT096 engines: To check for air in fuel, see Test for Air in Fuel . (CTM331.)
Engine Thermostat Test Test opening temperature of the engine thermostat. See Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening Temperature . (CTM104.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Thermostat
Initial Opening Temperature—Range
79.5—83.5°C
Thermostat
Full Open Temperature—Nominal
175—182°F 94.5°C 202°F
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Thermal Bypass Valve Test
Thermostat Opening Temperature Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Thermostat Initial Opening Temperature—Range
70—78°C 158—172°F
Thermostat Full Open Temperature—Nominal
88°C 190°F
[1] - Remove thermostat from thermal bypass valve. [2] - Heat water in a container. [3] CAUTION: DO NOT allow thermostat or thermometer to rest against the side or bottom of container when heating water. Either may rupture if overheated. Suspend thermostat and a thermometer in the container of water. [4] - Stir the water as it heats. Observe opening action of thermostat and compare temperature with specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Thermostat
Initial Opening Temperature—Range
70—78°C
Thermostat
Full Open Temperature—Nominal
158—172°F 88°C 190°F
[5] - Remove thermostat and observe its closing action as it cools. In ambient air the thermostat will close completely. Closing action will be smooth and slow. [6] - Replace thermostat if operation does not meet specification. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Rated Speed
2200 rpm
Turbocharger Boost Pressure (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
83—103 kPa 0.83—1.03 bar 12—15 psi
Turbocharger Boost Pressure (engine 4045TT096)
48—62 kPa 0.48—0.62 bar 7—9 psi
Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit
IMPORTANT: On power shift transmissions ONLY, never operate machine equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) will occur. →NOTE: Boost specifications are based on use of No. 2 fuel. If using No. 1 fuel, reduce boost specifications by 7%.
Start Aid Tube (shown installed)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9010 - ENGINE
Group 25: Tests
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Test LEGEND: 1 2 3
Starting Aid Tube Adapter (JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit) Gauge (JT07248 Turbocharger Boost Test Kit)
[1] - Identify engine model number. See Engine Identification . (Group 9010-15.) [2] - Remove plug or starting aid tube (1) if equipped. [3] - Install adapter (2) and gauge (3). Turbocharger Boost Test Kit JT07248 Used to check turbocharger boost pressure. [4] - Apply park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. Run engine until it is at normal operating temperature. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[5] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Machine Options or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Run engine at fast idle using loader hydraulics to load engine down to rated speed. Read turbocharger boost pressure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Rated Speed
2200 rpm
Turbocharger
Boost Pressure (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
83—103 kPa 0.83—1.03 bar 12—15 psi
Turbocharger
Boost Pressure (engine 4045TT096)
48—62 kPa 0.48—0.62 bar 7—9 psi
[7] - If engine speed does not drop to specification, use following procedure to apply additional load to engine. a. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) b. Lower stabilizers and loader to raise wheels off ground. c. Put machine in second gear and transmission control lever (TCL) in forward or reverse. IMPORTANT: Possible damage to machine may occur if brakes are applied too long. Circulate hydraulic fluid if temperature exceeds 99°C (210°F). Run engine at fast idle. Apply service brakes to load engine down to rated speed.
[8] - Record highest boost pressure at rated speed. [9] - Repeat test several times. [10] - If boost pressure is too high, remove and test fuel injection pump for high fuel delivery. [11] - If boost pressure is too low, check for the following: Restricted air filter elements. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9010 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Restricted fuel filter elements. Incorrect fast idle adjustment. Incorrect injection pump timing. Exhaust manifold leaks. Intake manifold leaks. Malfunctioning fuel transfer pump. Low compression pressure. Malfunctioning fuel injection nozzle. Carbon buildup in turbocharger. Turbocharger compressor or turbine wheel rubbing housing. Low fuel injection pump fuel delivery. Remove and test fuel injection pump for low fuel delivery.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Table of contents Group 05 - System Information ............................................................................................................. 1 Electrical Diagram Information ............................................................................................................. 1 Electrical Schematic Symbols ............................................................................................................... 5 Group 10 - System Diagrams ................................................................................................................. 8 Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications ......................................................................................... 8 System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend ............................ 11 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend ............................................................................ 15 Engine Harness (W10) Component Location ...................................................................................... 57 Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram .............................................................................................. 62 Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location ............................................................................ 67 Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................... 69 Cab Harness (W14) Component Location ........................................................................................... 71 Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................... 74 Roof Harness (W17) Component Location .......................................................................................... 83 Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................. 85 Radio Harness (W18) Component Location ........................................................................................ 87 Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................ 88 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location ....................................................... 89 Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 90 Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location .......................... 91 Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram .................................. 93 Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location ............................................... 95 Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 97 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location ................................................................. 99 Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram ....................................................................... 100 Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location ...................................................................... 101 Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram .............................................................................. 102 Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location ............................................................. 103 Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram ..................................................................... 104 Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location .......................................................... 105 Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram .................................................................. 106 Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location ....................................................... 107 Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram ............................................................... 108 Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location ............................................ 109 Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram .................................................... 111 Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location ................................................................. 112 Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram ......................................................................... 113 Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location .......................................................................... 114 Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram .................................................................................. 115 Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location—(S.N. —232969) ................................... 116 Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969) ........................................... 118 Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location ............................................................................. 119 Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 122 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location ......................................... 126 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram ................................................. 127 Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Component Location ........................................................ 127 Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 128 Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) ....................... 128 Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— ) ............................... 129 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location ................................... 130 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram ........................................... 132 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Component Location ..................................................................... 133 Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram ............................................................................. 134 Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics ................................................................................................. 135 Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 135 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation ............................................................. 144 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation ..................................................................... 149 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................... 158 Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation ............................................................................ 167 Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation .................................................................................. 172 Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation ...................................................................... 176 Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation ................................................................................ 180 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation ........................................................... 182 Group 16 - Monitor Operation ............................................................................................................ 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu .............................................................................. 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes ................................................................................. 184 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics ................................................................................. 185 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu Visible or Hidden ....................................................... 188 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults ............................................................ 188 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options ......................................................................... 190 Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Setting Hour Meter ...................................................................... 194 Security System Enable-Disable ....................................................................................................... 196 Security System Configuration ......................................................................................................... 198 Security System Operation ............................................................................................................... 201 Group 20 - References ......................................................................................................................... 202 Electrical Component Specifications ................................................................................................. 202 Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure ....................................................................................... 204 JDLink™ Connection Procedure ........................................................................................................ 205 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) ....................................................................................... 206 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor Messages ........................................................................... 209 Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics ................................................................. 211 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ...................................................................................... 213 Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test .................................................................................... 221 Alternator Test .................................................................................................................................. 222 Wire Harness Test ............................................................................................................................ 223 Sensor Circuit Test ........................................................................................................................... 223 Crank Position Sensor Test ............................................................................................................... 225 Transmission Control Circuit Test ..................................................................................................... 226 Transmission Solenoid Circuit Test ................................................................................................... 227 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test ............................................................................................. 228 Transmission Solenoid Check ........................................................................................................... 229 Throttle Position Sensor Test ............................................................................................................ 230 Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................... 231 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test ............................................................................................ 232 Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install .......................................................................................... 233 Controller Remove and Install .......................................................................................................... 234
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05: System Information
Group 05 - System Information Electrical Diagram Information Explanation of Wire Markings →NOTE: All system functional schematics, circuit schematics, and wiring diagrams are shown with key switch in the OFF position.
System Functional Schematic Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05: System Information
System Functional Schematic Example LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Continuity Chart Power Wires Routing Location Information Wire Identification Ground Wires Section Number Section 9015 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8 9 10 11 12 13
Group 05: System Information
Component Name Component Identification Number Component Schematic Symbol Connector Identification Number Connector Connector Pin Information
The system functional schematic is made up of equal sections to simplify searching the schematic. Each section of the system functional schematic is assigned a number (7). The system functional schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown near the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) near the bottom. The schematic may contain some harness or connector information. When connector information is shown, it will be displayed as a double chevron (12) with a component identification number (11) corresponding to the connector identification number. Connector pin information (13) will be displayed in a text size smaller than that of the connector identification number. Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and a component identification number (9). A component identification number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (schematics, wiring diagrams, and component location). Routing location information (3) is presented to let the reader know when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going “To” or coming “From” a component in a different location. The section and component identification number are given in the first line of information and any pin information for the component is given in parenthesis in the second line. In this example, power is going TO section 23, component B14 on pin C4.
Wiring Diagram
Wiring Diagram Example LEGEND: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Group 05: System Information
Component Identification Number Connector Connector End View Wire Harness Wire Number Wire Splice Wire End #1 Termination Location Wire Number Wire Color Wire End #2 Termination Location
Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses. (W6, etc.) The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches. A component identification or connector number (1) identifies each component. The wire harness (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a harness side connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated. An “X” component identification number of 100 or higher identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from. A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the “END #1” column (7) to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire. In the center, the wire number (8) and wire color (9) are listed. A component identification number in the “END #2” column (10) identifies the opposite end of the wire.
Component Location Diagram The component location diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.
Connector End View Diagram The connector end view diagram is a pictorial end view of the component connectors showing the number of pins in the connector and the wire color and identifier of the wire in every connector. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the system functional schematic diagram.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 05: System Information
Electrical Schematic Symbols
Electrical Schematic Symbols
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 <- Go to Section TOC
Group 05: System Information
Battery Wire Splice Fuse Circuit Breaker Fusible Link Power Outlet Alternator Air Conditioner Compressor Compressor Liquid Pump Antenna Diode Zener Diode Capacitor Magnet Flasher Buzzer Horn Alarm Electromagnet Internal Ground Single Point Ground External Ground Sensor Sensor with Normally Open Switch Speed Sensor Rotary Sensor Single Element Bulb Dual Element Bulb Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve with Suppression Diode Solenoid Normally Open Solenoid Normally Closed Starter Motor Starter Motor DC Motor DC Stepping Motor Wiper Motor Blower Motor Servo Motor Speedometer Tachometer Temperature Gauge Liquid Level Gauge Gauge Hourmeter Resistor Variable Resistor Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor Multi-Pin Connector Single Pin Connector Connector 4 Pin Relay 5 Pin Relay 5 Pin Relay with Internal Suppression Diode 5 Pin Relay with Internal Suppression Resistor Key Switch Temperature Switch Normally Open Temperature Switch Normally Closed Pressure Switch Normally Open Pressure Switch Normally Closed Liquid Level Switch Normally Open Liquid Level Switch Normally Closed Momentary Switch Normally Open Momentary Switch Normally Closed Toggle Switch Normally Open Toggle Switch Normally Closed Section 9015 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Open 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Closed Manual Switch Operation Push Switch Operation Pull Switch Operation Turn Switch Operation Toggle Switch Operation Pedal Switch Operation Key Switch Operation Detent Switch Operation Temperature Sensor Solar Sensor Pressure Sensor Liquid Level Sensor
Section 9015 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Group 10 - System Diagrams Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications
Fuse and Relay Box LEGEND: F11 F12 F13 F15 F17 F18 F20 F30 F31 F33 F34 F35 F42 F43 F44 F45 F47 X1
Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Radio 10 A Fuse Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Return-To-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse Air Seat 15 A Fuse Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage rating to prevent electrical system damage from overload. The fuse panel is located in right-hand console of operator’s station.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Load Center—Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086 The engine load center is located on left side of the engine along the frame rail.
Engine Load Center (4045HT054 and 4045HT086) LEGEND: F3 F4 F21 F22 K25 V4
Key Switch 10 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Start Aid Relay Alternator Excitation Diode
Engine Load Center—Engine 4045TT096 The engine load center is located on left side of the engine along the frame rail.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Load Center (4045TT096) LEGEND: F3 F4 F22 F23 K25 K26 V4
Key Switch 10 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse (if equipped) Start Aid Relay Fuel Filter Heater Relay (if equipped) Alternator Excitation Diode LEGEND: F1
Main 250 A Fuse
Main 250 A Fuse Location LEGEND: F71
JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse
JDLink ™ Fuse Location <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend A1—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 ) A2—Engine Control Unit (ECU) ( SE5 , SE8 )( W10 ) A3—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) ( SE15 )( W14 ) A9—Radio ( SE30 )( W18 ) A74—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) ( SE13 )( W14 ) A6000—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit ( SE4 )( W6002 ) A6002—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit ( SE5 )( W6003 ) B2—Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch ( SE27 )( W19 ) B3—Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch ( SE27 )( W19 ) B6—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor ( SE18 )( W13 ) B7—Engine Oil Pressure Switch ( SE7 )( W10 ) B8—Fuel Level Sensor ( SE14 )( W13 ) B9—Seat Position Sensor ( SE19 )( W14 ) B10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor ( SE20 )( W13 ) B12—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch ( SE20 )( W13 ) B13—Park Brake Pressure Switch ( SE18 )( W13 ) B14—Transmission Output Speed Sensor ( SE18 )( W13 ) B15—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B17—Fuel Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B18—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B19—Crankshaft Position Sensor ( SE8 )( W10 ) B20—Engine Speed Control Pedal ( SE6 )( W14 ) B21—Engine Speed Control Dial ( SE6 )( W14 ) B26—Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor ( SE20 )( W13 ) B30—Right Speaker ( SE30 )( W18 ) B31—Left Speaker ( SE30 )( W18 ) B44—Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch ( SE19 )( W14 ) B60—Water-in-Fuel Sensor ( SE7 )( W10 ) B61—Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch ( SE9 )( W10 ) B109—Air Filter Restriction Switch ( SE7 )( W10 ) E1—Left Rear Work Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E2—Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E3—Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E4—Right Rear Work Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E5—Left Front Work Light (if equipped) ( SE24 )( W17 ) E6—Right Front Work Light (if equipped) ( SE23 )( W17 ) E7—Left Front Work Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E8—Right Front Work Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E15—Left Docking Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E16—Right Docking Light ( SE24 )( W17 ) E17—Beacon Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E20—Dome Light ( SE30 )( W14 ) E23—Left Backup Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E24—Right Backup Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E31—Left Front Drive Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E32—Right Front Drive Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E33—Left Front Marker Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E34—Right Front Marker Light ( SE23 )( W17 ) E35—Left Front Turn Signal ( SE23 )( W17 ) E36—Right Front Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W17 ) E37—Left Brake/Tail Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E38—Right Rear Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W38 ) E39—Left Rear Turn Signal ( SE22 )( W38 ) E40—Right Brake/Tail Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E41—License Plate Light ( SE22 )( W38 ) E45—Left Rear Light Assembly ( SE22 )( W38 ) E46—Right Rear Light Assembly ( SE22 )( W38 ) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
E47—Left Tail Light ( SE22 ) E48—Right Tail Light ( SE22 ) F1—Main 250 A Fuse ( SE1 )( W10 ) F4—ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse ( SE5 ) F11—Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE1 ) F12—Horn/Service ADVISOR Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse ( SE1 ) F13—Optional Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F15—Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F17—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F18—Radio 10 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F20—Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse ( SE25 ) F22—Start Aid 15 A Fuse ( SE6 ) F23—Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse ( SE9 )( W10 ) F30—Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F31—Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F33—VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F34—Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F35—Transmission Control 5 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F42—Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F43—Air Seat 15 A Fuse ( SE2 ) F44—Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F45—Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse ( SE3 ) F47—Boom and Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) ( SE3 )( W14 ) F47—Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Lights/Optional Equipment 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590—) ( SE3 )( W14 ) F71—JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse ( SE4 )( W6002 ) G1—Battery 1 ( SE1 ) G2—Battery 2 ( SE1 ) G4—Alternator ( SE1 )( W10 ) H1—Monitor Alarm ( SE14 )( W14 ) H3—Backup Alarm ( SE18 )( W13 ) H40—Horn ( SE28 )( W10 ) K5—Starter Relay ( SE1 )( W10 ) K10—Ignition Relay ( SE3 )( W14 ) K13—Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay ( SE22 )( W38 ) K20—Accessory Relay ( SE2 )( W14 ) K25—Start Aid Relay ( SE6 )( W10 ) K26—Fuel Filter Heater Relay ( SE9 )( W10 ) M1—Starter Motor ( SE1 )( W10 ) M9—Temperature Control Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M10—Blower Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M11—Blower Mode Door Motor ( SE25 )( W14 ) M13—Front Wiper Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M14—Rear Wiper Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M15—Front Washer Motor ( SE27 )( W14 ) M45—Air Seat Motor ( SE28 )( W14 ) R5—CAN Termination Resistor 1 ( SE4 )( W10 ) ( W6002 ) R6—CAN Termination Resistor 2 ( SE15 )( W14 ) R10—Blower Motor Speed Resistor ( SE25 )( W14 ) R20—Temperature Control Resistor ( SE25 )( W14 ) R26—Fuel Filter Heater ( SE9 )( W10 ) S2—Battery Disconnect Switch ( SE1 ) S5—Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S6—Gear Select Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S8—Clutch Disconnect Switch ( SE17 )( W14 ) S9—Air Conditioner Mode Switch ( SE26 )( W14 ) S10—Differential Lock Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S11—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch ( SE17 )( W14 ) S12—Return-to-Dig Switch ( SE29 )( W32 ) S14—Rear Wiper Enable Switch ( SE27 )( W14 ) S19—Drive Light High/Low Switch ( SE23 )( W14 ) S26—Brake Light Switch 1 ( SE22 )( W14 ) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
S27—Brake Light Switch 2 ( SE22 )( W14 ) S30—Turn Signal Switch ( SE22 )( W14 ) S34—Sideshift Lock Switch ( SE29 )( W37 , W42 ) S35—Boom Lock Switch ( SE29 )( W37 , W42 ) S36—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S37—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S38—Clutch Disconnect Switch ( SE16 )( W14 ) S40—Horn Switch ( SE28 )( W14 ) S42—Blower Motor Speed Switch ( SE25 )( W14 ) S45—Air Seat Switch ( SE28 )( W14 ) S46—Start Aid Switch ( SE6 )( W24 ) S47—Beacon Switch ( SE22 )( W14 ) S52—Pilot Enable Switch ( SE19 )( W31 ) S54—Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch ( SE19 )( W14 ) V4—Alternator Excitation Diode ( SE1 ) V12—Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode ( SE28 )( W32 ) V13—Front Wiper Motor Diode ( SE27 )( W14 ) V19—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode ( SE26 )( W39 ) W1—Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ( SE1 , SE5 , SE6 , SE9 , SE18 , SE26 , SE28 )( W10 , W13 ) W2—Operator Station Floor Ground ( SE2 , SE13 , SE15 , SE16 , SE19 , SE22 , SE25 , SE27 , SE28 , SE30 )( W14 ) W3—Roof Ground ( SE24 )( W17 ) W4—Battery Ground ( SE1 ) X1—Service ADVISOR™ Diagnostic Connector ( SE15 )( W14 ) X4—Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector ( SE15 )( W14 ) X9—Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector ( SE30 )( W14 , W18 ) X10—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector ( SE5 , SE8 )( W10 ) X11—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 )( W14 ) X12—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 )( W14 ) X13—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 ( SE14 , SE16 , SE19 , SE23 , SE27 )( W14 ) X14—Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 ( SE14 )( W14 ) X20—Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ( SE1 , SE3 , SE5 , SE6 , SE13 , SE26 , SE28 )( W10 , W14 ) X21—Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ( SE14 , SE17 , SE20 , SE28 )( W13 , W14 ) X26—Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X31—Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X32—Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector ( SE23 )( W17 ) X33—Rear Frame Harness Connector ( SE22 , SE29 )( W14 , W38 ) X34—Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector ( SE29 )( W38 ) X38—Left Power Port ( SE30 )( W14 ) X39—Right Power Port ( SE30 )( W14 ) X40—Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ( SE13 )( W14 ) X46—Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector ( SE26 )( W14 , W19 , W24 ) X47—Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector ( SE25 )( W14 , W40 ) X48—Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector ( SE16 )( W14 ) X49—Start Aid Switch Harness Connector ( SE6 )( W10 , W24 ) X52—Pilot Control Console Harness Connector ( SE19 , SE20 )( W14 )( W30 ) X53—Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector ( SE19 )( W30 , W31 ) X54—Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 , W28 ) X58—Loader Control Lever Connector ( SE16 , SE19 )( W14 ) X60—Side Console Option Connector ( SE28 )( W14 ) X62—Operator Station Option Connector ( SE29 )( W14 ) X66—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector ( SE26 )( W10 ) X67—Return-to-Dig Harness Connector ( SE28 )( W13 , W32 ) X68—Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W27 ) X81—Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 , W26 ) X82—Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector ( SE21 )( W14 ) X101—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector ( SE4 )( W10 ) X102—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector ( SE4 )( W10 ) X123A—Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A ( SE29 )( W42 ) X123B—Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B ( SE29 )( W42 ) X6014—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector ( SE4 ) X6015—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector ( SE5 ) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Y1—Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y2—Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y3—Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y4—Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y5—Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y6—Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y7—Park Brake Release Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y10—Differential Lock Solenoid ( SE18 )( W13 ) Y11—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid ( SE17 )( W13 ) Y12—Return-to-Dig Solenoid ( SE28 )( W32 ) Y15—Start Aid Solenoid ( SE6 )( W10 ) Y16—Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid ( SE8 )( W10 ) Y19—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid ( SE26 )( W39 ) Y20—Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid ( SE21 )( W29 ) Y21—Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid ( SE21 )( W29 ) Y29—Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid ( SE21 )( W26 ) Y30—Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid ( SE21 )( W26 ) Y34—Sideshift Lock Solenoid ( SE29 )( W37 ) Y35—Boom Lock Solenoid ( SE29 )( W37 ) Y50—Ride Control Solenoid 1 ( SE21 )( W27 ) Y51—Ride Control Solenoid 2 ( SE21 )( W27 ) Y52—Pilot Enable Solenoid ( SE20 )( W30 ) Y53—Selective Flow Control Solenoid ( SE21 )( W28 ) Y56—Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid ( SE20 )( W13 ) Y58—Pattern Select Solenoid 1 ( SE20 )( W30 ) Y59—Pattern Select Solenoid 2 ( SE21 )( W30 )
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend →NOTE: SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit “SE1” indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. “Starting and Charging Circuit” indicates circuit name. SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit SE2—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE3—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE4—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Circuit SE5—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Circuit SE6—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE7—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE9—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE13—CAN/Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Circuit SE14—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE15—Service Advisor/Standard Display Monitor Circuit SE16—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE17—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE18—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE19—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE20—Pilot Enable Circuit SE21—Loader Coupler/Single Lever Loader Control with Auxiliary/ Selective Flow/Ride Control Circuit SE22 (S.N.—232969)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE22 (S.N 235590—)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE25—Blower Motor Circuit SE26—Air Conditioner Circuit SE27—Wiper/Washer Circuit SE28—Air Seat/Return-to-Dig Circuit SE29—Boom Lock/Sideshift Lock Circuit SE30—Power Port/Radio Circuit
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
LEGEND: F1 Main 250 A Fuse F11 Radio/Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F12 Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F13 Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F15 Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F17 Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse F18 Radio 10 A Fuse F30 Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse F31 Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse F33 VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse F34 Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse F35 Transmission Control 5 A Fuse F42 Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse F43 Air Seat 15 A Fuse F44 Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse F45 Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Light/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590— ) G1 Battery 1 G2 Battery 2 G4 Alternator K5 Starter Relay K10 Ignition Relay K20 Accessory Relay M1 Starter Motor S2 Battery Disconnect Switch V4 Alternator Excitation Diode W1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor W2 Operator Station Floor Ground X20 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 A2 A6000 A6002 B20 B21 F4 F22 F71 K25 R5 S46 W1 X20 X41 X42 X49 X101 X102 X6014 X6015 X6016 Y15
Group 10: System Diagrams
Without JDLink ™ With JDLink ™ Engine Control Unit (ECU) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid Relay CAN Termination Resistor 1 Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F21 K17 M17 W1 X41 X42 X50 X86 Y17 Y41 Y42 Y43 Y44
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Suction Control Valve Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 1) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 2) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 3) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 4)
Section 9015 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A3 A74 B8 H1 R6 W2 X1 X4 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X40
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (OC3) Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Alarm CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector
Section 9015 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S10 S11 S36 S37 S38 W1 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Section 9015 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE19—SE21)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B9 B10 B12 B26 B44 S52 S54 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. —232969) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Not Used
Section 9015 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 235590— ) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E45 E46 E47 E48 K13 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake Light License Plate Light Left Rear Light Assembly Right Rear Light Assembly Left Tail Light Right Tail Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Not Used
Section 9015 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B2 B3 F20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 R10 R20 S9 S14 S42 V13 V19 W1 W2 X12 X13 X20 X46 X47 X66 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Rear Wiper Enable Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9015 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE28—SE30)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 E20 H40 M45 S12 S34 S35 S40 S45 V12 W1 W2 X9 X20 X21 X33 X34 X38 X39 X60 X62 X67 X123A X123B Y12 Y34 Y35
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Dome Light Horn Air Seat Motor Return-to-Dig Switch Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Horn Switch Air Seat Switch Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) Return-to-Dig Solenoid Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—Engine 4045HT096 →NOTE: SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit “SE1” indicates section number of system functional schematic where circuit is located. “Starting and Charging Circuit” indicates circuit name. SE1—Starting and Charging Circuit SE2—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE3—Fuse Power Distribution Circuit SE4—Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Circuit SE5—Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Circuit SE6—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE7—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE8—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE9—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit SE13—CAN/Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Circuit SE14—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE15—Service Advisor/Standard Display Monitor Circuit SE16—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE17—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE18—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE19—Vehicle Control Unit Circuit SE20—Pilot Enable Circuit SE21—Loader Coupler/Single Lever Loader Control with Auxiliary/ Selective Flow/Ride Control Circuit SE22 (S.N.—232969)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N.—232969)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE22 (S.N 235590—)—Beacon/Hazard Light Circuit SE23 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit SE24 (S.N 235590—)—Brake/Drive/Work Light Circuit <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
SE25—Blower Motor Circuit SE26—Air Conditioner Circuit SE27—Wiper/Washer Circuit SE28—Air Seat/Return-to-Dig Circuit SE29—Boom Lock/Sideshift Lock Circuit SE30—Power Port/Radio Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE1—SE3)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
LEGEND: F1 Main 250 A Fuse F11 Radio/Power Port Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F12 Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse F13 Optional Equipment Unswitched Power 15 A Fuse F15 Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse F17 Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse F18 Radio 10 A Fuse F30 Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse F31 Return-to-Dig/Alternator Excitation 15 A Fuse F33 VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse F34 Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse F35 Transmission Control 5 A Fuse F42 Dome Light/Radio Switched Power 15 A Fuse F43 Air Seat 15 A Fuse F44 Blower Motor/Temperature Control 30 A Fuse F45 Power Port Switched Power 15 A Fuse F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. —232969) F47 Boom/Sideshift Lock/Rear Tail Light/Optional Equipment Switched Power 15 A Fuse (S.N. 235590— ) G1 Battery 1 G2 Battery 2 G4 Alternator K5 Starter Relay K10 Ignition Relay K20 Accessory Relay M1 Starter Motor S2 Battery Disconnect Switch V4 Alternator Excitation Diode W1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor W2 Operator Station Floor Ground X20 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE4—SE6)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 A2 A6000 A6002 B20 B21 F4 F22 F71 K25 R5 S46 W1 X10 X20 X49 X101 X102 X6014 X6015 X6016 Y15
Group 10: System Diagrams
Without JDLink ™ With JDLink ™ Engine Control Unit (ECU) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid Relay CAN Termination Resistor 1 Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE7—SE9)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F23 K26 R26 W1 X10 Y16
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch Air Filter Restriction Switch Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater Relay Fuel Filter Heater Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Section 9015 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE13—SE15)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A3 A74 B8 H1 R6 W2 X1 X4 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X40
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (OC3) Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Alarm CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector
Section 9015 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE16—SE18)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S10 S11 S36 S37 S38 W1 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Section 9015 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE19—SE21)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B9 B10 B12 B26 B44 S52 S54 W2 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. —232969) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (S.N. 235590— ) (SE22—SE24)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 E45 E46 E47 E48 K13 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake Light License Plate Light Left Rear Light Assembly Right Rear Light Assembly Left Tail Light Right Tail Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE25—SE27)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 B2 B3 F20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 R10 R20 S9 S14 S42 V13 V19 W1 W2 X12 X13 X20 X46 X47 X66 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Air Conditioner Control 7.5 A Fuse Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Rear Wiper Enable Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9015 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
System Functional Schematic (SE28—SE30)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 E20 H40 M45 S12 S34 S35 S40 S45 V12 W1 W2 X9 X20 X21 X33 X34 X38 X39 X60 X62 X67 X123A X123B Y12 Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Dome Light Horn Air Seat Motor Return-to-Dig Switch Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Horn Switch Air Seat Switch Return-to-Dig Solenoid Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) Return-to-Dig Solenoid Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Component Location Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Component Location (4045HT054 and 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 M17 R5 V19 W1 W10 W39 X18 X20 X41 X42 X49 X50 X66 X86 X101 X102 Y15 Y17 Y19
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump CAN Termination Resistor 1 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Start Aid Solenoid Suction Control Valve (SCV) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Component Location (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A2 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 R5 R26 V19 W1 W10 W39 X18 X20 X49 X66 X101 Y15 Y16 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor CAN Termination Resistor 1 Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9015 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram Engine 4045HT054 and 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (4045HT054 and 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B23 B24 B60 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 M17 R5 W1 X18 X20 X24 X41 X42 X49 X50 X66 X86 X101 X102 X630 X631 X632 X633 X634 X635 X636 X637 Y15 Y17
Group 10: System Diagrams
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump CAN Termination Resistor 1 Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Engine Load Center Power Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector G002 BLK Splice G040 BLK Splice M012 YEL Splice M013 LT GRN Splice P004 RED Splice P031 RED Splice R002 BLK Splice R054 BLK Splice Start Aid Solenoid Suction Control Valve (SCV)
Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B60 B61 B109 F1 G4 H40 K5 M1 R5 R26 W1 X10 X18 X20 X24 X49 X66 X101 X640 X641 X642 X643 X644 X645 Y15 Y16
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse Alternator Horn Starter Relay Starter Motor CAN Termination Resistor 1 Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Frame Ground Near Starter Motor ECU Connector Battery Load Center Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Engine Load Center Power Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector G040 BLK Splice M012 YEL Splice M013 LT GRN Splice P031 RED Splice R002 BLK Splice R051 BLK Splice Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Section 9015 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location
Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B6 B8 B10 B12 B13 B14 B26 H3 W1 W13 X21 X67 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Not Used Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Backup Alarm Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Transmission Harness Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9015 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram
Transmission Harness (W13) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: B6 B8 B10 B12 B13 B14 B26 H3 W1 X21 X67 X685 X686 X687 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Fuel Level Sensor Not Used Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Backup Alarm Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Harness Connector G011 BLK Splice 1 R038 BLK Splice G011 BLK Splice 2 Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9015 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Component Location
Cab Harness (W14) Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A3 A74 B9 B20 B21 B44 E20 H1 K10 K20 M9 M10 M11 M13 M14 M15 M45 R6 R10 R20 S5 S6 S8 S9 S10 S11 S14 S19 S26 S27 S30 S36 S37 S38 S40 S42 S45 S47 S54 V13 W2 W14 W40 X1 X3 X6 X9 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X21 X26 X33 X38 X39 X46 X47 X48 X52 X54 X58 X60
Group 10: System Diagrams
Single Lever Loader Auxiliary Control Lever Configuration Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Seat Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch Dome Light Monitor Alarm Ignition Relay Accessory Relay Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Air Seat Motor CAN Termination Resistor 2 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Forward, Neutral, and Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Air Conditioner Mode Switch Differential Lock Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch (without single lever loader control) Rear Wiper Enable Switch Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Momentary Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Horn Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Seat Switch Beacon Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Operator’s Station Floor Ground Cab Harness Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Fuse and Relay Block Cab/Canopy Harness Battery Power Connector Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Left Power Port Right Power Port Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Side Console Option Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X62 X68 X81 X82
Group 10: System Diagrams
Operator’s Station Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Not Used Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 M13 S30 V13 X47 X48 X550
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 2 Front Wiper Motor Turn Signal Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector P035 RED Splice
Section 9015 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 B9 B20 M15 M45 S10 S26 S27 W2 X6 X20 X21 X33 X54 X58 X68 X81 X82 X548 X549 X551 X552 X553 X554 X555 X556 X557 X558 X559 X560 X561 X562 X563 X564 X565
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 1 Continued on Sheet 3 Continued on Sheet 3 Seat Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Front Washer Motor Air Seat Motor Differential Lock Switch Brake Light Pressure Switch 1 Brake Light Pressure Switch 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Cab/Canopy Harness Battery Power Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Not Used Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector R051 BLK Splice P051 RED Splice U110 RED Splice G001 BLK Splice 3 P013 RED Splice Sensor Return BLK Splice P034 RED Splice P031 RED Splice P001 RED Splice 2 T011 BLU Splice L055 BRN Splice G030 BLK Splice P055 RED Splice R055 BLK Splice G032 BLK Splice G031 BLK Splice G001 BLK Splice 1
Section 9015 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 B21 H1 M9 M10 R6 R10 R20 S9 S11 S19 S40 S42 S45 S47 X1 X3 X13 X14 X38 X39 X46 X60 X62 X566 X567 X568 X569 X570 X571 X572 X573 X574 X575 X576 X577 X578 X579 X580 X581 X582 X586 X587
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 2 Continued on Sheet 2 Continued on Sheet 4 Continued on Sheet 4 Engine Speed Control Dial Monitor Alarm Temperature Control Motor Blower Motor CAN Termination Resistor 2 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Not Used Drive Light High/Low Switch Horn Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Seat Switch Beacon Switch Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Fuse and Relay Block Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Left Power Port Right Power Port Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector Operator Station Option Connector R002 BLK Splice 4 M013 LT GRN Splice 4 M012 YEL Splice 4 L039 BRN Splice P001 RED Splice 1 P017 RED Splice M012 YEL Splice 1 M013 YEL Splice 1 R002 BLK Splice 1 P012 RED Splice P015 RED Splice P044 RED Splice A013 GRY Splice A310 GRY Splice R002 BLK Splice 2 M013 LT GRN Splice 2 M012 YEL Splice 2 P001 RED Splice 4 P047 RED Splice
Section 9015 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 4 5 E20 K10 K20 M14 S14 S54 X4 X9 X11 X12 X26 X40 X52 X583 X584 X585 X588 X589 X590 X591 X592 X593 X594 X595
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Continued on Sheet 3 Continued on Sheet 3 Dome Light Ignition Relay Accessory Relay Rear Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector R002 BLK Splice 3 M013 LT GRN Splice 3 M012 YEL Splice 3 P100 RED Splice P200 RED Splice P001 RED Splice 3 L048 BRN Splice L047 BRN Splice L044 BRN Splice P042 RED Splice L045 BRN Splice
Section 9015 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Roof Harness (W17) Component Location
Roof Harness (W17) Component Location LEGEND: E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E31 E32 E33 <- Go to Section TOC
Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Section 9015 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E34 E35 E36 W3 W17 X26
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Roof Ground Roof Harness Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram
Roof Harness (W17) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: E1 E2 E3 E1 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 W3 X26 X31 X32 X690 X691 X692 X693 X697 X698 X699 X700 X701 X702
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light (if equipped) Right Front Work Light (if equipped) Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Roof Ground Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector L043 BRN Splice L040 BRN Splice G020 BLK Splice 1 L042 BRN Splice L044 BRN Splice L056 BRN Splice L057 BRN Splice L041 BRN Splice L055 BRN Splice G020 BLK Splice 2
Section 9015 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Harness (W18) Component Location
Radio Harness (W18) Component Location LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 W18 X9
<- Go to Section TOC
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Roof Harness Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram
Radio Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: A9 B30 B31 X9
<- Go to Section TOC
Radio Right Speaker Left Speaker Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location LEGEND: B2 B3 W19 X46
<- Go to Section TOC
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Heater and Air Conditioner Harness Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram
Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: B2 B3 X46
<- Go to Section TOC
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Component Location LEGEND: S50 S53 <- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Section 9015 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
S54 S58 W20 X25 X52 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Pattern Select Switch Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram
Pilot Control, Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W20) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 S58 X25 X52 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68 X730 X731 X732 X733 X734 X735 X736
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Selective Flow Control Foot Switch Pattern Select Switch Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H001 GRN Splice H053 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice P047 RED Splice H013 GRN Splice H014 GRN Splice H019 GRN Splice
Section 9015 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Component Location LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 W21 <- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness Section 9015 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X25 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram
Selective Flow and Ride Control Harness (W21) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: S50 S53 S54 X25 X54 X60A X60B X64 X68 X730 X731 X732 X733
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Switch Selective Flow Control Switch Selective Flow Control Foot Switch Optional Equipment Fuse and Relay Block Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Side Console Option Connector A Side Console Option Connector B Hydraulic Option Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H001 GRN Splice H053 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice P047 RED Splice
Section 9015 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Component Location LEGEND: K17 W22 X86
<- Go to Section TOC
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Section 9015 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness (W22) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: K17 X86
<- Go to Section TOC
Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Component Location LEGEND: S46 W24 X49
<- Go to Section TOC
Start Aid Switch Start Aid Switch Harness Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Section 9015 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram
Start Aid Switch Harness (W24) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S46 X49
<- Go to Section TOC
Start Aid Switch Start Aid Switch Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Component Location LEGEND: W27 X68 Y50 Y51
<- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Solenoid Harness Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram
Ride Control Solenoid Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X68 X705 X706 Y50 Y51
<- Go to Section TOC
Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector H050 GRN Splice G031 BLK Splice Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Component Location LEGEND: W28 X54 Y53 <- Go to Section TOC
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid Section 9015 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram
Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (W28) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X54 Y53
<- Go to Section TOC
Selective Flow Control Solenoid Harness Connector Selective Flow Control Solenoid
Section 9015 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Component Location
Loader Auxiliary Control Harness (W29) Component Location LEGEND: W29 X82 Y20 Y21
<- Go to Section TOC
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid
Section 9015 page 107
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram
Loader Auxiliary Control Harness (W29) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X82 Y20 Y21
<- Go to Section TOC
Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid
Section 9015 page 108
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location
PIlot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location LEGEND: S52 W30 W31 X52 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Enable Switch Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness Pilot Enable Switch Harness Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Section 9015 page 109
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X53 Y52 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9015 page 110
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram
Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X52 X53 X277 X278 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector G031 BLK Splice H058 GRN Splice Section 9015 page 111
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Y52 Y58 Y59
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location For Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Component Location, see Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (W30) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 112
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram
Pilot Enable Switch Harness (W31) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S52 X53
<- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Enable Switch Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector
Section 9015 page 113
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Component Location LEGEND: S12 W32 X67 Y12
<- Go to Section TOC
Return-to-Dig Switch Return-to-Dig Harness Return-to-Dig Harness-to-Transmission Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Section 9015 page 114
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram
Return-to-Dig Harness (W32) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: S12 X67 Y12
<- Go to Section TOC
Return-to-Dig Switch Return-to-Dig Harness Connector Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Section 9015 page 115
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location—(S.N. —232969)
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Component Location (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: S34 S35 W37 <- Go to Section TOC
Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Section 9015 page 116
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
X34 Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 117
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969)
Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness (W27) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: S34 S35 X34 Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness-to-Cab Harness Connector Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 118
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location—(S.N. —232969)
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location (S.N. —232969) LEGEND: E23 <- Go to Section TOC
Left Backup Light Section 9015 page 119
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E24 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 W38 X33 X34 X36
Group 10: System Diagrams
Right Backup Light Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Rear Frame Harness Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— )
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location (S.N. 235590— ) LEGEND: 1 E41 E45 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Control Configuration License Plate Light Left Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Section 9015 page 120
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
E46 K13 S34 S35 W38 W42 X33 X36 X123A X123B Y34 Y35
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 10: System Diagrams
Right Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Rear Frame Harness Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (manual controls only) Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls only) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls only) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Section 9015 page 121
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. —232969)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 122
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —232969)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 123
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: E23 E24 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 X33 X34 X36 X725 X726 X727 X728 X729
Group 10: System Diagrams
Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Rear Frame Harness Connector Boom Lock/Sideshift Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector G031 BLK Splice G033 BLK Splice L017 BRN Splice L046 BRN Splice L055 BRN Splice
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— )
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 124
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Rear Frame Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 235590— )
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 125
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: E41 E45 E46 K13 S34 S35 X33 X36 X123A X123B X723 X724 X725 X726 X727 X728 Y34 Y35
Group 10: System Diagrams
License Plate Light Left Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Right Rear Turn Signal/Brake/Tail/Backup Light Sideshift/Boom Lock/Rear Light Relay Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A (manual controls) Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B (manual controls) P047 RED Splice L155 BRN Splice G031 BLK Splice G033 BLK Splice L017 BRN Splice L046 BRN Splice Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location For Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Component Location see Engine Harness (W10) Component Location . (Group 9015—10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 126
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: V19 X66 X975 X976 Y19
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Diode Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness Connector G040 BLK Splice A019 GRY Splice Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Component Location For blower mode door motor harness (W40) component location, see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 127
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram
Blower Mode Door Motor Harness (W40) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: M11 X47
Blower Mode Door Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Harness Connector
Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) For Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Component Location—(S.N. 235590— ) see Rear Frame Harness (W38) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 128
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— )
Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness (W42) Wiring Diagram—(S.N. 235590— ) LEGEND: S34 S35 X123A X123B
<- Go to Section TOC
Sideshift Lock Switch Boom Lock Switch Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector A Sideshift/Boom Lock Switch Harness Connector B
Section 9015 page 129
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 130
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A6000 A6001 A6002 A6003 F71 G1 W6002 W6003 X101 X102 X120 X6014 X6015 X6016
Group 10: System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit GPS/Cellular Antenna Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit Satellite (SAT) Antenna JDLink ™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Battery 1 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness Satellite (SAT) Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 2 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 131
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 10: System Diagrams
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram
Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 132
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: F71 G1 R5 X101 X102 X120 X615 X616 X617 X618 X619 X6014 X6016 X6020 X6021 X6022 X6023
Group 10: System Diagrams
JDLink™ Ground 7.5 A Fuse Battery 1 CAN Termination Resistor 1 Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) 3-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 2 Connector R002 BLK Splice M013 GRN Splice M012 YEL Splice G071 BLK Splice P013 RED Splice Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Component Location For satellite (SAT) harness (W6003) component location, see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 133
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram
Satellite (SAT) Harness (W6003) Wiring Diagram LEGEND: X6015 X6016
Satellite (SAT) Module Control Unit 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness-to-Satellite (SAT) Harness 6-Pin Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 134
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Group 15 - Sub-System Diagnostics Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 135
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Start and Charge Circuit Schematic (4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 136
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A2 A3 A74 B19 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F21 F22 F30 F31 F33 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 K17 K25 M1 M17 S2 S46 W1 W2 X4 X11 X20 X40 X41 X42 X49 X86 Y15
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Crankshaft Position Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Start Aid Relay Starter Motor Fuel Lift Pump Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Start Aid Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Start Aid Solenoid
Unswitched power is supplied to the following components: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse [F17]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU Unswitched Power 40 A Fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Starter Motor (M1) Fuel Lift Pump Relay (K17) (from fuel lift pump 15 A fuse [F21]) Ignition (Switched) Power ON Engine start switch is located on sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from terminal 3 of SSM to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows through ignition relay to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), powering up VCU. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Switched power is also provided to engine control unit (ECU) (A2) and standard display monitor (SDM) (A3). For power-up information on ECU and SDM, see the theory of operation of specific component: For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-15.) For more information on SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When powered up, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to VCU stating engine start switch has been pressed. VCU acknowledges by sending a message back to SSM, causing ignition (switched) power status light emitting diode LED to illuminate. For more information on CAN circuit, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 137
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Security System Upon ignition power-up, VCU sends a request across CAN data line to ECU to check lock/unlock status of ECU. If ECU indicates it is locked, then VCU enables security if not already enabled. If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after ignition power-up, VCU turns off ignition (switched) power. When proper PIN is entered, VCU sends an unlock request to ECU. ECU saves unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges unlock request, and allows engine to start (and run) until ignition (switched) power is turned off using engine stop switch on SSM. When a PIN is required to start engine and security configuration menu is not set to LOCK AT SHUTDOWN, engine can be restarted without re-entering the PIN if the engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping engine. If ignition is powered up, but engine is not started for 60 minutes after turning on ignition (switched) power, VCU removes ignition (switched) power. If ECU indicates it is unlocked and security is not enabled, pressing the engine start switch again starts engine. Engine Start When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. When VCU receives start request and determines message from CAN is valid. VCU then forwards engine start request to ECU. VCU also sends a message back to SSM, causing engine crank status LED to illuminate. Engine crank status LED is only illuminated when engine start switch is held down. →NOTE: VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if engine is running or not running: 300 rpm or less—Not running 600 rpm or more—Running To determine engine speed, VCU uses crankshaft position sensor (B19) information from ECU. To prevent overheating starter motor, ECU is equipped with a timer that affects engine cranking. Timer consists of both a 30second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 60-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle. When ECU receives start signal from VCU, ECU checks status of 60-second timer. It also checks for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) representing engine speed. If engine speed is less than 300 rpm and 60-second timer is not active, current is provided at pin K4 of ECU connector (X42) to coil of starter relay (K5), energizing the relay. With start relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, ECU activates 30-second timer. If engine start switch is held down for more than 30 seconds, ECU interrupts current flow to coil of start relay, which automatically stops cranking of engine. As starter motor cranks engine, crankshaft position sensor (B19) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins D4 and B4 of ECU connector (X41). The ECU uses this signal to verify that crankshaft is turning. ECU then sends a signal from pin M3 of ECU connector (X42) energizing fuel lift pump relay (K17) and allowing current to flow to fuel lift pump (M17). This provides pressurized fuel to electronic fuel injectors. At the same time, ECU allows current to flow to electronic fuel injectors to start fuel injection process and thus, start the engine. For more information on the ECU, fuel lift pump, and electronic fuel injectors, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When ECU detects engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, it interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, automatically stopping cranking of engine. It does this even if engine start switch is still held down (VCU still sends start request to ECU). If engine start switch is pressed and held while 60-second timer is active, ECU prevents current from flowing to the coil of starter relay. Starter cannot be activated until 60 seconds elapses. Engine Stop Once engine stop switch has been pressed, SSM sends a message across CAN to VCU requesting to begin engine shutdown process. VCU then returns a message commanding SSM to turn off left LED on start switch. →NOTE: If SSM stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM removes ignition relay output regardless of VCU command.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 138
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
VCU also observes vehicle speed via transmission speed sensor (B14). If it is determined that vehicle speed is invalid or greater than 0.5 km/h and current gear is not set to neutral, VCU sets current gear to neutral, set a park brake apply timer to 15 seconds and sound an audible alarm. A pop-up appears on SDM showing PARK BRAKE APPLY timer and decrements for 15 seconds. Once timer expires or vehicle speed becomes 0.5 km/h or less VCU sends a shutdown request to SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power. If it is determined that vehicle speed is less than 0.5 km/h and engine stop switch has been pressed. VCU also checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to remove power from ignition (switched) power relay. Cold Start Aid Ether injection is provided as an optional cold start aid for cold weather start-ups. When ignition is in ON or START position (1 or 2 LEDs illuminated on SSM start button) and momentary start aid switch (S46) is pressedd, start aid relay (K25) is energized allowing current to flow through start aid 15 A fuse (F22) to start aid solenoid (Y15). Therefore energizing solenoid and injecting ether into intake manifold. Charge Circuit Alternator (G4) provides power to all machine circuits and charges batteries when engine is running. Terminal B+ of alternator is connected to battery positive (+) terminal at all times. When engine is running, current flows from ignition relay (K10) through alternator excitation/return-to-dig 15 A fuse and alternator excitation diode (V4) to D+ terminal of alternator. Current then flows through alternator field windings, causing excitation of windings. For more information, see Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Battery voltage at pin A of SDM 16-pin connector (X4) is used to display battery voltage. When VCU detects system voltage less than 11.7 volts or greater than 15.5 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, VCU sends a message across CAN data line to SDM, causing engine alternator voltage indicator to appear.
Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation—Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 139
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 140
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A2 A3 A74 B19 B61 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F22 F23 F30 F31 F33 G1 G2 G4 H1 K5 K10 K25 K26 M1 R26 S2 S46 V4 W1 W2 X4 X10 X11 X13 X20 X40 X49 Y15 Y16
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Crankshaft Position Sensor Fuel Filter Heater Temperature Switch (if equipped) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Start Aid 15 A Fuse Fuel Filter Heater 20 A Fuse (if equipped) Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Monitor Alarm Starter Relay Ignition Relay Start Aid Relay Fuel Filter Heater Relay (if equipped) Starter Motor Fuel Filter Heater (if equipped) Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Start Aid Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Start Aid Switch Harness Connector Start Aid Solenoid Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Unswitched power is supplied to the following components: Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from sealed switch module (SSM) 7.5 A fuse [F17]) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor unswitched power 5 A fuse [F15]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 40 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Starter Motor (M1) Ignition (Switched) Power ON Engine start switch is located on sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from terminal 3 of SSM to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows through ignition relay to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), powering up VCU. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Switched power is also provided to engine control unit (ECU) (A2) and standard display monitor (SDM) (A3). For power-up information on ECU and SDM, see theory of operation of specific component: For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-15.) For more information on SDM, Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When powered up, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to VCU stating that engine start switch has been pressed. VCU acknowledges by sending a message back to SSM, causing ignition (switched) power status light emitting <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 141
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
diode (LED) to illuminate. For more information on CAN circuit, Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Security System Upon ignition power-up, VCU sends a request across CAN data line to ECU to check lock/unlock status of ECU. If ECU indicates that it is locked, then VCU enables security if not already enabled. If a valid PIN is not entered within 5 minutes after ignition power-up, VCU remove ignition (switched) power. When proper PIN is entered, VCU sends an unlock request to ECU. ECU saves unlocked state in nonvolatile memory, acknowledges unlock request, and allows engine to start (and run) until ignition (switched) power is removed using engine stop switch on SSM. When a PIN is required to start engine and security configuration menu is not set to LOCK AT SHUTDOWN, engine can be restarted without re-entering PIN if engine is started within 5 or 60 minutes (depending on setting) of stopping engine. If ignition is powered up, but engine is not started for 60 minutes after turning on ignition (switched) power, VCU removes ignition (switched) power. If ECU indicates it is unlocked and security is not enabled, then pressing engine start switch again starts engine. Engine Start When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. When VCU receives start request and determines message from CAN is valid. VCU then forwards engine start request to ECU. VCU also sends a message back to SSM, causing engine crank status LED to illuminate. Engine crank status LED is only illuminated when engine start switch is held down. →NOTE: VCU uses the following engine speed thresholds to determine if engine is running or not running: 300 rpm or less—Not running 600 rpm or more—Running To determine engine speed, VCU uses crankshaft position sensor (B19) information from ECU. To prevent overheating starter motor, VCU is equipped with a timer that affects engine cranking. Timer consists of both a 30second timer that is active during engine cranking and a 60-second timer that becomes active after each crank cycle. When VCU receives start signal from SSM, it checks status of 60-second timer. It also checks ECU for a signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) representing engine speed. If engine speed is less than 300 rpm and 60-second timer is not active, current is provided at pin 7 of VCU connector (X10) to coil of starter relay (K5), energizing the relay. With starter relay energized, unswitched battery current flows to starter motor solenoid, activating starter motor (M1). At the same time, VCU activates 30-second timer. If engine start switch is held down for more than 30 seconds, VCU interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, which automatically stops cranking of engine. As starter motor cranks engine, crankshaft position sensor (B19) provides a signal representing engine speed to pins D2 and B2 of ECU connector (X10). n The ECU uses this signal to verify that crankshaft is turning. ECU then sends a signal from pin K2 of ECU connector (X10) energizing fuel injection pump solenoid (Y16) and allowing fuel to flow to cylinders. For more information on ECU see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) When VCU receives a message from ECU indicating engine speed is equal to or greater than 600 rpm, VCU interrupts current flow to coil of starter relay, automatically stopping cranking of engine. It does this even if engine start switch is still held down. If engine start switch is pressed and held while the 60-second timer is active, VCU prevents current from flowing to coil of starter relay. Starter cannot be activated until the 60 seconds elapses. Engine Stop Once engine stop switch has been pressed, SSM sends a message across CAN to VCU requesting to begin engine shutdown process. VCU then returns a message commanding SSM to turn off the left LED on start switch. →NOTE: If SSM stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM removes ignition relay output regardless of VCU command. VCU also observes vehicle speed via transmission speed sensor. If it is determined that vehicle speed is invalid or greater than <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 142
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
0.5 km/h and current gear is not set to neutral, VCU sets current gear to neutral, sets a park brake apply timer to 15 seconds and sounds an audible alarm. A pop-up appears on SDM showing PARK BRAKE APPLY timer and decrements for 15 seconds. Once timer expires or vehicle speed becomes 0.5 km/h or less, VCU sends a shutdown request to SSM to remove ignition power. VCU also checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off the ignition (switched) power relay. Cold Start Aid Ether injection is provided as an optional cold start aid for cold weather start-ups. When start switch is pressed (1 or 2 lights illuminated on SSM start switch) and momentary start aid switch (S46) is pressed, start aid relay (K25) is energized allowing current to flow through start aid 15 A fuse (F22) to start aid solenoid (Y15). Energizing the solenoid and injecting ether into intake manifold. Charge Circuit Alternator (G4) provides power to all machine circuits and charges batteries when engine is running. terminal B+ of alternator is connected to battery positive (+) terminal at all times. When the engine is running, current flows from ignition relay (K10) through alternator excitation/return-to-dig 15 A fuse (F31) and alternator excitation diode (V4) to D+ terminal of alternator. Current then flows through alternator field windings, causing excitation of windings. For more information, see Alternator Test . (Group 9015-20.) Battery voltage at pin A of SDM 16-pin connector (X4) is also used to display battery voltage. When VCU detects system voltage less than 11.7 volts or greater than 15.5 volts for 5 seconds when engine is running, VCU sends a message across CAN data line to SDM, causing the engine alternator voltage indicator to appear.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 143
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 144
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 145
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X11 X20 X40 X42 X102 X6014
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
Section 9015 page 146
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit (engine 4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 147
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X10 X11 X20 X40 X102 X6014
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
This machine utilizes a controller area network (CAN) on which devices communicate. The vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1), engine control unit (ECU) (A2), standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), and sealed switch module (SSM) (A74) are connected to the CAN. Operations and functions of these individual devices are covered separately. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For the JDLink ™ MTG, see System Overview in JDLink™ (MTG) Diagnosis and Test Manual. (TM114519.) The devices on the CAN network are communicating at a high-speed frequency, which makes the networks susceptible to interference caused by many electrical sources. The devices on the CAN are connected via three wires weaved together called a twisted triple. The twisted triple consists of a high-voltage signal wire, a low-voltage signal wire, and a ground wire. This method reduces interference and helps the devices communicate with minimal errors. CAN termination resistors R5 and R6 are 120 ohm resistors that are connected on opposite ends of the network to avoid signal errors. The Service ADVISOR ™ diagnostic connector (X1) is provided for machine diagnostic purposes. Additionally, some messages can be viewed on-board using the standard display monitor (SDM). For connection information, see Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 148
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic—Engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 149
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 150
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 A2 A74 B11 B15 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B23 B24 B60 B109 F4 F21 F31 K5 K17 M17 W1 W10 W14 W15 W22 X20 X40 X41 X42 X50 X86 Y17 Y41 Y42 Y43 Y44
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Unswitched Battery Power Controller Area Network (CAN) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Fuel Lift Pump 15 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse Starter Relay Fuel Lift Pump Relay Fuel Lift Pump Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Engine Harness-to-Electronic Injector Harness Connector Fuel Lift Pump Relay Harness Connector Suction Control Valve (SCV) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 1) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 2) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 3) Electronic Fuel Injector (cylinder 4)
Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) ECU utilizes information received from various sensors to determine the correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input. Some data calculated by ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) system to vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU forwards much of the information across CAN system to standard display monitor (SDM) where it is displayed on appropriate screen. For more information concerning CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For more information concerning CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For information concerning VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) For information concerning SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits, or abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-20.) Whenever an engine DTC occurs, information is captured or recorded. Information generated is called a Snapshot. Snapshot information is categorized in two types: Snapshot Capture and Snapshot Recording. For more information, see Snapshot Instructions . (CTM502.) ECU contains a barometric air pressure sensor that is located inside the ECU. This sensor is used to determine pressure of ambient air at the mounting location of ECU. Barometric air pressure sensor helps ECU determine air density for calculating correct air/fuel ratio. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing ECU. ECU also contains a temperature sensor that is located inside ECU. This sensor is used to determine internal temperature of ECU. If ECU temperature exceeds specification, ECU limits speed of engine in an attempt to protect it from permanent damage. This sensor cannot be repaired or replaced without replacing ECU. Ground is provided at pins L2, L3, and M2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 151
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Unswitched battery power is available at pins L1, L4, M1, and M4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), through fuse (F4). When engine start switch is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to coil of ignition relay and to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), causing ECU to power up. Engine Speed Control Operator controls engine speed with an engine speed control pedal, an engine speed control dial, or a combination of both. When operator is facing forward (loader position), operator primarily uses engine speed control pedal to control engine speed. When operator is facing rear (backhoe position), operator primarily uses engine speed control dial to control engine speed. Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20): ECU observes desired engine speed from engine speed control pedal (B20) based on engine speed control pedal position. ECU supplies 5 volts from pin A3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and a ground reference from pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Engine speed control pedal sends an analog signal representing pedal position to pin A4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly Engine Speed Control Dial (B21): ECU observes desired engine speed from engine speed control dial (B21) based on engine speed control dial position. Engine speed control dial is a potentiometer that receives 5 volts from pin A3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) and a ground reference from pin C3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). Turning engine speed control dial varies amount of voltage sent to pin F3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. At engine start, regardless of current engine speed control dial position, ECU does not allow engine speed control dial to control engine speed until it receives input from VCU. VCU sends a CAN message to ECU to either disable engine speed control dial or enable engine speed control dial based on certain conditions. For more information, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Turbocharger Cool Down The turbocharger cool down feature allows the turbo to cool before the engine is shutdown. When engine stop switch is pressed VCU checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. →NOTE: If SSM engine stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM turns off ignition relay output even if turbocharger cool down is required. If engine is shutdown before turbocharger cool down timer reaches zero a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (B11) ECU supplies a 5 volt reference voltage and ground to fuel rail pressure sensor at pins E2 and D3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Fuel rail pressure sensor sends an analog signal representing fuel rail pressure to pin E3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU utiilzes this signal to monitor high pressure side of fuel system and apply derate conditions when needed. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, ECU derates engine to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power when fuel rail pressure is in range. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B15) ECU observes resistance from engine coolant temperature sensor at pins D2 and C4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits engine coolant temperature information across CAN system to vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU relays the message to standard display monitor (SDM) so SDM can determine position of needle on engine coolant temperature gauge and moves it accordingly. It also activates a warning indicator when coolant temperature becomes too high. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator′s Manual.) Engine coolant temperature can also be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) ECU utilizes signal from engine coolant temperature sensor to monitor coolant temperature and apply derate conditions when <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 152
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
needed. If engine coolant temperature reaches 111°C (232°F), ECU derates engine 5% per minute to 80% of full power. If coolant temperature reaches 113°C (236°F), ECU derates engine 20% per minute to 40% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when engine coolant temperature drops below derate threshold temperature. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default temperature of 90°C (194°F) is utilized. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Fuel Temperature Sensor (B17) ECU observes resistance from fuel temperature sensor at pins D2 and F4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits fuel temperature information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. ECU monitors signal from fuel temperature sensor (B17) to apply derate conditions when needed. If ECU observes fuel temperature above 100°C (220°F), ECU derated engine 5% per minute up to 80% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when fuel temperature drops below derate threshold temperature. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default temperature of 40°C (104°F) is utilized. High fuel temperature engine protection is disabled. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B18) ECU observes resistance from MAT sensor at pins C2 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits MAT sensor information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) If ECU observes a manifold air temperature above 89°C (192°F), ECU derates engine 5% per minute up to 80% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 5% per minute) when manifold air temperature falls below derate temperature. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how temperature sensors operate, see Measuring Temperature . (CTM502.) For more information on MAT sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Crankshaft Position Sensor (B19) ECU detects signal from crankshaft position sensor at pins B4 and D4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU determines when number 1 cylinder is at top dead center. ECU also calculates engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across CAN system to VCU. VCU then forwards this information to SDM to be displayed as engine rpm. If ECU detects an invalid signal (“noisy,” invalid pattern, or missing pulse) from crankshaft position sensor, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at the rate of 20% per minute) when ECU detects a valid crankshaft position sensor signal. For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Camshaft Position Sensor (B24) ECU detects signal from camshaft position sensor at pins A4 and E4 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU determines which cylinder is approaching top dead center. For information on how speed sensors operate, see Measuring Speed . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (B23) ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage and ground to engine oil pressure sensor at pins F3 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). Engine oil pressure sensor sends an analog signal representing engine oil pressure to pin A3 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). ECU transmits engine oil pressure information across CAN system to SDM. The SDM utilizes this information to determine the position of the needle on the engine oil pressure gauge and moves the needle accordingly. It also activates a warning indicator when oil pressure is too low. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . (Operator′s Manual.) The engine oil pressure can also be displayed in monitor service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 153
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
ECU monitors engine oil pressure using engine oil pressure sensor (B23) and applies derate conditions when needed. If oil pressure is below threshold pressure, ECU derates engine. If ECU observes a value that is out of valid range, a default pressure of 500 kPa (5 bar) (72.5 psi) is utilized. Low oil pressure engine protection is disabled. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For information on how pressure sensors operate, see Measuring Pressure . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Water-In-Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B60) Water-in-fuel sensor measures amount of resistance of fluid in water separator bowl. Since water is a better conductor of electricity than fuel, and, if water is present in separator bowl, ECU observes a resistance drop between pins B2 and D2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41). If ECU observes low resistance, indicating water in fuel, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 20% per minute) when water is no longer dectected in fuel. For information on engine deration, see Engine Derate and Shutdown Protection and see OEM Engines - Derate Specifications . (CTM502.) For sensor specifications, see Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.) Starter Relay (K5) When engine start switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed once to turn on ignition (switched) power, SSM sends current out pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42), causing ECU to power up. When engine start switch is pressed a second time and held down, SSM sends a message across controller area network (CAN) to request VCU to begin start process. If VCU determines all conditions are met for engine start, VCU forwards a message to ECU which then applies power to starter relay (K5) from pin K4 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). For more information on starting and charging, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Lift Pump Relay (K17) When engine start switch is pressed once to turn on ignition (switched) power, sealed switch module (SSM) sends current out SSM pin 3 of SSM connector (X40) to pin B2 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42). When this signal is detected, ECU sends current from pin M3 of ECU 48-pin connector (X42) to coil of fuel lift pump relay, energizing the relay. The energized fuel lift pump relay allows current to flow from fuse (F21) to fuel lift pump (M17), activating pump and providing fuel from fuel tank to highpressure fuel pump. ECU energizes the relay for 60 seconds to prime fuel system if ignition is on and engine is not running. ECU keeps relay energized while engine is running. For more information on fuel system, see Fuel System Operation . (CTM502.) Suction Control Valve (SCV) (Y17) Suction control valve (SCV) (Y17) regulates delivery of fuel to high-pressure common rail (HPCR). ECU sends a signal out pins H1 and H2 of ECU 32-pin connector (X41) to SCV. When the SCV is energized, fuel is allowed to discharge from fuel outlet on high-pressure fuel pump to HPCR. For more information, see High Pressure Fuel Pump Operation . (CTM502.) For more information on high-pressure common rail (HCPR), see High Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) Operation . (CTM502.) Electronic Fuel Injectors (Y41—Y44) ECU controls injection timing and amount of fuel injected by energizing and de-energizing electronic injectors (Y41—Y44). For more information on the electronic injectors, see Electronic Injector (EI) Operation . (CTM502.)
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic—Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 154
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Schematic (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 155
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 2 3 A2 A74 B7 B15 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B60 B109 F4 F31 K5 W1 W10 W14 W15 X10 X20 X40 Y16
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Unswitched Battery Power Controller Area Network (CAN) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Engine Oil Pressure Switch Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Fuel Temperature Sensor Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Engine Speed Control Pedal Engine Speed Control Dial Water-in-Fuel Sensor Air Filter Restriction Switch ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse Starter Relay Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid
Engine control unit (ECU) (A2) utilizes information received from various sensors to determine correct amount of fuel and injection timing based on load, temperatures, and operator input. Some data calculated by ECU is transmitted across controller area network (CAN) to other controllers. For more information on controller area network, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) ECU also detects malfunctions in sensors and sensor circuits, as well as abnormal operating conditions. When this happens, ECU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Crankshaft Position Sensor (B19) ECU detects signal from crankshaft position sensor (B19) at pins D2 and B2. ECU determines when number 1 cylinder is at top dead center. ECU also calculates engine (crankshaft) speed and sends this information across CAN to SDM where it appears as engine RPM. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B15) ECU senses resistance from engine coolant temperature sensor (B15) at pins B1 and D3. SDM displays this temperature on engine coolant temperature gauge. ECU monitors signal from engine coolant temperature sensor (B15) to apply engine derate conditions when needed. If engine coolant temperature reaches 113°C (235°F), ECU derates fuel by 2% per minute up to 20%. If coolant temperature drops below this derate threshold temperature, ECU increases fuel delivery by the same rate until full power is restored. Fuel Temperature Sensor (B17) Fuel temperature sensor (B17) is a variable-resistance temperature sensor. ECU senses resistance from a fuel temperature sensor at pins C3 and D3. ECU transmits fuel temperature information across CAN. ECU monitors signal from fuel temperature sensor (B17) to apply engine derate conditions when needed. If ECU senses fuel temperature above 120°C (248°F), ECU derates fuel 2% per minute up to 20%. If fuel temperature falls below derate temperature, ECU increases fuel delivery 2% per minute until full power is restored. Water In Fuel (WIF) Sensor (B60) WIF sensor measures amount of resistance of fluid in water separator bowl. Since water is a better conductor of electricity than fuel, and, if water is present in separator bowl, ECU senses a resistance drop between pins F2 and D3 of ECU connector (X10). If ECU senses low resistance, indicating water in fuel, ECU derates engine 20% per minute up to 50% of full power. Engine returns to full power (at a rate of 20% per minute) when water is no longer detected in fuel. Fuel Injection Pump Solenoid (Y16) Fuel injection pump solenoid (Y16), located on the end of injection pump, controls movement of pump control valve. ECU applies an electrical signal from pins A3 and K2 to the solenoid. When ECU supplies no current to solenoid, valve does not move. Thus, injection pump delivers no fuel. When ECU supplies current to the solenoid, pump control valve closes off high pressure injection chamber, that allows fuel in the chamber to reach injection pressure. ECU determines quantity of fuel based <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 156
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
on sensor inputs. Manifold Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor (B18) Manifold air temperature sensor (B18) is a variable-resistance temperature sensor. ECU senses resistance at pins D1 and D3. The ECU transmits MAT sensor information across CAN system to VCU so it can be displayed in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Engine Speed Control Operator controls engine speed with an engine speed control pedal, an engine speed control dial, or a combination of both. When operator is facing forward (loader position), operator primarily uses engine speed control pedal to control engine speed. When operator is facing rear (backhoe position), operator primarily uses engine speed control dial to control engine speed. Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20): ECU senses desired engine speed from engine speed control pedal position sensor (B20) based on engine speed control pedal position. ECU supplies a 5-volt reference voltage and ground to engine speed control pedal position sensor at pins E2 and D3 of ECU connector (X10). engine speed control pedal position sensor sends an analog signal representing pedal position to pin F3 of ECU connector (X10). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly Engine Speed Control Dial (B21): ECU senses desired engine speed from engine speed control dial (B21) based on engine speed control dial position. Engine speed control dial is a potentiometer that receives 5 volts from pin E2 of ECU connector (X10) and a ground reference from pin D3 of ECU connector (X10). Turning engine speed control dial varies the amount of voltage sent to pin B3 of ECU connector (X10). This signal represents desired engine speed, that ECU compares with values recorded during self-calibration. ECU detects this signal and responds by increasing or decreasing engine speed accordingly. At engine start, regardless of current engine speed control dial position, ECU does not allow engine speed control dial to control engine speed until it receives input from VCU. VCU sends a CAN message to ECU to either disable engine speed control dial or enable engine speed control dial based on certain conditions. For more information, See Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Turbocharger Cool Down The turbocharger cool down feature allows the turbo to cool before the engine is shutdown. When engine stop switch is pressed VCU checks turbocharger cool down timer from ECU to see if turbocharger cool down is required. If value in ECU for turbocharger cool down timer is zero, then VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. If value is greater than zero, VCU captures that value and sets it as turbocharger cool down timer, disables engine speed control dial, and sets park brake. When cool down timer starts, SDM responds with a single beep, displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer and decrements for a value determined by ECU no greater than 120 seconds. Once turbocharger cool down timer has reached zero, VCU commands SSM to turn off ignition (switched) power relay. →NOTE: If SSM engine stop switch is pressed again or held for more than 1 second at any time, SSM turns off ignition relay output even if turbocharger cool down is required. If engine is shutdown before turbocharger cool down timer reaches zero a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is set.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 157
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation—Engines 4045T054, 4045HT086
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 158
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground (4045HT054, 4045HT086)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 159
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F30 F31 F33 F35 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 M1 S2 S5 S6 V4 W1 W2 W4 W10 W14 W15 X4 X11 X12 X14 X20 X40 X41 X42 X48
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 20 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Starter Motor Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Battery Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 32-Pin Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
Vehicle control unit (VCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions VCU controls include: hydraulic system, transmission control, wiper and washer circuits, and horn, lights and beacons circuits. VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. Operator activates many of these functions using sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. SSM transmits switch selection across controller area network (CAN) to VCU. VCU sends and receives CAN messages at pins A1 and B1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to communicate with other controllers. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU interprets CAN signals and determines if input is valid or not. If input is not valid for machine options available or machine state, input is ignored. If input is valid, appropriate function is activated. SSM then receives confirmation that function is activated and causes appropriate light emitting diode (LED) on switch button to illuminate indicating function has been activated. VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates information with other controllers to display to operator. VCU communicates much information to standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), where information is displayed. For more information about SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU contains digital on/off driver outputs controlled based on inputs from sensors and other controllers on machine. VCU driver output functions include: Ignition and Accessory Relay Operation Backup Alarm Operation Park Brake Transmission Speed and Direction Operation Selective Flow Control Operation <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 160
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Loader Coupler Operation Window Washer Pump Operation Front And Rear Wiper Operation Lights Operation Hazard Warning Signals Differential Lock Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Return To Dig Operation For more information on individual driver outputs: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU also provides diagnostics in form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for systems it controls. For more information about vehicle control unit DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-40.) Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) conditions. Open Circuit—An open circuit condition is detected whenever output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When output is turned on, software continues to drive output so a technician can check voltage. Short to Power—A short to power is detected whenever output is off and feedback circuit detects current. High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever output is turned on and driver detects an overload or over temperature condition. When high current condition has been detected, output turns off and only resets when function or engine start switch is cycled on/off. →NOTE: When output is turned off because of a high current condition, status LED of corresponding function on SSM shows function is still on. For all driver outputs: An open circuit and a short to power look the same. A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same. When VCU detects a DTC, condition must be corrected and function cycled before DTC can be cleared. If first DTC for function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched power is supplied to following components: Starter Motor (M1) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from SSM unswitched power 7.5 A fuse [F17]) VCU receives unswitched battery power from main 250 A fuse (F1) at pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X14) and from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) at pin L1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU ground is provided at pins 3 and 4 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and at pin J1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When engine start switch on SSM is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM, to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows to VCU at pin M1 connector 1 (X11), providing switched power to VCU. At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at following components: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor switched power 5 A fuse [F30]) Forward, Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch (S5) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Gear Select Switch (S6) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 20 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) (from alternator excitation diode [V4])
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 161
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
→NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, VCU software for specific machine requires downloading from software delivery system (SDS) to load correct vehicle identification. When VCU software download is completed, switched (ignition) power must be cycled twice for ECU to acquire correct vehicle identification. When control units are powered up, VCU requests vehicle and model information from engine control unit (ECU). VCU then stores vehicle identification in memory and uses saved version upon each power-up. Auto Shutdown This feature allows VCU to automatically turn off ignition power and stop engine if machine has been operating at slow idle for 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, or 45 minutes (depending on setting). Time duration is selectable by accessing SETUP / AUTOSHUTDOWN menu in SDM service menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) The following conditions are required for activation of auto shutdown: Engine speed less than 910 rpm. Engine coolant temperature is greater than or equal to 58°C (136° F). SSM start button is not pressed. Transmission is in neutral. When engine has been operating at slow idle for a set amount of time (2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 30, or 45 minutes), VCU starts a countdown on auto shutdown timer. When 30 seconds remains on auto shutdown timer, monitor alarm beeps once and a pop-up displays ENGINE SHUTDOWN 30 PRESS START TO ABORT on SDM, indicating machine is about to shutdown. As long as engine speed stays below 910 rpm and all other auto shutdown parameters are met, auto shutdown timer continues to count down. When timer reaches 0, VCU broadcasts a message across CAN to communicate with SSM and ECU, turning off switched power and stopping engine. Temporarily increasing engine speed or activating a hydraulic function resets auto shutdown timer. For more information on ECU, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Economy Mode This feature is provided to reduce fuel consumption and increase machine productivity. →NOTE: Economy mode can only be enabled through service mode menu in monitor. For more information on monitor service menu, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) When enabled via standard display monitor (SDM), VCU sends a request across CAN to ECU for limiting maximum engine speed while in backhoe operation mode and a different limit when in loader operation mode: When in backhoe operation mode, maximum engine speed is limited to 2000 rpm. When in loader operation mode and current transmission gear is N, 1 or 2, maximum engine speed is limited to 2100 rpm. When in loader operation mode and current transmission gear is 3, 4, or 5 maximum engine speed is 2400 rpm. VCU uses seat position and current transmission gear to determine backhoe or loader operation mode. For more information on seat position and transmission control, see Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation and Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation—Engine 4045TT096
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 162
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Schematic—Power and Ground (4045TT096)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 163
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 B109 F1 F4 F15 F17 F30 F31 F33 F35 G1 G2 G4 K5 K10 M1 S2 S5 S6 V4 W1 W2 W10 W14 W15 X4 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X20 X40 X48
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Controller Area Network (CAN) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Air Filter Restriction Switch Main 250 A Fuse ECU Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Sealed Switch Module (SSM) 7.5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Alternator Excitation/Return-to-Dig 15 A Fuse VCU Switched Power 5 A Fuse Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Battery 1 Battery 2 (if equipped) Alternator Starter Relay Ignition Relay Starter Motor Battery Disconnect Switch (if equipped) Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Alternator Excitation Diode Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector Engine Control Unit (ECU) Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 4 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
Vehicle control unit (VCU) acts in conjunction with other electrical components to provide electrical function to the machine. Major functions VCU controls include: hydraulic system, transmission control, wiper and washer circuits, and horn, lights and beacons circuits. VCU provides power and ground to these functions and sends and receives signals based on performance. Operator activates many of these functions using sealed switch module (SSM) (A74). SSM is a device that receives operator input through momentary switches. SSM transmits switch selection across controller area network (CAN) to VCU. VCU sends and receives CAN messages at pins A1 and B1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to communicate with other controllers. For more information on CAN, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU interprets CAN signals and determines if input is valid or not. If input is not valid for machine options available or machine state, input is ignored. If input is valid, appropriate function is activated. SSM then receives confirmation function is activated and causes appropriate light emitting diode (LED) on switch to illuminate, indicating function has been activated. VCU collects feedback from various sensors and communicates information with other controllers to display to operator. VCU communicates much information to standard display monitor (SDM) (A3), where information is displayed. For more information about SDM, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU contains digital on/off driver outputs controlled based on inputs from sensors and other controllers on machine. VCU driver output functions include: Ignition and Accessory Relay Operation Backup Alarm Operation Park Brake Transmission Speed and Direction Operation Selective Flow Control Operation Loader Coupler Operation Window Washer Pump Operation <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 164
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Front And Rear Wiper Operation Lights Operation Hazard Warning Signals Differential Lock Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Return To Dig Operation For more information on individual driver outputs: See Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) See Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) VCU also provides diagnostics in form of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for systems it controls. For more information about vehicle control unit DTCs, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes . (Group 9001-40.) Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) conditions. Open Circuit—An open circuit condition is detected whenever output driver does not pull down as expected when turned on. When output is turned on, software continues to drive output so a technician can check voltage. Short to Power—A short to power is detected whenever output is off and feedback circuit detects current. High Current or Short to Ground—Detection of a high current condition occurs whenever output is turned on and driver detects an overload or over temperature condition. When high current condition has been detected, output turns off and only resets when function or engine start switch is cycled on/off. →NOTE: When output is turned off because of a high current condition, status LED of corresponding function on SSM will show function is still on. For all driver outputs: An open circuit and a short to power look the same. A short to ground and an overloaded circuit look the same. When VCU detects a DTC, condition must be corrected and function cycled before DTC can be cleared. If first DTC for function is not cleared before another DTC condition occurs, function may have two DTCs, where one DTC is not valid. (Example: Pin Disconnect Open Circuit and Pin Disconnect High Current DTCs are displayed at the same time.) VCU Power-Up (Power and Ground) Unswitched power is supplied to following components: Starter Motor (M1) Starter Relay (K5) Ignition Relay (K10) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) (A1) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) (A74) (from SSM unswitched power 7.5 A fuse [F17]) VCU receives unswitched battery power from main 250 A fuse (F1) at pin 1 of VCU connector 4 (X14) and from SSM 7.5 A fuse (F17) at pin L1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU ground is provided at pins 3 and 4 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and at pin J1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When engine start switch on SSM is pressed once, current flows from pin 3 of SSM, to coil of ignition relay (K10), energizing the relay. With ignition relay energized, current flows to VCU at pin M1 connector 1 (X11), providing switched power to VCU. At the same time, switched battery power becomes available at following components: Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) (from monitor switched power 5 A fuse [F30]) Forward, Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch (S5) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Gear Select Switch (S6) (from transmission control 5 A fuse [F35]) Engine Control Unit (ECU) (A2) (from ECU unswitched power 10 A fuse [F4]) Alternator (G4) (from alternator excitation diode [V4])
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 165
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
→NOTE: If a new vehicle control unit (VCU) is installed, VCU software for specific machine requires downloading from software delivery system (SDS) to load correct vehicle identification. When VCU software download is completed, switched power must be cycled twice for ECU to acquire correct vehicle identification. When control units are powered-up, VCU requests vehicle and model information from engine control unit (ECU). VCU then stores vehicle identification in memory and uses saved version upon each power-up.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 166
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation
Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 167
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 B6 B13 B14 H3 S5 S6 S8 S11 S10 W1 W2 W13 W14 W15 X11 X12 X13 X21 X48 X58 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Output Speed Sensor Backup Alarm Forward, Neutral, Reverse (FNR) Switch Gear Select Switch Clutch Disconnect Switch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Switch Differential Lock Switch Frame Ground Near Starter Motor Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Torque converter oil temperature sensor (B6) provides analog voltage to vehicle control unit (VCU) (A1) at pin 43 of VCU connector 3 (X13). VCU converts voltage to temperature and displays on standard display monitor (SDM). SDM displays torque converter oil temperature anytime temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C) for at least 5 seconds with engine running. Park Brake Park brake is used to prohibit vehicle movement when applied, and allow movement when released. Park brake is a spring applied, hydraulically released brake, requiring hydraulic pressure through park brake release solenoid (Y7) valve to release brake. Park brake button is on sealed switch module (SSM). The light emitting diode (LED) on park brake button indicates status of park brake. When park brake is applied LED is ON solid, when it is released LED is OFF, and when park brake pressure switch (B13) indicates park brake is applied but VCU is commanding release (park brake status invalid), LED flashes. →NOTE: When park brake status is invalid, SDM also flashes park brake indicator although these may not be synchronized or at the same rate. VCU controls park brake and sends a periodic controller area network (CAN) message indicating its current status. VCU applies and releases park brake by controlling park brake release solenoid with both a high side on/off driver connected through pin G4 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and a low side driver connected through pin B4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When park brake switch on SSM is pressed for the first time, a park brake release message is sent via CAN to VCU. Control of park brake solenoid valve is dependent on SSM park brake switch state, engine running state, and park brake pressure switch (B13) status. Park brake status is broadcast over CAN based on current park brake release solenoid (Y7) state and resulting park brake pressure switch (B13) status. Upon initial start up, VCU checks status of park brake pressure switch via pin D1 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Status can be inactive (no pressure), active (pressure applied), or invalid (park brake pressure switch does not reflect park break release solenoid state). Park Brake Release: VCU releases park brake by applying current to park brake release solenoid (Y7) when all of the following conditions exist: Engine state is engine running. Park brake release drivers are not shorted. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 168
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Park brake switch state changes from not pressed to pressed. Park Brake Applied: VCU applies park brake by removing current from park brake release solenoid when any of the following conditions exist: Engine start switch state is OFF. Engine state is engine OFF and park brake pressure is applied. SSM park brake switch is pressed. Park brake driver is shorted. VCU removes current from park brake release solenoid if engine state is engine RUNNING and then becomes engine OFF, and park brake pressure switch indicates park brake is applied. By removing current from park brake release solenoid, VCU ensures that park brake is applied if engine quits and pressure switch indicates park brake is on. VCU controls transmission using two high side/low side drivers connected to transmission direction solenoids (Y1 and Y2) and four on/off drivers connected to transmission speed solenoids (Y3—Y6). Transmission solenoid valves control clutches in transmission to select transmission speed and direction. Control of solenoids is dependent on: Forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) position Gear select switch (S6) position Park brake status Clutch disconnect status Transmission output speed Engine running state Power to transmission direction solenoids is controlled by a hardware interlock and a software interlock at pins J4 and M4 from VCU connector 1 (X11). VCU periodically checks status of inputs at pins C2, A3, and C1 of VCU connector 1 (X11) from FNR switch and only allows solenoids to be energized if input is determined to be valid. (X) illustrates which inputs are valid for selected FNR position. FNR Selector Logic Forward Switch
Reverse Switch
Neutral Switch
Selected FNR
Status
X
Neutral
Valid
Reverse
Valid
Error
Invalid
Forward
Valid
Error
Invalid
Error
Invalid
Error
Invalid
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
→NOTE: If seat position is not in forward (or loader position) with engine running and FNR is not in neutral, standard display monitor (SDM) displays a RETURN TCL TO NEUTRAL pop-up. VCU receives desired gear range command from gear select switch (S6). Inputs are applied through gear select switch to pins 8, 19, 7, and 20 of VCU connector 2 (X12), depending on gear selected. (X) illustrates which pins are activated for the selected gear range. Gear Select Logic Pin 8-(X12)
Pin 19-(X12)
X X X
Pin 7-(X12)
Pin 20-(X12)
Selected Gear
X
1st Gear
X
2nd Gear X
3rd Gear
X
X
4th Gear
X
X
5th Gear
Any other combinations are considered invalid and VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and places transmission in neutral. VCU activates appropriate solenoids to shift transmission into its requested gear except when park brake is on, in which case no solenoids are active and transmission stays in neutral. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 169
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
(X) illustrates which solenoid is activated for the selected gear. Transmission Solenoid Logic Selected Gear
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
N or Park Brake Applied 1F
X
X
X
2F
X
X
3F
X
4F
X
X
5F
X
X
X X
X
1R
X
X
X
2R
X
X
3R
X
X
X
4R
X
X
X
X
Transmission output speed is monitored by VCU through transmission output speed sensor (B14) and used to control activation of fifth speed function of transmission. Output speed is also be used for auto shift, differential speed lockout, and some hydraulic power controls. When a transmission control solenoid malfunction occurs, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) and deactivates all transmission solenoids (putting transmission in neutral). To get transmission out of neutral and into limp home mode FNR switch must be moved to N (neutral) position and then to a desired direction. Any gear can be selected, but only a limited number of gears are available (based on transmission control solenoid malfunction). Backup Alarm (H3) VCU controls backup alarm (H3) by applying power from pin G3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to backup alarm when FNR switch (S5) is placed in reverse. VCU does not power backup alarm based on actual transmission direction, but does based on placement of FNR switch. Maximum Gear Limit VCU can limit maximum gear the transmission allows regardless of TCL input, dependent on operator setting in standard display monitor (SDM). For more information on standard display monitor (SDM). see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Auto Shift VCU has functionality to provide an automatic shift mode in addition to manual shifting. The shift mode is determined based upon input from SSM. VCU selects current gear based upon autoshift mode, engine speed, transmission output shaft speed, and engine speed control position. If autoshift button on SSM is pressed, autoshift mode shall be set to auto 2-D mode and VCU sends a message across CAN indicating left and right LEDs shall be ON solid. When autoshift is in auto 2-D mode and autoshift button on SSM is pressed and released, autoshift mode returns to manual and VCU sends a message across CAN indicating left and right LEDs shall be OFF. While in auto 2-D mode, VCU commands appropriate solenoids to shift when it is required starting with 2nd gear. Maximum gear allowed by autoshift is determined by the operator selected gear on TCL or maximum gear limit set in SDM. Differential Lock Vehicle control unit (VCU) controls differential lock and differential lock speed limit functions based on signal from differential lock switch (S10) at pin 31 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and output to differential lock solenoid (Y10) from pin 11 of VCU connector 3 (X13). Switch is activated by a switch on the floor of operator station. VCU also monitors engine speed to disable differential lock when engine speed is over 1000 rpm. When DIFF LOCK SPEED LIMIT option is enabled in standard display monitor (SDM), VCU sends a signal to SDM to generate an audible alarm in addition to monitor displaying DIFF LOCK DISABLED DUE TO HIGH SPEED to make operator aware that differential lock is being turned OFF because engine speed is over 1000 rpm. If differential lock switch (S10) is held in ON (or closed) position by operator continuously for more than 10 minutes, a time-out occurs that disengages differential lock function. After switch is maintained in open position continuously for 1 second the switch may again be engaged. Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Vehicle control unit (VCU) controls MFWD function through the status of MFWD switch (S11) and output to MFWD solenoid (Y11). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 170
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
When MFWD switch is placed in momentary or ON position, voltage is received at pin 38 of VCU connector 3 (X13) and VCU recognizes this as change in MFWD status. VCU then applies power from pin 13 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to MFWD solenoid (Y11). This allows high pressure oil to engage MFWD. If VCU recognizes MFWD solenoid state and MFWD switch state as not matching, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Braking On machines with MFWD, VCU provides an option to engage front wheels whenever braking. MFWD is activated anytime brakes are applied in fourth or fifth gear regardless of option state. If option is enabled via SDM, MFWD activates any time brakes are applied. For more information on setting MFWD braking, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Clutch Disconnect Vehicle control unit (VCU) can remove transmission load from engine in order to utilize all engine power for hydraulics. When clutch disconnect switch is pressed on loader control lever, current is allowed to flow to pin 23 of VCU connector 3 (X13). When VCU recieves current it removes power from direction solenoids, placing transmission in neutral. If VCU and clutch disconnect switch state do not match, VCU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 171
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Hydraulic System Circuit Theory of Operation
Hydraulic System Circuit Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 172
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 B9 B12 B26 B44 F35 S52 S54 W2 W13 W14 W15 W26 W27 W28 W29 W30 W31 X11 X12 X13 X21 X52 X53 X57 X58 X68 X81 X82 Y20 Y21 Y29 Y30 Y50 Y51 Y52 Y53 Y56 Y58 Y59
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Switched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Seat Position Sensor Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Loader Auxilary Flow Control Switch Transmission Control 5 A Fuse Pilot Enable Switch Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Selective Flow Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness (if equipped) Pilot Enable Pattern Select Valve Harness (if equipped) Pilot Enable Switch Harness (if equipped) Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Pilot Control Console Harness Connector Pilot Enable Switch Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Control Harness 2-Pin Connector Loader Control Lever Connector Ride Control Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Coupler Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Solenoid Harness Connector Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Vehicle control unit (VCU) receives inputs and provides outputs that control various solenoids which, in turn control and/or monitors hydraulic functions on the machine. For more information on VCU, see Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Seat Position Sensor (B9) VCU monitors inputs from a 0—240° dual channel Hall effect seat position sensor (B9). VCU uses inputs from seat position sensor (B9) to enable/disable certain features based on seat position. A 5 V reference is provided from pin J2 of VCU connector 1 (X11) to pins 3 and 6 of seat position sensor. The VCU provides a return at pin H2 of VCU connector 1 (X11) from terminals 1 and 4 of seat position sensor. Two channels are used to communicate seat position to VCU. Channel 1 sends voltage dependent on seat position from terminal 2 of seat position sensor to pin 37 of VCU connector 2 (X12). At the same time Channel 2 sends voltage from terminal 5 of seat position sensor to pin 48 of VCU connector 2 (X12). Voltages sent from channel 1 and channel 2 should be inversely proportional in order to provide a valid signal to VCU. In loader position (full forward), approximately 4 V is supplied to VCU via channel 1 and decreases as seat is rotated toward full rear facing position. At the same time approximately 1 V is supplied to VCU via channel 2 and increases as seat is rotated from loader position to full rear facing position. In full rear facing position, approximately 1 V is supplied to VCU via channel 1 and increases as seat is rotated toward loader position (full forward). At the same time approximately 4 V is supplied to VCU via channel 2 and decreases as seat is rotated toward full rear facing position. At any time, if the sum of channel 1 and channel 2 voltages does not equal the 5 V reference, a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is generated by VCU. If voltage is greater than 4.5 V or less than 0.5 V on either channel a DTC is generated. When a DTC is <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 173
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
generated a pop-up stating SEAT SENSOR FAULT is displayed on standard display monitor (SDM). Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B12) Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) is a normally-open switch that applies ground at pin 24 of VCU connector 3 (X13) when closed. The switch closes when hydraulic oil differential pressure at filter is greater than specification. VCU broadcasts a message across the CAN to communicate with SDM causing hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator to illuminate. Loader Coupler Solenoids (if equipped) Loader coupler solenoids allow the front tool to be hydraulically disengaged from tractor by pressing a switch on sealed switch module (SSM). When the loader coupler switch on SSM is pressed for 1 second a message is sent across CAN to VCU indicating the switch has been pressed. VCU applies power to pin 50 of VCU connector 3 (X13) energizing loader coupler pressure solenoid (Y30) for 5 seconds. VCU also applies power to pin 51 of VCU connector 3 (X13) energizing loader coupler unlock solenoid (Y29) and disengaging coupler pins. The light emitting diode (LED) on the loader coupler switch illuminates and a popup displays on SDM stating LOADER COUPLER DISENGAGED. An audible alarm sounds for the entire time coupler pins are disengaged. Pressing loader coupler switch a second time causes VCU to energize loader coupler pressure solenoid for 5 seconds and deenergize loader coupler solenoid, engaging loader coupler pins. The LED on loader coupler switch turns OFF. Hydraulic Pump Unload VCU uses engine RUNNING state, engine cranking state, and seat position to control hydraulic load on the engine in order to prevent diesel engine stall. To reduce hydraulic load on engine, VCU applies current through hydraulic pump control solenoid (Y56) from pin K2 at VCU connector 1 (X11) to pin D4 at VCU connector 1 (X11). When hydraulic pump control solenoid is energized auxiliary pump flow returns back to inlet through the unloading valve spool. Hydraulic pump control solenoid is energized when any of the following conditions occur: Engine cranking. Engine state is RUNNING and seat position is loader. Engine state is RUNNING and selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is energized. For more information on hydraulic pump unload, see Hydraulic Pump Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Auto-Idle (4045TT096 engine only) Auto-idle is used to reduce fuel consumption by automatically reducing engine speed to 900 rpm when hydraulic functions are not being used while in backhoe mode. Auto-idle can be enabled or disabled in the monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) Also, the auto-idle threshold pressure setting (hydraulic demand) that sends machine into auto-idle is adjustable in the monitor. VCU receives a signal from hydraulic system pressure sensor (B26) at pin 13 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to determine hydraulic demand. If this value is equal or less than the adjustable pressure auto-idle threshold pressure value for a continuous 5 seconds; machine is considered to be in a no hydraulic demand state. VCU sends a signal across CAN to ECU requesting to reduce engine speed when all of the following conditions are met: Engine state is engine running Auto-idle is enabled in the monitor Seat position is backhoe Current gear is neutral Engine coolant temperature is between 50—113° C (122—235° F) or invalid Hand throttle status is enabled An active filter cleaning is not active Valid hydraulic system pressure sensor value No hydraulic demand Engine speed returns to hand throttle setting when hydraulic activity resumes (hydraulic system pressure is greater than autoidle threshold pressure), hand throttle command changes by +2%, or any of the previously listed conditions are not met. Item
Measurement
Specification
Auto-Idle Threshold (adjustable)
Pressure
800—2000 kPa
Threshold (default)
Pressure
116—290 psi 1500 kPa 218 psi
Ride Control (if equipped) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 174
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
When ride control switch is pressed on the SSM, the change in status of switch is communicated over CAN to VCU. The VCU energizes ride control solenoids 1 and 2 (Y50 and Y51) through pin 42 of VCU connector 3 (X13). For more information on ride control, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) Selective Flow Control (if equipped) Selective flow control is an option that allows the operator to control a hammer or other implement installed on machine either continuously or via a momentary auxiliary hydraulic foot switch (S54). When auxiliary hydraulic foot switch is not installed, control of selective flow is done solely by the auxiliary hydraulic switch on SSM and is shared with auxiliary loader hydraulics function. The switch has two modes that can be selected, continuous and proportional. In continuous mode the function operates at maximum flow while solenoid is energized. In proportional mode maximum flow can be set via standard display monitor (SDM). VCU receives inputs from SSM and auxiliary hydraulic foot switch to determine the state of the selecitve flow control solenoid (Y53). If VCU recognizes the state as active it sends current out pin L3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and provides ground at pin E4 of VCU connector 1 (X11). Auxiliary Hydraulic Foot Switch (S54) (if equipped) Auxiliary hydraulic foot switch (S54) is a normally-open foot-actuated switch. When auxiliary hydraulic switch on SSM is in either continuous or proportional mode VCU uses input at pin 26 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to select status of selective flow control function. Pilot Enable (if equipped) If equipped, pilot controls can be enabled or disabled by VCU based on inputs received from pilot enable switch (S52), seat position sensor, or from other controllers. VCU applies current through pin 28 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to pilot enable solenoid (Y52) based on inputs from pilot enable switch (S52) at pins 34 and 47 of VCU connector 3 (X13). VCU also uses operator seat position state, engine running state, and pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59) state to enable or disable pilot control. For more information on pilot control, see Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) Hydraulic Pattern Select (if equipped) If equipped with pilot controls, it is possible to change control pattern of backhoe controls via a push-button on the SSM. With pilot control enabled there are two pattern select modes to toggle between, backhoe mode and excavator mode. While in backhoe mode the left LED is illuminated and pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59) are not energized. If in backhoe mode and pattern select push-button on SSM is pressed, left LED shuts off and right LED illuminates. VCU sends current out pin 6 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and energizes pattern select solenoids 1 and 2 (Y58 and Y59). Each subsequent press toggles between backhoe mode and excavator mode. At shutdown VCU saves pattern select state in memory and retrieves it when powered-up.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 175
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Horn, Lights, and Beacon Circuit Theory of Operation
Lights and Beacon Circuits Theory of Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 176
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: A1 A9 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E15 E16 E17 E23 E24 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36 E37 E38 E39 E40 E41 S19 S26 S27 S30 S47 W2 W3 W14 W15 W17 W18 W38 X9 X11 X12 X13 X26 X31 X32 X33 X36
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Radio Left Rear Work Light Left Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light (if equipped) Right Rear Work Light Left Front Work Light Right Front Work Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Docking Light Right Docking Light Beacon Light Left Backup Light Right Backup Light Left Front Drive Light Right Front Drive Light Left Front Marker Light Right Front Marker Light Left Front Turn Signal Right Front Turn Signal Left Brake/Tail Light Right Rear Turn Signal Left Rear Turn Signal Right Brake/Tail Light License Plate Light Drive Light High/Low Switch Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Turn Signal Switch Beacon Light Switch Operator Station Floor Ground Roof Ground Cab Harness Canopy Harness Roof Harness Radio Harness Rear Frame Harness Cab Harness-to-Radio Harness Connector Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3 Cab/Canopy Harness-to-Roof Harness Connector Right Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Left Front Drive Light/Turn Signal Connector Rear Frame Harness Connector Beacon Light Connector
Drive Lights Drive light switch on sealed switch module (SSM) controls drive lights, marker lights, and tail lights. When switch is pressed for less than 2 seconds VCU turns on left front marker light (E33), license plate light (E41), and both left and right tail lights (E37 and E40) through pin 8 of VCU connector 3 (X13) while illuminating left light emitting diode (LED) on switch. If pressed a second time for less than 2 seconds, VCU turns on left and right front drive lights (E31 and E32) through pins 18 and 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13), while illuminating middle LED on switch. Drive lights have a high and low setting controlled by drive light high/low switch (S19). A subsequent press of drive light switch commands both marker lights and drive lights off. →NOTE: On cab machines power is also supplied to radio (A9) for illumination via marker lights circuit. If front work lights switch is held for more than 2 seconds, VCU removes power from pins 8, 18, and 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13) shutting off marker lights and drive lights. Work Lights and Docking Lights Work lights switch on SSM has six modes: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 177
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Rear Work Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed so only right LED illuminates, VCU sends current out pins 2 and 3 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to rear work lights (E1—E4), causing rear work lights to come on. Docking Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed a second time so right and middle LED illuminates, VCU applies current to pins 17 and 53 of VCU connector 3 (X13), causing left and right docking lights (E15 and E16) to come on. Front Work Lights On: When work light switch on SSM is pressed a third time so only left LED illuminates, VCU shuts off rear work lights and docking lights. VCU also sends current out pins 4 and 5 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to front work lights (E5—E8). Causing front work lights to come on. Front Work Lights and Docking Lights On When work light switch on SSM is pressed a fourth time so left and middle LEDs are illuminated, VCU applies power to pins 17 and 53 of VCU connector 3 (X13), causing left and right docking lights to come on while front work lights remain on. All Work Lights and Docking Lights On When work light switch on SSM is pressed a fifth time so all LEDs are illuminated, VCU sends current out pins 2 and 3 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to rear work lights (E1—E4) in addition to front work lights and docking lights. Lights Off Regardless of current state, if work light switch on SSM is held for 2 seconds or longer, VCU shuts off all work lights, docking lights, and marker lights. Anytime VCU detects a light bulb as faulted a DTC is generated, standard display monitor (SDM) displays a pop-up and an audible alarm sounds. Brake Lights When a brake pedal is pressed and either service brake pressure switches 1 or 2 (S26 or S27) is closed to ground, VCU recognizes circuit being pulled down at pin F3 of VCU connector 1 (X11) and sends current out pin 41 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to left and right brake lights (E37 and E40). Anytime VCU detects a brake light as faulted a DTC is generated, SDM displays a pop-up stating BRAKE LIGHT BULB MISSING and an audible alarm sounds. Beacon Light Beacon light (E17) is controlled by VCU via beacon light switch (S47). When VCU is powered-up and beacon light switch is in OFF (open) position, VCU recognizes beacon state as off at pin 45 of VCU connector 3 (X13). With beacon light switch in ON (closed) position, ground is provided to pin 45 of VCU connector 3 (X13) and VCU recognizes beacon state as on. When beacon state is on, current is sent through pin 1 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to beacon light (E17), causing beacon to come on. Turn signals Turn signals are controlled by turn signal switch (S30) and VCU. Left Turn: When ignition (switched) power is ON and turn signal switch is moved to left-turn position, ground is supplied at terminal 3 of turn signal switch, pulling down circuit at pin E2 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When VCU detects system being pulled down at pin E2 of VCU connector 1 (X11), it sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle from pin 30 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to left rear and left front turn signals (E39 and E36) (respectively), causing left turn signals to flash. Right Turn: When ignition (switched) power is ON and turn signal switch is moved to right-turn position, ground is supplied at terminal 1 of turn signal switch, pulling down the circuit at pin D3 of VCU connector 1 (X11). When VCU detects system being pulled down at pin D3 of VCU connector 1 (X11), it sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle from pin 18 of VCU connector 3 (X13) to right rear and right front turn signals (E38 and E35) (respectively), causing right turn signals to flash. Hazard Warning Signals When ignition (switched) power is ON and hazard warning signal switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed, SSM sends a signal across CAN data line to VCU, requesting hazard warning signals. When VCU determines that input is valid, VCU sends a signal back across CAN data line to SSM, causing LED on hazard warning signal switch to come on. VCU then sends pulsing current with a 50% duty cycle to turn signals (E35, E36, E38, and E39), causing all four lights to flash at the same time. Hazard Warning Signal and Turn Signals Activated at Same Time: If left turn signal is selected when hazard warning signals are active, VCU sends current to turn signals as follows: Pulsing current to left turn signals (E36 and E39). Continuous current to right turn signals (E35 and E38). If right turn signal is selected when hazard warning signals are active, VCU sends current to turn signals as follows: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 178
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Pulsing current to right turn signals (E35 and E38). Continuous current to left turn signals (E36 and E39). VCU Wakeup: Hazard warning signals can be activated when ignition (switched) power is OFF. Pressing hazard warning signal switch on SSM when ignition is OFF causes SSM to send a “wakeup” signal to VCU. When VCU detects this signal, it sends pulsing current to all front and rear turn signals.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 179
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Wiper and Washer Circuit Theory of Operation
Wiper and Washer Circuit Schematic LEGEND: A1 M13 M14 M15 <- Go to Section TOC
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Front Wiper Motor Rear Wiper Motor Front Washer Motor Section 9015 page 180
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
S14 V13 W2 W14 X12 X13
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Rear Wiper Enable Switch Front Wiper Motor Diode Operator Station Floor Ground Cab Harness Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 2 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 3
Front Wiper Motor (M13) When front wiper switch on sealed switch module (SSM) is pressed so one, two, or three light emitting diodes (LEDs) are illuminated, vehicle control unit (VCU) sends current out pin 2 or 5 of VCU connector 2 (X12) depending on wiper mode. Front wiper switch has three modes: Intermittent Low High Wiper Motor Intermittent Speed Mode: When front wiper switch on SSM is pressed once so only left LED illuminates, VCU supplies power at pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to activate the front wiper motor (M13) in low speed. VCU provides power to wiper motor for one complete cycle until VCU detects an open circuit at pin 21 of VCU connector 3 (X13) from a park switch, internal to wiper motor, indicating wiper has returned to the park position. VCU stops current flow out pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) when VCU detects wiper has reached park position. VCU then waits for 2—10 seconds, depending on delay setting, before sending current out pin 2 of VCU connector (X12) again to repeat intermittent cycle. Wiper delay setting can be changed by accessing MAIN MENU—SETUP—WIPER DELAY submenu of SDM menu structure. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Wiper Delay . (Operator’s Manual.) Wiper Motor Low Speed Mode: If front wiper switch on SSM is pressed a second time, VCU applies power to wiper motor via pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) setting wiper motor on low speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating left and center LEDs. Wiper Motor High Speed Mode: If front wiper switch on SSM is pressed a third time, VCU removes power from pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and applies power to pin 5 of VCU connector 3 (X13) turning wiper motor on high speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating all three LEDs. If front wiper switch is pressed while in high speed mode or held for two seconds at any time, VCU removes power from pin 5 of VCU connector 2 (X12) and applies power to pin 2 until park switch is observed as open. When VCU observes park switch as open, power is removed from both pins and SSM is commanded to shut off all LEDs. Rear Wiper Motor (M14) When rear wiper switch on SSM is pressed so one or two LEDs illuminate, VCU sends current out pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12). VCU also reads status of a rear wiper enable switch (S14) at pin 9 of VCU connector 3 (X13). With rear window closed, rear wiper enable switch is closed to ground and wipers are enabled. With window open, switch is observed as open and rear wipers are disabled. Rear wiper switch has two modes: Intermittent Low Wiper Motor Intermittent Speed Mode: When rear wiper switch on SSM is pressed once so only left LED is illuminated, VCU applies power at pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) to activate rear wiper motor in low speed. VCU provides power to wiper motor for one complete cycle until VCU detects an open circuit at pin 20 of VCU connector 3 (X13) from a park switch, internal to wiper motor, indicating wiper has returned to park position. VCU stops current flow out pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) when VCU detects wiper has reached park position. VCU then waits for 2—10 seconds, depending on delay setting, before sending current out pin 2 of VCU connector (X12) again to repeat intermittent cycle. Wiper delay setting can be changed by accessing MAIN MENU—SETUP—WIPER DELAY submenu of SDM menu structure. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Wiper Delay . (Operator’s Manual.) Wiper Motor Low Speed Mode: If wiper switch on SSM is pressed a second time, VCU supplies power to wiper motor via pin 1 of VCU connector 2 (X12) turning wiper motor on low speed. VCU also sends a message to SSM illuminating left and right LEDs. Front Washer Motor (M15) Pressing windshield washer switch on SSM supplies power to front washer motor (M15) while switch is held down and removes power when switch is released. If front wiper motor is off, power is supplied through pin 2 of VCU connector 2 (X12) while washer switch is held and remains for 3 complete wipe cycles after switch is released. If intermittent wiper function is active, motor turns on in low speed for three complete cycles before returning to intermittent mode. If either low or high speed wiper function is active, wiper motor continues to run at set speed. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 181
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 15: Sub-System Diagnostics
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Circuit Theory of Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 A3 <- Go to Section TOC
Controller Area Network (CAN) 1 Unswitched Battery Power Switched Battery Power Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Section 9015 page 182
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
B8 F15 F30 H1 W2 W13 W14 W15 X4 X21
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Fuel Level Sensor Monitor Unswitched Power 5 A Fuse Monitor Switched Power 5 A Fuse Monitor Alarm Operator Station Floor Ground Transmission Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Transmission Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) (A3) SDM receives battery power from monitor unswitched power 5 A fuse (F15) at pin A of SDM connector 1 (X4). System ground is available at pin P of SDM connector 1 (X4). SDM receives switched power from monitor switched power 5 A fuse (F30) at pin L of SDM connector 1 (X4). When powered-up, SDM performs a self-test by activating all indicators: lights, gauges, and the monitor display window. SDM contains a menu structure designed for monitoring certain machine functions for operational and/or diagnostic purposes. It provides a means for viewing and clearing diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and also provides a means for adjusting certain machine and monitor settings. For more information on SDM menu structure, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-20.) SDM uses controller area network (CAN) data line to communicate with various controllers on machine. For more information on CAN system, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Fuel Level Sensor (B8) Fuel level sensor (B8) is a resistive (rheostat) type sensor attached to a float. Changing fuel level causes float to move up and down relative to fuel level. The float moves a wiper in the rheostat causing resistance to change relative to movement of float. Resistance is sensed by SDM at pin N of SDM connector 1 (X4). SDM uses this information to determine position of needle on fuel gauge and moves needle accordingly. Monitor Alarm (H1) Monitor alarm (H1) is activated during monitor self test, during certain monitor selections, and when the STOP indicator is illuminated. Power is provided to monitor alarm and to pin A of SDM connector (X4) from monitor switched power 5 A fuse (F15). SDM provides ground at pin E of SDM connector (X4) to make alarm sound.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 183
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Group 16 - Monitor Operation Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu There are two versions of the standard display monitor (SDM) menu structure: Operator Menu and Service Menu. Operator Menu— is used to change user preferences, view operational settings, and view diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). For additional information, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Normal Display and see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Operation . (Operator’s Manual.) Service Menu— provides additional menu items not available in the operator menu. This feature allows a service technician to change operational settings and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The service menu provides the technician a means to monitor functions and settings for diagnostic and testing purposes. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. →NOTE: When the Service Menu is accessed, the SDM will stay in the service menu even if the SDM display is returned to the operator display. Cycling the switched power to OFF, then back to ON resets the SDM to the Operator Menu.
There are four buttons on the SDM used to navigate the Service Menu: MENU—Provides initial entry into machine settings, diagnostics, and monitor functions. BACK—Display goes back to the last active menu each time the button is pushed. NEXT—Display goes to the next selection within a menu or mode. Press the NEXT button to cycle through all the possible selections in a menu. SELECT—Activates the current highlighted submenu.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes This menu will clear all stored and active diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). The CLEAR CODES menu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) To Clear DTCs: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until CODES is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - CODES screen is displayed, press NEXT button to display CLEAR CODES screen →NOTE: To exit without clearing codes, press the BACK button. [5] - To clear codes press SELECT button. CODES CLEARED is displayed for 2 seconds before returning to CLEAR CODES screen.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 184
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics The main menu DIAGNOSTICS submenu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) To access Diagnostics submenu: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until desired submenu is highlighted. [4] - Press SELECT to make submenu active in the display. To exit DIAGNOSTICS menu, press BACK button. The following submenus are available from DIAGNOSTICS menu: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
CODES ENGINE ELECTRICAL LIGHTS TRANSMISSION HYDRAULICS SOFTWARE VERSION BUTTONS SENSORS SERVICE ADVISOR INFO TESTS
[1] - CODES— Displays status of diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) active and stored. Enables active and stored codes to be cleared. →NOTE: Active and stored codes can be viewed in normal display mode. CODES ACTIVE STORED—Displays status of DTCs that are currently active and stored in the SDM and the source controller (controller reporting the problem). The codes are listed in order, starting with the most recent fault. CLEAR CODES—Clears active and stored codes in the SDM. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - ENGINE— Displays status of sensors and switches monitored by engine control unit (ECU). ECU ELEC POWER—Displays battery and switched voltage to ECU as BATTERY XX.X V and SWITCHED XX.X V. THROTTLE—Displays throttle percentage as measured by engine speed control dial for hand and engine speed control pedal for foot as HAND XXX% and FOOT XXX%. ENGINE COOLANT TEMP—Displays engine coolant temperature as measured by engine coolant temperature sensor as XXX F. WATER IN FUEL—Displays signal from water-in-fuel sensor as WATER DETECTED or WATER NOT DETECTED. FUEL TEMPERATURE—Displays fuel temperature as measured by fuel temperature sensor as XXX F. MANIFOLD AIR TEMP—Displays manifold air temperature as measured by manifold air temperature sensor as XXX F. FUEL RATE—Displays fuel usage in gallons per hour as XXX G/HR. [3] - ELECTRICAL— Displays the status of switches and relays monitored by vehicle control unit (VCU). VCU ELEC POWER—Displays battery and switched voltage to vehicle control unit (VCU) as BATTERY XX.XX V and SWITCHED XX.XX V. VCU VALVE POWER—Displays voltage to VCU valve power as XX.XX V. ALTENATOR STATE—Displays alternator status as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. ACCESSORY RELAY—Displays status of accessory relay as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT WASHER (if equipped)—Displays status of front washer as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT WIPER LOW (if equipped)—Displays status of front wiper low as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 185
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
FRONT WIPER HIGH (if equipped)—Displays status of front wiper high as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR WIPER (if equipped)—Displays status of rear wiper as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. WIPER PARK SWITCHES (if equipped)—Displays status of wiper park switches FRONT and REAR as ON or OFF. BACKUP ALARM—Displays status of backup alarm as ON or OFF and milliamperes drawn as XXXX MA. [4] - LIGHTS— Displays status of VCU (A1) outputs and switches to lights. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH—Displays status of turn signal switch LEFT and RIGHT as ON or OFF. LEFT TURN SIGNAL—Displays status of left turn signal as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. RIGHT TURN SIGNAL—Displays status of right turn signal as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. MARKER LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of marker light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT INNER WORK LT—Displays status of front inner work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. FRONT OUTER WORK LT—Displays status of front outer work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR INNER WORK LT—Displays status of rear inner work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REAR OUTER WORK LT—Displays status of rear outer work light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DOCKING LIGHT 1—Displays status of docking light 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DOCKING LIGHT 2—Displays status of docking light 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH—Displays status of brake light switch 1 and brake light switch 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. BRAKE LIGHT—Displays status of brake light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DRIVE LIGHT 1 (if equipped)—Displays status of drive light 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED an amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DRIVE LIGHT 2 (if equipped)—Displays status of drive light 2 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BEACON SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of beacon switch as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. BEACON LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of beacon light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BACKUP LIGHT (if equipped)—Displays status of backup light as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. BUCKET LEVEL LEDS—Displays status of bucket level LEDs ABOVE and BELOW as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. [5] - TRANSMISSION— Displays status of transmission sensors and switches monitored by VCU (A1). GEAR—Current gear of transmission. DIRECTION & GEAR—Displays status of gear selected and engaged as 0 = error, 1, 2, 3, 4 and direction - - - = error, F, N, R. GEAR SWITCHES—Displays status of gear switch B1, B2, B3, and B4 as ON or OFF. PARK BRAKE—Displays status of park brake switch and driver. PARK BRAKE PRESS SWITCH—Displays status of park brake switch as ON, OFF, or FAULTED. PARK BRAKE DRIVER—Displays status of park brake driver as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. TRANS SOLENOIDS—Displays status of transmission solenoids. FORWARD — Y1 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y1 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. REVERSE — Y2 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y2 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y3 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y3 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y4 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y4 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y5 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y5 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. Y6 SOLENOID—Displays status of transmission solenoid Y6 as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. CLUTCH DISCONNECT—Displays status of clutch disconnect switch as SWITCH and STATUS and ON or OFF. MFWD—Displays status of the MFWD switch and driver. MFWD SWITCH—Displays status of the MFWD switch as ON, OFF or FAULTED. MFWD DRIVER—Displays status of the MFWD driver as ON, OFF or FAULTED an amperage drawn as XX.XX A. DIFF LOCK—Displays status of differential lock and differential lock switch. DIFF LOCK SWITCH—Displays status of differential lock switch as ON or OFF. DIFF LOCK—Displays status of differential lock as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as X.XX A. TRANS CONVERTOR TEMP—Displays transmission convertor temperature as measured by torque converter oil temperature sensor. OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED—Displays transmission output shaft speed in RPMs as measured by the transmission speed sensor. [6] - HYDRAULIC— Displays status of hydraulic sensors and switches. SWITCHES—Displays status of hydraulic switches as ON or OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 186
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
HYD FILTER SWITCH—Displays status of hydraulic oil filter restriction switch as ON or OFF. LOADER AUX SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of loader auxiliary on/off switch CONTINUOUS and PROPORTIONAL as ON or OFF. FOOT SWITCH (if equipped)—Displays status of auxiliary hydraulic foot switch as ON or OFF. PRESSURES—Displays hydraulic system pressures. HAMMER PRESSURE—Displays backhoe flow control work port pressure by backhoe flow control work port pressure sensor as XXXXX PSI. VALVE DATA—Displays threshold and feedback currents of valve solenoids. LOADER AUX (if equipped)—Displays threshold and feedback currents of loader auxiliary valve solenoid. HAMMER (if equipped)—Displays feedback current of selective flow control valve in milliamperes (mA) as XXXX MA. FEEDBACK CURRENT—Displays loader auxiliary function magnitude and direction in milliamperes (mA) as MAG XXXX MA and DIR XXXX MA. FWD THRESHOLD—Displays loader auxiliary forward function start and maximum threshold current in milliamperes (mA) as START XXXX MA and MAX XXXX MA. REV THRESHOLD—Displays loader auxiliary reverse function start and maximum threshold current in milliamperes (mA) as START XXXX MA and MAX XXXX MA. PILOT ENABLE (if equipped)—Displays status of pilot switch and solenoid. PILOT ENABLE SWITCH—Displays the status of pilot enable switch MOMENTARY and DETENT as ON or OFF. PILOT ENABLE SOL—Displays the status of pilot enable solenoid as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. RIDE CONTROL (if equipped)—Displays the status of ride control solenoid 1 as ON, OFF, or FAULTED and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. HYD PUMP CONTROL—Displays the status of hydraulic pump control amperage drawn as XX.XX A. PATTERN SELECT—Displays pattern select on = excavator and off = backhoe as ON or OFF. LOADER COUPLER (if equipped)—Displays the status of loader coupler solenoids. LOADER COUPLER—Displays the status of loader coupler unlock solenoid as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A. LOADER COUPLER PRESS—Displays the status of loader coupler pressure solenoid as ON or OFF and amperage drawn as XX.XX A . [7] - SOFTWARE VERSION— Displays the software version numbers of installed controllers. VCU SW VERSION—Software version number of vehicle control unit (VCU). ECU SW VERSION—Software version number of engine control unit (ECU). SDM SW VERSION—Software version number of standard display monitor (SDM). SSM SW VERSION—Software version number of sealed switch module (SSM). [8] - BUTTONS— Displays the status of switches on the sealed switch module (SSM). SSM—Displays a grid of dashes that blank out corresponding dash when a switch on the SSM is depressed. [9] - SENSORS— Displays the status of seat, fuel, boom, and bucket sensors. SEAT POSITION—Displays the seat position as measured by seat position sensor as BACKHOE, MIDDLE, FORWARD, or LOADER. SEAT SENSOR—Displays the output voltage of the seat sensor channel 1 and seat sensor channel 2 as CH 1 X.XXX V and CH2 X.XXX V. FUEL GAUGE—Displays the status of fuel gauge percent full and output voltage of fuel level sensor as XX.X% and X.XXX V. [10] - SERVICE ADVISOR INFO— Displays the submenu SYSTEM INFO. SYSTEM INFO—Displays the sub menus for Service ADVISOR ™ system information. CELL STRENGHT—Displays status of cell strength. CARRIER—Displays carrier ID number. REGISTRATION STATE—Displays if system is registered. LATITUDE—Displays GPS latitude. LONGITUDE—Displays GPS longitude. GPS ANTENNA—Displays GPS antenna status as UNKNOWN, OK, SHORT, or OPEN. CELL ANTENNA—Displays cell antenna status. SATELLITE MODEM—Displays satellite modem status as GOOD or NOT GOOD. SATELLITE SIGNAL—Displays satellite signal status as REGISTERED or NOT REGISTERED. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 187
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
SBD REGISTRATION—Displays SBD registration as GOOD or NOT GOOD. TIME STAMP— Displays time stamp as year, month, day, hour (24 hour clock) and minutes as XXXX:XX:XX:XX:XX. [11] - TESTS— Displays the sub menus VCU OUTPUTS and HVC OUTPUTS. VCU OUTPUTS—Displays the submenu for VCU output test. STEP XX—Steps through VCU output test will return CHECK CODES or ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu Visible or Hidden The main menu on the standard display monitor (SDM) can be made accessible or hidden from view using the VISIBLE or HIDDEN options within MENU ACCESS submenu. The MONITOR HIDDEN and MONITOR VISIBLE submenus are functions of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) MAIN MENU HIDDEN [1] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: To exit without hiding main menu, press the BACK button. [5] - Press NEXT button until HIDDEN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - MENU ACCESS HIDDEN displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu. MAIN MENU VISIBLE [1] - Push and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From the MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted , then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until MENU ACCESS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: To exit without enabling main menu visibility, press the BACK button. [5] - Press NEXT button until VISIBLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - MENU ACCESS VISIBLE displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu.
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Restore Monitor Defaults The FACTORY DEFAULTS submenu is a function of the Service Menu. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) Monitor is defaulted to English units, English language, and a visible main menu. To Restore Monitor Defaults: [1] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. [2] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until MONITOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 188
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
[4] - Press NEXT button until FACTORY DEFAULTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - FACTORY DEFAULTS RESTORE DEFAULTS displayed. →NOTE: To exit without restoring the monitor defaults, press the BACK button. [6] - To reset factory defaults press SELECT. [7] - FACTORY DEFAULTS—DEFAULTS RESTORED displayed for 2 seconds before returning to MONITOR submenu.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 189
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options →NOTE: Monitor options listed are dependent on machine model and configuration. If machine is not equipped with option, option will not show up in menu. To access SETUP submenus: [1] - From MAIN MENU, press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [2] - Press NEXT button until desired submenu is highlighted. [3] - Press SELECT button to make submenu active in the display. To exit SETUP submenu, press BACK button. The following submenus are available from the SETUP menu: MONITOR WIPER DELAY MFWD BRAKING SECURITY (if equipped) AUTO SHUTDOWN AUTO IDLE CALIBRATIONS ECONOMY MODE SELECTIVE FLOW (if equipped) LOADER AUX SPEED (if equipped) BACKHOE AUX SPEED (if equipped) GEAR LIMIT DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT TIRE SIZE BEACON LIGHT (if equipped) MONITOR The following submenus are accessible from the MONITOR submenu: LANGUAGE UNITS CONTRAST JOB TIMER MENU ACCESS FACTORY DEFAULTS LANGUAGE 1. From MONITOR submenu, press NEXT button until LANGUAGE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button until desired language is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Display will show LANGUAGE
Section 9015 page 190
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
3. Display will show JOB TIMER
Press NEXT button until AUTO IDLE SETTING, then press SELECT button. Press NEXT button until RESET TO FACTORY is highlighted, then press SELECT button to make choice. Press NEXT button until CHANGE SETTING is highlighted, then press SELECT button. Use keypad on SSM to input desired setting and press SELECT button. Settings range from 800—2000 kPa (116—290 psi) in units of 10 kPa (1.5 psi).
CALIBRATIONS 1. Press NEXT button until CALIBRATIONS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 191
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2. 3. 4. 5.
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Press NEXT button until SEAT SENSOR is highlighted, then press SELECT button. Follow the instructions displayed on the SDM. When complete, SDM will display FAILED TO CALIBRATE CHECK CODES or SUCCESSFUL PRESS SELECT TO SAVE. Press SELECT button to save.
ECONOMY MODE 1. Press NEXT button until ECONOMY MODE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight OFF or ON, then press SELECT button to make choice. SELECTIVE FLOW (if equipped) Flow rate may be adjusted manually or electronically depending on type of selective flow control valve section machine is equipped with. This procedure is to adjust flow electronically. For manual adjustment procedure, see Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Adjustment—If Equipped . (Group 9025-20.) →NOTE: Flow rate unit displayed (LPM or GPM) depends on chosen monitor units setup (English or metric). 1. Press NEXT button until SELECTIVE FLOW is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press SELECT button to display the set flow rate input screen. →NOTE: A flow rate between 19—132 LMP (5-35 GPM) may be entered. If a value below 19 LPM (5 GPM) is entered, flow rate will default to 19 LPM (5 GPM). If a value above 132 LPM (35 GPM) is entered, flow rate will default to 132 LPM (35 GPM). 3. Enter desired flow rate using numeric keypad on SSM. 4. Press SELECT button to enable desired flow rate. LOADER AUX SPEED (if equipped) 1. Press NEXT button until LOADER AUX SPEED is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: SLOW MEDIUM FAST 3. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. BACKHOE AUX SPEED (if equipped) 1. Press NEXT button until BACKHOE AUX SPEED is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 2. Press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: SLOW MEDIUM FAST 3. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. MAX GEAR LIMIT 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until GEAR LIMIT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. SET MAX GEAR will be displayed. Press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: OFF 4 3 2 1 4. When choice is highlighted, press SELECT button. DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 192
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
(Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until DIFF LOCK SPD LIMIT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. Press NEXT button to highlight ON or OFF, then press SELECT button to make choice. TIRE SIZE 1. Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) 2. Press NEXT button until TIRE SIZE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. 3. From TIRE SIZE press NEXT button to highlight one of the following choices: 19.5L-24 FIRESTONE 19.5L-24 GOODYEAR 21L-24 FIRESTONE 21L-24 GOODYEAR 500/70R24 16.9-28 GOODYEAR 4. When choice is highlighted press SELECT button. 5. Display will show SAVING SELECTION
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 193
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Setting Hour Meter IMPORTANT: Machine damage or excessive component wear can result if service intervals are extended or missed due to incorrect hour meter readings. Existing machine hour meter values must be programmed into new display monitor to maintain correct service intervals and warranty. When replacing a controller, hour meter must be capable of being set to value from previous controller. This is accomplished using one of two methods. First method acquires hour meter value from VCU, which stores a copy of hour meter and broadcasts it to replaced standard display monitor (SDM). Second method is only used when first method fails, and allows an operator to enter hours into SDM manually. If hour meter has not yet been set and if value is less than 20 hours, then hour meter shall be considered unlocked, and hour meter Setting Process is enabled. If existing machine hour meter value is not entered during this procedure, SDM hour meter value will reflect time accumulated since installation of new SDM. After machine has operated 20 hours it shall be considered locked and reflect time accumulated since installation of SDM. This procedure is used to transfer current hour meter information to new when installing new SDM. [1] - Record existing hour meter value before removing existing SDM. [2] - Install new SDM. [3] - Turn switched power to ON position. [4] - Using Service ADVISOR ™ , download and install latest SDM software on new SDM as necessary. [5] - After software has downloaded and installed successfully, turn switched power OFF and then ON. [6] - SDM display shows SELECT TO SET HOURS, press SELECT button. [7] - SDM display shows ENTER HOURS. [8] →NOTE: There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric Entry - use numbers on SSM SDM - use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons. SDM Numeric Entry method →NOTE: When SET HOUR screen is active, SSM shall be in Numeric Entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad a. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift to right of value entered. b. After correct hour is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. Next, Back and Select method NEXT - increments current digit BACK - decrements current digit SELECT - submit entry a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value. [9] - SDM display shows VERIFY HOURS XXXXXX.0 (XXXXXX.0 is newly-entered hour meter value). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 194
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
[10] →NOTE: A new SDM only allows one reset to input existing machine hour meter value. Once SELECT or ENTER is pressed hour value is locked and can not be changed. If displayed value is correct, press SELECT or ENTER button to permanently store value. If displayed value is not correct, press BACK button to re-enter existing hour meter value. [11] - Once SELECT is pressed hour meter shall be locked. HOURMETER SAVED displays for 2 seconds, then display will return to normal runtime operation. Any button besides SELECT pressed will abort manual setting process, display will return ENTER HOURS. Then if MENU button is pressed hour meter entry procedure will be aborted and display will return to normal runtime operation.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 195
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Security System Enable-Disable →NOTE: The security setup menu option is only available if machine is equipped with anti-theft security system.
Enable Security System IMPORTANT: Default owner PIN for security system is 1111. Operator and Transport security codes are not set and must be set with master PIN or owner PIN. Using master PIN automatically resets owner PIN to default. [1] - Switched power ON. [2] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place standard display monitor (SDM) in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until SECURITY is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - ENTER OWNER PIN will be displayed. [6] - Enter correct Master or Owner security PIN: →NOTE: A master security PIN can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. Current engine hour meter reading and machine′s serial number are needed to obtain a master security PIN. There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric entry - use numbers on sealed switch module (SSM) SDM - use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons SSM Numeric Entry Method →NOTE: When ENTER PIN screen is active, SSM shall be in numeric entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad. 1. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift right of value entered. 2. After correct PIN is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. →NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process.
Next, Back and Select Method NEXT - increments current digit BACK - decrements current digit SELECT - submit entry a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 196
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
→NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process. [7] - If entered security PIN is correct, SECURITY menu will be displayed. [8] - Press NEXT button until CONFIGURATION is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [9] - There are three options to enable security, press NEXT button to choose, then press SELECT button. LOCK AT SHUTDOWN will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu. LOCK AT 5 MINUTES will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu. LOCK AT 60 MINUTES will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu.
Disable Anti-Theft Security System →NOTE: Security system can be disabled if necessary. When disabled, no theft protection is enabled. Only someone with owner or master security PIN can disable security system. [1] - Perform steps 1—8 of Enable Security System in this procedure. [2] - Press NEXT button until DISABLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. DISABLE SELECTED will be displayed for 2 seconds then display will return to CONFIGURATION menu.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 197
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Security System Configuration →NOTE: The security setup menu option is only available if machine is equipped with anti-theft security system. →NOTE: Default owner PIN for security system is 1111. Operator and transport security codes are not set and must be set with master PIN or owner PIN. Using master PIN automatically resets owner PIN to default. Once security system has been enabled, either as a factory installed option or field installation, security system needs to be configured. Select locking method and change owner, operator and transport security PIN, as necessary. A master security PIN can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. Current engine hour meter reading and machine′s serial number are needed to obtain a master security PIN. The locking method allows four options to set security system Disable—Sets security system to unlock and does not require a PIN to start machine. Lock at shutdown—Sets security system to lock when engine run goes to engine stop, require a PIN to restart machine. Lock at 5 and 60 minutes—Set security system to lock after timer decrements 5 or 60 minutes. Operator display will appear powered down, but will allow machine to be restarted with no PIN until timer expires, after timer expires security system will lock requiring a PIN to start machine
Selecting Locking Method →NOTE: Only someone with owner or master security PIN can configure locking method. [1] - Turn switched power to ON position. [2] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until SETUP is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until SECURITY is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - ENTER OWNER PIN will be displayed. [5] - Enter correct master or owner security PIN. →NOTE: There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric entry—use numbers on SSM. SDM—use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons. Numeric Entry Method →NOTE: When ENTER PIN screen is active, SSM shall be in numeric entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad. a. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift to right of value entered. b. After correct PIN is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. →NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process.
NEXT, BACK and SELECT Method <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 198
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
NEXT—increments current digit. BACK—decrements current digit. SELECT—submit entry. a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value. [6] - If entered master or owner security PIN is correct SECURITY will be displayed. [7] - Press NEXT button until CONFIGURATION is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [8] - From CONFIGURATION menu there are four options to enable or disable security, press NEXT to highlight choice, then press SELECT button to activate. DISABLE. LOCK AT SHUTDOWN. LOCK AT 5 MINUTES. LOCK AT 60 MINUTES.
Changing an Operator or Owner Security PIN →NOTE: A security PIN can only be changed if master or owner security PIN is used during change procedure. [1] - Perform steps 1—7 of Selecting the Locking Method in this procedure. [2] - Press NEXT button until MANAGE PINS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - From MANAGE PINS menu there is six options to clear and change owner and operator PIN’s. OWNER PIN OPERATOR 1 OPERATOR 2 OPERATOR 3 OPERATOR 4 OPERATOR 5 [4] - Press NEXT button to highlight choice, then press SELECT button. [5] - Press NEXT button until CLEAR PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Display will show CLEARED for 2 seconds with an audible chirp before returning to CLEAR PIN submenu. [7] - Press NEXT button until ENTER PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [8] - Display will show ENTER NEW PIN. Numeric entry method or NEXT, BACK, and SELECT method can be used independently or together to enter a new PIN. →NOTE: If a PIN is entered that is already registered with another user, SDM shall display PIN ALREADY IN USE and return to ENTER NEW PIN display to allow user to enter a new PIN. If a PIN is entered that is not registered, SDM shall display PIN for 2 seconds and return to SECURITY submenu. This allows the Owner to restrict the machine use to a certain amount of time and limit some performance options, when someone other than the Owner is transporting the machine. Engine run will cause a timer to accumulate until set time is exceeded then security system will be locked requiring owner PIN to reset timer, each time owner PIN is used transport PIN resets.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 199
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 16: Monitor Operation
Changing Transport PIN [1] - Perform steps 1—7 of Selecting the Locking Method in this procedure. [2] - Press NEXT button until MANAGE PINS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [3] - Press NEXT button until TRANSPORT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until CLEAR PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT. [5] - Display will show TRANSPORT PIN CLEARED for 2 seconds then return to TRANSPORT submenu. [6] - Press NEXT button until ENTER PIN is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - ENTER NEW PIN will be displayed, enter a new PIN using Numeric entry method or NEXT, BACK, and SELECT method can be used independently or together to enter a new PIN. →NOTE: If a PIN is entered that is already registered with another user, SDM shall display PIN ALREADY IN USE and return to ENTER NEW PIN submenu to allow user to enter a new PIN. If a PIN is entered that is not registered, SDM shall display PIN for 2 seconds and return to TRANSPORT submenu. [8] - Press NEXT button until VALID PIN TIME is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [9] - Enter run time in hours (1—9) using numeric entry method or NEXT, BACK, and SELECT method to enter a new hour value. →NOTE: Owner shall be able to set VALID PIN TIME from 1—9 hours. SDM shall have a timer that accumulates anytime engine state is engine Running and user is logged in with TRANSPORT PIN. When this timer exceeds value set by owner in VALID PIN TIME submenu, TRANSPORT PIN shall be cleared and SDM shall display PIN EXPIRED CONTACT OWNER. [10] - VALID PIN TIME <X> HOURS SAVED is displayed for 2 seconds with an audible chirp before returning to TRANSPORT menu.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 200
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Security System Operation →NOTE: The security setup menu option is only available if machine is equipped with anti-theft security system.
Unlocking Machine (Operator and Owner) [1] - Sit in operator′s seat to power up standard display monitor. [2] - Turn switched power to ON position. [3] - Standard display monitor (SDM) displays ENTER PIN. [4] - Enter correct owner or operator security PIN. →NOTE: Security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security PIN before requiring switched power to be turned OFF and ON to restart process. →NOTE: There are two methods to enter hour setting. Both methods can be used independently or together. Numeric entry - use numbers on SSM SDM - use NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons Numeric Entry Method →NOTE: When ENTER PIN screen is active, SSM shall be in numeric entry mode. This mode prevents functions of each button from controlling their respective function and instead operate as a numeric keypad. a. Press correct SSM keypad number to display button value on screen. Active field will shift to right of value entered. b. After correct PIN is entered, press ENTER button on SSM to submit value. Next, Back and Select Method NEXT - increments current digit BACK - decrements current digit SELECT - submit entry a. Press NEXT or BACK button to change number displayed in active field. b. Press SELECT button to accept number displayed in active field and shift active field next digit to right. c. After correct hour value is entered, press SELECT button to submit value. [5] - If proper PIN is entered display will return to hour meter screen.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 201
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Group 20 - References Electrical Component Specifications Item
Measurement
Specification
B2—Air Conditioner Freeze Switch
Opening temperature (decreasing)
-1.4°C 29.5°F
Closing temperature (increasing)
2.2°C 36°F
B3—Air Conditioner Binary Switch
Opening pressure (high)
2620—2896 kPa 26.2—29 bar 380—420 psi
Closing pressure (high)
1379—2068 kPa 13.8—20.7 bar 200—300 psi
B6—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor
Resistance
2.434—3.229 kilo-ohms @ 25°C (77°F) 178.8—180.5 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 88.83—89.33 ohms @ 125°C (257°F)
B7—Engine Oil Pressure Switch
Opening Pressure
37—72 kPa 0.4—0.7 bar 5.5—10.5 psi
B8—Fuel Level Sensor
Resistance
178—184 ohms @ 100% Fill 137.3 ohms @ 3/4 Fill 91.8 ohms @ 1/2 Fill 46.4 ohms @ 1/4 Fill 9—11 ohms @ 0 Fill
B12—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Closing Pressure
344 kPa 3.45 bar 50 psi
B13—Park Brake Pressure Switch
Opening Pressure
993—1213 kPa 10.2—12.4 bar 144—176 psi
Closing Pressure
806—985 kPa 8.1—9.9 bar 117—143 psi
B15—Coolant Temperature Sensor
B16—Load Sense Pressure Sensor
B17—Fuel Temperature Sensor
<- Go to Section TOC
Resistance
90—108 kilo-ohms @ -40°C (-40°F) 26—31 kilo-ohms @ -20°C (-4°F) 8.7—10.2 kilo-ohms @ 0°C (32°F) 3.3—3.8 kilo-ohms @ 20°C (68°F) 1.4—1.6 kilo-ohms @ 40°C (104°F) 648—708 ohms @ 60°C (140°F) 317—350 ohms @ 80°C (176°F) 170—186 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 97—105 ohms @ 120°C (248°F)
Pressure
0.5 V @ 0 kPa (0 psi) 1 V @ 4000 kPa (580.2 psi) 1.5 V @ 7500 kPa (1087.8 psi) 2 V @ 11000 kPa (1595.4 psi) 2.5 V @ 15000 kPa (2175.6 psi) 3 V @ 19000 kPa (2575.7 psi) 3.5 V @ 22500 kPa (3263.4 psi) 4 V @ 26000 kPa (3770.9 psi) 4.5 V @ 30000 kPa (4351.1 psi)
Resistance
90—108 kilo-ohms @ -40°C (-40°F) 26—31 kilo-ohms @ -20°C (-4°F) 8.7—10.2 kilo-ohms @ 0°C (32°F) 3.3—3.8 kilo-ohms @ 20°C (68°F) 1.4—1.6 kilo-ohms @ 40°C (104°F) 648—708 ohms @ 60°C (140°F) 317—350 ohms @ 80°C (176°F) 170—186 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 97—105 ohms @ 120°C (248°F)
Section 9015 page 202
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Item
Group 20: References Measurement
Specification
B18—Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
Resistance
90—108 kilo-ohms @ -40°C (-40°F) 26—31 kilo-ohms @ -20°C (-4°F) 8.7—10.2 kilo-ohms @ 0°C (32°F) 3.3—3.8 kilo-ohms @ 20°C (68°F) 1.4—1.6 kilo-ohms @ 40°C (104°F) 648—708 ohms @ 60°C (140°F) 317—350 ohms @ 80°C (176°F) 170—186 ohms @ 100°C (212°F) 97—105 ohms @ 120°C (248°F)
B19—Crank Position Sensor
Resistance
2.7—3.3 kilo-ohms
B20—Foot Throttle Position Sensor
Resistance
5 kilo-ohms ± 20%
B21—Engine Speed Control Dial
Resistance
1 kilo-ohms ± 20%
B26—Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor
Pressure
0.5 V @ 0 kPa (0 psi) 1 V @ 4000 kPa (580.2 psi) 1.5 V @ 7500 kPa (1087.8 psi) 2 V @ 11000 kPa (1595.4 psi) 2.5 V @ 15000 kPa (2175.6 psi) 3 V @ 19000 kPa (2575.7 psi) 3.5 V @ 22500 kPa (3263.4 psi) 4 V @ 26000 kPa (3770.9 psi) 4.5 V @ 30000 kPa (4351.1 psi)
B109—Engine Air Filter Restriction Switch
Closes on Increased Vacuum
4.98—7.48 kPa Vacuum 20—30 in. H 2 O
S26—Brake Light Pressure Switch 1
Closing pressure
410—760 kPa 4.1—7.6 bar 60—110 psi
S27—Brake Light Pressure Switch 2
Closing pressure
410—760 kPa 4.1—7.6 bar 60—110 psi
R5—CAN Termination Resistor 1
Resistance
120 ohms
R6—CAN Termination Resistor 2
Resistance
120 ohms
R10—Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Resistance
Outside Resistor Terminal (2) to Terminal (4) 1.12 ohms Outside Resistor Terminal (2) to Terminal (1) 0.42 ohms Outside Resistor Terminal (2) to terminal (3) 0.15 ohms
R20—Temperature Control Resister
Resistance
Terminal (2) to Terminal (1) 5 kilo-ohms
Y1—Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y2—Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
13.16 cm 5.18 in.
Y3—Transmission Speed Solenoid 1
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y4—Transmission Speed Solenoid 2
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y5—Transmission Speed Solenoid 3
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
13.16 cm 5.18 in.
Y6—Transmission Speed Solenoid 4
Resistance (approximate)
10.5 ohms
Length
12.12 cm 4.77 in.
Y7—Park Brake Release Solenoid
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
10.41 cm 4.10 in.
Y10—Differential Lock Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
10.41 cm
Section 9015 page 203
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Item
Group 20: References Measurement
Specification 4.10 in.
Y11—MFWD Solenoid
Resistance
10.5 ohms
Length
10.41 cm 4.10 in.
Y15—Start Aid Solenoid
Resistance
1 ohm
Y20—Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid
Resistance
5.03—5.57 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y21—Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid
Resistance
5.03—5.57 ohms at 20°C (68°F)
Y29—Loader Coupler Unlock Solenoid—If Equipped
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y30—Loader Coupler Pressure Solenoid—If Equipped
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y43—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Resistance
12.6—15.4 ohms
Y50—Ride Control Solenoid 1
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y51—Ride Control Solenoid 2
Resistance
8.25 ohms
Y52—Pilot Enable Solenoid
Resistance
8.56—9.08 ohms
Y53—Selective Flow Control Solenoid
Circuit Amperage
1400—1500 mA
Solenoid Resistance
8.6—9.0 ohms
Y56—Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Resistance
8.5 ohms
Y58—Pattern Select Solenoid 1
Resistance
7.25 ohms
Y59—Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Resistance
7.25 ohms
Y67—Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Resistance
13.5 ohms
Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure This procedure explains how to connect Service ADVISOR ™ to the machine using an electronic data link (EDL) (2) connection. The controller area network (CAN) used on the machine requires an EDL connection. LEGEND: 1 USB Cable 2 Electronic Data Link (EDL) 3 Diagnostic 9-Pin Connector Cable 4 Cover 5 Warning Indicator(amber) 6 CAN Connection Indicator (red) 7 Power Indicator (green) X1 Service ADVISOR Connector X3 Fuse and Relay Block
Service ADVISOR Connection
EDL and Cables
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 204
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
EDL Lights [1] - Open cover (4) to access fuse and relay block (X3) and Service ADVISOR connector (X1). [2] - Remove cover from Service ADVISOR connector. [3] - Connect diagnostic 9-pin connector cable (3) to Service ADVISOR diagnostic connector. [4] - Turn machine switched power to ON position. Ensure power indicator (7) illuminates. [5] - CAN connection indicator (6) illuminates when computer connects to the CAN data line. CAN connection indicator may flicker, this is normal. When CAN connection indicator is illuminated, CAN data line is active and data is transmitting. [6] - If CAN connection indicator does not illuminate and computer cannot connect to CAN data line, check all cable connections. [7] - Refer to Service ADVISOR system instructions to log into service computer and take data readings from machine.
JDLink™ Connection Procedure For more information on JDLink ™ connection procedure, see Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 205
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Use Service ADVISOR ™ or standard display monitor (SDM) to view stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Please refer to Section 9001—Diagnostics for DTC diagnostic procedures.
Reading DTCs with Service ADVISOR
Service ADVISOR—Diagnostic Trouble Codes LEGEND: 1 2 3 4
Diagnostics Shortcut Bar Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Folder Readings Tab Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Tab
[1] - Connect service computer to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) [2] - Open Service ADVISOR and display appropriate model information. [3] - Turn switched power ON. [4] - From the Shortcut bar, click Diagnostics to open the Diagnostics shortcut bar (1). [5] - Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes folder (2). [6] -
Connection Options Dialog Box Select the Connect to Model(s) radio button on the Connection Options dialog box, and click OK. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 206
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[7] -
Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box LEGEND: 5 Available Adapters Drop-Down List 6 Selected Models List 7 Change Selected Models Button On the Select Readings Adapter dialog box, make sure the appropriate adapter is displayed. If not, select correct adapter from drop-down list (5). Options include: Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-alone USB Device Electronic Data Link (EDL) Using Bluetooth →NOTE: The controller area network (CAN) used on the machine requires an EDL connection. [8] - Make sure correct machine to connect to displays in the Selected Models list (6). If not, click the Change Selected Models button (7). [9] - Click OK to connect to machine. [10] - After Service ADVISOR ™ connects to machine, both the Readings tab (3) and Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) display. [11] - Double-click an underlined code on the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab to display a detailed description for servicing that diagnostic trouble code. [12] →NOTE: Use the lock topic feature within Service ADVISOR to open multiple windows if machine is transmitting more than one diagnostic trouble code. Refer to Service ADVISOR ™ system instructions for using this feature. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) to select and view details for additional diagnostic trouble codes.
Reading DTCs with Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 207
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[1] - Turn switched power ON to power up SDM. [2] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until CODES is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - From CODES submenu the display will show the amount of stored and active codes. [6] - View DTC info: Press the NEXT button to scroll through list of codes. Press the SELECT button to view DTC details. Press the BACK button to move up one menu level. [7] - To clear codes, see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Clear Codes . (Group 9015-16.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 208
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor Messages Standard display monitor (SDM) automatically displays a message for certain diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and machine conditions. When DTC is initially active, a message displays on SDM until either condition is resolved or operator presses any button on SDM. DTCs and machine conditions that automatically generate a SDM message include: DTC List Monitor Text
Control Unit
DTC Code
Description
AUXILIARY FLOW XX GPM
VCU
————
Displays first time hammer is turned on per power cycle.
BACKHOE ACTIVE
VCU
————
Pilot enable switch is activated while operator′s seat is not in backhoe position.
CALIBRATE SEAT SENSOR
VCU
520713.13
Operator′s seat position calibration values are invalid, calibrate seat.
CONVERTER TEMP FAULT
TCU
000177.04
Error (low input voltage) in torque converter temperature sensor circuit.
CONVERTER OIL TEMP HIGH
TCU
000177.00
Transmission oil temperature is too high, above 121°C (250° F).
DIFF LOCK DISABLED DUE TO HIGH SPEED
TCU
000746.31
Differential Lock engagement was attempted above 1000 rpm engine speed threshold. (only displays if differential lock speed limit setting is enabled)
DOCK LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002366.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
ECU CONFIGURATION MISMATCH
ECU
002000.13
ECU security error. Monitor and ECU do not agree on power level of engine.
ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTED
ECU
000107.00
Restriction in engine air filter, filter system, or in-range sensor error. Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTED
ECU
000107.16
Restricted air filter, other restrictions in air inlet system, in-range sensor malfunction. Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
ENGINE DERATED
ECU
000189.00
One of speed derate conditions exists on engine. Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
ENGINE DERATED
ECU
000189.31 001569.31
One of speed derate conditions exists on engine.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN XX PRESS START TO ABORT
VCU
————
When ENGINE SHUTDOWN timer reaches 30 seconds, VCU shall set delayed shutdown timer value set in SDM or press start to abort.
ENGINE TEMP HIGH
ECU
000110.00
Cooling system performance has degraded. Coolant temperature is at or above 116°C (241° F). Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
ENGINE TEMP HIGH
ECU
000110.16
Cooling system performance has degraded. Coolant temperature is at or above 114°C (237° F). Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
ENGINE TEMP SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000110.03
Open circuit in harness, either signal or ground. Coolant temperature sensor malfunction.
ENGINE TEMP SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000110.04
Coolant temperature sensor signal shorted to ground. Coolant temperature sensor malfunction.
EXHAUST FILTER PRESS SELECT TO ENTER CLEANING CYCLE
VCU
————
Exhaust diesel particulate filter (DPF) is ready to initiate a parked cleaning.
EXHAUST FILTER AUTO CLEANING IDLE ELEVATED
VCU
————
Idle is elevated for exhaust aftertreatment auto cleaning mode.
EXHAUST FILTER RESTRICTING
VCU
————
Exhaust diesel particulate filter (DPF) has reached a high restriction level (soot level 3), filter cleaning is needed.
EXHAUST FILTER CLEANING REQD ENGINE PWR LMTD
VCU
————
Exhaust diesel particulate (DPF) has reached a very high restriction level (soot level 4), engine power is derated 50%, perform a PARKED CLEANING.
EXHAUST FILTER SERVICE REQD ENGINE PWR LMTD
ECU
003719.00
Exhaust diesel particulate filter (DPF) has reached a severe restriction level (soot level 5, most severe) engine power is derated 50% until filter is cleaned. See your authorized dealer to perform a SERVICE CLEANING.
FAN SPEED FAULT
ECU
001639.01
Engine fan speed low, check fan drive system. Data valid but below normal operational range (most severe level).
FASTEN SEATBELT
VCU
————
Displays when engine state transitions to engine running.
FRONT LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002354.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
FRONT LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002356.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
FUEL GAUGE FAULT
SDM
000096.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source.
FUEL GAUGE FAULT
SDM
000096.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source.
FUEL PUMP CONTROL FAULT
ECU
001347.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Rail pressure solenoid is forced closed due to a short to a high source. Detected only during harness diagnostics.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 209
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
FUEL PUMP CONTROL FAULT
ECU
001347.05
Current below normal or open circuit. A wiring connection to pump solenoid #1 is open. Wiring to pump solenoid #1 is shorted to ground. Pump solenoid #1 has malfunctioned.
FUEL PUMP CONTROL FAULT
ECU
002000.06
Current above normal grounded circuit or ECU malfunction. Fuel injection pump fuel control valve current fall time too long.
HIGH EGR TEMPERATURE
ECU
000412.00
High loads with poor EGR cooling, occurs at > 299°C (570° F). Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
HIGH EGR TEMPERATURE
ECU
000412.16
High loads with poor EGR cooling, occurs at > 290°C (544° F). Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
HIGH FUEL TEMPERATURE
ECU
000174.00
Cooling system performance has degraded. Fuel at or above 100°C (212° F), data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
HIGH SYSTEM VOLTAGE
SDM
000168.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source.
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTED
VCU
001713.00
Hydraulic filter is restricted.
HYDRAULIC OIL SENSOR FAULT
VCU
001638.04
Voltage below normal shorted to low source or hydraulic oil temperature sensor is shorted to ground.
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMP XXXF
VCU
001638.00
Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMP XXXF
VCU
001638.16
Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
INCORRECT VIN
ECU
000237.02
PIN does not match or other controllers in networks are not committed in required time.
INCORRECT VIN
ECU
000237.31
VIN messages are missing or other controllers in network are not committed in required time.
INJECTOR FAILURE
ECU
000611.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Injector drive circuit has detected a short to battery on injector wires.
INJECTOR FAILURE
ECU
000611.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source. Injector drive circuit has detected a short to ground on injector wires.
LEARNING OPTIONS
SDM
000237.13
Out of calibration VIN option bytes are 0, still have not learned options from other controllers on bus.
LEFT JOYSTICK NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If left joystick is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable backhoe hydraulics in rear facing position.
LEFT STAB NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If outer stabilizer roller is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable hydraulics in rear facing position.
LOADER COUPLER DISENGAGED
VCU
————
When engine state is engine running and loader coupler button has been pressed, loader coupler shall transition to disengaged state.
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
ECU
000111.01
Coolant level below loss switch while coolant temp > 95°C (203° F). Data valid but above normal operational range (most severe level).
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
ECU
000111.18
Coolant level below loss switch while coolant temp is > 60°C (140° F) and < 95°C (203° F). Data valid but above normal operating range (moderately severe level).
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ECU
000100.01
Oil pressure low due to low or no oil present. Data valid but below normal operational range (most severe level).
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ECU
000100.18
Oil pressure low due to low or no oil present. Data valid but below normal operating range (moderately severe level).
LOW FUEL
VCU
————
Repeats every 5 minutes as long as condition exists.
LOW SYSTEM VOLTAGE
SDM
000168.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source.
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP HIGH
ECU
000105.00
Cooling system performance has degraded. Manifold air temperature is above 91°C (196° F).
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP HIGH
ECU
000105.16
Cooling system performance has degraded. Manifold air temperature is above 89.5°C (193° F).
MINI JOYSTICK NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If mini joystick is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable override mode with SSM button, in loader seat position.
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
TCU
524172.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Clutch disconnect switch is either shorted or stuck.
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
TCU
524172.07
Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment. Clutch disconnect normally open and clutch disconnect normally closed switches do not agree.
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT
TCU
524172.09
Abnormal update rate, an internal-use DTC indicating a communication error has occurred, which has caused clutch disconnect feature to be disabled.
OPTION NOT INSTALLED
VCU
————
If option is not installed and option button is pressed on SSM, message is displayed on PDU each time button is pressed.
PARK BRAKE APPLY XX
TCU
————
If SSM communication is lost preventing operator from engaging park brake and machine is in motion above 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) or ground speed is invalid. TCU shall delay park brake apply for 15 seconds and decrements 15 second timer before engaging.
PARK BRAKE APPLY XX PRESS START TO ABORT
TCU
————
If machine speed is invalid or greater than 0.5 km/h (0.3 mph) and current gear is not neutral and stop button has been pressed. TCU shall delay park brake apply for 15 seconds and decrements 15 second timer before engaging or press start to abort.
PIN EXPIRED CONTACT OWNER
VCU
————
Timer exceeded value set by owner in VALID PIN TIME menu, TRANSPORT PIN shall be cleared and SDM displays PIN EXPIRED CONTACT OWNER.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 210
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000157.03
Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source. An open in ground circuit of rail pressure sensor. Short in harness to high voltage. Rail pressure sensor malfunction.
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR FAULT
ECU
000157.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source. An open in ground circuit of rail pressure sensor. Short in harness to high voltage. Rail pressure sensor malfunction.
REAR LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002360.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
REAR LIGHT BULB MISSING
VCU
002362.18
Display shall persist until it is acknowledged by operator and shall not be displayed more than once per power cycle.
RELEASE PARK BRAKE
VCU
————
Park brake switch indicating park brake on.
RETURN TLC TO NEUTRAL
VCU
————
For pass through neutral request. Display acknowledgeable but audible and stop indicator remain.
RIGHT DOOR OPEN
VCU
————
Right door switch indicating open.
RIGHT JOYSTICK NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If right joystick is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable backhoe hydraulics in rear facing position.
RIGHT STAB NOT CENTERED
HVC
————
If inner stabilizer roller is not neutral (both X & Y axis) when trying to enable hydraulics in rear facing position.
SEAT SENSOR FAULT
VCU
520713.03
Voltage above normal or shorted to high source. Voltage on seat sensor channel 1 or channel 2 is above 4.5 V.
SEAT SENSOR FAULT
VCU
520713.04
Voltage below normal or shorted to low source. Voltage on seat sensor channel 1 or channel 2 is below 0.5 V.
SEAT SENSOR FAULT
VCU
520713.12
Malfunctioning intelligent device or component. Channel 1 and channel 2 do not match, cross check of two channels exceeds 250 mV.
SECURITY ENABLED
VCU
————
When machine is cycled from OFF to ON or OFF to START, and security system is locked, SECURITY ENABLED displayed.
SERVICE BRAKE PRESSURE LOW
TCU
520654.01
Brake charge pressure below 6200 kPa (899 psi). Has 10 second initial delay after engine running. Data valid but below normal operational range (most severe level).
TURN SEAT TO ENABLE
HVC
————
Seat position is in between backhoe and loader seat positions when trying to enable loader hydraulics.
WAIT TO START
ECU
001321.16
ECU has exceeded 60 seconds of continuous cranking. Ignition off and wait 60 seconds before attempting to start again.
WAIT TO START XX
ECU
————
XX displays count down before attempting to start again.
WATER IN FUEL
ECU
000097.16
Water has been detected in separator bowl.
Intermittent Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Diagnostics An intermittent diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is a DTC that periodically “goes away.” A loose terminal that intermittently does not make contact with its mating terminal is a likely cause of an intermittent DTC. Other intermittent DTCs may only be set under certain operating conditions such as heavy load or extended idle. Possible Causes of Intermittent DTCs Contact between terminals in connector. Check for loose, dirty, or partially disconnected connectors. Connection between sensor or actuator and harness. Inspect wiring routing, looking for possible intermittent shorts to ground caused by contact with external parts (for example, rubbing against sharp sheet metal edges). Terminal-to-wire connection. Check for broken wires, damaged splices, and wire-to-wire shorts. Electromagnetic interference (EMI) from an improperly installed 2-way radio, etc., can cause erroneous signals to be sent to controller. →NOTE: A controller is the component least likely to malfunction. Replace a controller only if diagnostic procedure indicates that a controller replacement is necessary.
Diagnosing Intermittent DTCs If diagnostic procedure indicates problem is intermittent, try to reproduce operating conditions present when DTC was active. Service ADVISOR ™ can be used to help locate intermittent problems using a function called Recording. Recording function permits recording of data parameter values during a diagnostic session. If a DTC is active during a certain diagnostic session, parameters can be played back and observed to see what each applicable parameter′s value was when DTC occurred. If a connection or wire is suspected cause of intermittent problem, clear DTCs, then check connection or wire by wiggling it while watching Service ADVISOR and observe if DTC resets. Voltage measured at controller input for most sensors can be monitored in Service ADVISOR as a data point. Minimum <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 211
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
and maximum value of voltage (measured since data point was selected) is displayed along with current value of voltage. Check minimum and maximum voltage columns in data points screen after each section of harness is wiggled to help isolate problem location. After all causes for intermittent DTCs are repaired, clear codes, cycle ignition power, and check for active DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) If DTC reappears, see specific diagnostic procedure in Section 9001.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 212
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 213
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 214
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 A1 A2 A3 A74 A6000 F12 R5 R6 W2 W10 W14 W15 W6002 X1 X4 X11 X20 X40 X42 X102 X6014
Group 20: References
Unswitched Battery Power Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Engine Control Unit (ECU) Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit Horn/ Service ADVISOR ™ Unswitched Power 10 A Fuse CAN Termination Resistor 1 CAN Termination Resistor 2 Operator Station Floor Ground Engine Harness Cab Harness Canopy Harness Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (if equipped) Service ADVISOR ™ Diagnostic Connector Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Connector 1 Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Connector 1 Engine Harness-to-Cab/Canopy Harness Connector Sealed Switch Module (SSM) Connector ECU 48-Pin Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) CAN 1 Connector Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Control Unit 48-Pin Connector
Generic CAN Circuit Schematic LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Controller 1 Controller 2 Service ADVISOR™ Connector Termination Resistor 1 Termination Resistor 2 CAN High Wire (yellow) CAN Low Wire (green) Grounded Shield Wire (black)
IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors can damage the terminal and connector. When testing wire harnesses, always use spare mating terminals to connect test leads to connector terminals. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 215
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
This machine uses one CAN network. For more information, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics ( 1 ) System Check
Action: Switched power ON. Locate Service ADVISOR ™ connector and establish machine connection. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) Does Service ADVISOR establish a connection?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:Go to Service ADVISOR Fuse Test.
Action: Do all controllers show up under connected controllers?
Result: YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check . NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is Service ADVISOR able to connect to any machine controllers?
Result: YES: Go to Controller Fuse Check . NO: Go to CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check . ( 2 ) Service ADVISOR Fuse Test
Action: Remove fuse for Service ADVISOR and check for continuity. For fuse location, see Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check. NO:Replace Service ADVISOR fuse. ( 3 ) CAN Termination Resistor Check
Action: Disconnect modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) See Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 216
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Result: YES:Go to CAN High Wire Voltage Check. NO:Replace termination resistor. ( 4 ) CAN High Wire Voltage Check
Action: IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors can damage the terminal and connector. When testing wire harnesses, always use spare mating terminals to connect test leads to connector terminals. See Wire Harness Test . (Group 9015-20.) Switched power ON. Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin C (CAN high) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector (X1). Is voltage between 2 and 3 volts?
Result: YES:Go to CAN Low Wire Voltage Check. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is system voltage present between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
Result: YES:A short circuit on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is zero voltage present between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
Result: YES: Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check . NO:Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. ( 5 ) CAN Low Wire Voltage Check
Action: Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin D (CAN low) to pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Is voltage between 2 and 3 volts?
Result: YES:Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is system voltage present between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 217
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Result: YES:A short circuit exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Is zero voltage present between pins D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector?
Result: YES: Go to CAN Low Wire Circuit Check . NO:Remove one controller at a time and check voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. ( 6 ) CAN High Wire Circuit Check
Action: Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) of Service ADVISOR connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to ground exists on CAN high wire. Check CAN high voltage one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Go to next step in this check. ( 7 ) CAN Low Wire Circuit Check
Action: Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) of Service ADVISOR connector and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to ground exists on CAN low wire. Check CAN low voltage one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Go to next step in this check. ( 8 ) CAN Circuit Short to Ground Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to ground at pin A of Service ADVISOR connector. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Switched power OFF. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 218
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN low) and machine ground. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN high) and machine ground. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:A short to machine ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to machine ground. Repair or replace harness that has short to ground condition. NO:Go to CAN High/CAN Low Short Check. ( 9 ) CAN High/CAN Low Short Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits. Is continuity indicated?
Result: YES:Short circuit between CAN high and CAN low wires. Check continuity between CAN high and CAN low circuits one controller at a time to locate harness where short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: Go to Service ADVISOR Fuse Test . ( 10 ) Controller Fuse Check
Action: Remove fuse for missing controller(s). Check fuse(s) for continuity. Is continuity indicated in all fuses?
Result: YES:Go to Controller Check. NO:Replace fuse(s) that did not indicate continuity. ( 11 ) Controller Check
Action: Switched power OFF. Disconnect modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) Locate suspected controller(s). Using system functional schematic, wiring diagram and component location master legend, locate CAN wires and disconnect appropriate connector. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between CAN high and CAN low wires. Is resistance between 55 and 65 ohms?
Result: YES:Go to next step in this check. NO:An open or short circuit exists in one of CAN wires. Work from controller back to main harness, checking CAN high and low wires for an open or short circuit.
Action: Switched power ON. Using system functional schematic, wiring diagram and component location master legend, check for power and ground at suspect controller(s). Is power and ground present? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 219
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Result: YES:Program malfunctioning controller. NO:An open or short circuit exists in circuit with no power or ground. Work from controller back to main harness, checking power and ground circuits for an open or short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 220
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Controller Area Network (CAN) Resistor Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Service ADVISOR ™ Connector (pins C and D) Resistance
54—66 ohms
CAN Termination Resistor 1 (R5) and CAN Termination Resistor 2 (R6) Resistance
108—132 ohms
The purpose of controller area network (CAN) resistor test is to check the two CAN termination resistors. The following resistance check can be made to ensure that both CAN resistors are in place and working properly. For more information on CAN networks, see Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) [1] - If equipped with JDLink ™ , complete the following: a. Remove tool box to access modular telematics gateway (MTG) control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). b. Disconnect MTG control unit 48-pin connector (X6014). See Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) [2] LEGEND: C D X1
Pin C Pin D Service ADVISOR™ Connector
Service ADVISOR™ Connector Remove console cover to access fuse and relay block and Service ADVISOR ™ connector (X1). [3] - Using a multimeter, check resistance between pins (C and D) in Service ADVISOR™ connector. Item
Measurement
Specification
Service ADVISOR™ Connector (pins C and D)
Resistance
54—66 ohms
[4] →NOTE: If equipped with JDLink™, CAN termination resistor 1 (R5) is internal to MTG harness (W6002). If resistance is not to specification, check the resistance at pins A and B of the following: If equipped with JDLink™: modular telematics gateway (MTG) CAN 1 connector (X102). If not equipped with JDLink™: CAN termination resistor 1 (R5). CAN termination resistor 2 (R6). Item
Measurement
Specification
CAN Termination Resistor 1 (R5) and CAN Termination Resistor 2 (R6)
Resistance
108—132 ohms
For CAN termination resistor 1 (R5) or MTG CAN 1 connector (X102) location and pin information: If equipped with JDLink™, see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Component Location and see Modular Telematics Gateway (MTG) Harness (W6002) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) If not equipped with JDLink™, see Engine Harness (W10) Component Location and see Engine Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) For CAN termination resistor 2 (R6) location and pin information: See Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location or see Canopy Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) See Cab Harness (W14) Component Location or see Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 221
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Alternator Test
Common Alternator Circuit LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Battery Alternator Key Switch To Accessories ACC Alternator Excitation Diode Excitation Terminal (marked D+) B+ Exciter Diodes Positive Diodes Negative Diodes Stator Excitation Winding (field) Regulator AC Terminal (marked W) To Display Module (indicator lamp)
[1] - 12 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. ]
. [2] - With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. ]
. [3] - If voltage from previous steps is below 13.5 VDC [ Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. ]
, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 13.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). [4] - With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 6—7 VAC . [5] - Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 222
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[6] - If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator assembly if necessary. Test and repair if possible. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit. [1] - 24 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. ]
. [2] - With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater [ Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. ]
. [3] - If voltage from previous steps is below 27.5 VDC [ Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. ]
, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 27.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). [4] - With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 12—14 VAC . [5] - Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. [6] - If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator assembly if necessary. Make specific test and repair procedures. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.
Wire Harness Test IMPORTANT: Avoid connector and connector terminal damage. Inserting test leads into harness connectors can damage the terminal and connector. When testing wire harnesses, always use spare mating terminals (2) to connect test leads (1) to connector terminals. LEGEND: 1 2
Test Lead Spare Mating Terminal
Test Lead Connection This technique is used to prevent a connector terminal from malfunctioning.
Sensor Circuit Test →NOTE: The following procedure will determine if there is a malfunction in the wiring harness or controller. This procedure does not test the sensor. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 223
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
LEGEND: 1 Jumper Wire 2 Jumper Wire (short to power) 3 Jumper Wire (short to ground)
Two-Wire Sensor Connector
Three-Wire Sensor Connector [1] - Record and clear diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) [2] - With switched power OFF, disconnect suspected sensor wiring harness connector. Two-Wire Sensor—Connect jumper wire (1) between the terminals in the harness connector. Three-Wire Sensor—If the original diagnostic trouble code was “Short-to-Power,” connect jumper wire (2) between the sensing terminal and the ground terminal in the wiring harness connector. If the original diagnostic trouble code was “Short-to-Ground,” connect jumper wire (3) between the sensing terminal and the power terminal in the wiring harness connector. [3] - Start engine and run for several seconds. Stop engine. [4] - Turn switched power ON. [5] - Record all diagnostic trouble codes as in step 1 above. [6] - If a new diagnostic trouble code ( Short-to-Ground or Short-to-Power ) appears, a sensor malfunction is indicated. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 224
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
If a new diagnostic trouble code does not appear, a harness or controller malfunction is indicated.
Crank Position Sensor Test
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) RPM Display [1] - Turn switched power ON. [2] - The standard display monitor (SDM) operator display mode shows engine rpm in top right of LCD display. [3] - Start engine. If engine does not start and rpm is not displayed, check the following: Check start and charge circuits, see Start and Charge Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) Check ECU unswitched power 40 A fuse (F4). See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.) Check crank position sensor (B19) and wiring. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 225
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Transmission Control Circuit Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector
This procedure uses Service ADVISOR ™ to check transmission control circuit, including transmission control lever (TCL), wiring harness, and transmission solenoids. →NOTE: Second part of procedure requires machine to be operated in gear with service brakes applied to test transmission solenoids. [1] - Connect to machine using Service ADVISOR and display model information for appropriate machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure . (Group 9015-20.) [2] - Open K-Backhoe Transmission Interactive Test. [3] - Follow on-screen prompts within Service ADVISOR to check TCL and wiring harness. [4] - Use JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector, as needed, to troubleshoot TCL and wiring harness. LEGEND: 1 Steering Column X48 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
a. Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector Remove steering column covers as needed to access TCL connector (X48) on steering column (1). b. Disconnect TCL switch connector and connect JDG10508 Diagnostic Connector to TCL connector. Diagnostic Connector JDG10508 Used to check transmission control lever (TCL) and wiring harness.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 226
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[5] - Troubleshoot wiring harness or TCL as directed by Service ADVISOR test results. Otherwise, proceed to next step. See Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test . (Group 9015-20.) See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) [6] - Start engine when directed by interactive test. Operate engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[7] - Place TCL in neutral. [8] - Follow on-screen prompts within Service ADVISOR to check transmission solenoids. [9] - Troubleshoot transmission solenoids as directed by Service ADVISOR test results. See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) [10] - View diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) for machine, as DTCs may be generated during interactive test. Clear DTCs if necessary. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.)
Transmission Solenoid Circuit Test This procedure tests transmission control solenoids using vehicle control unit (VCU) and standard display monitor (SDM), without having to operate machine. Test cycles through all transmission control solenoids to ensure no malfunctions exist between VCU and solenoids. This test is performed with engine off. A systematic activation of each control solenoid will check for short to ground or open circuits. If a malfunction is detected, SDM displays a CHECK CODES message. Stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) should be checked for specific malfunction information. This test should be run whenever a transmission electrical problem is suspected, or after a transmission harness replacement as a way to verify all connections have been made correctly. [1] - Park machine on a flat level surface. [2] - Lower all equipment to ground, and turn engine off. [3] - Switched power to ON position. [4] - Press and hold MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTIC is highlighted, then press SELECT button. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Press NEXT button until TESTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - Press NEXT button until VCU OUTPUTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. →NOTE: One transmission control solenoid is tested in each step. Each step is approximately 5 seconds in duration. [8] - If a malfunction is detected, CHECK CODES appears on display and audible alarm beeps twice. Check stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) to correct problem. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) [9] - When test is complete with no malfunctions present, ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF appears on display and audible alarm beeps twice. [10] - Switched power OFF.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 227
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Test Procedure checks continuity through the transmission control lever (TCL) forward, neutral, reverse (FNR) switch (S5) and gear select switch (S6) based on direction and gear selection. [1] - Switched power OFF. [2] LEGEND: 1 Steering Column X48 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector
TCL/Range Switch Connector Remove steering column covers as needed to access transmission control lever (TCL) connector (X48) on steering column (1). [3] - Remove tie bands securing wire harness to steering column. [4] - Disconnect TCL connector. [5] IMPORTANT:
Continuity Check with Spare Mating Terminals LEGEND: 2 Spare Mating Terminal (as required) X48 Transmission Control Lever (TCL) Connector Avoid damage to connector from inserting test leads directly into connector. Use mating terminals or JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to perform test. Cycle TCL through forward, neutral, and reverse positions. Using a multimeter, compare continuity measured between TCL connector pins to the following table. Check continuity at TCL side of connector. Direction Enable Circuit Continuity Direction Enable Circuit Continuity TCL Connector Pin Selected Direction
1
Forward
X
Neutral
X
Reverse
X
<- Go to Section TOC
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
X X X
Section 9015 page 228
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
[6] - Rotate gear select on TCL to cycle TCL range switch through gear positions. Using a multimeter, compare continuity measured between TCL connector pins to the following table. Check continuity at TCL side of connector. Range Enable Circuit Continuity Range Enable Circuit Continuity TCL Connector Pin Selected Gear
1
First
2
3
4
5
6
X
Second Third
X X
Fourth
X
7
8
9
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
10
11
12
[7] - If continuity measured does not match tables, replace TCL assembly. [8] - Connect TCL connector. [9] - Install new tie bands to secure wire harness to steering column. [10] - Install steering column covers, as required.
Transmission Solenoid Check Disconnect the machine harness to the suspect transmission solenoid. Using a multimeter, measure the solenoid resistance. If the resistance is not approximately 10.5 ohms, replace the solenoid valve. If resistance is within specification, check wiring.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 229
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Throttle Position Sensor Test This procedure checks the engine speed control pedal (B20) and engine speed control dial (B21) using the service menu within the standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20) Test [1] - Turn switched power ON to power up standard display monitor (SDM). [2] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until ENGINE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - Press NEXT button until THROTTLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Press NEXT button until FOOT is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - Depress the engine speed control pedal and observe the change in the percent value displayed on the SDM. [8] - If the engine speed control pedal percentage does not change from approximately 0% to 100% during full travel of pedal, replace engine speed control pedal assembly. Engine Speed Control Dial (B21) Test [1] - Turn switched power ON to power up standard display monitor (SDM). [2] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - From the MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press the SELECT button. [4] - Press NEXT button until ENGINE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [5] - Press NEXT button until THROTTLE is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Press NEXT button until HAND is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - Turn the engine speed control dial and observe the change in the percent value displayed on the SDM. [8] - If the engine speed control dial percentage does not change from approximately 0% to 100% during full travel of dial, replace engine speed control dial assembly.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 230
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Engine Speed Control Pedal Test The purpose of this test is to test signal output of engine speed control pedal (B20). Engine speed control pedal provides a signal to engine control unit (ECU), based on pedal position, to control engine speed. For more information, see Engine Control Unit (ECU) Circuit Theory of Operation . (Section 9015-15.)
Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Signal Test
Action: Check for engine speed control pedal signal change with primary display unit (PDU). See Throttle Position Sensor Test . (Group 9015-20.) Does signal change approximately from 10% to 90% ± 5%?
Result: YES:Check complete. NO:Go to Engine Speed Control Pedal Sensor Check. ( 2 ) Engine Speed Control Pedal Sensor Check
Action: Turn switched power to OFF position. Disconnect the engine speed control pedal connector. See Canopy Harness (W15) Component Location or see Cab Harness (W14) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) LEGEND: 1 Engine Speed Control Sensor Harness Connector B20 Engine Speed Control Pedal
Engine Speed Control Pedal Test Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to connect power from pin C on engine speed control sensor harness connector to pin C on engine speed control pedal (B20). Use JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit to connect ground from pin B on engine speed control sensor harness connector to pin B on engine speed control pedal (B20). Set multimeter to measure voltage and connect multimeter positive test lead to pin A and multimeter negative test lead to ground. Turn switched power to ON position. Move pedal through full range of motion and record voltage output. Compare to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Speed Control Pedal (B20)
Voltage
4.75 V pedal fully pushed
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 231
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Item
Group 20: References Measurement
Specification 0.5 V pedal released
→NOTE: Voltage output should increase as pedal is being pushed through full range of motion, but must remain within specification. Does voltage change approximately from 0.5 V to 4.75 V ?
Result: YES:Go to Wiring Harness Check. NO:Replace engine speed control pedal (B20). ( 3 ) Wiring Harness Check
Action: Turn switched power to OFF position. Using system functional schematic, wiring diagram, and component location master legend, check for shorts and opens in the circuit. Work from engine control unit back to engine speed control pedal, checking for shorts and opens in the circuit. Is a short or open detected?
Result: YES:Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) Output Test This procedure tests outputs of the vehicle control unit (VCU) using the standard display monitor (SDM), without need to operate machine. The test cycles through most VCU outputs (including transmission solenoid outputs) to ensure there are no malfunctions between VCU and component controlled by the VCU output. The test is performed with engine off, and systematically activates outputs to check for short to ground and open circuits. If a malfunction is detected, the SDM displays a CHECK CODES message. Stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) should be checked for specific malfunction information. [1] - Park machine on a flat, level surface. [2] - Lower all equipment to ground, and turn engine off. [3] - Turn switched power to ON position. [4] - Press and hold the MENU button for approximately 5 seconds to place SDM in SERVICE MENU mode. SDM will display SERVICE MENU for 2 seconds before returning to previous screen. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Service Menu . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - From MAIN MENU press NEXT button until DIAGNOSTICS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [6] - Press NEXT button until TESTS is highlighted, then press SELECT button. [7] - VCU OUTPUTS is highlighted, press SELECT button. [8] - One output is tested in each step. Each step is approximately 5 seconds in duration. [9] - If a malfunction is detected, CHECK CODES appears on the display and audible alarm beeps twice. Check the stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) to correct the problem. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) [10] - When test is complete with no malfunctions present, ALL OUTPUTS PASSED KEY OFF is displayed and alarm beeps twice. [11] - Turn switched power to OFF position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 232
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9015 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Group 20: References
Seat Position Sensor Remove and Install Use this procedure to remove and install the seat position sensor (B9). For more seat information, see Mechanical Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble or see Air Suspension Seat Disassemble and Assemble—If Equipped . (Group 1821.) [1] - Place operator′s seat in the forward (loader) position, and slide seat all the way to the rear. [2] - Rotate seat counterclockwise 45 degrees and remove front seat bracket nuts (1). LEGEND: 1 Front Seat Bracket Nut (2 used) 2 Back Seat Bracket Nut (2 used)
Seat Bracket [3] - Return seat clockwise 45 degrees and slide seat all the way forward. [4] - Remove rear seat bracket nuts (2). [5] - To access seat position sensor, tilt complete seat assembly forward. Rest seat against steering wheel and secure. [6] - Remove wire connector from seat position sensor. [7] - Mark position of seat sensor. [8] - Remove seat position sensor cap screws (3). LEGEND: 3 B9
Cap Screw (2 used) Seat Position Sensor
Seat Position Sensor [9] →NOTE: Position sensor and position sensor lever are keyed. Remove seat position sensor (B9). [10] - Install new seat position sensor, lining up key on seat position sensor lever and seat position sensor. [11] IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to wiring. Route and secure wiring in original positions during assembly. Place seat position sensor in marked position and install cap screws to sensor plate. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9015 page 233
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
POWER TRAIN
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
[12] - Connect wire connector to seat position sensor. [13] - Carefully set seat on operator′s station platform without damaging wiring. [14] - Install rear seat bracket nuts. [15] - Slide seat all the way to the rear and rotate seat counterclockwise 45 degrees. [16] - Install front seat bracket nuts.
Controller Remove and Install When a machine controller is replaced, the new controller must be programmed according to machine′s serial number. This will ensure correct software and options are installed to controller for that particular machine. Machine may run and operate without programming new controller, but some features and options may not be available.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 234
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 Power Train Overview ........................................................................................................................... 1 Transmission Pump Operation .............................................................................................................. 4 Torque Converter Operation ................................................................................................................. 5 Transmission Filter Operation ............................................................................................................... 7 Clutch Modulation Operation ................................................................................................................ 8 Clutch Pack Operation ........................................................................................................................ 10 Transmission Gear Flow ...................................................................................................................... 11 Transmission Clutch Engagement and Solenoid Activation ................................................................ 14 Differential Operation ......................................................................................................................... 15 Differential Lock Operation ................................................................................................................. 16 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation—If Equipped ......................................................... 18 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Operation—If Equipped ...................................... 20 Park Brake Operation ......................................................................................................................... 22 Service Brake Operation ..................................................................................................................... 24 Power Boost Service Brake Valve Operation ...................................................................................... 25 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ...................................................................................................... 29 Hydraulic Circuit—Symbols ................................................................................................................. 29 Power Train Component Location ....................................................................................................... 30 Power Train Schematic—Neutral ........................................................................................................ 32 Power Train Schematic—First Forward ............................................................................................... 34 Diagnose Transmission Malfunctions .................................................................................................. 36 Transmission Slippage Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................... 37 Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 38 Transmission Overheats Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................. 42 Excessive Power Train Noise Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 45 No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ........................................ 47 No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ................. 49 No Differential Lock Operation Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................... 50 Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 50 Differential Lock Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 52 Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 53 Poor Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................................................... 53 Service Brakes Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 54 Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 55 Park Brake Will Not Hold Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................. 56 Park Brake Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................. 57 Group 20 - Adjustments ........................................................................................................................ 58 Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing ........................................................................................... 58 Service Brake Pedal Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 61 Service Brake Bleed Procedure .......................................................................................................... 63 Tracking Angle Check and Adjust ....................................................................................................... 67 Toe-In Check and Adjust ..................................................................................................................... 69 Steering Angle Check and Adjust ....................................................................................................... 72 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 74 Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure ................................................................................................ 74 Transmission Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ........................................................................... 75 Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations ............................................................ 76 Torque Converter Stall Speed Test ..................................................................................................... 78 Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test ................................................................................................ 81 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test ................................................................................. 84 Park Brake Release Pressure Test ...................................................................................................... 87 Transmission System Pressure Test ................................................................................................... 89 Clutch Pressure Test ........................................................................................................................... 92 Differential Lock Pressure Test ........................................................................................................... 95 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test ........................................................................ 97 Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test .............................................................................................. 99 Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test .......................................................................................................... 103 Transmission Pump Flow Test .......................................................................................................... 104
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation Power Train Overview
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Section 9020 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Power Train Overview LEGEND: 1 2 31 36 45 46 47 59 60 61 64 70
Pump Drive Shaft Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft (if equipped) Transmission Pump Torque Converter First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch (K3) Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch Transmission
→NOTE: For locations of components, see Power Train Component Location . (Group 9020-15.) The power train consists of the following components: Front Axle (non-powered) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Front Drive Shaft (MFWD, if equipped) Torque Converter Transmission Pump Transmission Rear Drive Shaft Rear Axle Differential Lock Park Brake A single stage dual phase torque converter (36) drives a hydraulically engaged five speeds forward and three speeds reverse countershaft type power shift transmission (70). Six clutch packs provide five forward and three reverse speeds. Two clutch packs have to be engaged for movement. One directional clutch pack, either low-range forward or high-range forward, and one speed range clutch pack either first or second. For reverse, the reverse directional clutch pack will be engaged, and one speed range clutch pack, either first or second. The transmission pump (31) is a gear type pump. The transmission pump is driven at engine speed through the impeller drive from the torque converter. For information on how the transmission pump operates, see Transmission Pump Operation . (Group 9020-05.) The optional MFWD front axle consists of either an open or self applied limited slip differential with outboard planetary final drives. For more information on MFWD operation, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9020-05.) The rear axle is an outboard four planetary design with internal wet multi-disk service brakes that are self adjusting. Pressure oil for the service brakes is supplied by a foot operated brake valve. For information on how the differential operates, see Differential Operation . (Group 9020-05.) The park brake is a wet multi-disk design which is spring applied and hydraulically released. For information on how the park brake operates, see Park Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.) The differential lock is a sliding sleeve design, which is hydraulically engaged and spring released. For information on how the differential lock operates, see Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Pump Operation
Transmission Pump LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 31
Cap Screw (8 used) Seal O-Ring Cap Screw (2 used) Cap Screw (2 used) Transmission Pump
The transmission uses a high capacity fixed displacement gear-type pump to provide constant flow for the transmission hydraulic system. Pump flow is proportional to engine speed. The input shaft to the pump is driven by the engine. The pump gears rotate inside of the pump housing. As the gears rotate, oil is trapped between the gear teeth and the pump housing which forces oil to move from the pump inlet around the gears to the pump outlet.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Torque Converter Operation
Torque Converter Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 31
Pump Drive Shaft Stator Turbine Impeller Stator Shaft Shaft Seal Freewheel Clutch Transmission Clutch Drive Shaft Transmission Pump
The transmission utilizes a hydrodynamic torque converter. Supply oil from transmission pump flows through a system pressure regulating valve then to the converter. The converter inlet also incorporates a relief valve that protects converter from high internal pressures. The converter must always be completely filled with oil to avoid cavitation. Pump drive shaft (1) is driven directly by the engine at engine speed. The pump drive shaft provides input to the hydraulic system pump, which also has a direct mechanical connection to the flywheel through the outer skin of the converter. The impeller (4) is connected to the pump drive shaft. This forces the turbine to rotate in same direction as impeller. As it rotates, centrifugal force throws oil out of impeller against the blades of turbine (3). The turbine (3) is connected to the transmission clutch drive shaft (8) which provides input to the transmission gear train. Oil leaving turbine enters stator (2) in the opposite direction of turbine and impeller oil flow. The stator is curved to change oil flow direction back to match direction of impeller rotation. Oil leaving the stator is now moving in the same direction as the impeller. This adds to the force of the oil entering impeller. The turbine will be rotating at a slower speed than the impeller, but it will produce a higher torque. It is this increased force developed by the stator that makes a converter able to multiply torque. Under light load turbine speed will increase until it equals impeller speed. When the two speeds are equal, free wheel clutch (7) unlocks, allowing stator to freewheel or rotate with turbine and impeller as a unit. Input speed and torque are equal to output speed and torque when stator is free wheeling. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The transmission pump is constantly pumping oil through the converter. The converter multiplies torque and at the same time, heat created in the converter is eliminated through the oil circulation from converter to cooler and back to sump.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Filter Operation
Transmission Filter Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 32 33
Spring To Transmission Circuit From Transmission Circuit Transmission Oil Filter Oil Filter Bypass Valve
→NOTE: Filter housing removed to show element and bypass valve. The transmission oil filter (32) is a spin on replaceable element. If the transmission oil filter becomes obstructed, an oil filter bypass valve (33) opens to maintain flow to the transmission control system. Oil from the transmission pump enters from outside of transmission oil filter element. The transmission oil filter element traps contaminants as the oil passes through it. Filtered oil flows up through the middle of the element to the transmission control system. If the transmission oil is extremely cold or the transmission filter element is obstructed, the pressure difference across the transmission oil filter element increases causing the filter bypass valve to shift against the bypass spring and unseat. This unseated valve allows unfiltered oil to pass through the filter housing. Bypass operation for extended periods of time is not recommended.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Clutch Modulation Operation
Modulation in Clutch Pack LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 600 601 602 <- Go to Section TOC
Piston Orifice From Transmission Pump Modulation Spring Inner Disk Carrier End Plate Clutch Fill Pre-Modulation Modulation Engagement Orifice (modulation spool) High Pressure Oil Medium Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Section 9020 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
603
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Lubrication Oil
Rate of shift is controlled by movement of modulation spring (4) and piston during a shift. By regulating amount of oil flow sent to engage the clutch pack, modulation time is controlled to assure a smooth shift. A controlled leak in piston (1) through orifice (2) is used to soften clutch engagement. Clutch fill (7) begins when a shift is electronically commanded. The activation of solenoids allows oil to flow from transmission pump (3) to the clutch piston. Pressure is reduced to low pressure through orifice (11) during fill. Pre-modulation (8) begins when oil has filled the passages between transmission pump and clutch piston. During premodulation, the lower load spring of the modulation spring (4) is compressed applying a small amount of load to the clutch. Modulation (9) begins when the lower load spring of the modulation spring is fully compressed. During modulation, the higher load spring of the modulation spring is compressed applying additional load to the clutch. During pre-modulation and modulation, compression of the modulation spring progressively restricts oil flow through the piston orifice. Engagement (10) occurs when the piston orifice is blocked by the compressed modulation spring.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Clutch Pack Operation
Clutch Pack LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 600 603
Clutch Piston Clutch Drum Coil Spring Inner Disc Carrier End Plate Clutch Plate Clutch Disk Modulation Spring High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil
→NOTE: All power shift transmission clutches are covered in this operation. Function of all clutch packs is the same, but quantity of disks and separator plates are different. When transmission control lever (TCL) is placed in forward or reverse, high pressure oil (600) from transmission pump forces clutch piston (1) to compress plates (6) and disks (7). The plates are splined to clutch drum (2) and the disks are splined to inner disc carrier (4), locking them together. All gears are constantly meshed and supported by antifriction bearings. The bearings and clutches are lubricated with cooled lubrication oil (603). When clutch pack is disengaged, coil spring (3) pushes the clutch piston away from plates and disks, releasing the multi disk clutch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Gear Flow
Transmission Gear Flow—Foward
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Gear Flow—Reverse LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Neutral First Forward Second Forward Third Forward Fourth Forward Fifth Forward Section 9020 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 45 46 47 59 60 61 64
Group 05: Theory of Operation
First Reverse Second Reverse Third Reverse Input/Output Gear Middle Gear Direction Clutch Input/Output Gear (engaged) Middle Gear (engaged) Direction Clutch (engaged) First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch
The torque converter sends power down the reverse clutch (61) shaft which consists of two input gears. When a forward gear is selected the smaller reverse shaft input gear sends power to the low range forward clutch (59) output gear. Power continues to flow through the high range forward clutch (60) and speed gears to the second speed clutch (46) output shaft. When a reverse gear is selected power is sent to the high range forward clutch (60) shaft and continues to flow through the speed gears to second speed clutch output shaft. Example: Fifth forward (6) The torque converters supplies torque down the reverse clutch (61) shaft. Power from the reverse clutch shaft flows to the low range forward clutch (59) middle gear. Since the low range forward clutch does not engage for fifth gear, power stays on same side of low range forward clutch shaft and is output through the large low range clutch gear down to the high range forward clutch (60) small gear. See Transmission Clutch Engagement and Solenoid Activation . (Group 9020-05.) The high range forward clutch is engaged causing the entire shaft to spin at the same speed. Power travels down the high range forward shaft to the large gear. Power is output from the high range forward clutch large gear and flows through freewheeling first and second forward clutch (2, 3) large gears down to third forward clutch (4) small gear. With third forward clutch engaged, power flows down third forward clutch shaft to the large gear. Third forward clutch large gear outputs power back up to second forward clutch small gear sending torque out the final output shaft.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Transmission Clutch Engagement and Solenoid Activation Transmission Clutch to Gear Relationship
Low Range Forward (KV)
1F
2F
X
X
3F
4F
5F
Reverse Clutch (KR) 1st Speed Clutch (K1)
X
2nd Speed Clutch (K2)
X X
1R
2R
3R
X
X
X
X X
X
3rd Speed Clutch (K3)
X
High Range Forward (K4)
X
N
X
X
X
Solenoid to Gear Relationship
Y1
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
X
X
X
X
X
Y2 Y3
X
X
Y4
X
Y5
X
X
1R
2R
3R
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
N
X
X
Y6
X
X
Solenoid to Clutch Pack Relationship Low Range Forward (KV)
Reverse Clutch (KR) High Range Forward (K4)
Y1 X Y2
1st Speed Clutch (K1) 2nd Speed Clutch (K2)
3rd Speed Clutch (K3)
X X
Y3 X Y4 Y5
X X
Y6
<- Go to Section TOC
X
X
Section 9020 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Differential Operation
Differential Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6
Differential Housing Ring Gear (differential) Bevel Pinion Bevel Pinion Shaft Side Gear Sun Pinion Shaft
The differential allows independent rotation of the axles when the machine is steered. The final drive planetaries are attached to the axles. Their purpose is to reduce speed and increase torque through gear reduction. The input pinion shaft to differential ring gear also provides a reduction in speed and an increase to torque. Input torque from the drive shaft rotates the input bevel pinion shaft which meshes with the ring gear (differential) (2), causing it to turn. The ring gear is fastened to the differential housing (1) which drives the bevel pinion shafts (4) and bevel pinions (3). The bevel pinions located on the bevel pinion shaft are in mesh with the side gears (5) which spline to the sun pinion shaft (6). As the machine is steered, the inside wheel slows down in relation to the outside wheel. This causes the side gear, attached to the inside wheel’s axle, to slow down. The rotating differential housing and bevel pinion shafts allow the differential bevel pinions to rotate around the slow moving side gear; this allows the opposite side gear to rotate at a faster speed. This rotation causes the outside wheel’s axle to rotate faster than the inside axle which prevents tire scuffing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Differential Lock Operation
Differential Lock Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 600 603 Y10
Ring Gear Bevel Pinion Bevel Pinion Shaft Side Gear Piston Sliding Gear Spring Bearing From Transmission Pump High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Differential Lock Solenoid
When differential lock foot control switch is in the ON position, the differential lock solenoid (Y10) on the transmission is energized. High pressure oil (600) flows to the inlet and through cross-drilled passages to the piston (5). Pressure oil forces <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
piston against sliding gear (6) locking sliding gear with side gear (4) of the differential, causing both axles to rotate at the same speed. When the differential lock foot control switch in the OFF position, spring force (7) moves sliding gear (6) and piston (5) back releasing the differential lock. Return oil flows through the same port as when switch is in the ON position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation—If Equipped
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 600 603 <- Go to Section TOC
MFWD Disengaged MFWD Engaged Front Output Shaft Clutch Drum Bevel Spring Drive Gear From Transmission Pump Piston Disk Plate Inner Disk Carrier High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Section 9020 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
604 Y11
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Return Oil Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) is hydraulically applied and spring released. When MFWD switch is in the ON position, MFWD solenoid (Y11) is energized sending high pressure oil from transmission pump forces clutch piston (8) to compress disks (9) and plates (10). Plates are splined to the clutch drum and disks are splined to the inner disk carrier, locking them together. When MFWD switch is in the OFF position, the MFWD clutch oil passage is open to return. Bevel spring (5) forces the piston back, disengaging the multi-disk clutch and front output shaft. This gear is supported by antifriction bearings. The bearings and clutch are lubricated with cooled lubrication oil (603).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Differential Operation—If Equipped Open Differential
Open Differential LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 79
Pinion Gears Bevel Drive Gear (2 used) Drive Shaft Differential Housing Ring Gear (differential) Power Flow Rotation Direction Drive Shaft (MFWD) (if equipped)
Equal Traction With mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) engaged and equal traction, each wheel receives the same amount of power on the same axle, and no differential action occurs. Power flows into axle housing through drive shaft (MFWD) (79) turning ring gear (differential) (5) and attached differential housing (4). When both wheels have equal traction, pinion gears (1) remain stationary within rotating housing. Unequal Traction With MFWD engaged and unequal traction, the most torque will go to the wheel on each axle which requires less torque to move. If a wheel slips, torque will go to that wheel and it will continue to spin. Power flows into axle housing through drive shaft (MFWD) turning ring gear (differential) and attached housing. When a wheel spins, the pinion gears will rotate causing the wheel with least amount of traction to receive the most torque. The wheel with the most traction will stay stationary.
Limited Slip Differential
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Limited Slip Differential LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 79
Pinion Gears Bevel Drive Gear (2 used) Drive Shaft (2 used) Differential Housing Ring Gear (differential) Clutch Disks Clutch Plates Power Flow Rotation Direction Drive Shaft (MFWD) (if equipped)
Equal Traction Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle has a self-applied limited slip differential. The differential utilizes a wet multi-disk clutch to distribute torque. When confronted with slippery field conditions, this system automatically applies correct amount of torque to match traction available to each tire. With MFWD engaged, when tractor is moving in a straight line and each wheel has equal traction, equal power is supplied to left and right drive shafts (3). No differential action occurs. Power flows into axle housing through drive shaft (MFWD) (79), turning ring gear (differential) (5) and attached differential housing (4). When both wheels have equal traction, pinion gears (1) remain stationary within rotating housing. Pinions turn bevel drive gears (2) and drive shaft (3) splined to drive gears. Unequal Traction When one wheel starts slipping more than the other, the pinion gears (1) will start "walking" around the bevel drive gear (2) with most traction. At the same time the angle of gear teeth forces the meshed gears (pinion and bevel) apart. The bevel drive gear with most traction is forced out and away from gear mesh assembly, compressing a clutch pack with disks (6) splined to axle and plates (7) splined to housing. The more torque required to turn wheel, the more clutch pack is compressed, therefore the more coupled wheels become. Because wheel with less traction is exerting less force trying to keep its axle from turning, the pinion gears do not force the bevel drive gear outward, effectively not engaging it’s clutch pack. Less drive force is being transmitted to this drive shaft. As long as the difference in traction between tires remains the same, the clutch pack on the side with less traction will continue to slip more than pack for other side.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Park Brake Operation
Park Brake Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 600 603 Y7
Spring Piston Cap Screw (2 used) Plate Disk From Transmission Pump High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Park Brake Release Solenoid
The park brake is spring applied and hydraulically released. When the park brake switch is in the ON position or machine is shutoff, spring force applies the park brake. Spring (1) forces piston (2) against disks (5) and plates (4) on the axle input shaft. When park brake switch is cycled to the OFF position, the switch energizes the park brake release solenoid (Y7) on the transmission. The solenoid routes high pressure oil (600) to the piston. The piston moves against the spring and releases the <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
disks and plates. Two manual operated cap screws (3) release the park brake for emergency towing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Service Brake Operation
Service Brakes LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 591
Piston Disk Plate Spring Pinion Shaft
The rear axle assembly uses wet multi-disk brakes which are self-adjusting to compensate for wear. The disks are splined to the sun gear shaft and the plates are splined to the rear axle housing. When the service brakes are applied, the pressure oil from the brake valve, forces the brake piston (1) against the brake plates (3) and disks (2) which stops rotation of the pinion shaft (5). When the brakes are released the return oil flows back out the same port to the brake valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Power Boost Service Brake Valve Operation Service Brakes Released
Service Brakes Released, Engine On LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 602 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool Low Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
Low pressure oil (602) from the transmission enters inlet ports (5) separately. This oil flows through land (4) areas, through the center of pistons (9) and on to the transmission reservoir port (1). This oil provides boost pressure to assist piston movement. The two halves of the master cylinder reservoir are open to one another. Hydraulic oil from the main hydraulic reservoir or steering valve on later models enters the master cylinder reservoir at ports (11). A small flow of oil at these hydraulic ports keeps the master cylinder reservoir full. In the neutral position, pistons (9) are fully retracted and tip valve assemblies (10) are open. The brake system is at reservoir pressure through brake ports (13). The pedals are held in the neutral position by springs (6 and 7).
Service Brakes Engaged—Engine On
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Service Brakes Engaged, Engine On LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 600 601 602 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool High Pressure Oil Medium Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
Medium pressure oil (601) from the transmission enters inlet ports (5) separately and flows through land (4) area to transmission reservoir port (1). Both pedals are depressed forcing springs (6) to compress. Oil flowing through land areas becomes restricted. Oil flow moves to close check balls (3). Restricted oil flow and lands causes pressure to act against the large diameter of pistons (9). Pistons move to compress springs (7). As more push rod displacement occurs, tip valve assemblies (10) close, stopping brake system oil from moving to reservoir or atmosphere pressure. Additional movement of the push rods and pistons forces brake system oil to the brakes causing brakes to fill through ports (13). Equalization spool (14) moves against either spring (12) to perform an equalization function by compensating for differences between right and left brake pack fill volumes. After the brakes are filled, higher brake pressure is developed by the inlet oil pressure being modulated at lands causing piston to generate a higher pressure at the brake ports. Brake pedal modulated feel is determined by the hydraulic areas of push rods and modulated pressure at lands. Maximum boosted brake pressure is limited by the inlet oil pressure at inlet ports (5). Additional pedal effort can cause higher brake pressure and is dependent only by the amount of pedal force applied.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Service Brakes Engaged—One Pedal
Service Brakes Engaged—One Pedal, Engine On LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 600 601 602 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool High Pressure Oil Medium Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
When only one pedal is applied, the opposite side brake remains at reservoir pressure. Tip valve assembly (10) closes the passage to reservoir on the right side and opens the work port cavity on left side to allow oil to return to brake reservoir. Equalization spool (14) moves against spring (12) towards side of valve with brake not applied. The effort required on one pedal is one half that of the effort when you apply both pedals to obtain the same brake pressure.
Service Brakes Engaged—Engine Off
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Service Brakes Engaged—Engine Off LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 600 604
Transmission Reservoir Port Push Rod (brake pedal) (2 used) Check Ball (2 used) Land (2 used) Inlet Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Spring (2 used) Seal (2 used) Piston (2 used) Tip Valve Assembly (2 used) Master Hydraulic Reservoir Port (2 used) Spring (2 used) Brake Port (2 used) Equalization Spool High Pressure Oil Pressure Free Oil
When the engine is not running, one or both brakes can be actuated manually. When push rods (2) are displaced by the pedals, springs (6) compress until lands (4) are mechanically closed. Additional push rod displacement forces pistons (9) to move. Tip valve assemblies (10) close, stopping oil from going to the hydraulic reservoir. More push rod travel fills the brakes and pressure is developed to provide pedal force. The amount of pressure to the brakes depends on how hard the pedals are pushed. When the pedals return to the neutral position, tip valve assemblies (10) open and return brakes to reservoir pressure.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Hydraulic Circuit—Symbols
Hydraulic Circuit Symbols
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Power Train Component Location
Power Train Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
LEGEND: 32 36 39 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Oil Filter Torque Converter Transmission Oil Cooler Transmission Drive Shaft (rear) Park Brake Housing Rear Axle Front Axle (non-powered) Park Brake Valve-to-Park Brake Line Service Brake Valve Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line (2 used) Differential Lock Valve-to-Differential Lock Line Drive Shaft (MFWD)(if equipped) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Transmission Dipstick
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Power Train Schematic—Neutral
Power Train Schematic—Neutral
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
LEGEND: 31 32 33 34 35 36 39 40 45 46 47 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 86 90 91 97 99 103 104 105 106 107 108 600 602 603 604 B6 B13 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Pump Transmission Oil Filter Oil Filter Bypass Valve Pressure Regulating Valve Torque Converter Relief Valve Torque Converter Transmission Oil Cooler To Lube First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch (K3) Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Differential Lock Clutch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch (if equipped) Park Brake Clutch Screen (3 used) Torque Converter Pressure Port Differential Lock Pressure Port Park Brake Pressure Port System Pressure Test Port Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) High Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Return Oil Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid (if equipped)
Section 9020 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Power Train Schematic—First Forward
Power Train Schematic—First Forward Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Engaged
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
LEGEND: 31 32 33 34 35 36 39 40 45 46 47 59 60 61 63 64 65 66 86 90 91 97 99 103 104 105 106 107 108 600 602 603 604 B6 B13 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Pump Transmission Oil Filter Oil Filter Bypass Valve Pressure Regulating Valve Torque Converter Relief Valve Torque Converter Transmission Oil Cooler To Lube First Speed Clutch (K1) Second Speed Clutch (K2) Third Speed Clutch (K3) Low Range Forward Clutch (KV) High Range Forward Clutch (K4) Reverse Clutch (KR) Differential Lock Clutch Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Clutch (if equipped) Park Brake Clutch Screen (3 used) Torque Converter Pressure Port Differential Lock Pressure Port Park Brake Pressure Port System Pressure Test Port Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) High Pressure Oil Low Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Return Oil Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor Park Brake Pressure Switch Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid (if equipped)
Section 9020 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Diagnose Transmission Malfunctions Diagnose Transmission Malfunctions Symptom
Resulting Transmission State N
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
Suspect Component(s) 1R
2R
3R
No forward or reverse
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
-Transmission control lever (TCL) switch malfunction -Vehicle Control Unit (VCU) circuit -Internal VCU logic error -Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) short to power -Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) short to power
No forward gears
N
N
N
N
N
N
1R
2R
3R
-Transmission forward direction solenoid (Y1) open or short to ground -TCL switch malfunction
No reverse gears
N
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
N
N
N
-TCL switch malfunction -Transmission reverse direction solenoid (Y2) open or short to ground -Reverse clutch (KR) problem
Incorrect 1F, 2F and slight resistance in 1R, 2R gears
N
3F
4F
3F
4F
5F
1R
2R
3R
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) open or short to ground
Incorrect 3F, 4F, 5F gears
N
1F
2F
1F
2F
4.5F
1R
2R
3R
Transmission speed solenoid 1 (Y3) solenoid short to power
No 2F, 4F, 5F, 2R, 3R gears
N
1F
N
3F
N
N
1R
N
N
-Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) open or short to ground -Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) short to power
No 1F, 3F, 1R gears
N
N
2F
N
4F
5F
N
2R
3R
-Transmission speed solenoid 2 (Y4) short to power -Transmission speed solenoid 3 (Y5) open or short to ground
Incorrect 5F, 3R gears
N
1F
2F
3F
4F
4F
1R
2R
2R
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) open or short to ground
Incorrect 2F, 4F, 2R gears
N
1F
2.5F
3F
5F
5F
1R
3R
3R
Transmission speed solenoid 4 (Y6) short to power
No 1F, 2F gears
N
N
N
3F
4F
5F
1R
2R
3R
Low range forward clutch (KV) problem
No 1F, 3F, 1R gears
N
N
2F
N
4F
5F
N
2R
3R
First speed clutch (K1) problem
No 2F, 4F, 2R gears
N
1F
N
3F
N
5F
1R
N
3R
Second speed clutch (K2) problem
No 5F, 3R gears
N
1F
2F
3F
4F
N
1R
2R
N
Third speed clutch (K3) problem
No 3F, 4F, 5F gears
N
1F
2F
N
N
N
1R
2R
3R
High range forward clutch (K4) problem
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Slippage 79
Transmission Slippage Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Low Oil Level
Action: Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is oil level low?
Result: YES:Add oil as necessary. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Wrong Oil Grade. ( 2 ) Incorrect Oil Grade
Action: Check grade of oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is the grade of oil incorrect?
Result: YES:Change oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure. ( 3 ) Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure
Action: Check torque converter oil pressure. See Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter oil pressure low?
Result: YES:Check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25). NO:Go to Worn or Slipping Clutch Disks. ( 4 ) Worn or Slipping Clutch Disks
Action: Check clutch disks to see if they are worn or slipping. See Clutch Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are clutch disks worn or slipping?
Result: YES:Repair clutch disks.For 210K-410K models, see Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) For 710K models, see First Speed, Second Speed, and High Range Forward Clutch Packs Repair or see Low Range Forward, Reverse, and Third Speed Clutch Packs Repair . (Group 0350.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow 81
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check DTCs
Action: Check machine for DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are DTCs present?
Result: YES:Follow appropriate DTC for diagnostic procedure. NO:Go to Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow in All Gears. ( 2 ) Machine Lacks Power or Moves Slow in All Gears
Action: Operate machine in all gears. Does machine lack power or move slow in all gears?
Result: YES:Go to Oil Level Low. NO: Go to Clutch Pack Slipping ( 3 ) Oil Level Low
Action: Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is oil level low?
Result: YES:Add oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Wrong Oil, Aerated Oil. ( 4 ) Incorrect Oil, Aerated Oil
Action: Verify oil type used is correct and that oil is not aerated. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is incorrect oil used or aerated?
Result: YES:Change oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Transmission Cooler Lines Damaged. ( 5 ) Transmission Cooler Lines Damaged
Action: Inspect transmission cooler lines. Are transmission cooler lines damaged?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair cooler lines. NO:Go to Stall Speeds Not Within Specification Limits. ( 6 ) Stall Speeds Not Within Specification Limits
Action: Check stall speeds and combined stall speeds. Perform Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are stall speeds and combined stall speeds within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Low Pressure in Transmission Cooler. NO:Diagnose cause of incorrect stall speeds. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 7 ) Low Pressure in Transmission Cooler
Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are cooler in and cooler out pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Transmission Pump Flow Not Within Specification. NO:Diagnose cause of low transmission cooler pressures. See Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 8 ) Transmission Pump Flow Not Within Specification
Action: Perform Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is transmission pump flow within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Service Brake Dragging. NO:Diagnose cause of low transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) ( 9 ) Service Brake Dragging
Action: Check for excessive heat in brake area of axle housing after operating machine. Is service brake dragging?
Result: YES:Adjust brakes. See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to Park Brake Dragging, Piston Stuck. ( 10 ) Park Brake Dragging, Piston Stuck
Action: Check park brake operation. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is park brake dragging or piston stuck?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair park brake. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Go to Low Pressure in Transmission System. ( 11 ) Low Pressure in Transmission System
Action: Check transmission system pressure. Perform Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is transmission system pressure low?
Result: YES:Check pressure regulating valve, repair or shim adjust. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) NO:Go to Clutch Pack Slipping. ( 12 ) Clutch Pack Slipping
Action: Operate machine in all gears. Are clutch packs slipping? Perform Clutch Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are any clutch pressures below specification?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair clutches. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) NO:Go to Clutch Pack Dragging, Disks Warped. ( 13 ) Clutch Pack Dragging, Disks Warped
Action: Are clutch packs dragging or disks warped?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair clutch packs. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) NO:Go to Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure. ( 14 ) Low Torque Converter Oil Pressure
Action: Check torque converter oil pressure. See Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter oil pressure low?
Result: YES:Check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25). NO:Go to Low Engine Power. ( 15 ) Low Engine Power
Action: Check for low engine power. Does engine have low power?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair engine. See John Deere Engine Operation . (Group 9010-05.) NO:Go to Mechanical Malfunction in Transmission or Axle. ( 16 ) Mechanical Malfunction in Transmission or Axle
Action: Has transmission or axle malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair transmission or axle. See Transmission Outer Components Removal . (Group 0350.) See Rear Axle Remove and Install . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Transmission Overheats 79
Transmission Overheats Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Oil Level Too High or Too Low
Action: Check transmission oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is oil level too high or too low?
Result: YES:Add or drain oil. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Incorrect Type of Oil. ( 2 ) Incorrect Type of Oil
Action: Check transmission oil. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is the correct type of oil being used in the transmission?
Result: YES:Go to Operating in Too High of Gear. NO:Drain and replace oil. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Operating in Too High of Gear
Action: Is machine operating in too high of gear?
Result: YES:Operate machine in correct gear for work situation. See Driving the Machine . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Torque Converter Stalled Excessively. ( 4 ) Torque Converter Stalled Excessively
Action: Is torque converter stalled excessively?
Result: YES:Use clutch disconnect switch in machine operations to reduce stall. NO:Go to Oil Cooler Package Air Flow Restricted. ( 5 ) Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Air Flow Restricted
Action: Check hydraulic/transmission radiator for excessive debris. Is hydraulic/transmission radiator air flow restricted? See Engine Cooling System Component Location . (Group 9010-15.)
Result: YES:Remove debris from hydraulic/transmission radiator. NO:Go to Missing Baffles, Damaged Fan Shrouds or Loose Fan Belt. ( 6 ) Missing Baffles, Damaged Fan Shrouds or Loose Fan Belt <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Inspect and check baffles, fan shrouds, and fan belt. Is baffles missing? Are fan shrouds missing or is there a loose fan belt?
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. See Fan Remove and Install . (Group 0510.). NO:Go to Oil Cooler Restricted Internally. ( 7 ) Oil Cooler Restricted Internally
Action: Perform Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is oil cooler restricted internally?
Result: YES:Remove and flush transmission oil cooler. See Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Go to Torque Converter Malfunction. ( 8 ) Torque Converter Malfunction
Action: Perform Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter malfunctioning?
Result: YES:Repair or replace torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) NO:Go to Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Malfunction. ( 9 ) Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Malfunction
Action: Perform Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is torque converter-In relief valve malfunctioning?
Result: YES:Replace torque converter-in relief valve. NO:Go to Low Transmission Pump Flow. ( 10 ) Low Transmission Pump Flow
Action: Perform Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is transmission charge pump flow low?
Result: YES:Repair transmission charge pump. See Transmission Charge Pump Remove and Install . (Group 0350.) NO:Go to Transmission Mechanical Malfunction. ( 11 ) Transmission Mechanical Malfunction
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Inspect transmission. Is there a mechanical malfunction in the transmission?
Result: YES:Repair transmission as necessary. See Transmission Outer Components Removal . (Group 0350.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Excessive Power Train Noise 81
Excessive Power Train Noise Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Oil Level Low
Action: Check oil level in power train systems. Check oil levels. See Check Transmission Oil Level , see Check Rear Axle Oil Level , see Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil Level—If Equipped , and see Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.) Are power train oil levels low?
Result: YES:Add oil to systems that are low. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Lines in Contact With Power Train Components. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Lines in Contact With Power Train Components
Action: Inspect hydraulic lines. Are hydraulic lines in contact with power train components?
Result: YES:Repair as needed. NO:Go to Misalignment of Power Train Components. ( 3 ) Misalignment of Power Train Components
Action: Check position of power train components. Verify that components are mounted correctly and mounts are in good condition. Are power train components misaligned?
Result: YES:Align components and repair or replace mounts as necessary. NO:Go to Worn Universal Joints on Drive Shaft. ( 4 ) Worn Universal Joints on Drive Shaft
Action: Inspect universal joints or drive shaft. Are universal joints on drive shaft worn?
Result: YES: See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install . (Group 0225.) NO:Go to Transmission Assembly Adjustments or Setting Made Incorrectly. ( 5 ) Worn or Damaged Parts in Transmission or Axle
Action: Check transmission filter for metal particles. Are metal particles in transmission filter?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect transmission and axle for possible internal damage. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) 81
No Power to Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Solenoid Not Actuated
Action: See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) Is mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid actuated?
Result: YES:Go to Drive Shaft Malfunctioning. NO:Check electrical connection. Check mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) solenoid and repair. See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-10.) ( 2 ) Drive Shaft Malfunction
Action: Inspect drive shaft. Has drive shaft malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair drive shaft. Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install . (Group 0225.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft Spline. ( 3 ) Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft Spline
Action: Inspect output shaft spline. Has the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) output shaft spline malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair.For 210K-410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD). ( 4 ) Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Action: Inspect axle shaft. Has the axle shaft in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair axle shaft.For 210K-410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Ring Gear or Pinion in Front Axle. ( 5 ) Malfunctioning Ring Gear or Pinion in Front Axle
Action: Inspect ring gear or pinion in front axle. Has ring gear or pinion in front axle malfunctioned? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary.For 210K-410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, See Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Gear Train Components in Transmission. ( 6 ) Malfunctioning Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Gear Train Components in Transmission
Action: Has mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) gear train components in transmission malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair transmission. See Transmission Outer Components Removal . (Group 0350.) NO:Checks Complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) 81
No Power to One Wheel of Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Malfunctioning Wheel U-Joint
Action: Inspect U-joint. Has wheel U-joint malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair U-joint. See Universal Joint and Drive Shaft Remove and Install . (Group 0225.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Outboard Planetary. ( 2 ) Malfunctioning Outboard Planetary
Action: Disassemble mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle and inspect outboard planetary. For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) Has outboard planetary malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair outboard planetary.For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD). ( 3 ) Malfunctioning Axle Shaft in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Action: Disassemble mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle and inspect axle shaft. For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) Has axle shaft in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) malfunctioned?
Result: YES:Repair axle shaft.For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Go to Malfunctioning Limited-Slip in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD). ( 4 ) Malfunctioning Limited-Slip in Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Action: Inspect ring gear and differential in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle. For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) Has the limited-slip malfunctioned in mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary.For 210K—410K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Disassemble . (Group 0240.) For 710K machines, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Repair . (Group 0240.) NO:Checks Complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Differential Lock Operation 81
No Differential Lock Operation Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Malfunction in Electrical Circuit to Solenoid
Action: With engine stopped and key switch turned to accessory, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Is there a malfunction in the electrical circuit?
Result: YES: See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Solenoid Valve. ( 2 ) Stuck Differential Lock Solenoid Valve
Action: Perform Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Perform Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) Is differential lock solenoid valve stuck?
Result: YES:Repair solenoid. NO:Go to Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears. ( 3 ) Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears
Action: Inspect differential lock system. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) See Differential Lock Operation . (Group 9020-05.) Is there excessive wear on differential lock engaging gears?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Check . (Group 0250.) See Rear Axle Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks complete. Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged 81
Differential Lock Slips or Chatters When Engaged Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Excessive Leakage Differential Lock Piston Seals
Action: Perform Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is there leakage in differential lock piston seals?
Result: YES:Repair piston seals. NO:Go to next step in this check.
Action: Verify differential lock piston is operating correctly and not stuck. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is differential lock piston stuck? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair or replace parts as necessary. NO:Go to Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears. ( 2 ) Excessive Wear on Differential Lock Engaging Gears
Action: Inspect differential lock engaging gears. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0350.) Is there excessive wear on differential lock engaging gears?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Differential Lock Will Not Release 81
Differential Lock Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Oil Level Low in Transmission
Action: Check transmission oil level. Is oil level low in transmission?
Result: YES:Add oil to correct level. See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Switch. ( 2 ) Stuck Differential Lock Switch
Action: Check differential lock switch. Is differential lock switch stuck?
Result: YES:Repair foot switch. See Transmission Control Circuit Theory of Operation . (Group 9015-15.) NO:Go to Malfunction in Electrical Circuit. ( 3 ) Malfunction in Electrical Circuit
Action: With engine stopped and switched power ON, activate differential lock and listen for a click from solenoid valve. Did solenoid valve click?
Result: YES:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Solenoid Valve. NO:Repair solenoid. See Transmission Outer Components Removal (Group 0350) or see System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Legend and see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) ( 4 ) Stuck Differential Lock Piston
Action: Verify differential lock piston is operating correctly and not stuck. See Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is differential lock piston stuck?
Result: YES:Repair or replace parts as necessary. NO:Go to Stuck Differential Lock Engaging Gears or Clutch. ( 5 ) Stuck Differential Lock Engaging Gears or Clutch
Action: Disassemble rear axle and inspect differential lock engaging gears. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) Is differential lock engaging gears or clutch stuck?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks Complete. Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil 81
Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil Diagnostic Procedure →NOTE: The following checks assume that axle oil has been checked and once at correct level has then been checked again after machine operation and found axle is now overfilled with oil. ( 1 ) Differential Lock Piston Seals Leaking
Action: Perform Differential Lock Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are differential lock piston seals leaking?
Result: YES:Drain rear axle oil to specified level. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Repair differential lock piston seals as necessary. NO:Go to Service Brake Piston Seals Leaking. ( 2 ) Service Brake Piston Seals Leaking
Action: Perform Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are service brake piston seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair service brake piston seals as necessary. NO:Go to Park Brake Piston Seals Leaking. ( 3 ) Park Brake Piston Seals Leaking
Action: Perform Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Are park brake piston seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair park brake piston seals as necessary. NO:Checks Complete. Poor Service Brakes 81
Poor Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Air in Brake Valve or Lines Or Piston
Action: Is there air in the brake valve, lines, or piston?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Bleed brake system. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-20.) NO:Go to Restriction in Brake Disks Worn Excessively. ( 2 ) Brake Disks Worn Excessively
Action: See Service Brakes Inspection . (Group 0250.) Are brake disks worn excessively?
Result: YES:Inspect brake disks and repair as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Service Brakes Will Not Release 81
Service Brakes Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Brake Pedal Not Returning to Full UP Position or Not Adjusted Properly
Action: Depress brake pedal. Examine brake pedal as it is released. Is brake pedal returning to full UP position or adjusted properly?
Result: YES:Go to No Free Travel on Brake Adjusters. NO:Inspect brake pedal linkage and adjust. Perform Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 1060.) ( 2 ) No Free Travel on Brake Adjusters
Action: Adjust brake pedals. See Service Brake Pedal Adjustment . (Group 9020-20.) Is there no free travel on brake adjusters?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. NO:Go to Warped Brake Disks. ( 3 ) Warped Brake Disks
Action: Remove, disassemble and inspect brake disks. See Service Brakes Inspection . (Group 0250.) Are brake disks warped?
Result: YES:Repair brake disks. See Brake Disk and Pressure Plate Remove and Install . (Group 0250.) NO:Go to Stuck Brake Piston. ( 4 ) Stuck Brake Piston
Action: Remove and inspect piston. See Rear Axle Disassemble . (Group 0250.) Is brake piston stuck? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Rear Axle Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Checks Complete. Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy 81
Service Brakes Chatter or Noisy Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Incorrect Oil in Rear Axle
Action: See Check Rear Axle Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is there incorrect oil in rear axle?
Result: YES: See Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Air in Brake System. ( 2 ) Air in Brake System
Action: Bleed brake system and check for noise. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-20.) Do service brakes still chatter or are they noisy?
Result: YES:Go to Disks Worn Excessively. NO:Checks complete. ( 3 ) Disks Worn Excessively
Action: Perform Service Brakes Inspection . (Group 0250.) Are brake disks worn excessively?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. See Brake Disk and Pressure Plate Remove and Install . (Group 0250. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Park Brake Will Not Hold 81
Park Brake Will Not Hold Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check Tow Release Cap Screws
Action: Check park brake adjustment cap screws. Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing . (Group 9020-20.) Are park brake adjustment cap screws within normal operation specification?
Result: YES:Go to Check DTCs. NO:Adjust park brake adjustment cap screws to specification. Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing . (Group 9020-20.) ( 2 ) Check DTCs
Action: Check machine for DTCs for park brake system. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are park brake related DTCs present?
Result: YES:Follow appropriate DTC for diagnostic procedure. NO:Go to Park Brake Pressure Check. ( 3 ) Park Brake Pressure Check
Action: Check park brake pressure. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Does park brake release pressure drop to zero when park brake is applied?
Result: YES:Go to Park Brake Piston Stuck. NO:Remove and inspect park brake solenoid valve. Verify solenoid valve is not stuck or held open allowing pressure to release park brake. ( 4 ) Park Brake Piston Stuck or Worn Internal Parts
Action: Disassemble park brake and check for stuck park brake piston or worn internal parts. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.) Are parts worn on park brake?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Park Brake Remove and Install . (Group 1111.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Park Brake Will Not Release 81
Park Brake Will Not Release Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check DTCs
Action: Check machine for DTCs. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) . (Group 9015-20.) Are DTCs present?
Result: YES:Follow appropriate DTC for diagnostic procedure. NO:Go to Park Brake Hose Leaking. ( 2 ) Park Brake Hose Leaking
Action: Inspect park brake hose. Is park brake hose leaking?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair as necessary. NO:Go to Park Brake Release Check. ( 3 ) Park Brake Release Check
Action: Inspect for malfunction in park brake release circuit. See Park Brake Release Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is park brake pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Park Brake Stuck. NO:Diagnose cause of low park brake release pressure.Check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) Verify operation of park brake solenoid valve. See Transmission Solenoid Check . (Group 9015-20.) Visually inspect condition of solenoid valve seals. Replace as necessary. Check rear axle oil level. If oil level is high, this could indicate park brake piston seals are leaking. ( 4 ) Park Brake Stuck
Action: Manually release park brake using park brake cap screws. See Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing . (Group 9020-20.) Did park brake release manually?
Result: YES:Return park brake cap screws to operating position and check operation of park brake. If park brake continues to remain applied after operation, remove and inspect for malfunctioning park brake. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.) NO:Inspect for malfunctioning park brake. See Park Brake Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0250.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Group 20 - Adjustments Mechanical Park Brake Release—Towing
Access Plate Removed Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 27—28 mm 1.06—1.10 in.
Cap Screw Position From Housing
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to transmission from insufficient oil supply. Do not attempt to start engine by towing. DO NOT tow machine faster than 10 km/h (6.21 mph) or a distance longer than 10 km (6.21 miles). Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine, use the following procedure: [1] - Turn engine off. [2] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from unexpected machine movement. Block wheels to prevent machine movement before disengaging park brake. Block tires. [3] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from unexpected machine movement. Only release the park brake through the access hole in floor of operator’s station. Remove access plate in floor of operator’s station. [4] IMPORTANT: Prevent park brake damage from heat build-up. Manually disengage brake.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Park Brake Screws
Park Brake Screws LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw (2 used) 2 Hex Nut (2 used) 3 Cap Screw Position From Housing Loosen hex nuts (2) to adjust park brake cap screws (1). [5] - Release park brake for tow by turning cap screws (1) completely in. [6] - Remove blocks from tires. [7] - When towing is completed, enable park brake to hold machine by turning both cap screws out to specification (3) as illustrated. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Item
Measurement
Specification
Cap Screw
Position From Housing
27—28 mm 1.06—1.10 in.
[8] - Lock cap screws with hex nuts (2). [9] - Install operator′s station floor access plate when complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Service Brake Pedal Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 1 Location (pedal stop screw to bracket clearance) 2 Jam Nut 3 Pedal Stop Cap Screw 4 Brake Valve Piston 5 Pedal Lock Bar
Service Brake Pedal Adjustment Park machine on level ground with loader and attachments lowered to ground. [2] - Stop engine. [3] - Unlock brake pedals by moving pedal lock bar (5) to the disengaged position. [4] - Loosen jam nut (2). [5] →NOTE: Make sure that the brake pedal DOES NOT apply force against brake valve piston (4) when checking and adjusting pedal stop screw-to-bracket clearance. Brake pedal must only rest against the brake valve piston. While allowing the pedal to rest on brake valve piston (4), adjust pedal stop cap screw (3) to specification at location (1). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pedal Stop Screw to Bracket
Clearance
0.13— 0.38 mm 0.005—0.015 in.
[6] - Hold stop cap screw and tighten jam nut. [7] - Repeat procedure to adjust other pedal. [8] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Brake Pedal Travel LEGEND: 6 Check brake pedal travel (6).
Brake Pedal Travel
Item
Measurement
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel (lock bar engaged)
Distance (maximum)
95 mm
Single Brake Pedal Travel (lock bar disengage)
Distance
Brake Pedal Travel 3.75 in. 114 mm 4.5 in.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Service Brake Bleed Procedure
Brake Bleeding Procedure Using Bleed Screw Method LEGEND: 1 2 3 4
Bleed Screw (right side) Clear Plastic Hose Container Bleed Screw (left side)
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury. Do not operate machine if pedal travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in.) while applying 267 N (60 lb-force). Operating machine with excessive brake travel could cause brakes not to stop machine on first application. →NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through brake valve without use of bleed screws but the procedure may take much longer so bleed screw method is the recommended procedure. Brake lines must be inclined toward brake valve for procedures other than bleed method. Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will slow bleed process. The rear axle is equipped with two brake bleed screws, one for each wheel. Brake bleeding must be done whenever the brake system has been opened to repair or after replacing the brake valve, brake lines, fittings, O-rings or axle internal brake parts. Depressing each brake pedal separately will help utilize a more efficient bleed. All fittings must be inspected for leaks and tightened if leaks occur. The preferred method for the brake bleeding procedure is to use the bleed screw method. The vacuum and manual methods are much slower methods but may be used as alternates. Bleed Screw Method
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
→NOTE: Two people are required to bleed brake system oil, one to operate brake valve and other to open and close bleed screws. [1] CAUTION: Hot oil can cause serious burn injury. Secure drain hose on bleed screw and in container to prevent it from blowing off when bleed screw is opened while brakes are applied. Secure a clear plastic hose (2) on bleed screw (4) with hose clamp and secure other end in a small container (3). [2] - Start engine and run at slow idle with park brake on. [3] - Steer from right to left stop to stop three times to fill the brake valve reservoir. [4] - Shut off engine. [5] →NOTE: Only two pedal bleeding applications can be done without refilling the brake valve reservoir. Bleed screw must be closed before the fully depressed pedal reaches the floor. Depress and hold the brake pedal, and open one (side) service brake bleed screw to allow air and oil mixture into a container. Close bleed screw before pedal reaches maximum travel or floor. If the bleeding procedure (applying brake pedal full distance or travel) is done more than twice, fill the brake valve reservoir again by starting the machine and steering from stop-to-stop three times. Repeat the process until oil from bleed screw runs clear and without air. [6] - Repeat process for opposite side. [7] - After bleeding process is completed, pump each pedal to check if pedal is firm. [8] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Brake Pedal Travel LEGEND: 5 Brake Pedal 6 Travel Distance Check brake pedal (5) travel distance (6) by measuring from floor to brake pedal as shown. Item
Measurement
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel
Max. Distance
95 mm 3.75 in.
Single Brake Pedal Travel
Max. Distance
114 mm 4.5 in.
[9] - Recycle old oil. Vacuum Method [1] - Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum to breather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes, disconnect air pressure. [2] - Leave hose from breather port to vacuum device connected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Both pedals should become solid. [3] - Check brake pedal (5) travel distance (6) by measuring from floor to brake pedal as shown. Manual Method [1] - Engage park brake. Run engine at slow idle. [2] - Steer from stop to stop three times to fill the brake valve reservoir. [3] - Pump left brake pedal five times, allowing 2 seconds between each pump for air to escape. [4] - Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the left pedal is solid. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
[5] - Pump right pedal until pedal is solid, then pump both pedals together until pedals are solid. [6] - Check brake pedal (5) travel distance (6) to specification by measuring from floor to brake pedal as shown.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Tracking Angle Check and Adjust →NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to align the planetary drive housings perpendicular to the axle. Wheels should point straight forward, with no toe-in or toe-out. [1] -
Tracking Angle Adjustment LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Steering Cylinder Rod Dimension Tie Rod Dimension Jam Nut Tie Rod End Ball Joint Tire (2 used) Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (rear of tire) Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (front of tire) Section 9020 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Center steering cylinder rod so dimension (1) is equal on both sides. [2] - Loosen tie rod jam nut (4). [3] - Adjust tie rod length so tie rod dimension (2) between end of steering cylinder rod and center of tie rod ball joint (4) are equal on both sides of axle. [4] - Measure wheel-to-wheel distance (6 and 7) for front of wheel and for rear of wheel. Distance should also be equal for both front and rear measurements. [5] - Adjust toe-in. See Toe-In Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Toe-In Check and Adjust Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Front Wheel-to-Wheel Measurement Distance
3—6 mm (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement) 0.13—0.25 in. (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement)
Tie Rod Jam Nut Torque
120 N•m 89 lb.-ft.
→NOTE: Check and adjust tracking angle before checking and adjusting axle toe-in. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.)
Toe-In Measurement Check [1] LEGEND: 8 Ground to Center of Hub (2 used)
Center of Hub Measure distance from ground to center of hubs (8) on both sides of machine. If distance from ground to center of both hubs is not equal, check and adjust tire pressure. See Tire Pressures . (Operator’s Manual.) [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Tracking Angle Adjustment LEGEND: 1 Tire (2 used) 2 Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (rear of tire) 3 Wheel-to-Wheel Distance (front of tire) Measure wheel-to-wheel distance (2 and 3) for front of wheels and for rear of wheels. [3] - Front wheel-to-wheel distance (3) must be smaller than rear wheel-to-wheel distance (2) within specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Front Wheel-to-Wheel Measurement
Distance
3—6 mm (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement) 0.13—0.25 in. (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement)
Toe-In Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 4 Threaded Rod (2 used) 5 Jam Nut (2 used)
Jam Nut Loosen jam nuts (5). [2] →NOTE: Adjust toe-in equally on both tie rods. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Turn threaded rod (4) to adjust toe-in to meet specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Front Wheel-to-Wheel Measurement
Distance
3—6 mm (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement) 0.13—0.25 in. (less than rear wheel-to-wheel measurement)
[3] →NOTE: If tracking angle and toe-in adjustment procedures are performed on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle, maximum steering angle stop screws must be adjusted. See Steering Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) Tighten jam nut to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Tie Rod Jam Nut
Torque
120 N•m 89 lb.-ft.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 20: Adjustments
Steering Angle Check and Adjust Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw Distance
32—34 mm 1.26—1.34 in.
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw Jam Nut Torque
150 N·m 111 lb.-ft.
This procedure is only used on mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle. Non-powered front axle not adjustable. Check and adjust tracking angle before checking and adjusting steering angle. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) [1] -
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw (left side shown)
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw (4 used) 2 Jam Nut (4 used) Check if steering angle stop cap screw (1) distance is within specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Cap Screw
Distance
32—34 mm
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN Item
Group 25: Tests Measurement
Specification 1.26—1.34 in.
[2] - If not within specification, loosen jam nut (2) and adjust stop cap screw to specification. [3] - Tighten jam nut to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Maximum Steering Angle Stop Screw Jam Nut
Torque
150 N·m 111 lb.-ft.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 310SK Weight (approximate)
7 835 kg 17 258 lb.
310SK TMC Weight (approximate)
9 014 kg 19 855 lb.
315K, 325K, 325SK, 410K Weight (approximate)
8 644 kg 19 043 lb.
410K TMC Weight (approximate)
9 304 kg 20 494 lb.
Engine Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
IMPORTANT: Never operate machine equipped with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) with front wheels (axle) on the ground, rear wheels (axle) off the ground, and transmission in fourth gear forward. Damage to the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) will occur. →NOTE: Have test equipment installed before warm-up. Cooling system is highly efficient and may require blocking air flow around the transmission cooling system to control temperature. [1] CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Raise machine off ground using loader and stabilizers until all tires are off the ground and block with hardwood timbers or appropriate floor stands. Item
Measurement
Specification
310SK
Weight (approximate)
7 835 kg 17 258 lb.
310SK TMC
Weight (approximate)
9 014 kg 19 588 lb.
315K, 325K, 325SK, 410K
Weight (approximate)
410K TMC
Weight (approximate)
8 644 kg 19 043 lb. 9 304 kg 20 494 lb.
[2] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - With park brake OFF, put transmission control lever (TCL) in third gear forward. [4] IMPORTANT: Do not stall converter for longer than 20 seconds or serious converter damage could result. Cycle engine at fast idle for 10 seconds with service brakes engaged and then at slow idle for 5 seconds with service brakes disengaged until desired temperature is reached. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
Transmission Oil
Temperature
Fast Idle 75—85°C 167—185°F
Transmission Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped For transmission oil sampling procedure, see Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped . (Group 9010-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission Overall Test Connections, Ports, and Locations
Power Shift Transmission LEGEND: 1 2 3 32
Output Yoke Hydraulic Pump Mounting Flange Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Output Shaft Transmission Oil Filter
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 98 99 100 103 104 105 106 107 108 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y10 Y11
Group 25: Tests
Brake Boost Return Pressure Port Brake Boost Pressure Port Torque Converter Inlet Pressure Test Port (2 used) Second Speed Clutch Orifice (K2) Third Speed Clutch Orifice (K3) Directional Clutch (KV, KR, K4) Differential Lock Pressure Port Park Brake Pressure Port Oil Sampling Port First Speed Clutch Orifice (K1) Temperature Sensor Port Transmission-to-Cooler Port Cooler-to-Transmission Port System Pressure Test Port Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Oil Drain Port Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) Transmission Forward Direction Solenoid Transmission Reverse Direction Solenoid Transmission Speed Solenoid 1 Transmission Speed Solenoid 2 Transmission Speed Solenoid 3 Transmission Speed Solenoid 4 Park Brake Release Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Solenoid
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Torque Converter Stall Speed Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Transmission Gear
Third Forward
Engine Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Torque Converter Stall Speed (engine 4045TT096)
2090—2170 rpm
Torque Converter Stall Speed (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
2100—2280 rpm
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic Stall Speed (engine 4045TT096)
1400—1730 rpm
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic Stall Speed (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
1460—1780 rpm
→NOTE: Air conditioner must be turned off during testing. Stall speeds will be too low giving false readings with air conditioner running.
Torque Converter Stall [1] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - Warm oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[3] IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to torque converter. Converter MUST NOT be stalled longer than 20 seconds. Return transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral position for 10 seconds before doing next stall test. Raise machine off ground. [4] - Apply service brakes and release park brake. [5] →NOTE: Number two (No. 2) fuel produces more power than number one (No. 1) fuel and will impact engine performance. Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken in and using No. 2 fuel. With service brakes engaged and transmission in third gear forward, cycle engine from slow idle to fast idle while reading rpm on monitor. Highest stabilized speed measured is torque converter stall speed. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission
Gear
Third Forward
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Torque Converter (engine 4045TT096)
Stall Speed
2090—2170 rpm
Torque Converter (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
Stall Speed
2100—2280 rpm
[6] - If torque converter stall speed is low, check for: Low oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Incorrect oil in machine. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Freewheel clutch malfunction in torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Low engine output. If torque converter stall speed is high, check for: Check specifications for oil temperature.Low system (pump) pressure in transmission. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Restricted suction screen. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) Torque converter malfunction. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) Transmission clutch pack malfunction. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.)
Combined Torque Converter Stall [1] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [2] - Warm oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[3] IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to torque converter. Converter MUST NOT be stalled longer than 20 seconds. Return transmission control lever (TCL) to neutral position for 10 seconds before doing next stall test. Raise rear of machine off ground. [4] - Apply service brakes and release park brake. [5] →NOTE: Number two (No. 2) fuel produces more power than number one (No. 1) fuel and will impact engine performance. Minimum engine speed listed is for an engine that is broken in and using No. 2 fuel. With service brakes engaged and transmission in third gear forward, cycle engine from slow idle to fast idle while reading rpm on monitor. Highest stabilized speed measured is torque converter stall speed. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission
Gear
Third Forward
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle Fast Idle
Torque Converter (engine 4045TT096)
Stall Speed
2090—2170 rpm
Torque Converter (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
Stall Speed
2100—2280 rpm
[6] - With service brakes engaged, transmission in third gear forward, and engine speed at fast idle, hold loader bucket dump over relief while raising loader boom. [7] - Observe engine speed while boom is rising. Item
Measurement
Specification
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic (engine 4045TT096)
Stall Speed
1400—1730 rpm
Combined Torque Converter and Hydraulic (engines 4045HT054, 4045HT086)
Stall Speed
1460—1780 rpm
[8] - If torque converter stall speed is low, check for: Low oil level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Incorrect oil in machine. See Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Low engine output. See Intake Manifold Pressure—Turbocharger Boost . (Group 9010-25.) Failed power limiting valve solenoid. Failed freewheel clutch in torque converter. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) If torque converter stall speed is high, check for: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Specifications for oil temperature.Low system (pump) pressure in transmission. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Restricted suction screen. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.) Torque converter failed. See Torque Converter Remove and Install . (Group 0651.) Failed transmission clutch pack. See Clutch Packs Remove . (Group 0350.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
2250—2300 rpm
Torque Converter-In Relief Valve Pressure
450—650 kPa 4.5—6.5 bar 65—94 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Quick Coupler (9/16-18 ORB) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
[1] - Park machine on level surface. [2] - Turn park brake ON. [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Torque Converter Pressure Port LEGEND: 86 Torque Converter Pressure Port Install quick coupler to torque converter pressure port (86). Quick Coupler (9/16-18 ORB) Used to connect digital pressure / temperature analyzer. [4] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Place transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engine throttle at slow idle. [6] - Slowly increase engine speed to 2000 rpm and record pressure with cold oil. [7] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [8] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[9] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engine throttle at slow idle. [10] - Record pressure at slow idle with warm oil. [11] - Slowly increase engine speed to 2000 rpm and record pressure with warm oil. [12] - Slowly increase engine speed to fast idle and record pressure with warm oil. [13] - Slowly increase engine speed until maximum pressure is reached on gauge. [14] - Recorded pressures with warm oil at 2000 rpm should be lower than recorded pressures at 2000 rpm with cold oil. Similarly, recorded pressures at slow idle with warm oil should be lower than recorded pressures at 2000 rpm with warm oil. If either condition is not true, check for blockage in cooling circuit, either in lines to and from cooler or in cooler. Back flush using an oil filter caddy. Replace cooler if necessary. [15] - If pressure at 2000 rpm is higher than specification or pressure under any warm oil condition exceeds 13.0 bar (1300 kPa) (189 psi), remove transmission and relief valve. Disassemble, clean and inspect relief valve. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2000 rpm
Torque Converter-In Relief Valve
Pressure
400—750 kPa 4.0—7.5 bar 58—109 psi
[16] - If pressure at 2000 rpm is lower than specification, check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25). [17] - If transmission pump flow is okay, check pressure drop across the cooler. See Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25). If pressure drop across the cooler is low, remove transmission and relief valve. Check for weak or broken spring and scored or sticking valve. [18] - If relief valve looks okay, look for internal leak downstream of transmission filter outlet. If no internal leak is identified, a problem with internal cooler restriction is indicated and the cooler should be replaced. [19] - Install relief valve and transmission. Check relief valve after repair.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Power Boost Service Brake Valve Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 689 kPa 7 bar 100 psi
Brake Valve Pressure Drop (in 30 seconds time with brake applied)
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Swivel Run Tee (-6 M x -6 M x -6 F ORFS) Quick Coupler (-6 F) JT02158 Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Nut (-6 ORFS) (2 used) Plug (-6 ORFS) (2 used)
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) [2] - Stop engine. [3] - Push left and right brake pedals individually. If either pedal settles, leakage is indicated in final drive brake piston or brake valve reservoir. [4] -
Service Brake Line LEGEND: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
73 Rear Axle 77 Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line Disconnect service brake valve-to-service brake line (77) from brake pressure port in rear axle (73). [5] LEGEND: 1 Quick Coupler 2 Swivel Run Tee Fitting 3 JT02161 Transducer 77 Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line
Pressure Test Port (rear axle, left side) Install swivel run tee fitting (2) and quick coupler (1) to open pressure port as shown. Swivel Run Tee (—6 M x —6 M x —6 F ORFS) Used to connect park brake line and quick coupler. [6] - Connect service brake valve-to-service brake line to tee fitting. Quick Coupler (—6 F) Used to connect digital pressure and temperature analyzer. [7] - Install JT02161 Transducer (3) and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure / Temperature Analyzer JT02156A Used to measure pressure. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [8] - Remove air in brake line after all test connections are completed. See Service Brake Bleed Procedure . (Group 9020-20.) [9] - Push brake pedal down and block in place when gauge reads 500 psi. [10] - Monitor gauge. If pressure drops more than specified pressure in 30 seconds time, excessive leakage is indicated. Item
Measurement
Specification
Brake Valve
Pressure Drop (in 30 seconds time with brake applied)
689 kPa 7 bar 100 psi
→NOTE: When pedals are released, pressure should be zero. [11] - To isolate leakage, cap brake pressure hose. —6 Nut (2 Used) To cap disconnected line. —6 Plug (2 Used) To cap disconnected line. [12] - If leakage continues in either side but with one side applied only, check the following: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Tip valve is leaking and allowing a slow leak back to brake reservoir. Check for free operation. Replace valve if necessary. Equalization spool O-ring is allowing leakage to either right or left side return circuit. Replace O-ring if necessary. Brake piston spool seal is allowing leakage back to transmission circuit. Replace seal if necessary. See Power Boost Service Brake Valve Operation . (Group 9020-05.) [13] - No pressure drop indicates leakage at piston seals in axle housing. See Service Brake Operation . (Group 9020-05.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Park Brake Release Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Park Brake Release Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 246—290 psi
Park Brake Applied Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS AT202955 Quick Coupler -10 x 1 ORB (or equivalent) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
LEGEND: 72 73 B13
Park Brake Housing Rear Axle Park Brake Pressure Switch
Park Brake Release Pressure Port [1] - Remove park brake pressure switch (B13) from park brake housing (72). See Transmission Harness (W13) Component Location . (Group 9015-10.) [2] - Install AT202955 Quick Coupler (or equivalent) to park brake pressure port. AT202955 Quick Coupler -10 x 1 ORB (or equivalent) Used to connect digital pressure / temperature analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure And Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[6] - Run engine at specification. Record pressure with machine in the following state: Park brake off Transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral Mechanical four wheel drive (MFWD) engaged Differential lock disengaged. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Park Brake
Release Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 246—290 psi
[7] - Record pressure with park brake switch ON. Pressure should be zero. Item
Measurement
Specification
Park Brake Applied
Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
[8] - If park brake pressure is not to specification, check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) If system pressure is OK, but park brake pressure is low, leakage in park brake circuit is indicated. Check axle oil level. See Check Rear Axle Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) If oil level is high, park brake piston seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but park brake pressure is low, leakage is indicated in park brake solenoid or gasket.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission System Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
2000 rpm
Transmission System Pressure
2000—2100 kPa 20—21 bar 290—305 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Adapter (3/4 M x 3/4 M ORB) Quick Coupler (3/4 F ORFS) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
[1] - Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission System Pressure Port LEGEND: 97 System Pressure Test Port Install adapter and quick coupler to transmission system pressure port (97). Adapter (3/4 M x 3/4 M ORB) Used to connect quick coupler. Quick Coupler (3/4 F ORFS) Used to connect digital pressure / temperature analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
[4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
. [6] - With transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, run engine at specification and record pressure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2000 rpm
Transmission System
Pressure
2000—2100 kPa 20—21 bar 290—305 psi
[7] - If not within specification, check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Clutch Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Direction and Speed Clutch Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 232—276 psi
Clutch Disconnect Activated Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Quick Coupler (M10 x 1) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi)
[1] - Remove floor panel in cab or ROPS. [2] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Clutch Pressure Test Ports LEGEND: 93 First Speed Clutch Orifice/Pressure Test Port (alternate) 103 Low Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (KV) 104 Third Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K3) 105 Second Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K2) 106 First Speed Clutch Pressure Test Port (K1) 107 High Range Forward Clutch Pressure Test Port (K4) 108 Reverse Clutch Pressure Test Port (KR) 109 Low Range Forward Pressure Test Port (alternate) (KV) Install quick coupler to appropriate port (93, 103-109). Quick Coupler (M10 x 1) Used to connect digital pressure and temperature analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT0158 <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[6] →NOTE: All clutch pressures may not be the same due to internal leakage. All clutch pressures should be in the specified range. Raise machine off the ground. With engine speed at specification, park brake OFF, and transmission control lever in forward or reverse, record pressure in all speed ranges. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Direction and Speed Clutches
Pressure
1700—2000 kPa 17—20 bar 232—276 psi
Low pressure in 1F and 2F indicates a leakage in low range forward (KV) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 3F, 4F, and 5F indicates a leakage in high range forward (K4) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 1R, 2R, and 3R indicates a leakage in reverse (KR) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 1F, 3F, and 1R indicates a leakage in first speed (K1) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 2F, 4F, 5F, and 2R indicates a leakage in second speed (K2) clutch circuit. Low pressure in 5F and 3R indicates a leakage in third speed (K3) clutch circuit. Low pressure in any other combination indicates low system pressure or between circuit leakage. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) [7] - When clutch disconnect is activated, pressure should be zero. Item
Measurement
Specification
Clutch Disconnect Activated
Pressure
0 kPa 0 bar 0 psi
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Differential Lock Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Differential Lock Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT0158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Swivel Run Tee (-6 M x -6 M x -6 F) Quick Coupler (-6 F)
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Remove floor panel or ROPS. [3] -
Differential Lock Pressure Test LEGEND: 90 Differential Lock Pressure Port Connect swivel run tee and quick coupler to differential lock pressure port (90). Swivel Run Tee (—6 M x —6 M x —6 F) Used to connect the gauge. Quick Coupler (—6 F) Used to connect the gauge. [4] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer JT0156A Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [5] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[7] - Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) and park brake. [8] →NOTE: The DIFF LOCK SPEED LIMIT option must be disabled OFF to allow for differential lock function to operate above 1000 rpm. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu . (Operator’s Manual.) Increase engine speed to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
→NOTE: When differential lock pedal switch is released, pressure should be zero. [9] - Record pressure reading with differential lock pedal switch pressed down. Item
Measurement
Specification
Differential Lock
Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
[10] - If differential pressure is low: Verify differential lock speed option in monitor is turned off. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu . (Operator’s Manual.) Check axle oil level. See Check Rear Axle Oil Level . (Operator’s Manual.) If oil level is too high seals may be leaking. If axle oil level is OK, but differential lock pressure is low, leakage is indicated in transmission control valve, differential lock solenoid, or gasket. Check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) If pressure is OK, but differential lock pressure is low, it indicates a leak in the circuit. See Rear Axle Remove and Install . (Group 0250.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Quick Coupler (M10 x 1.0)
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] -
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test LEGEND: 99 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Pressure Test Port Install quick coupler to mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) pressure test port (99). Quick Coupler (M10 x 1.0) Used to connect the Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer. [3] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and transmission oil temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [4] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
(Group 9015-16.) [5] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[6] - Increase engine speed to specification and record pressure reading with machine in the following state: MFWD engaged Park brake engaged Differential lock disengaged Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1475—1525 rpm
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Pressure
1650—2050 kPa 16.5—20.5 bar 239—297 psi
[7] - If pressure is low, check transmission system pressure. See Transmission System Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) If system pressure is correct, leakage in MFWD circuit is indicated. Possible locations include the delivery tube (inside case), the MFWD piston seal, or the MFWD solenoid.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hose Diameter
25.4 mm 1 in.
Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
1500 rpm
Transmission Cooler In Pressure
124—165 kPa 1.24—1.65 bar 18—24 psi
Transmission Cooler Pressure Differential (drop)
55—83 kPa 0.55—0.83 bar 8—12 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Tee (-12 F x -12 F x -12 F) Adapter (-12 M x -6 F ORFS) Quick Coupler (-6 M) Nipple (-12 M) JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02161 Transducer 3450 kPa (34.5 bar) (500 psi) Test Hose 1 in. (cut to length as required) (2 used)
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Remove floor panel in cab. [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission Cooler LEGEND: 1 Transmission Cooler-to-Transmission Line 2 Transmission-to-Transmission Cooler Line 39 Transmission Oil Cooler Disconnect transmission cooler lines (1 and 2) from transmission oil cooler (39). [4] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
LEGEND: 1 2 3
Quick Coupler Fitting Tee
Transmission Cooler Test Connection Connect tees and quick couplers to transmission cooler lines. Tee (—12 F x —12 F x —12 F) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. Adapter (—12 M x —6 F ORFS) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. Quick Coupler (—6 M) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. Nipple (—12 M) Used to connect JT02156A digital pressure and temperature analyzer. [5] - Connect test hoses to tees and transmission oil cooler. Test Hose Used to make test connections. [6] - Install JT02161 Transducer and JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick couplers. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 Used to measure pressure and temperature. Transducer JT02161 Used to measure pressure. [7] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [8] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[9] →NOTE: Pressure specifications should be the same in all gears. With transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, operate machine to specifications and record pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
1500 rpm
Transmission Cooler In
Pressure
124—165 kPa 1.24—1.65 bar 18—24 psi
[10] - Check transmission cooler out pressure and record. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Cooler
Pressure Differential (drop)
55—83 kPa 0.55—0.83 bar 8—12 psi
[11] - If cooler pressure differential is above specification, inspect cooler hoses and cooler for damage. If no damage is found, clean cooler using oil filter caddy. See General Oil Cleanup Procedure . (Group 2160.) [12] - If cooler pressures are low, possible locations include: Transmission control solenoid. Check solenoids. See Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test . (Group 9020-25.) Pump problems. Check transmission pump flow. See Transmission Pump Flow Test . (Group 9020-25.) Pump stop sleeve may be blocking flow to torque converter, or torque converter may be plugged. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Solenoid Circuit Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature at Sump
75—85°C 167—185°F
315SK Weight (approximate)
8595 kg 18 938 lb.
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
If cooler pressures are low from the cooler in and cooler out pressure test, perform the following test: [1] - Install test equipment. See Cooler In and Cooler Out Pressure Test . (Group 9020-25.) [2] - View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [3] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature at Sump
75—85°C 167—185°F
[4] CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Raise and support machine so all drive wheels are off the ground. Item
Measurement
Specification
315SK
Weight (approximate)
8595 kg 18 938 lb.
[5] - With transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral, operate engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[6] - Operate machine and record pressure and flow for each of the following items: Forward, reverse, neutral, and speed clutches. Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) Differential Lock Park Brake There should be a momentary fluctuation in pressure and flow if circuit is normal. If cooler pressure and flow (in and out) remains down, this indicates a leakage in that circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Transmission Pump Flow Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Transmission Oil Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
Engine Speed
2000 rpm
Transmission Pump Flow
40.0 L/min 10.6 gpm
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG596A Filter Adapter JT07148 Flow meter
[1] - Prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Check Transmission Oil Level. See Check Transmission Oil Level . (Operator’s Manual.) [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9020 - POWER TRAIN
Group 25: Tests
Test Connections LEGEND: 1 JDG596A Filter Adapter 2 Test Hose (to flow meter inlet) 3 Test Hose (from flow meter outlet) 4 JT07148 Flow meter Install JDG596A Filter Adapter (1) to transmission oil filter mount. Filter Adapter JDG596A Used to isolate transmission pump flow. [4] - Install JT07148 Flow meter (4) to JDG596A Filter Adapter (1) using test hoses (2, 3). Flowmeter JT07148 Used to measure flow. [5] <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9020 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine, check that flow meter loading valve is open. Starting engine with loading valve closed will damage transmission pump. View transmission oil temperature on standard display monitor (SDM). See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) [6] - Warm transmission oil to specification. See Transmission Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9020-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Oil
Temperature
75—85°C 167—185°F
[7] - Run engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2000 rpm
[8] - Measure transmission pump flow. Compare reading to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Transmission Pump
Flow
40.0 L/min 10.6 gpm
[9] - Low transmission pump flow can be caused by: Cold transmission oil. Plugged intake tube. Air leak in pump suction tube. Pump mounting cap screws loose. Worn transmission pump.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 Hydraulic System Operation ................................................................................................................. 1 Hydraulic Pump Operation .................................................................................................................... 2 Unloading Valve Operation ................................................................................................................... 4 Hydraulic Filter Operation ..................................................................................................................... 8 Steering Valve Operation ................................................................................................................... 12 Ride Control Operation—If Equipped .................................................................................................. 16 System Relief Valve Operation ........................................................................................................... 17 Circuit Relief Valve without Anticavitation—Loader and Backhoe ...................................................... 18 Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower .............................................. 20 Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump .................. 21 Backhoe Control Valve Operation ....................................................................................................... 22 Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped ......................................................................................... 38 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Operation—If Equipped ........................................................... 40 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Operation ................................................................................... 42 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve—(S.N. —232969) ................................................................................. 55 Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve Operation—(S.N. 235590— ) ..................................... 56 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ...................................................................................................... 58 Hydraulic System Schematic .............................................................................................................. 58 Hydraulic System Component Location .............................................................................................. 67 Slow Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 77 No Steering Hydraulics, Loader Hydraulics OK ................................................................................... 77 Hard Steering, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 77 Steering Valve Does Not Return to Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................... 78 No Response When Steering Wheel is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ............. 80 Machine Turns in Opposite Direction Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 81 Excessive Vibration of the Steering Wheel Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................... 81 Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 81 Steering Wheel Kickback Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 82 Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine Diagnostic Procedure .......................................... 82 Erratic (‘Spongy”) Steering Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. 83 Steering Wheel "Locks" Up Diagnostic Procedure .............................................................................. 83 Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................................................... 84 Steering Wheel or Front Wheels Slowly Turn by Themselves When Using Backhoe or Loader Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................................................... 84 Steering Wheel Turns Apply Rear Axle Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure .................................... 85 Steering Wheel Turns Freely With No Resistance or Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 85 Steering Wheel Turns With Slight Resistance and No Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 86 Wander—Machine Will Not Stay in a Straight Line Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 86 No Loader or Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 87 No Loader Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................................................... 87 Low Loader Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................ 88 Low Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ........................................................................................ 89 Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Loader Operation Diagnostic Procedure ................................ 90 Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Backhoe Operation Diagnostic Procedure .............................. 90 Slow Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 92 Backhoe Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 94 <- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Loader Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................... 96 No Backhoe Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................. 98 No Loader Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................. 100 Slow Loader and Backhoe Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................ 102 Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 104 Hydraulic Function Makes "Chattering" Noise Diagnostic Procedure ................................................ 106 Functions Drift Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................................................... 108 Control Valve Sticks or Works Hard Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................... 109 Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................. 111 Foaming Oil Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................................................... 113 Hydraulic Pump Leaking Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................ 113 Excessive Pump Noise Diagnostic Procedure ................................................................................... 115 Group 20 - Adjustments ...................................................................................................................... 117 Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment ................................................... 117 Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Adjustment—If Equipped ...................................................... 118 Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment .................................................................................................... 120 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure ........................................ 122 Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-To-Dig Switch Adjustment ................................... 123 Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment ........................................................................................... 126 Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure ................................................................................... 129 Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure ......................................................................... 131 Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure .................................................... 132 Group 25 - Tests ................................................................................................................................... 133 JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation .............................................. 133 Hydraulic Oil Warm-up Procedure .................................................................................................... 134 Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ............................................................................................ 135 Hydraulic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped ............................................................................... 138 Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release ................................................................................................... 139 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test ................................................................................................................ 141 System Relief Valve Pressure Test ................................................................................................... 144 Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve Pressure Test ..................................................................... 148 Pilot Control Pressure Test ................................................................................................................ 149 Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test .............................................................................. 150 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test ................................................................................................ 152 Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump .................................................................................. 154 Steering System Leakage Test ......................................................................................................... 158 Steering Cylinder Leakage Test ........................................................................................................ 160 Function Drift Test ............................................................................................................................ 162 Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test ...................................................................................................... 169 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test .............................................................. 172 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Leakage Test—(S.N. —232969) ......................................................... 174
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation Hydraulic System Operation See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) See Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) This machine has an open-center hydraulic system. The hydraulic pump is a tandem gear pump with an unloading valve. The main hydraulic pump is a fixed displacement gear pump. The auxiliary pump is a smaller fixed displacement pump that is driven from the rear of the main pump. An unloading valve housing for the auxiliary pump is located between the pump units. In an open-center system, the control valve spool is open in the center to allow pump flow to pass through the valve. See Hydraulic Pump Operation . (Group 9025-05.) See Unloading Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Loader and stabilizer functions are mechanically controlled in the loader and stabilizer control valve. Loader auxiliary function is mechanically or electrohydraulically controlled. Backhoe functions are mechanically or pilot operated by the backhoe control valve. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) See Backhoe Control Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) The pilot control system includes two pilot controls and a pilot enable and pattern select (PEPS) manifold. System pressure is reduced to pilot pressure through the pilot pressure reducing valve. With pilot enable solenoid energized, regulated pressure flows to pilot control levers in the cab. When a function is activated, pilot oil flows to pilot cap of control valve to shift the spool. The pattern select valve switches (if equipped) the controls of backhoe control valve boom and crowd functions for operator preference. See Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) The circuit relief valves are used to protect components from damage caused by high pressure created by external forces. Relief valves allow a secondary path for high pressure oil to bypass components. Circuit relief valves are present in the loader and stabilizer control valve and in the backhoe control valve. The backhoe control valve includes a system relief valve to relieve pressure across the entire control valve. See System Relief Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) See Circuit Relief Valve without Anticavitation—Loader and Backhoe , see Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower , and see Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump . (Group 9025-05.) Backhoe priority valve supplies oil to the steering valve. When the steering valve is in neutral no oil is flowing through it. See Steering Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Ride control operation (if equipped) allows the boom cylinders oil drain to the reservoir allowing a more comfortable ride. See Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.) The return oil from the control valves, flows to the hydraulic oil filter, then to the hydraulic oil cooler, before returning to the reservoir. The hydraulic oil cooler may be bypassed through the oil cooler bypass if oil cooler is blocked or oil is cold. The oil cooler is an oil-to-water exchanger. See Hydraulic Filter Operation . (Group 9025-05.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Pump Operation
Hydraulic Pump Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Pump Inlet Check Valve Unloading Valve Housing Main Pump Outlet Port Section 9025 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 6 7 113 212 213 214 215 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve Solenoid Inlet Passage Relief Valve Adjustment Screw Hydraulic Pump Auxiliary Pump Auxiliary Pump Test Port Unloading Valve Spool Unloading Valve Relief Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil
The main hydraulic pump (113) is a fixed displacement gear-type pump. The auxiliary pump (212) is a smaller fixed displacement pump that is driven from the rear of the main hydraulic pump (113). An unloading valve housing (5) for the auxiliary pump (212) is located between the pump units. The entire pump assembly is mounted on the rear of the transmission and is driven at engine speed by the transmission input shaft. Oil is drawn from the hydraulic reservoir into a common pump inlet (1) located in the unloading valve housing (3). Flow from the main pump outlet port (4) is routed to the priority valve inlet on backhoe control valve. If the backhoe control valve is not being used, oil flows on to the loader and stabilizer control valve. A system relief valve is located at the priority valve and protects the main hydraulic pump (113) during both lower pressure loader operation and higher pressure backhoe operation. Oil flow from the auxiliary pump (212) is routed within the unloading valve housing (3) to either the main pump outlet port (4) or returns through the inlet passage (6) to the pump inlet (1) depending upon the position of the seat. During loader or transport operation with seat forward, the unloading valve solenoid (7) is energized and remains open. Consequently, auxiliary pump flow returns back to inlet through the unloading valve spool (214) which reduces hydraulic load requirement on engine. When the seat is in the backward position, the unloading valve solenoid (5) is de-energized and the unloading valve spool (214) blocks auxiliary pump flow from returning to pump inlet (1). Therefore, auxiliary pump supplemental oil is provided for backhoe operation only. As backhoe operating pressure increases, the relief valve (215) senses the pressure increase and opens to allow auxiliary pump flow to return to pump inlet (1) through the unloading valve spool (214). Since the specified pressure adjustment for the unloading valve spool (214) to open is below backhoe system relief, the power demanded from the engine to operate the auxiliary pump (212) is reduced. A one way check valve (2) within the unloading valve housing (3) prevents backflow of oil from backhoe control valve during high pressure backhoe operation. The external relief valve adjusting screw (7) is used to control the opening of the unloading valve spool (214). Pressure can be checked at the test port (213) located on the auxiliary pump (212) housing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve Operation Unloading Valve—Backhoe Operation
Unloading Operation LEGEND: 1 <- Go to Section TOC
Main Pump Flow Section 9025 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
2 3 4 5 6 214 215 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Check Valve Pressure Sensing Orifice Solenoid Valve Pump Inlet Auxiliary Pump Flow Unloading Valve Spool Unloading Valve Relief Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil
Oil flow from the auxiliary pump is controlled by the unloading valve during different type of operating conditions. Key elements involved include solenoid valve (4), unloading valve relief valve (215), unloading valve spool (214), pressure sensing orifice (3) and check valve (2). During loader operation, auxiliary pump oil flow is returned to main pump inlet through the unloading valve spool (214). The operator′s seat has to be in the backhoe position, the solenoid valve (4) is de-energized and blocks oil that flows through the pressure sensing orifice (3) to pump inlet passage. Consequently, system operating pressure up to the relief valve setting is trapped between the spring end of unloading valve spool (214), solenoid valve (4), and unloading valve relief valve (215). Since the same pressure exists on both ends of the spool, spring force holds the unloading spool to the right. In this position, the spool blocks pump outlet passage (6) from the passage which is connected to pump inlet (5). During this condition, auxiliary pump flow is routed past the one-way check valve (2) to supplemental main pump flow (1) during backhoe operation. As operating pressure increases above the relief valve setting, the unloading valve relief valve (215) opens and trapped oil after the orifice (3) flows to the pump inlet. Since a pressure drop occurs after the orifice restriction (3), the pressure on the spring end of the unloading valve spool is lower than the pressure on back side of spool before the orifice. Higher pressure overcomes spring force and moves the unloading valve spool (214) left to open position which allows the return of auxiliary pump flow back to pump inlet. Check valve (2) closes to prevent backhoe pressure from unloading the auxiliary pump oil to pump inlet. The relief valve adjusting screw is used to regulate the pressure which allows auxiliary pump flow to be routed back to pump inlet.
Unloading Valve—Loader Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Main Pump Flow Check Valve Pressure Sensing Orifice Solenoid Valve Main Pump Inlet Auxiliary Pump Flow Section 9025 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
214 215 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Unloading Valve Spool Unloading Valve Relief Valve High Pressure Oil Return Inlet Oil
With the operator′s seat in the forward position, the solenoid valve (4) is energized and opens a path to main pump inlet for oil between unloading valve spool (214) and unloading valve relief valve (215). Since pressure increase is prevented from occurring on the spring end of the unloading valve spool (214), a pressure imbalance is created which forces the spool left against the spring. When the spool is held in the open position, auxiliary pump flow (6) returns back to main pump inlet (5). Power requirement from the engine is reduced to operate loader operating condition because auxiliary pump flow is routed back to main pump inlet. System operating pressure is not affected by operation of the unloading spool.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Filter Operation Normal Operation
Normal Operation LEGEND: 1 <- Go to Section TOC
Inlet (from backhoe and loader valves) Section 9025 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
2 Auxiliary Port (for oil sampling option) 3 Outlet Return to Hydraulic Cooler 4 Outlet Return to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 5 Filter Element 7 Filter Bypass Valve 118 Hydraulic Oil Filter 604 Return Oil B12 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch The hydraulic oil filter element (5) removes contaminants from hydraulic system return oil (604). Filter base (118) contains a hydraulic filter bypass valve (7), hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) and an auxiliary port (2) for oil sampling option. Return oil flows from the loader and stabilizer control valve and backhoe control valve into inlet port (1). In normal operation, oil flows through filter element (5) and out through the auxiliary outlet to hydraulic cooler or out through main outlet to hydraulic reservoir. Pressure on inlet side of filter element is sensed on left side of bypass valve. Any pressure at filter outlets (3 and 4) due to line restriction is sensed on spring side of bypass valve. In normal operation, pressure in outlet passage and the bypass spring hold the bypass valve closed.
Restricted Operation
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Restricted Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Inlet (from backhoe and loader valves) Auxiliary Port (for oil sampling option) Outlet Return to Hydraulic Cooler Outlet Return to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Oil Filter Element Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve Section 9025 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
118 604 602 B12
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Hydraulic Oil Filter Base Return Oil Low Pressure Oil Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
As filter element (5) starts to plug or when oil is cold, pressure at the filter inlet increases. When the filter becomes restricted to the point where pressure at filter inlet increases enough to overcome outlet pressure plus a set spring force, bypass valve (7) opens allowing unfiltered oil to flow to the reservoir. The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B12) works on the same principle as hydraulic oil filter bypass valve. High pressure oil is sensed through the high pressure passage. Restricted oil caused by a clogged filter or cold oil will create higher oil pressure on the inlet side. When this inlet pressure overcomes outlet pressure, plus a set spring force in the hydraulic oil filter restriction switch, the piston opens up (closes) providing a ground for the filter restriction indicator. The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch will cause the filter restriction indicator light to illuminate. The indicator switch is set to close at 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi) before the hydraulic oil filter bypass valve opens allowing operator to perform maintenance on the hydraulic system before unclean oil passes through oil system. Under normal operation, the restriction indicator light will glow when operating hydraulic functions with cold oil. If restriction indicator light continues to glow after the oil reaches operating temperature, the return filter is being bypassed. Extended operation in bypass mode will cause damage to hydraulic system.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve Operation
Steering Valve (neutral) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 124 125 218 219 602 604 606 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly Low Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil
The steering valve (124) is essentially a closed-center valve. The steering valve and priority valve provide a smooth pressure compensated steering system. When steering valve is in neutral, there is no oil flowing through it except neutral leakage from priority valve. Neutral leakage is used for lubrication and cooling steering valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve (right turn) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 124 125 218 219 600 604 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly High Pressure Oil Return Oil Load Sense Oil
A right turn on steering wheel activates steering valve gerotor gear assembly (219) to pump metered high pressure oil (600) to rod end of steering cylinder (125). Return oil (604) from steering cylinder flows through steering valve and back to hydraulic oil filter.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve (left turn) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 124 125 218 219 600 604 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly High Pressure Oil Return Oil Load Sense Oil
A left turn on steering wheel actuates steering valve gerotor gear assembly (219) to pump metered high pressure oil (600) to head end of steering cylinder (125). Return oil (604) from steering cylinder flows through steering valve and back to the hydraulic oil filter.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Steering Valve (secondary steer) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 6 7 124 125 218 219 600 603 604 606 614
Port T Port L Port R Port P Check Valve Pin Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Steering Valve Control Spool Steering Valve Gerotor Gear Assembly High Pressure Oil Lubrication Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil
If there is no power to supply high pressure oil to the steering valve, machine can be turned manually. When steering wheel is turned, steering valve control spool will come into contact with pin (7). The pin then will provide a direct mechanical connection to steering valve gerotor gear assembly (219). As gerotor is turned, it pumps hydraulic oil to steering cylinder. Return oil (604) from cylinder is drawn through a check valve (6) between port P (4) and port T (1) to provide oil for secondary manual steering operation. Makeup oil is drawn from hydraulic reservoir through return line of steering valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped
Ride Control Solenoid LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 204 205 604 606
To Left Boom Cylinder Head End To Left Boom Cylinder Rod End To Right Boom Cylinder Head End To Right Boom Cylinder Rod End To Accumulator To Reservoir To Boom Cylinder Rod End (2 used) To Boom Cylinder Head End (2 used) Solenoid (2 used) Check Valve Poppet Ride Control Valve Ride Control Accumulator Return Oil Trapped Oil
When traveling over rough terrain at high speeds with loaded or empty bucket, machine develops a rocking motion, which is common to loaders. Ride control allows oil from head end of loader boom cylinders to travel in and out of ride control accumulator. Ride control allows rod end of boom cylinder to be connected to reservoir, which prevents cylinder cavitation. This provides a cushioning effect, reducing rocking motion and improving machine ride. When ride control is OFF, machine is in normal operating mode. In this mode, both ride control solenoids are de-energized. One solenoid (9) blocks rod end oil of right and left boom cylinders from returning to hydraulic reservoir. The other solenoid blocks head end oil of boom cylinders from accumulator. When ride control is ON, both ride control solenoids are energized connecting head end oil of loader boom cylinders to accumulator and rod end of cylinders to reservoir. Pressure spikes from head ends of boom cylinders flow into accumulator where they are absorbed. The rod end of boom cylinders are open to bidirectional free oil flow to reservoir. As loader boom is raised, accumulator is charged with system oil through ride control valve, equalizing cylinder head end pressure and accumulator pressure. Boom cylinder rod end hoses are connected directly to reservoir. Because of this, power boom down function will not operate. Boom will lower because of boom weight and gravity. Ride control can be engaged during bucket loading, but must be turned off if power down operation is desired.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
System Relief Valve Operation
System Relief Valve LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 600 604
Valve Body Lock Nut Adjusting Screw Valve Poppet Flat Washer O-Ring (3 used) Seal Spring Backup Ring Valve Plug High-Pressure Oil Return Oil
The system relief valve is used in the backhoe control valve. The relief is direct acting, screw adjustable, and does not have anticavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by loosening the lock nut (2) and adjusting screw (3). Turning the screw in increases pressure setting. In relief operation, high-pressure oil (600) overcomes valve poppet (4) and oil flows from the pressurized port to tank.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve without Anticavitation—Loader and Backhoe
22.35 mm (0.88 in.) Port Size shown LEGEND: 1 2 600 604
Main Poppet Adjustment Screw High Pressure Oil Return Oil
The 22.35 mm (0.88 in.) port size metal to metal seal relief without anticavitation is used on backhoe control valve crowd out function.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
26 mm (1.06 in.) Port Size Shown LEGEND: 1 2 600 604
Main Poppet Adjustment Screw High Pressure Oil Return Oil
The 26 mm (1.06 in.) port size O-ring seal relief is used on backhoe control valve boom up, crowd in, bucket curl, and bucket dump. It is also used on loader control valve boom up and bucket curl. These reliefs are direct acting, screw adjustable, and do not have anticavitation operation. The pressure set point is adjustable by turning the adjustment screw at the end of the relief. Turning the screw in increases the pressure setting. In relief operation, high pressure oil (600) overcomes the main poppet (1) and oil flows from the pressurized port to tank.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Swing, Boom Lower LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 600 604
Anticavitation Poppet Cavity Relief Poppet Orifice High Pressure Oil Return Oil
This relief valve is direct acting and has anticavitation operation. During normal operation, pressure oil less than the relief valve setting flows through orifice (4) into cavity (2). At this time, the oil pressure is equal at both sides of main relief poppet (3) and anticavitation poppet (1). Because the effective area of the poppets at cavity (2) side is greater than the work port side, the surface area effect and spring tension will hold both poppets in the closed position. During relief operation, pressure oil overcomes relief poppet (3) pressure setting and opens a path to return. During anticavitation operation, the pressure in the work port is less than pressure in the return port. The pressure difference pushes the anticavitation poppet (1) off its seat allowing oil to flow from return port to work port to prevent cavitation.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump
Circuit Relief Valve with Anticavitation—Backhoe Bucket Curl and Loader Bucket Dump LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 600 604
Orifice Main Poppet Anticavitation Poppet Oil Cavity Anticavitation Spring Pilot Spring Pilot Poppet Main Spring Relief Body Piston High Pressure Oil Return Oil
This pilot operated and screw adjustable relief valve has anticavitation operation. The relief valve setting is controlled by the pilot spring (6) load holding the pilot poppet (7) on its seat. This setting is adjustable by turning the adjustment cap at the relief valve. During normal operation, pressure oil less than relief valve setting, flows through orifice (1) into oil cavity (4). At this time, oil pressure is equal at both sides of main poppet (2) and anticavitation poppet (3). Because the surface area of the poppets is greater at the oil cavity side than the work port side, the effective area and spring tension will hold both poppets in the closed position. During relief operation, pressure oil pushes pilot poppet off its seat allowing oil to flow from the pressurized port through orifice, into oil cavity, past the pilot poppet, and then to tank through a path between relief body (9) and anticavitation poppet. When the pilot poppet is unseated, a pressure drop is produced in the oil cavity. The pressure drop creates a pressure differential across the piston (10), causing the piston to move against the main spring (8) until the piston seats against the pilot poppet. When this happens, orifice (1) is closed off which further reduces the pressure in the oil cavity. When the pressure differential is large enough to overcome the surface area effect and spring tension, the main poppet will move off its seat and allow oil from the work port to flow to the return port. During anticavitation operation, the pressure in the work port and the oil cavity is less than pressure in the return port. The pressure difference pushes the anticavitation poppet off its seat, allowing oil to flow from return port to work port to prevent cavitation. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Operation Inlet Section
Backhoe Control Valve Inlet Section LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 113 150 152 221 600 604 <- Go to Section TOC
To Steering Valve From Steering Valve To Backhoe Control Valve Sections From Backhoe Control Valve Sections To Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Pump System Relief Valve Priority Spool Inlet Section High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Section 9025 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
614
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Load Sense Oil
The inlet section (221) of backhoe control valve provides a means of connecting backhoe control valve to hydraulic pump (113). Pump output is routed through priority spool (152). The priority spool senses load sense oil (614) from steering valve and attachment coupler (if equipped). The priority valve maintains priority oil to steering valve. When engine is stopped, priority spool (152) is pushed left by a bias spring restricting oil to backhoe, stabilizer, and loader functions by opening steering supply port. When machine is first started, almost all pump flow is routed to steering valve through steering supply port. The steering valve blocks flow except for a small amount of flow to backhoe control valve through an orifice in priority valve. With flow blocked, pressure increases in steering line between priority valve and orifices in and near steering valve spool. This causes priority spool (152) to shift right against the bias spring and limits the flow to steering supply port by closing the priority metering holes. This also opens pressure inlet port to backhoe, stabilizer, and loader functions. As long as the steering valve is in neutral, limited flow is allowed to pass through the metering holes to maintain steering pressure at the steering supply port that keeps the spool shifted to the right and balanced against the bias spring. If the pump is unable to supply adequate flow to maintain steering pressure at steering supply port during use of any hydraulic functions, priority spool (152) will shift left and restrict flow to backhoe, stabilizer, and loader functions until steering supply pressure is satisfied. System relief valve (150) for backhoe functions is located in the priority valve section. The function of the relief is to regulate system (pump) pressure for backhoe functions.
Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section (solenoid energized) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 <- Go to Section TOC
Flow Adjustment Control Spring Restrictor Check Orifice Controlled Flow Port Controlled Flow Passage Orifice Metering Notches Supply from Inlet Section Passage Return Passage Spool End Cavity Bias Spring Orifice To Downstream Backhoe Functions Metering Hole (6 used) Section 9025 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
19 20 21 154 222 229 600 601 604 Y53
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool End Cavity Control Orifice Flow Adjuster Screw Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Auxiliary Selective Flow Section (if equipped) Auxiliary Selective Flow Relief Valve (no anticavitation) High-Pressure Oil Medium-Pressure Oil Return Oil Selective Flow Control Solenoid
Auxiliary selective flow section (222) provides control for backhoe mounted attachments and also for handheld hydraulic attachments (if equipped). The auxiliary selective flow section (222) maintains a specified flow rate to auxiliary hydraulic attachments regardless of changing loads on the hydraulic system. When engine is stopped, backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) is pushed to the right by the bias spring (13), closing pump passage (9) to downstream backhoe functions (15) and opening spool metering holes (17) to create an oil passage to controlled flow port (5). When solenoid is not energized, passage (10) is blocked from spool end cavity (12) by selective flow control solenoid (Y53) valve. Spool end cavity (12) is connected through the orifice (14) and selective flow control solenoid to return passage (11). When machine is first started, all pump flow is routed through metering holes (17) into spool end cavity (19) and out of control orifice (20) to flow passage (6). Flow is blocked from controlled flow port (5) by a spring loaded restrictor check (3). The pressure required to open the restrictor check (3) is designed to be slightly higher than the pressure generated by spool bias spring (13). With flow blocked, pressure increases at spool end cavity (19). This causes the backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) to shift to the right against bias spring and reduce the opening through spool by closing metering holes (17). This spool movement simultaneously opens metering notches (8) and creates a passage between the supply from inlet section (9) and downstream backhoe functions (15). As long as solenoid valve is not activated, spool keeps a position, maintaining a pressure in spool end cavity (19) that keeps spool shifted to the right and balanced against the bias spring (13).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Section (solenoid de-energized) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 <- Go to Section TOC
Flow Adjustment Control Spring Restrictor Check Orifice Controlled Flow Port Controlled Flow Passage Orifice Metering Notches Supply from Inlet Section Passage Return Passage Spool End Cavity Bias Spring Orifice To Downstream Backhoe Functions Metering Hole (6 used) Section 9025 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
19 20 21 154 222 229 600 604 606 Y53
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool End Cavity Control Orifice Flow Adjuster Screw Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Auxiliary Selective Flow Section (if equipped) Auxiliary Selective Flow Relief Valve (no anticavitation) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Selective Flow Control Solenoid
When auxiliary selective flow control solenoid (Y53) is activated, the solenoid spool closes off a return passage and opens another for trapped oil from passages (6 and 10) to flow into spool end cavity (12), releasing pressure in spool end cavity (19) against bias spring (13). Bias spring is now free to shift auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) and metering notches (8) left. This closes supply from inlet section (9) off to downstream backhoe functions (15) and opens supply from inlet to controlled flow passage (6). Pressure in controlled flow passage is now sufficient to overcome restrictor check (3) and opens to controlled flow port (5). With solenoid activated, valve will now sense load induced by auxiliary attachments. Load pressure at controlled flow port (5) is routed through orifice (7), passage (10), and solenoid to spool end cavity (12). Load pressure and bias spring (13) act against pilot pressure in spool end cavity (19) to keep backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) shifted left. This will keep restricting flow to backhoe functions while metering holes (17) are opened to allow flow to controlled flow port (5). Backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) will keep a position that maintains a pressure in the spool end cavity (19) equal to the combination of load pressure and bias spring (13) pressure. If pump is unable to supply adequate flow to maintain selected backhoe function speeds and output load pressure at controlled flow port (5), backhoe auxiliary selective flow control spool (154) will shift left and restrict flow to backhoe functions (15) until load pressure is restored. If through the use of backhoe functions the inlet pressure rises higher than is required by the attachment, spool (154) will shift right and restrict flow to the controlled flow port (5). Flow output is controlled by the size of control orifice (20). As flow is passed through the control orifice (20), there is a pressure drop from spool end cavity (19) to flow passage (6). When this pressure drop is equal to the effect of bias spring (13), flow rate will be maintained at that level. Flow rates can be changed by turning flow adjustment control (1) to vary size of control orifice (20). Flow adjustment control (1) is attached to a flow adjuster screw (21) that can be moved to six distinct positions for flow control. Load pressure at controlled flow port (5) is limited by a relief valve (229). When controlled flow port (5) pressure reaches the relief set point, oil is passed to the return passage (16) through auxiliary selective flow relief valve (229). Orifice (7) limits amount of oil lost to return when relief valve opens. Auxiliary selective flow relief valve (229) limits the maximum pressure that is supplied to the spool end cavity (12). At this point, the valve will not be able to supply any greater output pressure at the controlled flow port (5). An orifice (4) is located in the restrictor check (3) to eliminate the possibility of high-pressure oil (600) being trapped in the controlled flow port (5) when flow control is de-energized. Trapped oil would make it difficult to connect or disconnect the hydraulic quick connect fittings. When optional selective auxiliary flow section is installed in the backhoe control valve, a relief valve without anticavitation is also installed in place of cap in the rod end side of bucket curl section of backhoe control valve.
Swing Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Swing Section (swing left position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 145 156 161 224 230 600 604 <- Go to Section TOC
Swing Left Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Swing Right Work Port Return Passage Supply From Auxiliary Selective Section Return To Tank Supply To Downstream Backhoe Functions Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Swing Section Swing Circuit Relief Valve (with anticavitation) (2 used) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Section 9025 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The swing section is a three-position, six-way, open-center spool valve. The swing section contains two circuit relief valves with anticavitation (230). When backhoe swing spool (156) is shifted to activate the left swing function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (3), past load check (2), through backhoe swing spool, and out swing left work port (1) to cylinders. Return oil from cylinders flows in through swing right work port (4), past backhoe swing spool, into return passage (5), then out of control valve to the hydraulic oil filter.
Boom Section
Backhoe Control Valve Boom Section (boom lower position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Boom Lower Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Boom Raise Work Port Orifice Vent Passage Work Port Passage Section 9025 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
8 9 10 11 145 157 162 225 231 232 239 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Supply From Backhoe Swing Section Return Passage Return To Tank To Downstream Backhoe Functions Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Boom Cylinder Boom Section Backhoe Boom Circuit Relief (no anticavitation) Backhoe Boom Circuit Relief (with anticavitation) Anti-Drift Check High-Pressure Oil Return Oil
The boom section is a three-position, seven-way spool valve. It contains a load check (2), one circuit relief valve (with anticavitation) (232), one circuit relief valve (no anticavitation) (231), and an anti-drift check (239). When boom spool (157) is shifted to activate the boom lower function, oil flows from the supply inlet passage (3), past the load check (2), through boom spool, and out boom lower work port (1) to cylinder. Return oil (604) from cylinder flows into boom raise work port (4) past boom spool, then out of control valve to the hydraulic oil filter. The boom spool has radial holes that meter oil through valve to allow smooth starts and stops. Anti-drift check (239) is provided to control oil leakage back into boom raise work port (4). With valve in neutral, anti-drift check is spring loaded to the closed position. Pressure in work port (4) enters orifice (5) and is passed to the spring side of the anti-drift check. Pressure in the work port passage (7) falls due to oil leakage past the boom spool to the return passage. The higher work port pressure on the spring side of anti-drift check forces check securely into seat, forming a seal. The spring side of anti-drift check may be vented to return passage through a vent passage (6). This vent passage is open or closed depending on position of boom spool. With boom spool in neutral or boom raise position, vent passage (6) is closed to return passage. When boom spool is moved to boom lower position, vent passage (6) is opened. Oil flows from work port (4), through orifice (5) in anti-drift check, to return passage. Pressure drop across orifice (5) causes pressure on spring side of anti-drift check to drop lower than pressure in work port (4). This pressure imbalance causes anti-drift check to open, allowing flow to boom spool. When boom lower function pressure in circuit is less than return pressure, oil flows from return passage (9), past boom circuit relief valve with anticavitation (232), and into boom lower circuit.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Boom Section (boom raise position) (pilot control option shown) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Pilot Cap with Centering Spring Boom Lower Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Boom Raise Work Port Orifice Section 9025 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7 8 9 10 11 12 145 157 162 225 231 232 239 600 604 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Pilot Cap Vent Passage Return Passage Supply From Backhoe Swing Section To Downstream Backhoe Functions Return To Tank Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Boom Cylinder Boom Section Boom Circuit Relief (no Anticavitation) Boom Circuit Relief (with Anticavitation) Anti-Drift Check High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Pilot Oil
The boom section is a three-position, seven-way spool valve. It contains a load check (3), two boom circuit relief valves (231 and 232), and an anti-drift check (239). When pilot controller sends pilot oil (609), the backhoe boom spool (157) is moved and activates boom raise function. Oil flows from supply inlet passage (4), past load check (3), through backhoe boom spool, and out boom raise work port (5) to backhoe boom cylinder (162). Return oil (604) from cylinder flows into boom lower work port (2), past the backhoe boom spool, into return passage, then out from control valve to hydraulic oil filter. The backhoe boom spool has notches that meter oil through the valve to allow smooth starts and stops. An anti-drift check valve (239) is provided to significantly reduce oil leakage back from boom raise work port (5). With valve in neutral, the anti-drift check (239) is spring loaded to closed position. Pressure in boom raise work port (5) enters orifice (6) and is passed to spring side of anti-drift check. The work port pressure on spring side of anti-drift check forces the anti-drift check securely into the seat, forming a seal. The spring side of anti-drift check may be vented to return passage through vent passage (8). Vent passage is open or closed depending on position of backhoe boom spool. With boom spool in neutral or boom raise position, the vent passage is blocked. When backhoe boom spool is moved to boom lower position, vent passage is opened to return passage. Oil flows from boom raise work port (5) through orifice (6) in anti-drift check (239), through vent passage (8), to return passage. Pressure drop across orifice (6) causes pressure on spring side of anti-drift check to drop lower than pressure in boom raise work port (5). This pressure imbalance causes anti-drift check (239) to open, allowing flow to backhoe boom spool.
Bucket Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 32
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Bucket Section (bucket curl position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 145 158 163 226 234 600 604 <- Go to Section TOC
Bucket Curl Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Bucket Dump Work Port Supply From Backhoe Boom Section Cap With Selective Flow Option To Downstream Backhoe Functions Return To Tank Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Bucket Section Bucket Circuit Relief (no anticavitation) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil Section 9025 page 33
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The bucket section is a three-position, six-way spool valve containing a load check (2) and a bucket circuit relief (234). When optional auxiliary selective flow section is installed in backhoe control valve (145), a second relief valve without anticavitation is also installed. This second relief valve is installed in place of cap (6) in rod end side of the bucket section (226) of the backhoe control valve (145). When backhoe bucket spool (158) is moved to activate bucket curl function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (3), past load check (2), backhoe bucket spool (158), and out bucket curl work port (1) to the backhoe bucket cylinder (163). Return oil from backhoe bucket cylinder flows into bucket dump work port (4), past backhoe bucket spool, into return passage, then out of backhoe control valve to the hydraulic oil filter. Backhoe bucket spool has notches that meter the oil through the valve to allow smooth starts and stops.
Crowd Section
Backhoe Control Valve Crowd Section (crowd out position) LEGEND: 1 2 <- Go to Section TOC
Crowd Out Work Port Load Check Section 9025 page 34
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
3 4 6 7 8 9 145 159 164 227 236 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Supply Inlet Passage Crowd In Work Port Return Passage Supply From Backhoe Bucket Section To Downstream Backhoe Functions Return To Tank Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Crowd Section Crowd Circuit Relief Valve (no anticavitation) (2 used) High-Pressure Oil Return Oil
The crowd section is a three-position, six-way spool valve. It contains a load check (2) and two crowd circuit relief valves (236). When backhoe crowd spool (159) is shifted to activate crowd out function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (3), past load check (2), through backhoe crowd spool, and out crowd out work port (1) to backhoe crowd cylinder (164). Return oil (604) from backhoe crowd cylinder flows into crowd in work port (4), past backhoe crowd spool, into return passage (6), then out of backhoe control valve (145) to hydraulic oil filter. Backhoe crowd spool has grooves that meter oil through the valve to allow smooth starts and stops. When machine is equipped with a four-function valve, crowd section has a power beyond port located on crowd main side of valve. Port is similar to port on backhoe control valve auxiliary section illustrated in this group.
Auxiliary Sections—Extendable Dipperstick, Attachments—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 35
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Backhoe Control Valve Auxiliary Section (neutral position with upstream function) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 145 160 165 228 600
Shut-Off Plug Extend Work Port Load Check Supply Inlet Passage Retract Work Port Shut-Off Plug Return Passage Supply From Backhoe Crowd Section To Loader And Stabilizer Control Valve Section Return To Tank Not Used For Extendable Dipperstick Section Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick) Extendable Dipperstick Auxiliary Section (extendable dipperstick; if equipped) High-Pressure Oil
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 36
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
604 606
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Return Oil Trapped Oil
→NOTE: This auxiliary section is used for both regular auxiliary and extendable dipperstick sections. The circuit relief valves are not used for extendable dipperstick section (11) equipped machines. The auxiliary and extendable dipperstick section is a three-position, six-way spool valve. It contains a load check (3) and two shut-off plugs (1 and 6). When backhoe extendable dipperstick spool (160) is moved to activate a function, oil flows from supply inlet passage (4), past load check (3) and backhoe extendable dipperstick spool, then out to extend work port (2) to backhoe auxiliary cylinder (extendable dipperstick) (165). Return oil (604) from backhoe auxiliary cylinder (165) flows into retract work port (5), past backhoe extendable dipperstick spool, then into return passage (7). Oil in return passage goes to main hydraulic filter and reservoir. This section has a power beyond port on the valve. When spool is in neutral position, oil is routed through this port to supply high-pressure oil to loader and stabilizer control valve. Auxiliary sections and extendable dipperstick sections are the same except extendable dipperstick section does not utilize circuit relief valves.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 37
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Pilot Control Valve Operation—If Equipped
Pilot Control Valve Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Wobble Plate Plunger (4 used) Spring Guide (4 used) Return Spring (4 used) Section 9025 page 38
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 135 136 604 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Metering Spring (4 used) Metering Spool Orifice (4 used) Internal Pressure Port Spool (4 used) Tank Port Work Port Pressure Port Seal Plunger Bearing Plunger One-Way Orifice (2 used) (boom down and crowd out only) Pilot Control Valve Plunger Assembly (4 used) Pilot Control (left) Pilot Control (right) Return Oil Pilot Oil
Two pilot control valve assemblies are used to control backhoe functions. Each control valve contains four plunger assemblies (15), one for each direction of each function. All four pilot control assemblies operate the same with exception of boom lower and crowd out function work ports. Each contains a one-way orifice (14), which allows for free flow from work port out to main control valve but restricts flow coming back. This reduces abrupt stops of high inertia functions by slowing them down in boom lower and crowd out functions only. →NOTE: Plunger, bearing and O-ring, spring guide, return spring, metering spring, metering spool and integral washers are serviced as an assembly. Neutral Operation In neutral, with no functions activated, return spring (4) holds spool (8) closed. This blocks pilot oil (609) from entering work ports (10) allowing oil to return to tank. Metering Operation During operation, pilot oil from pilot enable and pattern select valve enters pilot control valve at pressure port (11). Wobble plate (1) depresses plunger (2) contacting spring guide (3). The spring guide compresses both return spring and metering (pressure control) spring (5). The compressed springs move metering spool down to a metering position allowing oil to flow out the connected work port. As work port pressure builds to meet spring force, spool moves between neutral and metered position maintaining commanded pressure. The force it takes to compress the metering spring is directly proportional to the amount of pressure in the work port acting on the spool.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 39
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Operation—If Equipped
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Schematic LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 137 138 140 141 600 604 609 700 Y52 Y58 Y59 <- Go to Section TOC
From Right Pilot Control (port 3) From Left Pilot Control (port 1) From Right Pilot Control (port 2) From Left Pilot Control (port 3) To Boom Valve Section (raise boom) To Crowd Valve Section (crowd in) To Boom Valve Section (lower boom) To Crowd Valve Section (crowd out) Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve Pilot Control Accumulator Pilot Control Pressure Test Port High Pressure Oil Return Oil Pilot Oil To Loader Auxiliary Manifold (if equipped) Pilot Enable Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2 Section 9025 page 40
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
The pilot enable and pattern select (PEPS) manifold receives system pressure from the inlet section of the backhoe control valve. System pressure oil flows through the adjustable pressure reducing valve and check valve allowing regulated pressure oil to charge pilot control accumulator. The pressure reducing valve ensures that pressure in the pilot control system and accumulator is within specification. See Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) →NOTE: Pilot control accumulator is not serviceable. Replace accumulator if necessary. When system pressure is below pilot control regulated pressure specification, the pressure reducing valve allows unrestricted flow to pass through the PEPS manifold. When system pressure increases above pilot control regulated pressure specification, the pressure reducing valve cartridge shifts restricting pressure to pilot controls and bleeding excess pressure to tank. With pilot enable solenoid de-energized, spring bias holds pilot enable spool left, venting oil in pilot controls to tank. With pilot enable solenoid energized, spool shifts right, connecting regulated pilot pressure to pilot controls, see Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) The pattern select function of PEPS valve is used to switch control of backhoe boom and crowd functions for operator preference. The PEPS manifold contains two solenoids. Both solenoid valves are two-position, four-way valves. These valves are controlled by the two-position pattern select switch, see Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) With pattern select switch in backhoe position, both solenoid valves are de-energized. The valve directs oil to control boom functions with the left pilot control and crowd functions with the right pilot control. With pattern select switch in excavator position, both solenoid valves are energized. The valve directs oil to control boom functions with the right pilot control and crowd functions with the left pilot control.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 41
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Operation
5-Function Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve (neutral, electrohydraulic auxiliary shown) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve (3 used) Neutral Flow Passage Power Passage (2 used) Supply Inlet Port Section 9025 page 42
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
190 191 192 193 194 195 600 604 606 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Pilot Oil LEGEND: 1 Lift Check Valve (3 used) 4 Supply Inlet Port 5 Return Outlet Port 6 Plug Fitting (relief port) 7 Power Beyond Port (not used) 190 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 191 Left Stabilizer Spool 192 Right Stabilizer Spool 193 Loader Boom Spool 194 Loader Bucket Spool 195 Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped)
5-Function Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve (EH auxiliary shown) Loader and stabilizer control valve is an open center, mono-block, spool valve. All function spools are contained within one main housing. High pressure oil enters valve at supply inlet port (4). When no functions are activated (neutral) supply oil flows uninterrupted through control valve to hydraulic reservoir via neutral flow passage (2). Two power passages (3) branch off parallel to neutral flow passage to provide hydraulic pressure to stabilizer and loader functions. Return oil exits at return outlet (5). Control valve does not contain a system relief valve. A system relief valve located in backhoe control valve inlet section regulates both backhoe and loader and stabilizer control valve oil pressure. Stabilizers only or loader functions only can operate at one time. Stabilizer function takes priority over loader functions. If one or both stabilizer spools are shifted, oil is blocked to downstream loader functions. All loader functions can operate simultaneously. When one spool moves only neutral flow passage is blocked from return, supply oil is still routed to downstream loader spools through the power passage. This passage is dead-ended at last valve section. For more information on each spool function operation see the following corresponding sections.
Stabilizer Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 43
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Left Stabilizer Section (stabilizer lowered/lifting machine position) LEGEND: 2 3 4 5 6 7 <- Go to Section TOC
Nuetral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port (lower stabilizer) Work Port (raise stabilizer) Return Passage Lockout Piston Section 9025 page 44
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
8 9 190 191 192 201 249 250
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Centering Spring Poppet (thermal relief) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Lockout Valve Lockout Valve (with thermal relief) LEGEND: 4 5 191 192 249 250
Work Port (lower stabilizer) Work Port (raise stabilizer) Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Lockout Valve Lockout Valve (with thermal relief)
Stabilizer Sections There are two stabilizer spools (191, 192), one for each stabilizer cylinder. Each stabilizer section is a three-position, three-way, spool valve. Valve spool is actuated by a manual lever and is returned to neutral by centering spring (8) in end cap. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passages (3) are blocked from work ports (4, 5). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. In stabilizer lower position: Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return) but continues around to power passage (3). Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to lower work port (4) out to cylinder head end. Spool opens stabilizer raise work port (5) passage to return passage (6). Return oil from cylinder rod end flows to hydraulic reservoir. Stabilizer cylinders need to hold oil pressure for long periods of time without any leakage through control valve. When stabilizer spool is in neutral, lockout valves (249, 250) block cylinder oil from escaping through spools. When spool is shifted to stabilizer lower position, pressure oil pushes lockout valve (249) open, allowing flow to the work port. Oil returning from raise work port (5) is trapped by lockout valve (250). Oil pressure builds in lower work port (4), forcing lockout piston (7) against lockout valve (250). When enough pressure has built, lockout piston opens lockout valve (250) allowing cylinder rod end oil open to return. Thermal relief lockout valves (250) exist in the cylinder rod end circuits to protect cylinder circuit from high pressures caused by thermal expansion. A 1° increase in temperature can cause a pressure increase of 345—414 kPa (3.45—4.14 bar) (50—60 psi). When stabilizers are in use lockout valves trap oil in cylinder circuits. Relief function of lockout valves (250) detect any excess pressure from oil thermal expansion. When circuit oil pressure on backside of lockout valve (250) increases, poppet (9) is unseated, allowing oil to pass out of circuit through orifice in lockout valve.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 45
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Boom Section
Boom Section (boom raise position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve Neutral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port (raise, right cylinder) Section 9025 page 46
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 6 7 8 9 190 193 202 251 252 600 604
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Work Port (lower, right cylinder) Return Passage Work Port (raise, left cylinder) Work Port (lower, left cylinder) Spool Centering Spring Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Boom Spool Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Relief Valve (no anticavitation) Anticavitation Check Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil LEGEND: 1 Lift Check Valve 4 Work Port (raise, right cylinder) 5 Work Port (lower, right cylinder) 7 Work Port (raise, left cylinder) 8 Work Port (lower, left cylinder) 193 Loader Boom Spool 251 Relief Valve (no anticavitation) 252 Anticavitation Check Valve
Boom Section (front)
Boom Section (back) The boom section is a four-position, three-way, spool valve. Notches in spool help meter oil to allow smooth starts and stops. Valve spool is actuated by a manual lever and is returned to neutral by centering spring (9) in end cap. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passage (3) is blocked from work ports (4, 5, 7, 8). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. In boom raise position: Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank but continues down to beginning of power passage (3) (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 47
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to raise work ports (4, 7) out to cylinder head end. Spool opens boom lower work ports (5, 8) to return passage (6). Return oil from cylinder rod end flows to hydraulic reservoir. A relief valve (251) opens supply oil to return when a specific pressure is reached, protecting circuit from high pressures. Supply pressure oil must flow through lift check valve (1) to reach work ports. Lift check will not open until oil pressure in power passage exceeds pressure in work port, preventing back flow from work ports from escaping out neutral flow passage. This prevents a cylinder with load from dropping a short distance before enough pressure has built in power passage to lift load. When spool is in boom lower position supply oil is routed to work ports (5, 8). Gravity acting on a loaded bucket may force boom to lower faster than hydraulic pump can supply pressure oil to work ports (5, 8), causing cavitation. An anticavitation check valve (252) is provided in boom lower circuit to prevent this. When boom lower circuit supply pressure is less than pressure in return passage (6), check valve opens allowing oil from return passage to flow to supply circuit work ports (5, 8), making up for any needed supply oil. When spool is in float (detent) position, all work ports are open to return passages, allowing oil to flow freely in and out of cylinder head and rod ends. Neutral flow passage is open to return.
Bucket Section
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 48
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Bucket Section (bucket roll back position) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve Nuetral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port (roll back) Work Port (dump) Return Passage Section 9025 page 49
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7 8 9 10 190 194 203 251 253 600 604 Y12
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Self Level Lever Return-to-Dig Electromagnet Metal Plate Spool Centering Spring Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Bucket Spool Loader Bucket Cylinder Relief Valve (no anticavitation) Relief Valve (with anticavitation) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Return-to-Dig Solenoid LEGEND: 1 4 5 194 251 253 Y12
Lift Check Valve Work Port (roll back) Work Port (dump) Loader Bucket Spool Relief Valve (no anticavitation) Relief Valve (with anticavitation) Return-to-Dig Solenoid
Bucket Section (front)
Bucket Section (back) The bucket section is a three-position, three-way, spool valve. Notches in spool help meter oil to allow smooth starts and stops. Valve spool is actuated by a manual lever and is returned to neutral by centering spring (10) in end cap. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passage (3) is blocked from work ports (4, 5). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. In bucket roll back position: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 50
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return). Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to roll back work port (4) flowing to cylinder head end. Spool opens dump work port (5) to return passage (6). Return oil from cylinder rod end flows to hydraulic reservoir. Relief valve (251) opens supply oil to return passage when a specific pressure is reached, protecting circuit from high pressures. Supply pressure oil must flow through lift check valve (1) to reach work ports (4, 5). Lift check will not open until oil pressure in power passage exceeds pressure in work port, preventing back flow from work ports from escaping out neutral flow passage. This prevents a cylinder with load from dropping a short distance before enough pressure has built in power passage to lift load. When bucket dump function is activated supply oil is routed to work port (5). Gravity acting on a loaded bucket may force bucket to dump faster than hydraulic pump can supply pressure oil to work port (5), causing cavitation. A relief valve with anticavitation (253) is provided in dump circuit to prevent this. When dump circuit supply pressure is less than pressure in return passage (6), relief valve poppet opens allowing oil from return passage to flow to supply circuit work port (5), making up for any needed supply oil. Bucket is equipped with a self level feature. Lever (7) is connected to mechanical linkage from loader boom. When loader boom reaches a specified position, mechanical linkage pulls bucket spool up (dump position) leveling bucket out with respect to boom position. For more information on self level see Loader Bucket Self Level Operation. (Group 9025-05.) Bucket is equipped with a return-to-dig feature. Return-to-dig solenoid (Y12) contains an electromagnet (8). When power is supplied to solenoid it creates a magnetic field. When loader control lever is moved to bucket roll back position a metal plate (9) fastened to end of bucket spool contacts magnet. Bucket spool is magnetically held in bucket roll back position until a specific bucket position is reached, mechanical linkage connected to bucket then opens a switch on loader boom, opening solenoid power circuit. Without power magnet is de-energized and bucket spool is free to return to neutral via spool centering spring. For more information on return-to-dig see Loader Bucket Return-to-Dig Operation. (Group 9025-05.)
Auxiliary Section—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 51
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Auxiliary Section (electrohydraulic section shown) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <- Go to Section TOC
Lift Check Valve Nuetral Flow Passage Power Passage Work Port Work Port Return Passage Section 9025 page 52
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
7 190 195 254 600 604 609
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool Centering Spring Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Auxiliary Spool Relief Valve (with anticavitation) (2 used) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Pilot Oil LEGEND: 1 Lift Check Valve 4 Work Port 5 Work Port 195 Loader Auxiliary Spool 254 Relief Valve (with anticavitation) (2 used)
Auxiliary Section (EH shown, front)
Auxiliary Section (EH shown, back) The loader and stabilizer control valve is a combined single mono-block design. If auxiliary is desired, an entire new loader and stabilizer control valve must be installed. The loader auxiliary section may be manual (two lever controls) or electrohydraulic (single lever loader control [SLLC]). Loader auxiliary is used to control multi-purpose buckets or other front-mounted hydraulic attachments. The section is comprised of a three-position, three-way, spool valve. Notches in spool help meter oil to allow smooth starts and stops. Valve spool is returned to neutral by centering spring (7) in end cap. Electrohydraulic and manual auxiliary sections function the same except spool is shifted either by pilot oil from loader auxiliary manifold (SLLC) or mechanically by a second loader lever and linkage respectively. In neutral position: Neutral flow passages (2) are open to return. Power passage (3) is blocked from work ports (4, 5). Oil in work ports is trapped and closed off from return. When auxiliary function is commanded: <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 53
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Spool blocks neutral flow passage (2) from returning to tank (middle passage is open to pressure, outside neutral flow passages are open to return). Spool opens high pressure oil from power passage (3) to work port (4). Spool opens work port (5) to return passage (6). If supply circuit pressure reaches a specific pressure, relief valve (254) opens supply oil to return passage, protecting circuit from high pressures. Supply pressure oil must flow through lift check valve (1) to reach work ports (4, 5). Lift check will not open until oil pressure in power passage exceeds pressure in work port, preventing back flow from work ports from escaping out neutral flow passage. This prevents a cylinder with load from retracting a short distance before enough pressure has built in power passage to extend cylinder. Gravity acting on a loaded cylinder may force cylinder to extend or retract faster than hydraulic pump can supply pressure oil to work port, causing cavitation. A relief valve with anticavitation (254) is provided in each circuit to prevent this. When circuit supply pressure is less than pressure in return passage (6), relief valve poppet opens allowing oil from return passage to flow to supply circuit work port, making up for any needed supply oil.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 54
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve—(S.N. —232969)
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 169 600 604 Y34
Inlet Return Relief Valve Outlet Check Valve Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil Sideshift Lock Solenoid
When sideshift lock solenoid (Y34) is not energized, spring pressure pushes the valve spool down so oil flows to sideshift locking pistons. The check valve (5) in the inlet port traps oil to maintain pressure on locking pistons. When the solenoid is energized, the valve spool is pulled up against spring pressure, blocking inlet oil and releasing pressure on the sideshift pistons to the reservoir. The relief valve (3) is a direct acting relief valve. When pressure increases above the pressure setting, pressure overcomes spring force, and seat is pushed away from the poppet. Oil flows through the seat to the reservoir.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 55
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve Operation—(S.N. 235590— )
SBL Solenoid Valve Schematic (sideshift lock shown engaged) LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 185 600 604 Y34 Y35
Inlet Pressure Oil (from backhoe control valve) Return Oil (to reservoir) To Boom Lock Cylinders To Sideshift Locking Pistons Check Valve (spring biased) Thermal Relief Valve SBL Solenoid Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve The sideshift lock solenoid valve (Y34) is a 2-way, normally closed, proportional, poppet-type, load holding cartridge valve. Inlet pressure oil (1) flows through an orifice, overcomes spring force of check valve (5), and flows to sideshift lock solenoid (Y34) and sideshift locking pistons. A thermal relief valve (6) protects the sideshift boom lock circuit. When sideshift lock solenoid is not energized, it acts as a check valve preventing inlet pressure oil from returning to reservoir while allowing return oil to flow into the sideshift locking piston pressure circuit. This and check valve (5) traps inlet pressure oil to maintain pressure on locking pistons. When sideshift lock solenoid is energized inlet pressure oil after check valve (5) is open to return, releasing pressure on sideshift locking pistons. Any flow from return into sideshift locking piston circuit is severely restricted.
Boom Lock Solenoid Valve The boom lock solenoid valve (Y35) is a 3-way, spool-type, directional cartridge valve. Inlet pressure oil (1) flows through an orifice to boom lock solenoid valve. When solenoid valve is energized, circuit is closed to return and inlet pressure oil flows to boom lock cylinders. When solenoid valve is not energized, inlet pressure oil is blocked and boom lock circuit is open to return, releasing pressure on boom lock cylinders. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 56
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Section 9025 page 57
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Hydraulic System Schematic
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 58
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Manual Control (S.N. —232969) (neutral position)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 59
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 70 110 111 112 113 118 120 124 125 128 131 145 150 152 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 167 168 169 170 190 191 192 193 194 195 201 202 203 204 205 600 604 606 614 707 708 B12 B26 S26 S27 Y34 Y35 Y50 Y51 Y53 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Relief Valve (if equipped with auxiliary selective flow control option) Transmission Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Fill Screen Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve Service Brake Clutch (2 used) Backhoe Control Valve System Relief Valve Priority Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick (if equipped) Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick) (if equipped) Boom Lock Solenoid Valve Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder Ride Control Valve (if equipped) Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil From Transmission Pump To Transmission Lube Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 Ride Control Solenoid 2 Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9025 page 60
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Manual Control (S.N. 235590— ) (neutral position)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 61
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 110 111 112 113 118 120 124 125 128 131 145 150 152 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 168 170 185 190 191 192 193 194 195 201 202 203 204 205 600 604 606 614 707 708 B12 B26 S26 S27 Y34 Y35 Y50 Y51 Y53 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Relief Valve (if equipped with auxiliary selective flow control) Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Fill Screen Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve Service Brake Clutch (2 used) Backhoe Control Valve System Relief Valve Priority Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick (if equipped) Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick; if equipped) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder Ride Control Valve (if equipped) Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Load Sense Oil From Transmission Pump To Transmission Lube Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid 2 (if equipped) Selective Flow Control Solenoid Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9025 page 62
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Pilot Control (S.N. 235590— ) (neutral position) (1 of 2)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 63
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 110 111 112 113 118 120 128 131 190 191 192 193 194 195 197 201 202 203 204 205 600 604 606 609 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 B12 S26 S27 Y20 Y21 Y50 Y51 Y56
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Fill Screen Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Power Boost Brake Valve Service Brake Clutch (2 used) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Left Stabilizer Spool Right Stabilizer Spool Loader Boom Spool Loader Bucket Spool Loader Auxiliary Spool (if equipped) Loader Auxiliary Manifold (if equipped) Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder Ride Control Valve (if equipped) Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped) High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Pilot Oil Steering Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump to Backhoe Control Valve PEPS Manifold to Loader Auxiliary Manifold Backhoe Control Valve to Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve SBL Solenoid Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir PEPS Manifold to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Backhoe Control Valve to Hydraulic Oil Filter From Transmission Pump To Transmission Lube Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Brake Light Switch 1 Brake Light Switch 2 Loader Auxiliary Extend Solenoid Loader Auxiliary Retract Solenoid Ride Control Solenoid 1 (if equipped) Ride Control Solenoid 2 (if equipped) Hydraulic Pump Control Solenoid
Section 9025 page 64
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Schematic, Pilot Control (S.N. 235590— ) (neutral position) (2 of 2)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 65
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 124 125 135 136 137 138 140 141 145 150 152 154 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 168 170 185 600 604 606 609 614 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 B26 Y34 Y35 Y52 Y53 Y58 Y59
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Relief Valve (if equipped with auxiliary selective flow control) Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Pilot Control (left) Pilot Control (right) Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold Pilot Control Pressure Reducing Valve Pilot Control Accumulator Pilot Control Pressure Test Port Backhoe Control Valve System Relief Valve Priority Spool Backhoe Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Spool Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick (if equipped) Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Backhoe Auxiliary Cylinder (extendable dipperstick; if equipped) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve High Pressure Oil Return Oil Trapped Oil Pilot Oil Load Sense Oil Steering Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump to Backhoe Control Valve PEPS Manifold to Loader Auxiliary Manifold Backhoe Control Valve to Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve SBL Solenoid Valve to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir PEPS Manifold to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Backhoe Control Valve to Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic System Pressure Sensor Sideshift Lock Solenoid Boom Lock Solenoid Pilot Enable Solenoid Selective Flow Control Solenoid Pattern Select Solenoid 1 Pattern Select Solenoid 2
Section 9025 page 66
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic System Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 67
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Overall Hydraulic System Component Location
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 68
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LEGEND: 1 70 73 80 110 113 118 120 124 125 128 145 161 162 163 164 167 168 169 170 185 190 201 202 203
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder (if equipped) (2 used) Transmission Rear Axle Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Boom Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve (S.N. 235590— ) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) Loader Bucket Cylinder
Section 9025 page 69
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Main Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 110 113 118 120 145 190
<- Go to Section TOC
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Hydraulic Pump Hydraulic Oil Filter Hydraulic Oil Cooler Backhoe Control Valve Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve
Section 9025 page 70
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Loader Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 1 Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder (if equipped) (2 used) 110 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir 145 Backhoe Control Valve 190 Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve 197 Loader Auxiliary Manifold (if equipped; EH auxiliary control only) 198 Loader Auxiliary Accumulator (if equipped; EH auxiliary control only; backhoe manual controls only) 202 Loader Boom Cylinder (2 used) 203 Loader Bucket Cylinder
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 71
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Backhoe Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 70 110 124 145 161 162 163 164 167 168 169 170 185 190 201 <- Go to Section TOC
Transmission Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Steering Valve Backhoe Control Valve Swing Cylinder (2 used) Backhoe Boom Cylinder Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Boom Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Boom Lock Cylinder (2 used) Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve (S.N. —232969) Sideshift Lock Piston (4 used) Sideshift and Boom Lock (SBL) Solenoid Valve (S.N. 235590— ) Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Stabilizer Cylinder (2 used) Section 9025 page 72
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Brakes and Steering Hydraulic Component Location LEGEND: 70 73 75 77 80 124 125 128
<- Go to Section TOC
Transmission Rear Axle Park Brake Valve-to-Park Brake Line Service Brake Valve-to-Service Brake Line (2 used) Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle (if equipped) Steering Valve Steering Cylinder Power Boost Brake Valve
Section 9025 page 73
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Ride Control Hydraulic Component Location (if equipped) LEGEND: 110 190 202 204 205
<- Go to Section TOC
Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Loader Boom Cylinder Ride Control Valve Ride Control Accumulator
Section 9025 page 74
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Pilot Controls Component Location LEGEND: 1 2 2 3 4 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Port 1; Swing Left Port 2; Boom Lower (backhoe pattern) Port 2; Crowd Out (excavator pattern) Port 3; Swing Right Port 4; Boom Raise (backhoe pattern) Port 4; Crowd In (excavator pattern) Section 9025 page 75
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
5 5 6 7 7 8 135 136 137 140 145 156 157 158 159 P T
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Port 1; Crowd In (backhoe pattern) Port 1; Boom Raise (excavator pattern) Port 2; Bucket Curl Port 3; Crowd Out (backhoe pattern) Port 3; Boom Lower (excavator pattern) Port 4; Bucket Dump Pilot Control (left) Pilot Control (right) Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold Pilot Control Accumulator Backhoe Control Valve Backhoe Swing Spool Backhoe Boom Spool Backhoe Bucket Spool Backhoe Crowd Spool Pressure To Reservoir
Section 9025 page 76
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Slow Steering Hydraulics 73
Slow Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Check steering valve for leaks. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering valve leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. ( 2 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Check steering cylinder for leaks. Is steering cylinder leaking externally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Leakage Check ( 3 ) Steering Cylinder Leakage Check
Action: Perform steering cylinder leakage test. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering cylinder leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Priority Valve Check. ( 4 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Check machine steering with bucket loaded with material. Does steering stall when bucket is loaded with material?
Result: YES:Check if priority valve shifts correctly. If valve sticks, check for contamination between the spool and sleeve of priority valve. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. No Steering Hydraulics, Loader Hydraulics OK 73
See No Response When Steering Wheel Is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK . (Group 9025-15.) Hard Steering, Loader Hydraulics OK 73
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 77
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hard Steering, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Axle Load Check
Action: Check steering when bucket is full of material. Is loader bucket full of material, causing steering wheel not to be able to turn?
Result: YES:Slightly move machine, steering wheel should be able to turn. NO:Go to Load Sense Line Check. ( 2 ) Load Sense Line Check
Action: Inspect load sense line for kinks or damage. Is there a kinked load sense line between priority valve and steering valve?
Result: YES:Repair kinked load sense line. NO:Go to Steering Valve Load Sense Port Check. ( 3 ) Steering Valve Load Sense Port Check
Action: Check steering valve for proper operation. See Steering Valve Operation . (Group 9025-05.) Is the load sense orifice plugged at the steering valve load sense port?
Result: YES:Clean plugged orifice. NO:Go to Priority Valve Check. ( 4 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Inspect priority valve spool in backhoe valve inlet section. Is priority valve spool stuck?
Result: YES:Repair or replace priority valve. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Valve Does Not Return to Neutral 73
Steering Valve Does Not Return to Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Return Line to Hydraulic Reservoir Check
Action: Inspect return line for kinks or damage. Is return line to hydraulic reservoir kinked, causing high back pressure?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 78
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair kinked line going to hydraulic reservoir. NO:Go to Steering Column Check. ( 2 ) Steering Column Check
Action: Check steering column for damage. See Tilt Steering Column Remove and Install . (Group 0960.) Is there internal damage to steering column?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 3 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Inspect steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is there damage to steering valve sleeve or contamination?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 79
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Response When Steering Wheel is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK 73
No Response When Steering Wheel is Turned, Loader Hydraulics OK Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Check to see if priority valve is functioning correctly. Is priority valve functioning correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Valve Check. NO:Repair or replace priority valve. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) ( 2 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Perform steering system leakage test. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering valve leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering valve. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering and see Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. ( 3 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Perform steering cylinder leakage test. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering cylinder leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Spline Check. ( 4 ) Steering Valve Spline Check
Action: Check steering column splines for damage. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) Is there damage to the steering splines?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Pin Check. ( 5 ) Steering Valve Pin Check
Action: Inspect steering valve for damage. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is there a broken pin inside the steering valve? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 80
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Machine Turns in Opposite Direction 73
Machine Turns in Opposite Direction Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Cylinder Connections Check
Action: Check steering connection lines. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Are the steering cylinder lines connected properly?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Connect steering cylinder lines to opposite ports. Excessive Vibration of the Steering Wheel 73
Excessive Vibration of the Steering Wheel Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Tracking Angle and Alignment Check
Action: Perform tracking angle check and adjustment to verify that machine is properly aligned. See Tracking Angle Check And Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) Is machine aligned properly?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Valve Gerotor Check. NO:Align machine to specifications. ( 2 ) Steering Valve Gerotor Check
Action: Inspect steering valve gerotor. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) Is steering valve gerotor misaligned?
Result: YES:Put steering valve gerotor in alignment. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral 73
Machine Turns When Steering Valve is in Neutral Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Perform steering system leakage test to determine if steering valve is leaking. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering valve leaking internally?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 81
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair steering valve. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering and see Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel Kickback 73
Steering Wheel Kickback Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Check Valve Check
Action: Inspect check valve ball in steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is check valve missing from inside the steering valve?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine 73
Excessive Steering Wheel Turns to Steer Machine Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Perform steering cylinder leakage test to determine if steering cylinder is leaking. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is steering cylinder leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 2 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Perform steering system leakage test to determine if steering valve is leaking. See Steering System Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is the steering valve leaking internally?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 82
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Erratic (“Spongy”) Steering 73
Erratic (“Spongy”) Steering Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic reservoir oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. ( 4 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Check steering cylinder operation. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is cylinder piston loose or damaged?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel "Locks" Up 73
Steering Wheel "Locks" Up Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Priority Valve Spool Check
Action: Inspect valve spool. See Backhoe Inlet Section Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Is there a stuck spool or contamination between spool and sleeve? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 83
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 2 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Inspect steering valve for damage. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is there a broken pin inside the steering valve?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) 73
Poor Centering of Steering Wheel (Wheels Continue to Move After Steering Wheel is Stopped) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Return Line to Hydraulic Reservoir Check
Action: Inspect line to reservoir for damage or kinks. Is return line to hydraulic reservoir kinked causing high back pressure?
Result: YES:Repair kinked line going to hydraulic reservoir. NO:Go to Steering Column Check. ( 2 ) Steering Column Check
Action: Check steering column for proper alignment. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) Is there misalignment or binding in steering column?
Result: YES:Repair steering column. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Go to Steering Valve Check. ( 3 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Inspect steering valve for damage or contamination. Is there damage to steering valve sleeve or contamination?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel or Front Wheels Slowly Turn by Themselves When Using Backhoe or Loader 73
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 84
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Steering Wheel or Front Wheels Slowly Turn by Themselves When Using Backhoe or Loader Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering System Check
Action: Verify whether machine turns during backhoe or loader operation. Does steering wheel or front wheel turn during backhoe or loader operation?
Result: YES:This is normal operation of steering valve, but it should not exceed one half rotation of steering wheel with hydraulic oil exceeding 93°C (200°F). If beyond limits replace steering valve. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel Turns Apply Rear Axle Service Brakes 73
Steering Wheel Turns Apply Rear Axle Service Brakes Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Return Line to Hydraulic Reservoir
Action: Is the brake valve to hydraulic reservoir return line kinked causing hydraulic oil pressure from the steering valve to apply the rear service brakes? Brake Valve Remove and Install . (Group 1060.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Check return line for internal blockage. Steering Wheel Turns Freely With No Resistance or Action On Steered Wheels 73
Steering Wheel Turns Freely With No Resistance or Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Valve Check
Action: Determine if steering valve has hydraulic oil following repair. Is there hydraulic oil in steering valve following repair work?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Wheel Check. NO:Rotate steering wheel back and forth to fill steering valve with hydraulic oil. ( 2 ) Steering Wheel Check
Action: Inspect steering wheel attachment nut. See Tilt Steering Wheel and Column Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is steering wheel attachment nut properly torqued?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Valve Spline Check. NO:Torque steering wheel nut to specification. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 85
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
( 3 ) Steering Valve Spline Check
Action: Inspect steering valve spline for damage. Is the lower steering valve spline disengaged or broken?
Result: YES:Repair or replace steering valve as necessary. See Steering Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) NO:Checks complete. Steering Wheel Turns With Slight Resistance and No Action On Steered Wheels 73
Steering Wheel Turns With Slight Resistance and No Action On Steered Wheels Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Inspect steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Is steering cylinder piston seal damaged?
Result: YES:Repair steering cylinder as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Wander—Machine Will Not Stay in a Straight Line 73
Wander—Machine Will Not Stay in a Straight Line Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add or remove as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Tracking Angle Check. ( 2 ) Tracking Angle Check
Action: Verify if machine’s tracking angle is within specifications. See Tracking Angle Check and Adjust . (Group 9020-20.) Is tracking angle within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Steering Cylinder Check. NO:Adjust tracking angle. ( 3 ) Steering Cylinder Check
Action: Inspect steering cylinder. See Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install or see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 86
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
(MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) Are there worn or loose parts in steering cylinder?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. No Loader or Steering Hydraulics 73
No Loader or Steering Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level in reservoir. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add oil as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. ( 2 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Check
Action: Remove hydraulic filter and inspect. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator′s Manual.) Does the filter contain excessive amounts of metal material?
Result: YES:Determine if hydraulic pump is operating to specification. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) If not, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. No Loader Hydraulics 73
No Loader Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 87
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Add oil as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic lines for damage or kinks, also inspect valve for stuck spools. Are there pinched lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Check
Action: Remove hydraulic filter and inspect. See Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . (Operator′s Manual.) Does the filter contain excessive amounts of metal material?
Result: YES:Determine if hydraulic pump is operating to specification. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) If not, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Low Loader Hydraulic Power 73
Low Loader Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve pressure setting to determine if pressure setting is to specifications. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure setting to specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve pressure setting, as necessary. ( 2 ) Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are loader circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Adjust loader circuit relief valve settings, as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 88
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Low Hydraulic Power 73
Low Hydraulic Power Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil to correct level. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. ( 4 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system valve relief setting, as necessary. ( 5 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 89
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to System Leakage Check. ( 7 ) System Leakage Check
Action: Perform the necessary test to determine if system is leaking. See Function Drift Test , see Steering System Leakage Test , see Steering Cylinder Leakage Test and see Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a leak in the hydraulic system?
Result: YES:Inspect hydraulic system and repair as necessary. NO:Checks complete. Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Loader Operation 73
Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Loader Operation Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve pressure setting. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure setting to specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Engine Performance Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve pressure setting, as necessary. ( 2 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test. Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Backhoe Operation 73
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 90
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Engine Pulls Down Excessively During Backhoe Operation Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Engine Performance Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 2 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 91
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Slow Hydraulic Functions 73
Slow Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level low?
Result: YES:Add as necessary. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is the hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 3 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 4 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Flow Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Pump Flow Check
Action: Perform hydraulic pump flow test to determine if pump flow is to specification. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is the hydraulic pump flow low?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 92
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Adjust, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Pilot Control Pressure Check. ( 6 ) Pilot Control Pressure Check
Action: Test pilot control pressure. See Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Does pilot pressure meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped or Engine Performance Check. NO:Adjust pilot pressure. ( 7 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check—If Equipped
Action: Test charge pressure of pilot accumulator. See Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Does accumulator charge pressure meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Engine Performance Check. NO:Replace accumulator. ( 8 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 93
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Backhoe Operates Slowly in One Function 73
Backhoe Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Cycle Times Check
Action: Check cycle time of problem function. See Operational Checkout Procedure . (Group 9005-10.) Are function cycle times within specification?
Result: YES:Normal machine operation. Checks complete. NO:For manual backhoe controls, go to Control Lever Linkage Check. For pilot controllers, go to Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check . ( 2 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect manual control lever linkage. See Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Two Lever or see Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Four Lever, If Equipped . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 4 ) Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 94
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See appropriate cylinder disassemble and assemble.- See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Swing Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete. ( 7 ) Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check
Action: Inspect pilot controller for sticking valve spool. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3315.) Does pilot controller spool move correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check. NO:Repair or replace pilot controller. ( 8 ) Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check
Action: Press pattern select valve switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and see if problem moves to another function. Does problem move to another function?
Result: YES:Repair or replace pattern select solenoid valve. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check. ( 9 ) Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check
Action: Remove and inspect pilot caps of problem function. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Do pilot caps move valve spool as required?
Result: YES: Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check NO:Repair or replace pilot cap.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 95
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Loader Operates Slowly in One Function 73
Loader Operates Slowly in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Cycle Times Check
Action: Check cycle time of problem function. See Operational Checkout Procedure . (Group 9005-10.) Are function cycle times within specification?
Result: YES:Normal machine operation. Checks complete. NO:Go to Control Lever Linkage Check. ( 2 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect manual control lever linkage. See Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 4 ) Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 96
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Loader Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 97
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Backhoe Power in One Function 73
No Backhoe Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect manual control lever linkage. See Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Two Lever or see Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment—Four Lever, If Equipped . (Group 9025-20.) For pilot controls, go to Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 2 ) Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See appropriate cylinder disassemble and assemble.- See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Swing Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) - See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 98
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete. ( 6 ) Pilot Controllers (if equipped) Check
Action: Inspect pilot controller for sticking valve spool. See Backhoe Pilot Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3315.) Does pilot controller spool move correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check. NO:Repair or replace pilot controller. ( 7 ) Pattern Select Valve (if equipped) Check
Action: Press pattern select valve switch on sealed switch module (SSM) and see if problem moves to another function. Does problem move to another function?
Result: YES:Repair or replace pattern select solenoid valve. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check. ( 8 ) Backhoe Valve Pilot Cap (if equipped) Check
Action: Remove and inspect pilot caps of problem function. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Do pilot caps move valve spool as required?
Result: YES: Go to Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check . NO:Repair or replace pilot cap.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 99
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
No Loader Power in One Function 73
No Loader Power in One Function Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect control lever linkage. See Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 2 ) Loader Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines and Valves Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic oil lines for damage or kinks. Determine if valve spools are sticking. Are there kinked lines or stuck valve spools?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic lines. Repair stuck valve spools. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic control valve seals for damage. Are hydraulic control valve seals leaking?
Result: YES:Repair hydraulic control valve seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a hydraulic cylinder leaking?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 100
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Loader Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 101
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Slow Loader and Backhoe Hydraulics 73
Slow Loader and Backhoe Hydraulics Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten suction hose. NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 2 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 3 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Pilot Control Pressure Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 4 ) Pilot Control Pressure Check
Action: Test pilot control pressure. See Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Does pilot pressure meet specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Pilot Control Accumulator Check. NO:Adjust pilot pressure. ( 5 ) Pilot Control Accumulator Check
Action: Test charge pressure of pilot accumulator. See Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Does accumulator charge pressure meet specification?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Flow Check. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 102
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Replace accumulator. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Pump Flow Check
Action: Test hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is hydraulic pump flow low?
Result: YES:Adjust, repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Engine Performance Check. ( 7 ) Engine Performance Check
Action: →NOTE: Low combined torque converter stall speed can indicate an engine performance issue. Check combined torque converter stall speed. See Torque Converter Stall Speed Test . (Group 9020-25.) Is combined torque converter stall speed within specification (not low)?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Diagnose cause of low combined torque converter stall speed as directed by test.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 103
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) 73
Low Hydraulic Power (Low Hydraulic Pressure) Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil to correct level. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose for leaks. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to System Leakage Check. ( 4 ) System Leakage Check
Action: Perform the necessary test to determine if system is leaking. See Function Drift Test , see Steering System Leakage Test , see Steering Cylinder Leakage Test and see Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a leak in hydraulic system?
Result: YES:Inspect hydraulic system and repair as necessary. NO:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. ( 5 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valves. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 104
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 6 ) Hydraulic Cylinder Check
Action: Perform hydraulic cylinder leakage test. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is hydraulic cylinder leaking?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 7 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 105
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Function Makes "Chattering" Noise 73
Hydraulic Function Makes "Chattering" Noise Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Correct Hydraulic Oil Check. ( 2 ) Correct Hydraulic Oil Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. ( 4 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 5 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 106
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 107
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Functions Drift 73
Functions Drift Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Machine Specification Check
Action: Check to make sure function drift is within machine specification. See Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is function drift within specification?
Result: YES:Normal machine operation. Checks complete. NO:Go to Cylinder Leakage Check. ( 2 ) Cylinder Leakage Check
Action: Perform cylinder leakage test to determine if leakage is in hydraulic cylinder or control valve. See Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Does cylinder leak excessively?
Result: YES:Repair cylinder as necessary. See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Control Valve Seals Check. ( 3 ) Control Valve Seals Check
Action: Inspect control valve seals for damage. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) Do seals have any visible damage?
Result: YES:Replace seals. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) NO:Go to Control Valve Spool Check. ( 4 ) Control Valve Spool Check
Action: Inspect section spool and bore for scoring and scratches. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Is there any visible scoring or scratches on spool and bore?
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Return to Cylinder Leakage Check.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 108
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Control Valve Sticks or Works Hard 73
Control Valve Sticks or Works Hard Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Control Lever Linkage Check
Action: Inspect control lever linkage. See Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment and see Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) Is linkage out of adjustment?
Result: YES:Adjust as necessary. NO:Go to Return Spring Rubbing Check. ( 2 ) Return Spring Rubbing Check
Action: Inspect control valve spring for damage or rubbing. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is return spring rubbing on spring cap, inside control valve?
Result: YES:Repair or replace return spring as necessary. NO:Go to Return Spring Broken Check. ( 3 ) Return Spring Broken Check
Action: Inspect return spring for damage. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is return spring broken inside control valve?
Result: YES:Replace return spring. NO:Go to Hydraulic Control Valve Contamination Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Control Valve Contamination Check
Action: Check for contamination in control valve. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Is valve spool scored or bent?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic control valve as necessary. NO:Go to Scored Valve Bore or Bent Spool Check. ( 5 ) Scored Valve Bore or Bent Spool Check
Action: Inspect valve spool for damage. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 109
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Is valve bore scored or bent?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Go to Spool Alignment Check. ( 6 ) Spool Alignment Check
Action: Determine if spool is aligned correctly. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Does valve spool have proper alignment inside control valve?
Result: YES:Go to Spool Centering Spring Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 7 ) Spool Centering Spring Check
Action: Determine if spool is aligned correctly. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Is spool centering spring aligning spool inside control valve?
Result: YES:Go to Spool Seals Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 8 ) Spool Seals Check
Action: Inspect spool seals for damage. Are spool seals leaking or out of alignment?
Result: YES:Inspect and repair seals. See Backhoe Control Valve Spool Seals Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) NO:Go to Backhoe Valve Twisted Check. ( 9 ) Backhoe Valve Twisted Check
Action: Check backhoe valve mounting plate to see if it is twisted. Is backhoe valve twisted?
Result: YES:Loosen control valve tie bolts and torque to specification. See Backhoe Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 110
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Hydraulic Oil Overheats 73
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Excessive Load Check
Action: Determine if machine is being operated under heavy load. Are hydraulic functions continuously operated under heavy load?
Result: YES:Reduce load on hydraulic functions. NO:Go to Operator Holding Hydraulic System Over Relief Check. ( 2 ) Operator Holding Hydraulic System Over Relief Check
Action: Determine if machine functions are being held over relief. Is operator continuously holding hydraulic system over relief during machine operation?
Result: YES:Return hydraulic control levers to neutral when not in use. NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Low Check
Action: Check hydraulic system oil level. Is hydraulic oil level low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is being used. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct oil viscosity being used?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Plugged Check. NO:Drain and refill hydraulic system. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 5 ) Hydraulic Oil Cooler Plugged Check
Action: Perform hydraulic oil cooler restriction test. See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is hydraulic oil cooler restricted?
Result: YES:Repair or replace hydraulic oil cooler as necessary. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 111
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
NO:Go to Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Plugged Check. ( 6 ) Hydraulic/Transmission Radiator Plugged Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic/transmission radiator for debris or obstructions. Is hydraulic/transmission radiator obstructed?
Result: YES:Clean hydraulic/transmission radiator. NO:Go to Variable speed Fan Operation Check (if equipped). ( 7 ) Variable Speed Fan Operation Check (if equipped)
Action: Determine if variable speed fan is operating correctly. Visually inspect or see Variable Speed Fan Test . (Group 9010-25.) Is variable speed fan operating correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Backhoe System Relief Valve Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 8 ) Backhoe System Relief Valve Check
Action: Test backhoe system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Pressure Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is backhoe system relief valve pressure within specification?
Result: YES:Go to Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check. NO:Adjust backhoe system relief valve setting, as necessary. ( 9 ) Loader and Backhoe Circuit Relief Valves Check
Action: Test loader and backhoe circuit relief valves. See Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump . (Group 9025-25.) Are circuit relief valve pressures within specifications?
Result: YES:Go to Priority Valve Check. NO:Adjust circuit relief valve settings, as necessary. ( 10 ) Priority Valve Check
Action: Test operation of priority valve. Is priority valve functioning correctly?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic System Leakage Check. NO:Repair or replace as necessary. ( 11 ) Hydraulic System Leakage Check <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 112
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Action: Check for system leakage in hydraulic cylinders, loader and stabilizer control valve, and backhoe control valve. See Function Drift Test and see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there excessive leakage in hydraulic system?
Result: YES:Repair system leakage. NO:Checks complete. Foaming Oil 73
Foaming Oil Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil as needed. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Type Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Type Check
Action: Determine if correct oil is being used in machine. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) Is correct hydraulic oil in machine?
Result: YES:Go to Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check. NO:Drain and refill. See Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) ( 3 ) Hydraulic Pump Suction Hose Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump suction hose. See Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.) Is hydraulic pump suction hose loose or leaking?
Result: YES:Tighten hydraulic pump suction hose. NO:Checks complete. Hydraulic Pump Leaking 73
Hydraulic Pump Leaking Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Cap Screws Check
Action: Check hydraulic pump mounting cap screws. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) Are cap screws holding pump together loose?
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 113
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Tighten cap screws to specifications. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Go to Shaft Seal Check. ( 2 ) Shaft Seal Check
Action: Inspect shaft seal for damage. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) Is shaft seal worn?
Result: YES:Replace seal. NO:Go to Pump Seal Check. ( 3 ) Pump Seal Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic pump seals and gaskets for damage. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) Is pump seal or backup gasket broken?
Result: YES:Replace seal or gasket. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 114
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Excessive Pump Noise 73
Excessive Pump Noise Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Hydraulic Oil Level Check
Action: Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . (Operator′s Manual.) Is hydraulic oil level too low?
Result: YES:Add hydraulic oil. See Hydraulic Oil . (Operator′s Manual.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Oil Lines Check. ( 2 ) Hydraulic Oil Lines Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic lines to determine if they are contacting with machine. Are hydraulic oil lines contacting with operator’s station?
Result: YES:Check and secure hydraulic oil lines. See Operator′s Station Remove and Install . (Group 1800.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Filter Assembly Check. ( 3 ) Hydraulic Filter Assembly Check
Action: Inspect hydraulic filter assembly for proper operation. See Hydraulic Filter Assembly Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) Is hydraulic filter bypass valve chattering?
Result: YES:Inspect, clean, and repair hydraulic filter bypass valve. NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Hardware Check. ( 4 ) Hydraulic Pump Hardware Check
Action: Check hydraulic pump hardware to determine if torqued to specification. Is hydraulic pump attaching hardware loose?
Result: YES:Tighten pump attaching hardware to specifications. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) NO:Go to Hydraulic Pump Drive Check. ( 5 ) Hydraulic Pump Drive Check
Action: Check hydraulic pump drive for damage. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) Is hydraulic pump drive worn?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. See Hydraulic Pump Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 2160.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 115
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
NO:Go to System Leakage Check. ( 6 ) System Leakage Check
Action: Perform function drift test to check for leakage within hydraulic circuits. See Function Drift Test . (Group 9025-25.) Is there a leak in hydraulic circuits?
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 116
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Group 20 - Adjustments Backhoe Control Lever to Valve Linkage (Two Lever) Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Knob Edge-to-Tape Distance
240 mm 9.5 in.
Knob Center to Knob Center Distance
260 mm 10.25 in.
Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Check LEGEND: 1 Knob Edge-to-Tape Distance 2 Knob Center-to-Knob Center Distance
Two Lever Configuration Shown →NOTE: Levers must be adjusted correctly to ensure clearance with seat and allow full lever travel. [1] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. NEVER rely on transmission control lever (TCL) alone to keep machine from moving. Always set park brake to hold machine. Engage park brake. Lower all equipment to ground. Turn engine OFF. [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] - Move backhoe control levers to neutral. [4] - Attach a piece of masking tape across rear surface of rear ROPS posts at height of backhoe lever knobs. [5] - Measure knob edge-to-tape distance (1). Compare measurement to specification, if adjustment is needed, follow procedure in Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment in this procedure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Knob Edge to Tape
Distance
240 mm 9.5 in.
[6] - Measure knob center to knob center distance (2). Compare measurement to specification, if adjustment is needed, follow procedure in Backhoe Control Lever Adjustment in this procedure. Item
Measurement
Specification
Knob Center to Knob Center
Distance
260 mm 10.25 in.
[7] - Check levers for full travel and proper operation. Linkage rods should not contact each other at any lever position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 117
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Backhoe Control Lever-to-Valve Linkage Adjustment LEGEND: 1 Jam Nut (2 used per linkage rod) 2 Linkage Rod (1 used per control valve)
Two Lever Configuration Shown [1] - Remove rear floor mat and backhoe lever console cover. [2] - Move upper rear window, middle rear window, and lower rear window to maximum UP position. Install screw to hold lower rear window in UP position. [3] - Adjust knob edge-to-tape distance for each backhoe control lever, then adjust knob center to knob center distance. For each linkage adjustment: a. Loosen jam nuts (1). b. Turn linkage rod (2) to adjust lever position. c. Measure lever position. Repeat procedure as necessary to meet specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Knob Edge to Tape
Distance
240 mm 9.5 in.
Knob Center to Knob Center
Distance
260 mm 10.25 in.
d. Tighten jam nuts. [4] - Move rear windows to suit operator′s preference. [5] - Install backhoe lever console cover and rear floor mat.
Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Adjustment—If Equipped
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 118
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
LEGEND: 1 Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve 2 Adjustment Knob 3 Lock Nut
Auxiliary Selective Flow Control Valve Section
Adjustment Knob [1] - Turn switched power off. [2] - Turn selective flow control switch to OFF position. See Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Operation—If Equipped . (Operator’s Manual.) [3] →NOTE: The auxiliary selective flow control valve is equipped with six different flow settings. Each setting is identified with a number on the adjustment knob that represents a value in gallons per minute (gpm). Loosen lock nut (3). [4] - Turn adjustment knob (2) until desired flow setting is observed. 34 L/min. (9 gpm) 49 L/min. (13 gpm) 61 L/min. (16 gpm) 68 L/min (18 gpm) 83 L/min. (22 gpm) 95 L/min. (25 gpm) [5] - Tighten lock nut.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 119
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Pilot Control Pressure
3700—4100 kPa 37.2—41.4 bar 540—600 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JDG1385 Snap-to-Connect (STC) ™ Hose and Line Fitting Tool
Use this procedure to check and adjust pilot control pressure. Access to valve is from under machine. [1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Discharge pilot enable and pattern select valve accumulator. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [3] -
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 120
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Pressure Reducing Relieving Valve Adjustment Screw LEGEND: 1 PEPS Manifold Supply Hose 2 Elbow Fitting 3 Adjustment Screw 137 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold 139 Pressure Reducing Relieving Valve 141 Pilot Control Pressure Test Port Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. (or equivalent) to pilot control pressure test port (141). See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) [4] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
[5] - Run engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[6] - Check pressure with pilot operated function held over relief. Compare pressure reading to specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot Control
Pressure
3700—4100 kPa 37.2—41.4 bar 540—600 psi
[7] - Turn switched power OFF. [8] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 121
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
[9] - Disconnect PEPS manifold supply hose (1). See Service Recommendations For Snap-To-Connect (STC®) Fittings . (Operator’s Manual.) Snap-to-Connect (STC) ™ Hose and Line Fitting Tool JDG1385 Disconnect Snap-to-Connect® Fittings. [10] - Remove elbow fitting (2). [11] - Turn adjustment screw (3) in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. [12] - Install elbow fitting and connect PEPS manifold supply hose. [13] - Repeat steps 4—12 until pressure is to specification.
Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure [1] - Lower backhoe to the ground or to a safe stored position and stop engine. [2] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected backhoe boom or bucket movement when equipped with pilot controls. Pilot enable and pattern select valve accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. Turn switched power to ON position; do not start engine. [3] - Rotate operator′s seat to backhoe position. [4] - Cycle pilot enable switch from OFF to ON position. [5] - Cycle pilot functions a minimum of 10 times in each direction to relieve system pressure. [6] - Turn key switch to OFF position.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 122
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage and Return-To-Dig Switch Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Pickup Pin Adjustment Distance
2 mm 0.08 in.
Actuator Plate Adjustment Distance
85—90 mm 3.35—3.54 in.
Adjusted correctly, the self-leveling linkage causes the loader control lever to move from bucket roll back to neutral when boom is fully raised. In neutral, the bucket is automatically leveled preventing spilling of material. With both the self-leveling linkage and return-to-dig switch adjusted correctly, the bucket will roll back to a slightly dumped or flat on ground position as boom lowers. →NOTE: For proper adjustment of loader bucket self-leveling linkage and return-to-dig switch, perform loader bucket self-leveling linkage adjustment before return-to-dig switch adjustment.
Loader Bucket Self-Leveling Linkage Adjustment [1] - Position loader bucket flat on ground. [2] - Turn machine OFF. [3] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [4] -
Self-Leveling Linkage Adjustment LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 <- Go to Section TOC
Actuator Tube Turnbuckle Actuator Plate Actuator Plate Adjustment Distance Pickup Pin Adjustment Lock Nut (2 used) Section 9025 page 123
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
5 Pickup Pin Adjustment Distance 6 Vertical Link 7 Pickup Pin Push pickup pin (7) on vertical link (6) down, so that loader valve spool is lifted to maximum height. [5] - While holding pickup pin down, adjust lock nuts (4) so that bottom of pickup pin is within specification of bottom of pickup pin adjustment distance (5). Item
Measurement
Specification
Pickup Pin
Adjustment Distance
2 mm 0.08 in.
[6] - Release pickup pin. [7] - Adjust actuator tube turnbuckle (1) so actuator plate (2) to actuator plate adjustment distance (3) is within specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Actuator Plate
Adjustment Distance
85—90 mm 3.4—3.5 in.
Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw 2 Return-to-Dig Switch Bracket 3 Cam Surface 4 Return-to-Dig Switch Roller 5 Self-Leveling Acuator 6 Yoke 7 Pin
Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment (top view)
Return-to-Dig Switch Adjustment Loosen cap screw (1) and move return-to-dig switch bracket (2) so return-to-dig switch roller (4) is touching cam surface (3) as shown. [2] - Tighten cap screw without moving return-to-dig switch bracket out of position. [3] - Test operation of the return-to-dig switch. a. Remove pin (7) and disconnect yoke (6) from self-leveling actuator (5). →NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller do not bottom on switch housing.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 124
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Turn self-leveling actuator back and forth while watching return-to-dig switch roller move on cam surface. If cam surface hits return-to-dig switch bracket, or if return-to-dig switch roller arm bottoms against switch housing when depressed, reposition return-to-dig switch. Repeat procedure. c. Install pin and yoke to self-leveling actuator.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 125
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Loader and Stabilizer Lever Adjustment Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Right Front ROPS-to-Loader Lever Length
694 mm 27.3 in.
Right Rear ROPS-to-Loader Lever Length
568 mm 22.4 in.
Right Front ROPS-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever Length
670 mm 26.4 in.
Right Rear ROPS-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever Length
532 mm 20.9 in.
Loader Lever Adjustment [1] - Park machine on level surface. Lower attachments and stabilizers to ground. [2] - Stop engine and release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] - Remove front and rear floor mats. [4] LEGEND: 1 2
Floor Access Plate Floor Access Plate
Floor Plates Remove floor access plate (1). [5] - Remove rear floor access plate (2). [6] LEGEND: 1
Loader Linkage
Loader Lever Linkage Locate loader lever linkage adjustment turnbuckle. [7] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 126
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
→NOTE: Measuring distance is from center of loader lever to level area shown on ROPS post. Adjust linkage turnbuckle to specification using ROPS posts as a reference. LEGEND: 1 Right Front ROPS-to-Loader Lever
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever LEGEND: 1 Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever
Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever
Length
694 mm 27.3 in.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Loader Lever
Length
568 mm 22.4 in.
Auxiliary Loader Lever Adjustment [1] - Locate auxiliary loader lever linkage. [2] - Adjust linkage turnbuckle to specification using ROPS posts as reference. LEGEND: 1 Right Front ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 127
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
LEGEND: 1 Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Right Rear ROPS-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Front ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Length
670 mm
Item
Measurement
Specification
Right Rear ROPS Post-to-Auxiliary Loader Lever
Length
532 mm
26.4 in.
20.9 in.
Stabilizer Lever Adjustment [1] LEGEND: 1 Stabilizer Lever (2 used) 2 Center Location
Stabilizer Lever Adjustment Adjust stabilizer linkage turnbuckles until stabilizer levers (1) are in center location (2) between stops. [2] - Install floor plates. [3] - Install floor mats.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 128
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 345 kPa 3.5 bar 50 psi
Ride Control Accumulator Charge Pressure (below measured pressure on loader boom cylinder head end)
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT05420 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit Dry Nitrogen Tank Nitrogen Tank Pressure Regulator
This procedure is used to charge the ride control accumulator with dry nitrogen. New machines have an accumulator precharge of 2930 kPa (29.3 bar) (425 psi). Replacement accumulators are shipped without precharge and can be charged before they are installed on a machine. [1] - Check and record charge pressure required for ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [2] →NOTE: Accumulator will not allow correct amount of gas to be installed if piston is not at bottom of accumulator before charging. Performing ride control accumulator hydraulic pressure release procedure will move the piston to bottom. Release hydraulic pressure in ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [3] LEGEND: 202 Loader Boom Cylinder 205 Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped)
Ride Control Accumulator Move loader control lever to float position and leave it there until accumulator charging is complete. [4] - Remove cover and cap from top of ride control accumulator (if equipped) (205). [5] Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit JT05420 Charge ride control accumulator Dry Nitrogen Tank Charge ride control accumulator Nitrogen Tank Pressure Regulator Charge ride control accumulator <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 129
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
LEGEND: 45 Gas Cock 46 Hose to Nitrogen Tank 205 Ride Control Accumulator (if equipped)
Gas Cock Close gas cock (45) by turning it counterclockwise. [6] IMPORTANT: Charge accumulator using only dry nitrogen. Dry nitrogen does not mix with oil and is non-combustible. It will not cause oxidation or condensation inside accumulator and is not harmful to piston seal. DO NOT use air or any combustible gas as these can cause oxidation and condensation. Oxidation and condensation are harmful to piston seal and accumulator. Attach hose to nitrogen tank (46), and gas cock (45) to ride control accumulator (if equipped) (205). [7] - Slowly open regulator valve and gas cock to pressurize ride control accumulator. [8] →NOTE: Accumulator charge requirement will vary with loader bucket size and attachments. Accumulator charge must be set 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi), below boom cylinder head end pressure measured with bucket approximately 1 m (3 ft.) off ground during Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) Pressurize ride control accumulator to 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) below head end pressure measured on loader boom cylinder. Item
Measurement
Specification
Ride Control Accumulator Charge
Pressure (below measured pressure on loader boom cylinder head end)
345 kPa 3.5 bar 50 psi
[9] - Close gas cock and shut off gas pressure from the nitrogen tank. [10] - Slowly loosen the connector at the regulator valve to release pressure from hose. [11] - Remove gas cock from ride control accumulator and install cap.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 130
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 20: Adjustments
Ride Control Accumulator Charge Check Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Loader Bucket Height
0.9—1.2 m 3—4 ft.
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent)
This procedure is used to determine dry nitrogen charge pressure required for the ride control accumulator. [1] - Release hydraulic pressure from ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [2] - Stop engine. [3] CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Move loader control lever to float position to release hydraulic system pressure in loader circuit. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [4] LEGEND: 1 Loader Boom Cylinder Hydraulic Hose (head end) 2 JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer 202 Loader Boom Cylinder
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 131
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Loader Boom Cylinder With Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Disconnect loader boom cylinder hydraulic hose (1) from loader boom cylinder (202). [5] - Install test tee and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (2) (or equivalent) to loader boom cylinder. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used for pressure and temperature measurement. [6] - Connect loader boom cylinder hydraulic hose to tee. [7] - Start engine and warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
[8] - Move ride control switch to OFF position. [9] - Raise loader bucket to specified height off ground. Wait for 20 seconds until hydraulic pressure gauge reading stabilizes. Record lowest head end hydraulic pressure required to support loader bucket. Item
Measurement
Specification
Loader Bucket
Height
0.9—1.2 m 3—4 ft.
[10] - Move loader control lever to float position to release hydraulic system pressure in loader circuit. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [11] - Remove test equipment and connect loader boom cylinder hydraulic hose to loader boom cylinder. [12] →NOTE: Accumulator charge requirement will vary with loader bucket size and attachments. Accumulator charge must be set 345 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) below boom cylinder head end pressure measured during this procedure. New machines have an accumulator precharge of 2930 kPa (29.3 bar) (425 psi). Adjust ride control accumulator pressure as required. See Ride Control Accumulator Charge Procedure . (Group 9025-20.)
Ride Control Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure Release Procedure This procedure is used to release hydraulic pressure on the ride control accumulator. [1] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected boom or bucket movement when equipped with ride control. Ride control accumulator energy must be discharged when working on hydraulic components. With engine running, position loader bucket flat on the ground. [2] - Activate ride control switch to the ON position. [3] - Put the loader into float position. [4] - Turn the engine OFF.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 132
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation
JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit LEGEND: A B
Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Transducer
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit JT02158 Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02159 6 m (20 ft.) Cable with Couplers JT02161 3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer JT02162 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer JT05969 Thermo-Coupler 312883 Carry Case JT02160 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (Optional, Order Separately)
Use the digital pressure and temperature analyzer (A) and transducers (B) in place of analog gauges and a separate temperature reader. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit JT02156A Kit contains the analyzer, cable, two transducers, thermo-coupler, and a carry case. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer JT02158 display digital readings for temperature and single, multiple, or differential hydraulic oil pressure. Also reads vacuum when used with 500 psi transducer. 6 m (20 ft.) Cable with Couplers JT02159 connect tranducers to digital pressure and temperature analyzer. 3400 kPa (35 bar) (500 psi) Transducer JT02161 measure hydraulic oil pressure and vacuum. 34 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Transducer JT02162 measure hydraulic oil pressure. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 133
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Thermo-Coupler JT05969 measure hydraulic oil temperature. 70 000 kPa (700 bar) (10 000 psi) Transducer (Optional, Order Separately) JT02160 measure hydraulic oil pressure. Transducers are temperature sensitive. Allow transducer to warm to system temperature. After transducer is warmed and no pressure applied, push sensor zero button for one second to set the true zero point. When using for different pressures, turn selector to OFF for two seconds and then to the pressure range. Readings are inaccurate if proper range for transducer is not used.
Hydraulic Oil Warm-up Procedure Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[1] - Engage park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [2] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[3] - Lower loader bucket to the ground. [4] - Place backhoe in transport position and apply boom lock. Stall the boom down circuit by pushing the boom down lever fully for one minute, then cycle function to reduce localized overheating in control valve and to equalize temperature in circuits being tested. Repeat cycle until hydraulic oil is to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 134
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
System Fluid Purge Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz
Fluid Sample Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz
This is the recommended procedure for obtaining oil samples using the John Deere sampling valve. A cap probe, plastic bag, and oil sampling kit for the appropriate system are needed for this procedure. Part numbers for the required items can be found at the end of this procedure. Fluid systems should be sampled at the following intervals: Each system at every oil change prior to changing oil. Engine oil: 250 hours (recommended); 500 hours (maximum). Hydraulics: 250 hours. Power train; engine coolant: 500 hours.
Machine Preparation [1] - Start the machine and warm system to normal operating temperature. Operate machine functions so that the fluid is agitated throughout the system. [2] - Once the system has reached operating temperature, operate engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[3] - Locate sample valve on unit and clean the area around the valve prior to removing dust cap. This will reduce additional fluid sample contamination. See Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.) [4] - Once the area has been cleaned, remove the dust cap from the valve.
Priming Sample Valve Oil must be purged from the system to ensure a representative sample is collected in the test collection bottle. The appropriate amount of waste oil is determined by the distance of the sampling valve from the flow of the system. It is recommended one full sample bottle, equal to 100 mL (3.4 oz), be purged from a remotely mounted valve prior to collecting the sample. [1] - Connect probe to sample valve by placing the probe end into the valve port. [2] -
System Fluid Purge (excavator shown) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 135
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Press and hold the probe to release an appropriate amount of fluid into a waste container. Item
Measurement
Specification
System Fluid Purge
Volume (approximate)
100 mL 3.4 oz
[3] - Properly dispose of collected waste fluid. [4] - If oil flow needs to be increased to obtain a representative sample, accelerate the flow of the system by increasing the engine speed to high idle while taking the sample.
Obtaining Fluid Sample [1] →NOTE: This step is best done in a clean environment, rather than at the sample site. Place the sample bottle from the sample kit into plastic bag. Seal plastic bag.
Place Sample Bottle in Plastic Bag [2] -
Remove Lid of Sample Bottle (in plastic bag) Remove the lid from the sample container, while keeping bottle inside plastic bag. Move the lid aside within the plastic bag, so that the bottle opening is accessible. When collecting hydraulic or power train samples, be careful to hold the sheet of plastic (located under the lid) to the top of the bottle. This will ensure that the protective plastic is not removed when the lid is taken off. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 136
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[3] →NOTE: The plastic bag creates a protective covering for the sample so that external contaminants are not introduced into the fluid sample. Holding bag tight across bottle, puncture hole in bag with cap probe line and insert line about 13 mm (0.5 in.) into the sample bottle.
Puncture Plastic Bag with Cap Probe Line [4] -
Collect Sample Fluid (excavator shown) While holding cap probe line inside the bottle, press and hold the cap probe to the valve to release the sample fluid into the bottle that is still secured within the plastic bag. [5] - Fill the sample bottle about 3/4 full of fluid. Item
Measurement
Specification
Fluid Sample
Volume (approximate)
75 mL 2.5 oz
[6] - Once a representative sample has been obtained, remove the tube and return the lid to the container, leaving the lid and bottle inside the plastic bag and the protective plastic sheet attached underneath the lid (if applicable). When properly performed, sample oil will be warm, indicating that all stagnant fluid was removed during the purge process and not sent to the lab. [7] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 137
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
→NOTE: Cap probes are to be used for only one sampling procedure. Install the dust cap to the sample valve, and properly dispose of the cap probe. [8] - Fill out the sample information form completely, and submit the form and sample to the designated regional lab for testing. Service Equipment and Tools Fluid Analysis Sampling Materials Summary Part Number
Description
AT317904
Engine Test Kit
AT303189
Hydraulic and Power Train Test Kit
AT180344
Diesel Fuel Test Kit
AT183016
Coolant Test Kit
TY26349
1/4" Suction Pump Tubing, 100ft.
AT308579
120 mL Sample Bottle
AT315231
Poly Cap Probe
AT321211
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -4 SAE O-Ring
AT306111
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 SAE O-Ring
TY26363
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/4"-20 NPT
AT306133
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
AT320593
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -6 ORFS Female
AT312932
Probe Style Sample Valve with Attached Cap, -8 ORFS Female
TY26364
90° Push Button Sample Valve with attached Cap, 1/8"-27 NPT
TY26365
Sample Valve Actuator Tubing Adaptor Fitting, KST Series Probe
N/A
Plastic Bag
Hydraulic Oil Sampling Procedure—If Equipped For hydraulic oil sampling procedure, see Fluid Sampling Procedure—If Equipped . (Group 9010-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 138
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Manual Controls [1] CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Lower loader and backhoe to ground or to a stored safe position. [3] - Stop engine. [4] - Manually move control levers in all directions until loader or backhoe completely releases all hydraulic pressure.
Pilot Controls [1] LEGEND: 1 Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch 2 Pilot Control (2 used)
Pilot Controls Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Lower the loader and backhoe to the ground or to a stored safe position. [3] - Stop engine. [4] - Manually move control lever in all directions until the loader completely releases all hydraulic pressure. [5] - For backhoe pressure release, turn switched power ON, but do not start engine. [6] - Rotate operator′s seat to the backhoe position. [7] - Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to unlock position. [8] - Rotate pilot controls (2) 5 to 10 rotations to release hydraulic system pressure. [9] - Push pilot control enable/disable switch to locked position. [10] - Turn switched power OFF.
Electrohyraulic (EH) Loader Auxiliary Control [1] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 139
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
LEGEND: 3 Loader Auxiliary Flow Control Switch 4 Single Lever Loader Controller (SLLC)
Single Lever Loader Controller (SLLC) Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Lower loader and backhoe to ground or to a stored safe position. [3] - Stop engine. [4] - Turn switched power ON, but do not start engine. [5] - Position seat in locked forward position. [6] - Roll loader auxiliary flow control switch (3) to full forward and backward positions a minimum of 10 times to release auxiliary pressure. [7] - Turn switched power OFF.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 140
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
2200 rpm
Hydraulic System Test Pressure
13 720—13 860 kPa 137.2—138.6 bar 1990—2010 psi
Seat in Forward Position Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (new, typical)
101.6 L/min. 26.8 gpm
Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (used, minimum)
83.7 L/min. 22.1 gpm
Seat in Rear Position Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (new, typical)
132.7 L/min. 35.1 gpm
Hydraulic Pump Flow Rate (used, minimum)
109.3 L/min. 28.9 gpm
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07148 Flowmeter (or equivalent) Test Hose (2 used)
[1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 141
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Flow Test (bottom view) LEGEND: 1 Supply Hose 113 Hydraulic Pump 145 Backhoe Control Valve Disconnect supply hose (1) from hydraulic pump (113). [4] LEGEND: 2 Flowmeter Inlet Test Hose 3 Flowmeter 4 Flowmeter Outlet Test Hose 5 Flowmeter Restriction Valve
Flowmeter Test Connections Install flowmeter inlet test hose (2) to hydraulic pump outlet and flowmeter (3) inlet. [5] - Install flowmeter outlet test hose (4) to flowmeter outlet. [6] - Remove cap from hydraulic oil reservoir. [7] - Place flowmeter outlet test hose in hydraulic oil reservoir. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 142
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[8] IMPORTANT: Flow control valve on flowmeter MUST be fully open. Damage to pump will result if valve is not fully open. Fully open flowmeter restriction valve (5). [9] - Start engine. [10] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification by partially closing flowmeter restriction valve. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[11] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2200 rpm
[12] - Slowly close flowmeter restriction valve until pressure is to specification with seat forward. Record flow reading. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic System
Test Pressure
13 720—13 860 kPa 137.2—138.6 bar 1990—2010 psi
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (new, typical)
101.6 L/min. 26.8 gpm
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (used, minimum)
83.7 L/min. 22.1 gpm
[13] - Repeat procedure for seat in rear position. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic System
Test Pressure
13 720—13 860 kPa 137.2—138.6 bar 1990—2010 psi
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (new, typical)
132.7 L/min. 35.1 gpm
Hydraulic Pump
Flow Rate (used, minimum)
109.3 L/min 28.9 gpm
[14] - If hydraulic pump is not to specifications, replace pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install . (Group 2160.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 143
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
System Relief Valve Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Fast Idle
System Relief Valve Pressure Setting
24 304—25 684 kPa 243—257 bar 3525—3725 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) Adapter (1-1/16-12 M 37° x -8 F ORFS) (2 used) Union (-8 M x -8 M ORFS) Tee (-6 M x -6 M x -6 F ORFS)
→NOTE: System relief valve (150) regulates the entire machine hydraulic system (backhoe, loader, steering and auxiliary). [1] - Park machine on level surface and engage park brake. [2] - Stop engine and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [3] CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [4] →NOTE: Hydraulic system pressure can be read from monitor. See Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Diagnostics . (Group 9015-16.) →NOTE: Backhoe control valve test ports may be blocked depending on machine configuration.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 144
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Backhoe Control Valve Test Ports
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 145
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Test Port LEGEND: 1 Test Port 2 Test Port 3 Test Port 113 Hydraulic Pump 145 Backhoe Control Valve 150 System Relief Valve Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) to available test port (1, 2, or 3). JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. Adapter (2 Used) 1-1/16 -12 M 37° x -8 F ORFS Used to connect gauge Union -8 M x -8 M ORFS Used to connect gauge Tee Fitting -6 M x -6M x -6 F ORFS Used to connect gauge [5] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) [6] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[7] - Fully raise backhoe boom and hold over relief. Record gauge reading. [8] - Lower backhoe boom. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 146
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[9] -
Relief Valve Adjustment LEGEND: 4 Lock Nut 5 Adjustment Screw Adjust system relief valve using procedure below. a. Loosen lock nut (4). b. Turn adjustment screw (5) to adjust pressure. Turning adjustment screw in increases pressure, turning adjustment screw out decreases pressure. c. Hold adjustment screw stationary and tighten lock nut. [10] - Repeat steps 7—9 until pressure is to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Relief Valve
Pressure Setting
24 304—25 684 kPa 243—257 bar 3525—3725 psi
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 147
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve Pressure Setting
20 000—21 400 kPa 200—214 bar 2900—3100 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02162 5000 psi Transducer
[1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] →NOTE: For location of hydraulic pump, see Hydraulic System Component Location . (Group 9025-15.)
Unloading Valve Relief Valve LEGEND: 1 Unloading Valve Test Port 2 Jam Nut 3 Adjustment Screw 215 Unloading Valve Relief Valve Remove plug from unloading valve test port (1). [4] - Install quick coupler to unloading valve test port. [5] - Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) to quick coupler. See JT02156A Digital <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 148
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to check pressure. 5000 psi Transducer JT02162 Used to measure pressure [6] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[7] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[8] - Raise backhoe boom and hold over relief. Watch pressure gauge and record maximum pressure before gauge needle drops off (unloading). R [9] - Compare pressure reading to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Pump Unloading Relief Valve
Pressure Setting
20 000—21 400 kPa 200—214 bar 2900—3100 psi
[10] - Turn switched power OFF. [11] - Unloading valve relief valve (215) is screw adjustable. Loosen jam nut (2) and turn adjustment screw (3) to make adjustments. [12] - Repeat steps 7—11 until pressure is to specification.
Pilot Control Pressure Test To test pilot control pressure, see Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 149
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Pilot Control Accumulator Charge Pressure (minimum)
1034 kPa 10.34 bar 150 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent)
[1] - With engine off, discharge pilot control accumulator. See Pilot Enable and Pattern Select Valve Accumulator Discharge Procedure . (Group 9025-20.) [2] -
Pilot Control Pressure Test Port LEGEND: 137 Pilot Enable and Pattern Select (PEPS) Manifold 141 Pilot Control Pressure Test Port Connect JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) to pilot control pressure test port (141) from under machine. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. [3] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature (minimum)
40°C 104°F
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 150
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[4] - Run engine at slow idle. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[5] - Verify pilot control pressure is to specification. See Pilot Control Pressure Adjustment . (Group 9025-20.) [6] IMPORTANT: Perform this test slowly to get accurate accumulator charge pressure. The pilot pressure will decrease with every application of pilot controller and then make a sudden large pressure drop when accumulator is discharged. The highest reading before sudden large pressure drop will be accumulator charge pressure. Test may have to be repeated several times to get accurate reading. Check the charge of the accumulator using the following procedure: a. Stop engine. b. Power machine ON. c. Cycle pilot enable switch from OFF to ON position. d. Observe pressure gauge reading while cycling bucket pilot function slowly to bleed off pilot pressure. When pressure approaches 1380 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi), watch for sudden large drop in pressure. e. Compare highest pressure reading observed before sudden drop to specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Pilot Control Accumulator Charge
Pressure (minimum)
1034 kPa 10.34 bar 150 psi
→NOTE: Repeat test procedure if unable to detect sudden pressure drop. [7] - If accumulator charge is below minimum specifications, replace accumulator. [8] - Remove test equipment.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 151
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Restriction Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Fast Idle
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Differential Pressure (maximum)
379—412 kPa 3.8—4.1 bar 55—60 psi
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent)
[1] - Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] - Apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. See Apply Vacuum to Hydraulic Oil Reservoir . (Group 2160.) [4] -
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Connections LEGEND: 1 Hydraulic Return Hose 2 Hydraulic Supply Hose 39 Transmission Oil Cooler 120 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Install identification tag and disconnect hydraulic return hose (1) from hydraulic oil cooler (120). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 152
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Install tee fitting to hydraulic return hose. [6] - Install quick coupler and connect test hose to tee fitting. [7] - Connect test hose to hydraulic oil cooler. [8] - Install identification tag and disconnect hydraulic supply hose (2) from hydraulic oil cooler. [9] - Install tee fitting to hydraulic oil cooler supply hose. [10] - Install quick coupler and connect test hose to tee fitting. [11] - Connect test hose to hydraulic oil cooler. [12] - Install JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer to quick couplers. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to check pressure differential. [13] - Disconnect or shut off vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. [14] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[15] - Run engine at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Fast Idle
[16] - Record pressure differential. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Differential Pressure (maximum)
379—412 kPa 3.8—4.1 bar 55—60 psi
[17] - If pressure differential is above specification, hydraulic oil cooler flow is restricted. Flush or replace hydraulic oil cooler. See Hydraulic and Transmission Oil Coolers Remove and Install . (Group 2160.) [18] - Turn on or apply vacuum to hydraulic oil reservoir. [19] - Remove test equipment, fittings, and test hoses. [20] - Connect hydraulic hoses to appropriate ports using identification tags.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 153
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Circuit Relief Valve Test—With Remote Pump Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Loader Circuits Auxiliary Extend Pressure
26 200—27 580 kPa 262—275.8 bar 3800—4000 psi
Bucket Curl Pressure
31 715—33 095 kPa 317—330.9 bar 4600—4800 psi
Bucket Dump Pressure
31 715—33 095 kPa 317—330.9 bar 4600—4800 psi
Boom Up Pressure
35 163—36 543 kPa 352—365.4 bar 5100—5300 psi
Backhoe Circuits Crowd Out Pressure
32 800—34 180 kPa 328—341.8 bar 4757—4957 psi
Bucket Curl Pressure
31 715—33 095 kPa 317—330 bar 4600—4800 psi
Boom Down Pressure
14 800—16 180 kPa 148—161.8 bar 2147—2347 psi
Swing Left Pressure
28 960—30 340 kPa 290—303.4 bar 4200—4400 psi
Swing Right Pressure
28 960—30 340 kPa 290—303.4 bar 4200—4400 psi
Boom Raise Pressure
34 500—35 880 kPa 345—358.8 bar 5003—5204 psi
Bucket Dump Pressure
31 700—33 080 kPa 317—330.8 bar 4598—4798 psi
Crowd In Pressure
26 200—27 580 kPa 262—275.8 bar 3800—4000 psi
Thumb Cylinder Close Pressure (adjustable)—If Equipped
13 100—14 479 kPa 131—145 bar 1900—2100 psi
Thumb Cylinder Open Pressure (adjustable)—If Equipped
25 511—26 890 kPa 255—269 bar 3700—3900 psi
Selective Flow—If Equipped
19 300—20 700 kPa 193—207 bar 2799—3002 psi
Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 60—70°C 140—160°F
Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Gauge (or equivalent) 35 000 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02160 Transducer 10 000 psi JT02162 Transducer 5000 psi
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 154
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT07192 Electric/Hydraulic Pump (or equivalent) Nut (-10 ORFS) Reducer (-10 F x -6 M ORFS) Nut (-12 ORFS) Reducer (-12 F x -6 M ORFS) Nut (-8 ORFS) Reducer (-8 F x -6 M ORFS)
[1] IMPORTANT: The circuit relief valve is flow sensitive. A flow rate greater than 7.5 L/min (2 gpm) will flood the valve causing an inaccurate pressure reading. A hydraulic source that will provide a continuous flow must be used to get an accurate reading. Backhoe bucket curl and loader bucket dump circuit reliefs require 19 L/min (5 gpm) flow rate.
Hydraulic Cylinder Connections
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 155
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Remote Pump Connections LEGEND: 1 Hydraulic Hose (rod end) 2 Hydraulic Hose (head end) 3 Hydraulic Cylinder 4 Test Pump Pressure Hose 5 Tee 6 Transducer Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely . (Group 9000-01.) [2] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[3] - Stop engine and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [4] CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [5] CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. If circuit being tested involves loader boom, swing, or multipurpose bucket cylinders, disconnect lines to other cylinder within the circuit. Disconnect hydraulic hose (1 or 2), for circuit being tested, from hydraulic cylinder (3). Disconnect hoses to other cylinder in circuit, if applicable. See Hydraulic System Schematic . (Group 9025-15.) [6] - Connect test pump pressure hose (4) to hydraulic hose for circuit being tested. [7] - Close all openings using caps and plugs. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 156
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[8] - Install tee (5) and transducer (6) to remote pump. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation . (Group 9025-25.) Gauge (or equivalent) 3500 kPa (350 bar) (5000 psi) Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer (or equivalent) JT02156A Used to measure hydraulic system pressure. Transducer 5000 psi JT02162 Used to measure pressure Transducer 10 000 psi JT02160 Used to measure pressure Electric/Hydraulic Pump (or equivalent) JT07192 Delivers Hydraulic Fluid. Nut -10 ORFS Used to connect gauge. Reducer -10 F x -6 M ORFS Used to connect gauge. Nut -12 ORFS Used to connect gauge. Reducer -12 F x -6 M ORFS Used to connect gauge. Nut -8 ORFS Used to connect gauge. Reducer -8 F x -6 M ORFS Used to connect gauge. [9] - Connect test pump pressure hose to tee. [10] →NOTE: Take reading when pressure on gauge starts to decrease. The point at which pressure decreases is the opening pressure of the relief valve. Start remote pump to pressurize valve inlet. Record pressure reading. [11] - Adjust circuit relief valves according to specification. Repair or replace as necessary. See Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Control Valve Relief Valves Remove and Install . (Group 3360.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 157
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Steering System Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Steering Wheel Speed (maximum with 11.3 N·m (100 lb-in.) applied torque)
7 revolutions per minute (rpm)
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Apply park brake and put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral. [3] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[4] -
Turning the Steering Wheel Remove steering wheel cap. [5] - Bend locking tab away from steering wheel nut. [6] - Turn wheels to the maximum right position against the stop. [7] - Continue to turn the steering wheel clockwise at a constant specified torque. While maintaining specified torque, continue to turn the steering wheel and count steering wheel revolutions per minute (rpm). Item
Measurement
Specification
Steering Wheel
Speed (maximum with 11.3 N·m (100 lb-in.) applied torque)
7 rpm
[8] - Turn the steering wheel to the maximum left position and repeat previous two steps. If the steering wheel cannot be turned faster than 7 revolutions per minute (rpm) in both directions, the steering valve and steering cylinder are within specifications. Stop test here. If the steering wheel can be turned faster than 7 revolutions per minute (rpm) in either direction, excessive leakage is indicated. Perform the following steps to isolate steering valve or steering cylinder leakage. [9] - Stop engine. [10] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 158
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
CAUTION:
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [11] LEGEND: 1 Steering Cylinder Line (2 used)
MFWD Axle Shown (left side) Disconnect lines (1) from steering cylinder and install caps and plugs as shown. [12] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[13] - Turn steering wheel counterclockwise, then clockwise, at previously specified torque. Count the steering wheel revolutions per minute (rpm). [14] - If steering wheel can be turned faster than specification, in either direction, steering valve is leaking. See Steering Valve Remove and Install—Tilt Steering or see Steering Valve Remove and Install—Standard Steering . (Group 0960.) [15] - If the steering wheel revolutions per minute (rpm) are less than specification. See Steering Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 159
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Steering Cylinder Leakage Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Steering Cylinder Leakage (maximum)
5 ml/min 0.3 cu in./min
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engage park brake. [3] CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Stop engine. Move steering wheel back and forth to relieve hydraulic pressure. [4] LEGEND: 1 2 3
Hose Fitting Plug
MFWD Axle (left side shown) Disconnect pressure hose on right side of cylinder and install plug (3).
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 160
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Install hose (1) to steering cylinder fitting (2) and route into a calibrated container. [6] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[7] - Using constant pressure, hold steering wheel in full left turn for 1 minute. [8] - Stop engine and measure oil collected. Compare to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Steering Cylinder
Leakage (maximum)
5 ml/min 0.3 cu in./min
[9] - If oil collected is over specified amount, repair cylinder. For machines with a non-powered axle, see Non-Powered Axle Steering Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 0960.) For machines with a mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) axle, see Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Axle Steering Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 0960.) [10] →NOTE: Following a repair or test procedure, steering wheel should be turned in both directions to refill steering system components with oil. Repeat procedure for opposite end of steering cylinder and connect hose.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 161
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Function Drift Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Backhoe Function Drift (maximum)
25 mm/min. 1 in./min.
Loader Function Drift (maximum)
10 mm/min. 0.40 in./min.
Backhoe Boom (standard dipper) Drift (maximum)
1 mm/min. 0.04 in./min.
Backhoe Crowd (standard dipper) Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Backhoe Bucket Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Extendable Dipper Cylinder Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
Backhoe Swing Cylinder (right or left) Drift (maximum)
75 mm/min. 2.95 in./min.
Loader Boom Cylinder Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Loader Bucket Cylinder Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min. 0.010 in./min.
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Dial Indicator
The following tests are used to check leakage past the cylinder piston seals and through the main control valve spool and reliefs. Putting additional weight in bucket is not required to perform these tests. On extendible dipperstick machines, fully retract dipperstick for all testing. IMPORTANT: If drift test exceeds specifications, remove attachments and repeat test. Backhoe and loader attachments will have significant impact on the drift test, depending on the additional weight added by the attachment. Drift specs are based upon a standard machine without attachments such as couplers, 4-in-1 buckets, thumbs, swingers, and clamps as examples.
Function Drift Check [1] →NOTE: The function drift check for the loader or the backhoe hydraulic circuits can be performed separately or at the same time. When checking function drift, the complete hydraulic circuit of the loader or backhoe is being checked for excessive leakage. Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 162
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engage park brake. [3] →NOTE: For normal operation of machines equipped with ride control, see Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . (Group 9025-05.)
Function Drift Check Points Position loader bucket so bucket is level and cutting edge is approximately 51 mm (2.0 in.) off ground. [4] - Position backhoe bucket side cutters at a approximate 45° angle to ground and dipperstick extended as shown. Lower boom until bucket cutting edge is 51 mm (2.0 in.) off ground. [5] - Operate engine to specification and observe bucket cutting edges for 1 minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[6] - If the buckets do not drop or if it takes more than 1 minute for the bucket cutting edges to contact the ground, the leakage within the hydraulic circuits are acceptable—test is complete. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Function
Drift (maximum)
25 mm/min.
Loader Function
Drift (maximum)
1 in./min. 10 mm/min. 0.40 in./min.
If either bucket cutting edge touches the ground within 1 minute, excessive leakage is indicated in the cylinders or control valve for that particular hydraulic system—continue testing drift for each circuit to determine location of problem.
Backhoe Circuit Boom, Crowd, and Bucket Cylinders Drift Check [1] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 163
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Backhoe Cylinder Drift Position the boom, crowd, and bucket cylinders so the rod of each cylinder extends 20—50 mm (0.75—2.00 in.) from the fully retracted position. Mark the cylinder rods with tape as shown. [2] - Measure movement of boom, crowd, and bucket cylinder rods after 5 minutes. Divide measured rod drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Boom (standard dipper)
Drift (maximum)
1 mm/min. 0.04 in./min.
Backhoe Crowd (standard dipper)
Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
Backhoe Bucket
Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in the cylinder or the control valve.
Backhoe Circuit Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Drift Check [1] - With machine in transport position, fully curl backhoe bucket. [2] - Remove extendable dipperstick locking pin. [3] - Measure drift from end of dipperstick to ground after 5 minutes. Divide measured drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Extendable Dipper Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
[4] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Backhoe Swing Cylinder Drift Check [1] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 164
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Swing Cylinder Drift Check Point Tilt machine by fully extending right stabilizer. [2] - Fully extend dipperstick and bucket straight behind and following centerline of machine. [3] - Position bucket approximately 300 mm (12 in.) off ground with boom parallel to ground. [4] - Raise left stabilizer to 75 mm (2.95 in.) off ground. [5] - Insert a rod vertically into ground next to bucket (see illustration). [6] - Measure swing drift from side of bucket to vertical rod next to bucket after 5 minutes. Divide measured drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe Swing Cylinder (right or left)
Drift (maximum)
75 mm/min. 2.95 in./min.
[7] - Measure swing drift in opposite direction by reversing stabilizer positions and vertical rod. [8] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Loader Boom and Bucket Cylinders Drift Check [1] -
Measure Bucket Pivot Pin to Ground Clearance
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 165
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Measure Cylinder Drift Position the loader boom so bucket pivot pin is 1 meter (36 in.) above ground and bucket is level as shown. [2] - Mark boom and bucket cylinder rods with tape as shown. Measure movement of cylinder rods after 5 minutes. Divide measured rod drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Loader Boom Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
1.5 mm/min.
Loader Bucket Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
0.06 in./min. 1.5 mm/min. 0.06 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder Drift Check
Bucket Position For Cylinder Drift Test
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 166
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Measure Cylinder Drift [1] - Position loader boom so bucket is approximately 300 mm (12 in.) off ground and open bucket as shown. [2] - Mark bucket cylinder rods with tape as shown. Measure movement of cylinder rods after 5 minutes. Divide measured rod drift by five to determine drift per minute. Item
Measurement
Specification
Multipurpose Bucket Cylinder
Drift (maximum)
3 mm/min. 0.12 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. If drift is above specification, perform Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test . (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder or control valve.
Stabilizer Cylinders Drift Check
Stabilizer Cylinder With Dial Indicator Installed [1] - Lower stabilizers to lift machine off ground. [2] - Check for stabilizer cylinder rod movement with dial indicator. Dial Indicator Measures cylinder rod movement. Item
Measurement
Specification
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod
Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min. 0.010 in./min.
[3] - Compare drift to specification. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 167
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
If drift is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder. If cylinder leakage is higher than specification, check for contamination in the thermal relief poppet seat and cylinder packing. If cylinder leakage is OK, remove the lockout and check for scratches on the seat and poppet. Replace if required. Check that the lockout plunger, which slides between the two lockouts, is not sticking.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 168
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test
Rod End Cylinder Port Leakage Measurement Specification Specification Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage (maximum)
5 mL/min 0.2 oz./min
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Nut (-6 ORFS) Plug (-6 ORFS) Nut (-8 ORFS) Plug (-8 ORFS) Nut (-10 ORFS) Plug (-10 ORFS) Nut (-12 ORFS) Plug (-12 ORFS)
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Put transmission control lever (TCL) in neutral and engage park brake. [3] - Fully extend cylinder rod. [4] - Stop engine. [5] -
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 169
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
CAUTION:
Escaping Fluid To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [6] - Disconnect rod end hose and install a plug in hose end. Nut -6 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -6 ORFS Used to plug hose. Nut -8 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -8 ORFS Used to plug hose. Nut -10 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -10 ORFS Used to plug hose. Nut -12 ORFS Used to plug hose. Plug -12 ORFS Used to plug hose. [7] <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 170
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
→NOTE: This procedure can also be done at the control valve which would require capping the control valve port and putting the hose end into a measuring beaker after hydraulic oil stops dripping. After hydraulic oil stops dripping from cylinder port, put a measuring beaker under the cylinder port to catch hydraulic oil. [8] - Start engine and run to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[9] - Actuate the cylinder extend function for 1 minute. [10] - Stop engine. Measure hydraulic oil collected and connect hose. Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Cylinder
Leakage (maximum)
5 mL/min 0.2 oz./min
[11] - If measured hydraulic oil is not within specification, repair or replace cylinder as necessary. See Loader Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Loader Boom Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3160.) See Backhoe Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Crowd Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Boom Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Swing Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) See Backhoe Extendable Dipperstick Cylinder Remove and Install . (Group 3360.) [12] - Repeat procedure to test each cylinder.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 171
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Loader and Stabilizer Control Valve Lockout Leakage Test
Stabilizer Cylinder Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min 0.010 in./min
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Dial Indicator
The loader and stabilizer control valve has lockouts to prevent stabilizer cylinder drift up or down. Lockouts reduce leakage in circuit and require a dial indicator to test cylinder rod travel (drift). [1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
60—70°C 140—160°F
[2] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[3] - Lower stabilizers to lift machine off ground. [4] - Check for stabilizer cylinder rod movement with dial indicator. Dial Indicator Measures cylinder rod movement. Item
Measurement
Specification
Stabilizer Cylinder Rod
Drift (maximum)
0.25 mm/min 0.010 in./min
[5] - Compare drift to specification. If distance is above specification, see Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage Test (Group 9025-25) to determine if leakage is in cylinder. If cylinder leakage is higher than specification, check for contamination in the thermal relief poppet seat and cylinder packing. See Backhoe Stabilizer Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) If cylinder leakage is OK, remove the lockout and check for scratches on the seat and poppet. See Loader and Stabilizer Control <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 172
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Valve Spool Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3160.) Repair or replace as necessary. Check that lockout plunger, which slides between the two lockouts, is not sticking.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 173
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9025 - HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Group 25: Tests
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Leakage Test—(S.N. —232969) Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
Slow Idle
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Leakage (maximum)
125 mL 4.2 oz.
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Measuring Beaker
[1] - Warm hydraulic oil to specification. See Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Procedure . (Group 9025-25.) [2] - Release hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release . (Group 9025-25.) [3] -
Return Line LEGEND: 1 Cap Screw (2 used) 2 Return Line 167 Boom Lock Solenoid Valve 169 Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve Remove cap screws (1) and lay boom lock solenoid valve (167) aside. [4] - Disconnect return line (2) and install cap or plug on hose end. [5] - Connect a hose to open fitting on sideshift lock solenoid valve (169) to drain any leakage into measuring beaker. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9025 page 174
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
(g) by Belgreen v2.0
Measuring Beaker To measure leakage. [6] - Run engine to specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
Slow Idle
[7] - Hold boom raise function over relief for 1 minute. [8] - Measure oil. If leakage is greater than specification, repair or replace valve as necessary. See Backhoe Sideshift Lock Valve Disassemble and Assemble . (Group 3360.) Item
Measurement
Specification
Sideshift Lock Solenoid Valve
Leakage (maximum)
125 mL 4.2 oz.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 175
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
(g) by Belgreen v2.1
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Table of contents Group 05 - Theory of Operation ............................................................................................................. 1 Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation ........................................................................................ 1 Group 15 - Diagnostic Information ........................................................................................................ 3 Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location ................................................................... 3 Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ....................................................... 5 Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure .................................................... 7 Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure ......................................................... 8 Heater System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ...................................................................... 9 Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure ............................................................ 10 Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure .................................................................... 10 Group 25 - Tests ..................................................................................................................................... 12 Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling ......................................................................................... 12 R134a Refrigerant Cautions ............................................................................................................... 12 R134a Oil Charge Capacity ................................................................................................................. 13 R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity ................................................................................................... 13 Visual Inspection Of Components ....................................................................................................... 14 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test ............................................................................................. 16 Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Test .................................................................................. 17 Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test ........................................................................................ 20 R134a Air Conditioning System Test .................................................................................................. 22 Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart .................................................................................................. 24 Expansion Valve Test ......................................................................................................................... 25 Blower Motor Speed Switch Test ........................................................................................................ 27 Blower Motor Resistor Test ................................................................................................................. 28 Blower Motor Test ............................................................................................................................... 30 Air Conditioning Mode Switch Test ..................................................................................................... 31 Air Conditioning System Leak Test ..................................................................................................... 32 Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection ........................................................................................... 32
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 05: Theory of Operation
Group 05 - Theory of Operation Air Conditioning System Cycle Of Operation
Refrigerant System Cycle Of Operation LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Evaporator Core Compressor Condenser Core Circulation Blower Motor Expansion Valve Receiver-Dryer High Pressure Liquid High Pressure Gas Low Pressure Liquid Low Pressure Gas Air Flow
The air conditioner compressor (2) is belt driven and engaged by an electromagnetic clutch. The air conditioning circuit automatically controls compressor engagement or disengagement when system is in operation. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.) The compressor draws low pressure gas (10) from evaporator and compresses it into high pressure gas (8). This causes temperature of refrigerant to rise higher than that of outside air. High pressure gas leaves compressor and flows through condenser where heat is removed and transferred to outside air being drawn through condenser core (3) by fan. Cooling refrigerant causes it to condense and refrigerant leaves condenser as high pressure liquid (7). High pressure liquid flows into receiver-dryer (6) where moisture and contaminants (acid, solids, etc.) are removed. Receiverdryer may contain a color moisture indicator. (Blue) indicates no moisture is present. Pink indicates moisture is present. Should <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 1
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
moisture be combined with refrigerant, hydrofluoric and hydrochloric acids are formed. These acids are very corrosive to metal surfaces and leakage will eventually develop. Receiver-dryer also stores refrigerant allowing a longer period of time before additional refrigerant is needed. Refrigerant hoses allow a small amount of refrigerant to migrate through their walls. Refrigerant flows from receiver-dryer through expansion valve (5) to evaporator. Expansion valve senses refrigerant temperature and pressure to modulate refrigerant flow. Expansion valve changes refrigerant to low pressure liquid (9) entering evaporator. Actual cooling and drying of cab air takes place at evaporator. Heat absorbed by evaporator and transferred to refrigerant causes refrigerant to vaporize into low pressure gas. Low pressure gas is drawn from evaporator by compressor and cycle is repeated. A freeze control switch senses temperature of evaporator coil through a capillary tube. This prevents the evaporator from becoming cold enough to freeze moisture that condenses on evaporator coil. Condensed moisture is drained away through drain tubes connected to drain pan under evaporator. System pressure is monitored by high and low pressure switch, located on high pressure side of expansion valve. If pressure becomes too high or too low the switch opens and stops compressor, interrupting the cycle. Accumulator is located between evaporator and compressor in low pressure gas hose to retain a quantity of oil to protect compressor from a dry start after long periods of not being used. For location of machine heater and air conditioning components, See Heater and Air Conditioner Harness (W19) Component Location . (Group 9015-10)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 2
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Group 15 - Diagnostic Information Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location
AC Component Location LEGEND: 1 2 <- Go to Section TOC
Expansion Valve Evaporator Section 9031 page 3
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 B2 B3 M10 M11 R10 R20 S9 S42 Y19
<- Go to Section TOC
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Air Conditioner Freeze Switch Probe Hose Line (low pressure gas) Hose Line (high pressure liquid) Receiver-Dryer Hose Line (high pressure liquid) Hose Line to Engine Block Air Conditioner Compressor Hose Line to Water Pump Hose Line (high pressure gas) Condenser Hose Line to Hydraulic Oil Cooler Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Blower Motor Blower Mode Door Motor Blower Motor Speed Resistor Temperature Control Resistor Air Conditioner Mode Switch Blower Motor Speed Switch Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Section 9031 page 4
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate 70
Air Conditioning System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fuse Check
Action: Is the blower motor 30 A fuse (F44) in working order? See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Blower Motor Switch Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 2 ) Blower Motor Switch Check
Action: Is the blower switch working correctly? See Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Blower Motor Resistor Check. NO:Replace blower motor switch. ( 3 ) Blower Motor Resistor Check
Action: Has the blower motor resistor malfunctioned? See Blower Motor Resistor Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace blower motor resistor. NO:Go to Blower Motor Check. ( 4 ) Blower Motor Check
Action: Does heater blower motor operate? See Blower Motor Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Freeze Switch Check. NO:Replace the blower motor. ( 5 ) Air Conditioner Freeze Switch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner freeze control switch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace freeze control switch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner Mode Switch Check. ( 6 ) Air Conditioner Mode Switch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner Mode switch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioning Mode Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 5
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner mode switch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Check. ( 7 ) Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner high/low pressure switch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner high/low pressure switch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check. ( 8 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check
Action: Has the air conditioner compressor clutch malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner compressor clutch. NO:Go to Air Conditioner Circuit Check ( 9 ) Air Conditioner Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the air conditioner circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Go to Blower Motor Circuit Check. ( 10 ) Blower Motor Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the blower motor circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Checks complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 6
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab 70
Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fresh Air Filter Check
Action: Is the fresh air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Recirculating Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Recirculating Air Filter Check
Action: Is the recirculating air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Condenser Fins Check. ( 3 ) Condenser Fins Check
Action: Are the condenser fins restricted with debris? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Clean condenser fins. NO:Go to Refrigerant Hose Check. ( 4 ) Refrigerant Hose Check
Action: Are the refrigerant hoses kinked or collapsed? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace refrigerant hoses as necessary. NO:Go to Evaporator Core Fins Check. ( 5 ) Evaporator Core Fins Check
Action: Are the evaporator core fins restricted with debris? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Clean evaporator core fins. NO:Go to Blower Motor Check. ( 6 ) Blower Motor Check
Action: Does heater blower motor operate? See Blower Motor Test . (Group 9031-25.) <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 7
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check. NO:Replace the heater blower motor. ( 7 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check
Action: Has compressor clutch coil malfunctioned? See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Replace air conditioner compressor clutch. NO:Go to Air Leakage Check. ( 8 ) Air Leakage Check
Action: Is warm outside air leaking into the cab?
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. See Non-Fixed Window Adjustment . (Group 1810.) NO:Go to Refrigerant (R134a) Charge Check. ( 9 ) Refrigerant (R134a) Charge Check
Action: Is the refrigerant (R134a) charge too low? See R134a Air Conditioning System Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Recharge air conditioning system. NO:Checks complete. Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold 70
Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Too Cold Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Capillary Tube Check
Action: Is the capillary tube position correctly in the evaporator coil? See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Remove and Install . (Group 1830.)
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check. NO:Reposition capillary tube. ( 2 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Check
Action: Is the compressor clutch engaged constantly? See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace as necessary. NO:Checks complete. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 8
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Heater System Does Not Operate 70
Heater System Does Not Operate Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fuse Check
Action: Is the blower motor 30 A fuse (F44) in working order? See Fuse and Relay Location and Specifications . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Go to Blower Motor Switch Check. NO:Replace fuse. ( 2 ) Blower Motor Switch Check
Action: Is the blower motor switch working correctly? See Blower Motor Speed Switch Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Go to Air Conditioner Circuit Check. NO:Replace blower motor switch. ( 3 ) Air Conditioner Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the air conditioner circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Go to Blower Motor Circuit Check. ( 4 ) Blower Motor Circuit Check
Action: Is there a problem in the blower motor circuit wiring? See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend . (Group 9015-10.)
Result: YES:Repair as necessary. NO:Checks Complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 9
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 15: Diagnostic Information
Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab 70
Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Cab Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fresh Air Filter Check
Action: Is the fresh air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Recirculating Air Filter Check. ( 2 ) Recirculating Air Filter Check
Action: Is the recirculating air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Heater Hose Check. ( 3 ) Heater Hose Check
Action: Are the heater hoses kinked or collapsed? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Repair or replace heater hoses as necessary. NO:Go to Heater Core Fins Check. ( 4 ) Heater Core Fins Check
Action: Are the heater core fins restricted with debris? See Air Conditioning and Heater System Component Location . (Group 9031-15.)
Result: YES:Clean heater core fins. NO:Go to Blower Motor Check. ( 5 ) Blower Motor Check
Action: Does the blower motor operate? See Blower Motor Test . (Group 9031-25.)
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Replace the blower motor. Interior Windows Continue to Fog 70
Interior Windows Continue to Fog Diagnostic Procedure ( 1 ) Fresh Air Filter Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 10
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Action: Is the fresh air filter restricted? See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator′s Manual.)
Result: YES:Clean or replace filter. NO:Go to Air Conditioning System Check. ( 2 ) Air Conditioning System Check
Action: Is the air conditioner system turned off?
Result: YES:Put the air conditioning mode switch to the A/C position. NO:Checks Complete.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 11
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Group 25 - Tests Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument
CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging stations. Never mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling or charging of system. JT02167A refrigerant test instrument should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed. Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument JT02167A To safely identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and recharging of air conditioning systems.
R134a Refrigerant Cautions Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 52°C 125°F
R134a Refrigerant in a Closed Container—Temperature (maximum)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 12
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
CAUTION: Do not allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, do not rub the area. Splash large amounts of cool water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment. Do not allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element and lighted smoking materials. Do not heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Item
Measurement
Specification
R134a Refrigerant in a Closed Container
Temperature (maximum)
52°C 125°F
Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with your bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves. If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.
R134a Oil Charge Capacity Item
Measurement
Specification
System (total)
Capacity
363 mL
Compressor (precharge)
Capacity
12.3 fl oz. 160 mL 5.4 fl oz.
R134a Refrigerant Charge Capacity →NOTE: Recommended specification charge includes additional 0.11 kg (0.25 lb) of R134a refrigerant remaining in charge station hoses. Item
Measurement
Specification
Refrigerant Charge (recommended)
Capacity
2.5 kg 5.50 lb.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Refrigerant Charge (actual)
Capacity
2.38 kg 5.25 lb.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 13
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner and Heater Operational Checks Visual Inspection Of Components ( 1 ) Lines and Hoses Check
Action: Inspect all lines and hoses. sss: Are all lines and hoses straight and in good condition, NOT kinked, worn from rubbing, or weather checked? sss: Are hose and line connections clean and NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? sss: Are all hose and line clamps in place and tight, with cushions or rubber inserts in place to prevent crushing or scuffing hoses or lines?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Position hoses and lines as necessary. Replace, adjust, and tighten clamps as necessary. Note any hoses or lines that will require replacement. ( 2 ) Air Conditioner Compressor Check
Action: Inspect air conditioner compressor. sss: Is belt properly tensioned on pulley? sss: Is belt in good condition, NOT frayed, worn, or glazed? sss: Is belt tensioner in good condition, NOT worn or damaged? sss: Is compressor pulley in good condition, and properly aligned with belt drive pulley on engine? sss: Are compressor mounting brackets in good condition, and is mounting hardware properly tightened? sss: Are electrical connections to compressor clean and tight? Is wiring in good condition?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 3 ) Condenser Check
Action: Inspect condenser core. sss: Is core free of dirt and debris? sss: Is core NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 14
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
sss: Are fins of core straight, NOT bent or damaged?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 4 ) Engine Fan Check
Action: Inspect engine fan. sss: Are fan blades in good condition, NOT worn, bent, broken, or missing? sss: Is fan securely installed?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 5 ) Heater/Evaporator Core Check
Action: Inspect heater/evaporator core. sss: Is core free of dirt and debris? sss: Is core NOT showing signs of leakage, such as dirt, oil, or refrigerant dye? sss: Are fins of core straight, NOT bent or damaged? sss: Is condensation drain tube attached and in good condition, NOT kinked, damaged, or clogged?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Clean and straighten fins if necessary. Note any components that will require repair or replacement. ( 6 ) Cab Air Filter(s) Check
Action: Inspect cab air filter(s). sss: Is filter(s) clean and free of debris?
Result: YES:Go to next check. NO:Replace cab air filter(s). ( 7 ) Cab Door and Windows Check
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 15
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Action: Open and close cab door and windows. Inspect seals. sss: Are seals present, properly installed, and in good condition? sss: Do door and windows contact seals evenly?
Result: YES:Checks complete. NO:Adjust door and windows if necessary. Replace components as necessary.
Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Test LEGEND: 3 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Connector Y19 Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid
Air Conditioner Compressor [1] - Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid 2-pin connector (3). [2] - Apply 12 V to grey wire of air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector (3). [3] - Apply ground to black wire of air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid connector. [4] - If air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid “clicks”, check air conditioner compressor clutch harness (W39) wiring harness. See Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) If air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid does not “click”, check compressor harness. Also, check air conditioner compressor clutch diode and air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid. See Electrical Component Specifications . (Group 9015-20.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 16
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Switch Opens—Low Pressure
138—228 kPa 1.38—2.28 bar 20—33 psi
Switch Closes—Low Pressure
159—255 kPa 1.59—2.55 bar 23—37 psi
Switch Opens—High Pressure
2620—2896 kPa 26.2—28.96 bar 380—420 psi
Switch Closes—High Pressure
1379—2068 kPa 13.79—20.68 bar 200—300 psi
Essential Tools ESSENTIAL TOOLS JT02148 Straight Connector
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
→NOTE: Air conditioner high/low pressure switch (B3) is normally open when removed from machine. When installed the switch becomes closed due to normal system pressure.
Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch LEGEND: 1 2 B3
Refrigerant Line 2-pin Connector Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch
[1] - Push engine start switch once, but do not start engine. [2] - Turn blower motor speed switch to ON position. [3] - Turn temperature control switch to the maximum cooling position. [4] - Disconnect 2-pin connector from air conditioner high/low pressure switch (B3). Compressor clutch must disengage (click). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 17
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
[5] - Connect 2-pin connector to high/low pressure switch. Compressor clutch must engage (click). [6] - Disconnect 2-pin connector from high/low pressure switch. [7] →NOTE: Refrigerant line (1) is equipped with a Schrader valve at the high/low pressure switch port to prevent system from discharging when switch is removed. Remove high/low pressure switch from refrigerant line (1). [8] - Connect 2-pin connector to high/low pressure switch. Compressor clutch must not engage (click). [9] - Connect high/low pressure switch to regulated air supply or dry nitrogen using JT02148 Straight Connector. Straight Connector JT02148 Switch Testing [10] - Slowly apply pressure. High/low pressure switch must not have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch closing (low) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Closes
Low Pressure
159—255 kPa 1.59—2.55 bar 23—37 psi
Multi-Meter Used for measuring continuity. [11] - Slowly release pressure. High/low pressure switch must have continuity until pressure decreases to switch opening (low) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Opens
Low Pressure
138—228 kPa 1.38—2.28 bar 20—33 psi
[12] - Slowly increase pressure. High/low pressure switch must have continuity between terminals until pressure increases to switch opening (high) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Opens
High Pressure
2620—2896 kPa 26.2—28.96 bar 380—420 psi
[13] - Slowly release pressure. High/low pressure switch must not have continuity until pressure decreases to switch closing (high) pressure specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Switch Closes
High Pressure
1379—2068 kPa 13.79—20.68 bar 200—300 psi
[14] →NOTE: The air conditioner high/low pressure switch can also be checked when installed in air conditioning system; however, pressure is slow to increase to test specification. a. Connect an air conditioner gauge set to service fittings at compressor. b. Cover condenser with paper or plastic to stop air flow. <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 18
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
c. Operate air conditioning on maximum cooling. d. Note high-side pressure when high-pressure switch opens and then closes. If switch does not operate within specifications, replace air conditioner high/low pressure switch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 19
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Freeze Control Switch Opens—Temperature
-1.7—0.5°C 29—33°F
Freeze Control Switch Closes—Temperature
2.8—5.0°C 37—41°F
Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (rear controls shown removed)
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Connector
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 20
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Test LEGEND: B2
Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch
[1] - Remove air conditioner freeze control switch (B2) from evaporator. See Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch Remove and Install . (Group 1830.) [2] - Apply 12 V to pin A and ground pin C on freeze control switch connector. [3] - Using a voltmeter, measure voltage at Pin B; make sure negative lead is grounded. If temperature is above 5°C (41°F), meter reading must be 12 V. [4] - Place end of probe into ice and saltwater solution. When temperature cools to or below specification, freeze control switch opens. Meter must read zero volts. Item
Measurement
Specification
Freeze Control Switch Opens
Temperature
-1.7—0.5°C 29—33°F
[5] - Increase temperature of solution. When temperature rises to or above specification, freeze control switch closes. Meter must read 12 V. Item
Measurement
Specification
Freeze Control Switch Closes
Temperature
2.8—5.0°C 37—41°F
[6] - If switch does not operate within specifications, replace freeze control switch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 21
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
R134a Air Conditioning System Test Essential Tool ESSENTIAL TOOL JDG10555
R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station
JT02167A
Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument
Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2250 rpm
[1] IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fitting, components or refrigerant oils to avoid air conditioning system damage. Park machine on flat, level surface. Lower loader and backhoe attachments to ground, place machine in park, and stop engine. [2] - Clean the cooling compartment top and rear access panels, and fins of hydraulic oil cooler, radiator, condenser, and evaporator to ensure proper air flow. [3] - Inspect the cab air filter. Replace if necessary. See Clean Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Filters—If Equipped . (Operator’s Manual.) [4] - Follow refrigerant cautions and proper handling procedures. See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling . (Group 9031-25.) [5] - Identify refrigerant type using JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument. Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument JT02167A Identify type of refrigerant used in air conditioning system prior to recovery, recycling, and charging. →NOTE: Follow manufacturer′s instructions when operating refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. [6] - Connect JDG10555 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station. See R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station Installation Procedure . (Group 1830.) R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station JDG10555 Used to remove refrigerant from system. [7] - Open both low and high pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. [8] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in primary display unit (PDU) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Main Menu—Setup—Economy Mode or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Setup—Economy Mode (If Equipped) . (Operator’s Manual.) [9] - Start engine and run at specification. Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2250 rpm
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 22
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
[10] - Press air conditioner mode switch to air conditioner position. [11] - Turn the temperature control dial to maximum cooling position (blue). [12] - Turn blower motor speed switch to maximum position. [13] - Open cab doors and windows. [14] - Run system for at least 5 minutes. [15] - Measure and record air temperatures at cab air filter inlet and at air ducts in cab. Compare to specifications. Air Conditioner Air Inlet and Outlet Temperatures Ambient Temperature
Maximum Expected Air Temperature
27—29°C 81—85°F
11°C 53°F
30—32°C 86—90°F
13°C 56°F
33—35°C 92—95°F
14°C 58°F
36—38°C 97—101°F
16°C 60°F
39—40°C 102—104°F
17°C 63°F
41—43°C 106—110°F
20°C 68°F
[16] - Observe low-side and high-side pressure on gauges. Compare to specifications. Low-Side and High-Side Pressure Readings Ambient Air Temperature
Low-Side Pressure
High-Side Pressure
27—29°C 81—85°F
83—100 kPa 0.82—1.00 bar 12—14 psi
1164—1409 kPa 11.64—14.09 bar 169—204 psi
30—32°C 86—90°F
92—111 kPa 0.92—1.11 bar 13—16 psi
1313—1590 kPa 13.13—15.90 bar 190—231 psi
33—35°C 92—95°F
96—116 kPa 0.96—1.16 bar 14—17 psi
1382—1673 kPa 13.82—16.73 bar 200—243 psi
36—38°C 97—101°F
102—123 kPa 1.02—1.23 bar 15—18 psi
1487—1800 kPa 14.87—18.00 bar 216—261 psi
39—40°C 102—104°F
107—130 kPa 1.07—1.30 bar 16—19 psi
1586—1920 kPa 15.86—19.20 bar 230—278 psi
41—43°C 106—110°F
120—145 kPa 1.20—1.45 bar 17—21 psi
1742—2108 kPa 17.42—21.08 bar 253—306 psi
[17] - If measurements do not meet specifications, diagnose malfunction. See Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart . (Group 9031-25.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 23
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Operating Pressure Diagnostic Chart Pressure Diagnostic Chart
Condition
Low Side kPa (bar) (psi)
High Side kPa (bar) (psi)
Sight Glass
Suction Line
ReceiverDryer
Liquid Line
Discharge Line
Discharge Air
Lack of Refrigerant
Very Low
Very Low
Clear
Slightly Cool
Slightly Warm
Slightly Warm
Slightly Warm
Warm
Loss of Refrigerant
Low
Low
Bubbles
Cool
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm to Hot
Slightly Cool
Hot to Point of Restriction
Slightly Cool
High Side Restriction
Low
Low
Clear
Cool
Cool, Sweating or Frosting
Cool, Sweating or Frosting
Expansion Valve Closed
Low
Low
Clear
Cold, Sweating or Frosting Heavily at Valve Outlet
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Loose Belt or Compressor Malfunction
High
Low
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
Condenser Malfunction
High
High
Clear to Occasional Bubbles
Slightly Cool to Warm
Hot
Hot
Hot
Warm
Refrigerant Contaminated and Air in System
High
High
Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Expansion Valve Open
High
High
Clear
Cold, Sweating or Frosting Heavily
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Plugged Condenser, Overcharge of Refrigerant
Normal
High
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Slightly Cool
Moisture in System
Normal (May Drop)
Normal (May Drop)
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Cool to Warm
Heater Valve Stuck Open
Normal
Normal
Clear
Cool
Warm
Warm
Hot
Warm
Lack of Refrigerant and Air in System
Normal (No Drop)
Normal
Occasional Bubbles
Warm to Hot
Warm
Warm
Warm
Slightly Cool
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 24
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Expansion Valve Test Essential Tool ESSENTIAL TOOL JDG10555
R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station
Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Engine Speed
2200 rpm
IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Never mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components or refrigerant oils. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling and charging station equipment. [1] - Connect JDG10555 R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station. See R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station Installation Procedure . (Group 1830.) R134a Refrigerant Recover, Recycle, and Charge Station JDG10555 Used to remove refrigerant from system. [2] -
Expansion Valve (seat shown removed) LEGEND: 1 Expansion Valve Warm diaphragm and valve body with appropriate warming device (heat gun, halogen lamp). [3] →NOTE: ECONOMY MODE must be set to OFF in primary display unit (PDU) to allow machine to reach standard fast idle. If equipped, disable ECONOMY MODE. See Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)—Machine Options or see Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Machine Options . (Group 9015-16.) [4] - Start engine and operate at rated engine speed.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 25
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine
Speed
2200 rpm
[5] - Turn blower motor speed switch to maximum position. [6] - Turn temperature knob to maximum cooling position. [7] - Activate air conditioning system. [8] - Observe low side pressure. If pressure increases, valve is opening. [9] →NOTE: Any method of producing sub-zero cooling, not contributing to deterioration of the ozone layer, is acceptable for this test. Cool diaphragm and valve body with appropriate cooling device [ice pack, liquid nitrogen, any substance below 0°C (32°F)]. [10] - Observe low side pressure. If pressure decreases, valve is closing. [11] - If expansion valve does not open and close as described, replace valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install . (Group 1830.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 26
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Speed Switch Test
Blower Switch Terminals Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
[1] - Disconnect 5-pin connector from blower motor speed switch (S42). [2] - Move blower motor speed switch knob to each position 1—4, checking continuity between terminals for each position according to table. Multimeter Used to measure continuity. Continuity Check of Blower Motor Speed Switch Position
Continuity Between Terminals
0 Off
—
1 Low
B and 1
2 Medium
B and 1, 2
3 High
B and 1, 2, 3
4 Purge
B and 1, 2, 3, 4
[3] - If continuity is not present between terminals indicated, replace blower motor speed switch.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 27
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Resistor Test Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Specifications BLOWER MOTOR SPEED RESISTOR SPECIFICATIONS Blower Motor Speed Resistor Resistance (between terminals 2 and 4)
0.65—0.75 ohm
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Resistance (between terminals 1 and 2)
0.25—0.32 ohm
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Resistance (between terminals 2 and 3)
0.13—0.17 ohm
[1] - Disconnect battery power. [2] -
Blower Motor Speed Resistor
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 28
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Speed Resistor Terminals LEGEND: 1 Terminal 1 2 Terminal 2 3 Terminal 3 4 Terminal 4 R10 Blower Motor Speed Resistor Disconnect 4-pin connector from blower motor speed resistor (R10). See Cab Harness (W14) Wiring Diagram . (Group 9015-10.) [3] Multimeter Used to measure resistance. Using a multimeter, measure resistance between the following terminals: Terminals 2 and 4 Terminals 1 and 2 Terminals 2 and 3 Compare resistance to specifications. Item
Measurement
Specification
Blower Motor Speed Resistor
Resistance (between terminals 2 and 4)
0.65—0.75 ohm
Resistance (between terminals 1 and 2)
0.25—0.32 ohm
Resistance (between terminals 2 and 3)
0.13—0.17 ohm
If resistance doe not meet specification, replace blower motor speed resistor.
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 29
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Blower Motor Test LEGEND: 1 2 3 M10
Pin 1 Pin 2 Blower Motor Connector Blower Motor
Blower Motor
Blower Motor Connector [1] - Disconnect 2-pin connector (1) from blower motor (M10). [2] - Apply 12 V to red wire in pin 2 of blower motor lead connector. [3] - Apply ground to black wire in pin 1 of blower motor lead connector. [4] - If blower motor does not operate, replace blower motor. See Evaporator or Heater Core Remove and Install . (Group 1830.)
<- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 30
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
Air Conditioning Mode Switch Test Service Equipment and Tools SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Multimeter
Air Conditioner Mode Switch LEGEND: 1 2 3 4 5 6 S9
Terminal 1 Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Terminal 4 Terminal 5 Terminal 6 Air Conditioner Mode Switch
Air Conditioner Mode Switch Test (S.N. —256801) [1] - Disconnect 10-pin connector from air conditioner mode switch (S9). [2] - Press switch to defrost position. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between following terminals: Multimeter Used to measure resistance. Between terminals 2 and 3. Between terminals 5 and 6. [3] - Press switch to heater position. Check for continuity between following terminals: Between terminals 1 and 2. [4] - Press switch to air conditioner position. Check for continuity between following terminals: Between terminals 1 and 2. Between terminals 4 and 5. [5] - If continuity is not present between terminals indicated, replace air conditioner mode switch.
Air Conditioner Mode Switch Test (S.N. 256802— ) [1] - Disconnect 10-pin connector from air conditioner mode switch (S9). <- Go to Section TOC
Section 9031 page 31
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Section 9031 - HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Group 25: Tests
[2] - Press switch to defrost position. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between following terminals: Multimeter Used to measure resistance. Between terminals 2 and 3. Between terminals 5 and 6. [3] - Press switch to air conditioner position. Check for continuity between following terminals: Between terminals 4 and 5. [4] - If continuity is not present between terminals indicated, replace air conditioner mode switch.
Air Conditioning System Leak Test Specifications SPECIFICATIONS 25 mm per second 1 in. per second
Move Leak Detector Speed
Inspect all lines, fittings, and components for oily or dusty spots. When refrigerant leaks from system, a small amount of oil is carried out with it. A soap and water solution can be sprayed on components in system to form bubbles at source of leak. If leak detector is used, move leak detector probe under hoses and around connections at rate of 25 mm (1 in.) per second. Item
Measurement
Specification
Move Leak Detector
Speed
25 mm per second 1 in. per second
Some refrigerant manufacturers add dye to refrigerant to aid in leak detection. Repair or replace components as necessary to correct identified leaks.
Refrigerant Hoses and Tubing Inspection IMPORTANT: Hose used for air conditioning systems contains special barriers in its walls to prevent migration of refrigerant gas. Do not use hydraulic hoses as replacement hoses in the air conditioning system. Use only certified hose meeting SAE J2064 requirements. When a component is disconnected from the system, special care should be given to inspecting hoses and tubing for moisture, grease, dirt, rust, or other foreign material. If such contamination is present in hoses, tubing, or fittings and cannot be removed by cleaning, then replace parts. IMPORTANT: Chlorinated solvents (such as trichloroethylene) are contaminants, and must not be used for cleaning. The use of these solvents will cause deterioration of hoses. Fittings that have grease or dirt on them should be wiped clean with a cloth dampened with alcohol. To assist in making leak proof joints, use a small amount of clean correct viscosity refrigerant oil on all hose and tube connections. Dip O-rings in correct viscosity oil before assembling.
<- Go to Global Table of contents
315SK Backhoe Loader Diagnostic
Related Documents
Bell- John Deere315sk Training Manual.pdf
June 2020 3
Kettle Bell Training Tips
June 2020 6
John Brown Bell
November 2019 27
Kettle Bell Training - The Basics
May 2020 7
Bell
November 2019 66